BBA d ee ee a oe ae r bP REDS LS SS SORE Fe ti-destdi-ahas nan an ete At ont . Aen : 4 becca mee . ; = te deharndoe aie Sats ce -s ‘ Pree eee ” b “ew An i r Sts Aste : whteae Preraryr yas Tye : Os PPP ENS $ Pte v z 1d we hi telndeds a ee Se eV iete writer. wr ‘ ; be dl ae da ig a Pune ee ba Gi 0) any “ : Eee R he i ay : : tb eng ; ee —~ neon" J eee : ‘ y s ™ 4 ¢ : i Y + eee PONY . vaann ey A 44 : tases. Trielvip erat, yyy a LSS Sted dada pp seas Maen eae ee bibs A mS Wiihacks er aah shea ce rms age Hiss Sa pnt Aa fi LON Li Sa ywer" ve’ Yeu aad ‘| br. A I || ie oe g¥wy' bddb lb AAT AeA 5 u/¥ - 1 a ey ef ~ + yg 4 wy s t wy ~tle “edtuey z ww, Leo, wm in Paar ing hes" y 7 fe mn : Ne J U ; we Jv “\ ALAAY i] Vw x ff lw), vel sigs v3 Ai n At 4) SS (ioe tes | : eS ligt we Jv yw ¥ } i 4 ni . i\ a / , wy } af ’ wv POnM ET 419 wove PET A leh LT TESTI 5 aaa" yeve Mette Sieg nition rites bor a baht “Ladd th aivey's oe ee AS" “aityy ab Bee vere’ ty « RAS US J did ver , ; ; My eet oe i a‘ ~~ 4s ‘Wy +15 i‘ 3) uit "h 4) ag : Wie aghvFOWyi wee" Le gly Hvigh'¥', Ue aad ‘ hae, eA ww r Mottin oS | Md ih iaoeee cwlity Me J © ed ed We ; , jifew gees ace Tog Hywel ley yet i “ rei as Ns has yes: F inl = ee i \ Vw Cts, ev te oye b A, ° OP ped wv. . i 4 Jes rh “9 fas = ee wwe } Yew obs tea v AAA iti Se f ae PPA || i Teele =e eg Wi wiviy’ me beer aie OR 4 _ jee ee = he ro? be (LED (SYA ise | 9 Aim OT OP es yj YF s a | Anak WT ere pins TT Aa To! ete Aas ARaa AAs lel et a wen angatiadanngt®s*’ aA”! alfis ae aR apna AA ghaa | r M4 1d ‘ p f AAA, ait hah Am rey aaa 4 gMAAan » Se ae AAat va a oe f VN. a pA f sh a ae ; le { a tf} 3 ; a) Py 74 AS ] ia , \ , Lt ie ep fit af\ ear oP Le { ‘ { OY a at 7 Th ae | aes : ar a RAs prada a! ae ARE aul ay ry talalel PS &’ ‘Mane one Late Ail Aaanis. 2° a ; all A pay : ~ f r u \, nf _ Aang ey Anal ‘pla (t vctaaigi Arn pit, af i A Baia. lal rage al sn" a” as aga _ ari bpasna-. rr aa pf HAR; af gah at ; lel Ajit YY, al Lt a af cane. . 1.AA Api. saa aM Ans | rp HiFi sun “ AY AAI la eae vapene’ MARe, 204 TO Ald a RAAAARAP AN, ~ ‘ 7 = oa a! : : fia - fh ( \ i = 7 Y r / ’ . lof FF Seas fa ie ae A V ! ry pia a VEN a ae & ’ | | 7 \ oe ’ y y r \ A Agar ria EN’ ? po ’ ea diag aig. ’ “Ty EAT af de Et ta eANAA Nas aaa 2 a : AAAA As i ’ / wey 2y aBe-f a> aro ee A\S 4 eins ee WWW em [AX A aes ~. ale any. aia AA xa, apes ‘amie rye efx ave a) A Py LAA" \- AAA a ioe te Pa 2 AAAA y wn A AY Ar af heal " ; Anal “aPAaAa, ann aARNANS att vaeacsittaushitil nae nannat aat, a pan 1 ie x am MAAlAAdals AAG RANA AAA me a ial al fatten | Lens jy u F ‘ ea Pa " i elm Mayr ih (® Wels yi Le hy = Mi — — PROCEEDINGS y ey — (> — OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. ton lis, Za s0nio Insc, % GILL COLLECTION ’ AS tional Wuse® Vol. XVII. JUNE 1877 to JUNE 1878. National Museu PHILADELPHIA : PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY M’CALLA & STAVELY. 1878. Sie) 7 GK, PROCEE DINGS. 2 e HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vou. XVII. ‘May to DEcEMBER, 1877. No. 100. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE PRROOLGH MAELO MEGA PNN oie ee es sie eh dite > Gin cic s nbolets aiacs Gilpin 1 nated, Meeting, TUNE LD: 60.0 (os0 s~ wae be cme 8 de tien s aleere = 2 Sted Mec Die soso. oc agate oan wile ee 4 Stated Meeting, August 17..... Sia (ore at eee e ayrwie'e otal Chace 8 pialed. Meeting, September 21... 2. je. a darcees wees eccees 10 PERO PALE CLOT) < \OCLODEIEO) = chain's... otis 'aciete te iaje esc Ya vc cape 13 MShetem LC ALITUy, —OCLOUGIS Wate 5. '..e.c osc 6 apetwtnln.s.hvevabe sia alage 16 uted meeting, INOVEMUGT & oo... ea we cele wens cael osu) BOB Ieee CN COLL, INOUETEDEP ALO: <. ssc. ees nclewelce ss ccemes Q72 UTA UIMCHIING = LDGCEMMEN Vaid o s,. seis. oo dldd sass wails cee 274 rmceeeelyng, December 2)... e eee co awe mee ee tehees OFT On the Results of Surveys to Rectify the Railway Levels of North Wesver rennsylvania: By Johm EF. Carll. 0. cc dice cess cweees 17 Upon some New Chlorine Derivatives from Toluol. By Edgar F. Sinith ....1.- Nae eee osa,c.0'=-s s 5 babies Waa e opera tesa os ohare 29 Synopsis of the Cold Blooded Vertebrata procured by Prof. Orton in ere A ee OES swig ti api dieinie\s « + 0.0 osiele wav Eas meine ee ee saanieies ad On the Brain of Procamelus Occidentalis. By HE. D. Bes (with a plate) en eee f aera crae Nee ee Pare ser chee al rate eRe phakcele ns siete: alarnt tothe 49 On the Vertebrata of the Bone Bed in Eastern linois. ee HE. D. Ope Pre nteaercs sic etc a owes RECA APRS Ren Tee « avai paateooere 52 On some little known Reptiles and Fishes from the Austroriparian Scag OS VUE Say) 0 BNO); eee a a, SESS Cae 63 On Dichlorsalicylic Acid. By Hdgar F. Smith..........cece eee ee 68 _ [Continued on 4th page of Cover.) AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, 1878. JANUARY 4, ANNUAL ELECTION OF OFFICERS, Between the hours of 2 and 5 o clock, P. M. STATED MEETINGS OF| OFFICERS, SOCIETY STATED BUSINESS OF THE MEETING. BG COCK) (Chair taken at 8 o'clock.) COUNCIL. P.M. Jan. 18.) Librarian and Standing Committees chosen. Cata- logue of members read. Candidates for member- ship balloted for. | Jan. 4. Election of officers reported. Librarian nominated. | | LENE] oeeecal Feb. 8. | | | Feb. 15. Proeeedings of Officers and Council submitted. hear. A Mar. 15. April 555 April 19. Candidates for membership balloted for. | May ~~ 3.) ° May 10 | May 17 Proceedings of Officers and Council submitted. June 21 bs July 19. Candidates for membership balloted for. Aug. 9 . Aug. 16.! Proceedings of Officers and Council submitted. Sept. 20 Oct. 4. Oct. 18. |} Candidates for membership balloted for. Nov.. 1 Nov. 8. Nov. 15.} Proceedings of Officers and Council submitted. | Dee. 6.) Reports of Treasurer and Publication Committee. Communications for Magellanic Premium consid- ered at this or the next stated meeting. | Dee. 20.) Report of Finance Committee. Appropriations for | the succeeding year passed. OFFICIATING SECRETARIES AND CURATORS. Secretaries.—J. L. LEConrr, P. E. Cuase, for January, March, May, July, September, November. G. F. Barker, J. P. Lestry, for February, April, June, August, October, December. Uurators —HEcroRTYNDALE, for January, April, July, October. CHARLES M. Cresson, for February, May, August, Novem- ber. DANIEL G. Brenton, for March, June, September, December. (a¥" 1879. January 3, ANNUAL ELECTION OF OFrFricERs, between the hours of 2 and 5 o’clock, P. M. PROCEEDINGS OF THE Sie Loe N; PHELOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. Vor. x VIL. JUNE to DECEMBER, 1877. No. 100. Stated Meeting, May 20th, 1877. Present, 12 members. Vice-President, Mr. Pricz, in the Chair. Prof. Geo. Stuart and Dr. Rothrock, newly-elected mem- bers, were introduced to the presiding officer and took their seats. A letter accepting membership was received from Mr. J. Douglass, dated Phoenixville, Pa., May 8, 1877. Letters of envoy were received from the R. Academy at Amsterdam, December 1, 1876, and from the U. 8S. De- partment of the Interior at Washington. Letters of acknowledgment were received from the R. A. Amsterdam, January 6, 1877 (95, 97); B.S. N. H., May 10, 1877 (96, 98); Dr. Green, Lib. Rensselaer Pol. Inst., May 11, 1877 (Cat. I-II.). Donations were received from the R. A., Amsterdam; Ger. Geol. Soc., Berlin; Zool. Gart. Frankfort; N. H. 8. Leip- sig; R. A. d. L., Rome; Vaudois Soc. Lausanne; Geog. Soc. and Rev. Pol. Paris, and Nov. Met.; B. H. N.S.; Mr. Hubert Howe Bancroft, of New York; Mr. W. E. Dubois; Penn Monthly; Med. News and Lib. Philadelphia; Coms. 2d Geol. Sur. Pa.; Howard University, Washington, D. C.; PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 100. A. PRINTED JAN. 8, 1878. 2 U.S. Dep. Interior; Botanical Gazette, Logansport, Ind. ; Kansas State Hist. Soc.; Mr. H. 8. Scudder and Mr. Archi- bald Liversidge, Sydney, Australia. Prof. Cope presented a communication for the Proceedings entitled, “On the Reptilian Bone Bed in East Illinois. By E. D. Cope ;” illustrated the interesting points of the paper, and the doubtful character of the horizon of the formation from which the remains were obtained; but leaned to the view that it was of Permian age. The vertebre of these reptiles are perforated, showing the existence of a chorda dorsalis, a character unknown in living animals except in one New Zealand genus. Prof. Cope communicated also a paper ‘‘ On some new and little known reptiles and fishes, from the Austro-riparian region of the United States ;” explaining the boundaries of the region, &c. Nominations 836, 837, 838, were read. And the meeting was adjourned. Stated Meeting, June 15th, 1877. Present, 17 members. Vice-President, Mr. Frauey, in the Chair. Dr. Morehead, a newly elected member, was introduced to the presiding officer and took his seat. Letters of envoy were received from the Observatory at Turin, dated May 17; the Obs. Harvard Coll., June 5; and the Department of the Interior, May 27, 1877. Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Asiatic Society of Japan (93 to 97); the R. Acad. Linc., Rome (XII, XIII, i, ii, XIV, XV, i, ii, and Proc. Vols. 8 to 14); Insti- tute of Luxembourg, May 5 (95, 97); R. Astron. Society, May 9 (96, 98); Soc. of Antiquaries, London, May 11 (96, 98); London Statistical Society, May 11 (96, 98); and the Victoria Institute, May 8 (96, 98). ca 3 Donations for the Library were reported from the Mining Bureau at Melbourne; School of Mines at Ballarat; R. Danish Society; Imp. Academies at Berlin, Vienna and Bruxelles; the Scientific Club at Vienna; Art Union at Ulm; R. Observatory at Turin; M. Aless. Dorna; R. Acad. at Rome; M. F. De Saussure and Rev. Pol. Paris; R. So- ciety, R. Institution, R. Ast. Society, Meteor. Committee, and Nature, London; Lord Lindsay ; Canadian Journal of Sciences, Toronto; B.S. N. History; Observatory at Har- vard College; Amer. Chemist; Franklin Institute, Acad. Nat. Sciences, Jour. Pharmacy, Med. News, Penn Monthly, and Zoological Society at Philadelphia; Prof. E. D. Cope ; Mr. Horace W. Smith; Mr. Joel A. Allen; the U.S. Fish Commission; U.S. War Department; Mr. Edwin A. Bar- ber; Botanical Gazette of Logansport, Ind. ; Wisconsin State Historical Society ; M. Barcena, of Mexico; and Silliman’s Journal. A copy of the Proceedin laid upon the table. The death of Mr. Edmund Quincy, a member of the Society, was announced by the Secretary. Dr. Sadtler read a paper entitled, “* Dichlorsalicylic Acid, by Dr. Edgar F. Smith, Ph.D.” Pending nominations Nos. 836, 837, 838, were read. The chairman of the Committee on the Wootten process, Dr. R. E. Rogers, read the following report : oO ro) s, No. 99, just published, was The Committee to whom was referred the examination of Mr. John E. Wootten’s method of utilizing coal dirt from the waste heaps in the anthra- cite mining regions by the Resolution of the Society of November 17, and December 1, 1876, respectfully report : Unanimously, that the method of Mr. Wootten as exhibited to them is meritorious and successful. But they disagree as to its originality ; and they therefore prefer to refer the question of the award of the premium to the Society. Signed by R. E. Rogers, Wm. A. Ingham, J. Blodget Britton, Robert Briggs and Geo. F. Barker. After a full statement of their individual opinions had been made by the members of the Committee who were present, 4 Dr. Rogers moved the following Resolution : Resolved, That in view of the originality, merit and success of Mr. Wootten’s process for utilizing coal waste, Mr. Wootten be awarded the to} premium above referred to. After discussion on which resolution it was Resolved, That the Report be recommitted to the Committee, with in- structions that all competing methods be considered by the Committee which shall be presented to its consideration within three months after public advertisement by the Society in two city papers once a week for three weeks ; the function of the Committee being clearly understood to be to report on the success, the originality, and the merits* of the process. And the Society was adjourned at 11 o’clock, p. m. Stated Meeting, July 20th, 1877. Present, 16 members. Vice-President, Mr. Fraury, in the Chair. Prof. H. Draper, a newly-elected member, was introduced to the presiding officer and took his seat. Visitor, Mr. Wallace, of Ansonia, Conn. A photograph of Mr. Sears C. Walker was received from the Smithsonian Institution, for the album. Letters of acknowledgment were received from the R. §. of Tasmania, Dec. 27, 1876 (92, 98, 94); R. D. A. Copen- hagen, June 16, 1877 (96, 98); N. H. Union at Bremen, July 1, 1877 (96,* 98) (* asks for 97 not received); A. d. L. Rome (97); Triibner & Co, London, June 29, 1877 (96,* 98); N. Hampshire Hist. Soc. July 2, 1877 (99); and the Chicago Hist. Soc. June 14 and 29, 1877 (94, 95, 96, 97, 98). Letters from the R. Acad. Berlin, June 15, July 2, were received, requesting missing pages Proc., Vol. VII, pp. 121- 163, and Vol. LX, 1870, plates 6, 7, 8. A letter from the Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C., was received, requesting replies to inquiries respecting meetings and publications. * Mr, Briggs wished the attention of the Society to be drawn to a clerical error in the printed Proceedings of December 1, 1876, whereby the word “merits” was omitted. 5 Letters of envoy were received from the R. Norw. Uni- versity; K. K. Z. B. G. Vienna; N. G. Bamburg; and the U.S. Depart. Interior, Washington. Donations for the Library were received from the R. 8S. Tasmania; Phys. C. Obs. St. Petersburg; R. Nor. Univ. Christiania; K. K. Geol. R. Vienna; Anthro. G. and K. K. fabs G. Vienna; D: Geol. G. Berlin; K. li. CC. A; DN: Dresden (with a letter requesting a renewal of the old cor- respondence*) ; Ed. Haus und Landwirthschatt Kalendar, Mich Viet. Ku AC Ulm: No WG. “Bamburg As d. L. Rome; Portuguese Commissioners to the Centennial Exhibition; 8. de Geog., Ed. Annales des Mines, and Revue Politique, Paris; R. A. Brussels; Astronomical Society, Royal 8. of Antiquaries, Zoological Society, and Nature, London; R. Cornwall Pol. Society; N. H. 8. Newcastle- upon-Tyne; Director of Geol. Survey, Canada; Ed. Cana- dian Jourual of Science; Essex Institute; A. Acad. A. and S.; Boston N.-H. 8.; Mass. State Board of Health; 8S. H. Seudder, Cambridge; Ed. Science Observer, Boston; Am. Jour. Science and Arts; Yale College; Geol. Survey New York, Prof. Hall, Albany; Young Men’s Association, Buf- falo; Acad. N.S. Philadelphia; Franklin Institute; Jour. of Pharmacy; Jour. of Med. Sciences; Med. News and Ii- brary; Penn Monthly; E. D. Cope, Philadelphia; Peabody Institute, Baltimore; Dep. Int. Washington; Chicago Acad. Sciences; Ed. Botanical Gazette, Ind.; M. Barcena, Mexico. * On motion of Dr. LeConte, it was resolved that the Kais. Leopold. Carol. Academie at Dresden be restored to its place on the list of correspondents, and that it be sup- plied with all missing volumes of Transactions and num- bers of Proceedings as far as possible. (See Mar. 3, 1876.) Dr. Draper read and explained a paper, entitled “ Dis- covery of Oxygen in the Sun by Photography, and a new theory of the Solar Spectrum, by Prof. Henry Draper, M.D.” Prof. Barker expressed his pleasure at hearing this paper, which in his opinion was the most important contribution 6 to Solar Physics made in America in this century. Grant- ing the fact of the existence of bright lines in the solar spec- trum, and no one after seeing Prof. Draper’s photographs on collodion could doubt the fact, all the new views expressed in this paper follow as a matter of course. The bright lines are not only clearly apparent when looked for, but are nu- merous. Mr. Chase joined in the tribute of merited admiration for Dr. Draper’s brilliant discoveries, and suggested that a possible explanation for the dif- ferent action of different elements might be found in differences of density and elasticity. W. M. Hicks (L. E. and D. P. Mag, June 1877), by special assumptions, and by a mistake in calculation (see his note in P. Mag, July 1877), ob- ; Pek tains the ratio — — 1.423. He says: ‘‘If, then, the two atoms of a molecule c have separated, there seem only two ways of accounting for it. Hither their relative motion becomes so large as to overcome the force of attrac- tion, or some external force must act upon them, which can be nothing less than a reaction between them and some other molecule. The latter is the hypothesis I have adopted in the following investigation.”” My own ratio, based on relative motions (Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., xiv., 651), is e! ce accidental, but it is none the less curious. The reasoning upon which it was based seems to justify both my own views of the kinetic energies in perfect gases, and Hicks’s view of the importance of temperature relations in coercible gases. In a mass, like the Sun, which is presumably at or near the point of dis- sociation, gaseous permanence and gaseous density would both contribute to a change of elliptic into linear radial oscillations, which would have ac- quired their mean velocity at points ranging between about 180,000 miles, and 260,000 miles above the Sun’s surface. It is, therefore, quite possible, especially if hydrogen is metallic, that oxygen, carbon, and other non- metals, may have greater centrifugal tendencies than hydrogen and metallic vapors. Perhaps spectroscopic observations near the Sun’s poles may present some contrasts with equatorial observations, which will help towards a settlement of the question. = 27? + (72+ 4) = 1.423. This coincidence is, of course, purely Prof. Barker communicated a “ Note on the exactitude of the French normal fork; a reply to the paper of Mr. A. J. Ellis; by Rudolph Konig, Ph.D,” of Paris; and said that the matter was one of great importance; for if Mr. Ellis’ attack could be sustained no confidence could be placed in 7 and therefore no use could be made by physicists of the large and valuable instruments in the physical laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania made by Dr. Konig, of Paris. He was happy, therefore, to be able to place on record so complete a refutation of the unwarranted assertions of Mr. Ellis by the aid of Prof. Helmholtz and Prof. Meyer of Hoboken. Prot. Lesley communicated a paper, entitled “ Note on the probable derivation of Muzapios from the Egyptian formula Mazeru after proper names,” and explained his views of the appearance of such sacerdotal terms in early times on the monuments of Egypt and in later times in the literature of Greece and Rome. He suggested the possible etymology of odfius, vASudatnwv (—=cvdatpwv) from the Egyptian alp, arp, vine, wine, in the sense of jucundus, joyous ; while pazay corresponded to the Hebrew barak, beatus, blessed. In like manner the fat of the monuments reappears in the Latin tutus, safe, secure, permanent, unshakeable, and possibly in totus, the cosmos, or established order, &e. Prof. Chase suggested a mode of reaching the demonstra- tion of bright lines in the solar spectrum by mathematical relations between four elementary formule of the solar sys- tem based on the nebular hypothesis. Prof. Cope communicated two papers, entitled, ‘‘ On a new species of Adocide from the Tertiary of Georgia;’ and “Tenth Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical Amer- ica; by E. D. Cope.” Upon a report from Mr. E. K. Price, Chairman of the Committee on the Michaux Legacy, it was Resolved, That three copies of the Journal of Forestry be subscribed for, out of the Michaux Legacy; one for the Society ; one for the Professor of Botany, Lecturer in the Park; and one for the use of the Committee on the Michaux Legacy. On motion of Prof. Barker, a vote of thanks was passed to ? Prof. Draper for the gift of the excellent illustrations ac- companying his paper. Pending nominations Nos. 836, 837, 838, were read and 8 ballotted for, and on a scrutiny of the ballot boxes, the fol- lowing persons were declared duly elected members of the Society : Mr. H. C. Humphreys, Chemist, of Philadelphia. Prof. 1. I. Sylvester, of Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore. Mr. John Ericsson, of New York. And the meeting was adjourned. Stated Meeting, August 17th, 1877. Present, 8 members. Secretary, Dr. LeContx, in the Chair. Letters acknowledging the receipt of Proceedings, 94 to 99, were received from the R. Observatory at Greenwich ; the Radcliffe Observatory; Philosophical Scciety of Liver- pool; the East Tennessee University; Poughkeepsie N. H. Society; Wisconsin Hist. Society; Library of Congress ; Public Library of New Bedford; Library of Yale College ; Northern Academy of Hanover, Ind.; U.S. Coast Survey Office; American Journal at New Haven; Linnean Society at Lancaster; Buffalo N. H. Society; Prof. L. Riitimeyer, John L. Campbell, C. F. Brackett, C. E. Dutton, W. A. Hammond, E. Goodfellow, T. L. Kane, Thomas Hill, P. F. Rothermel, R. S. Williamson, Jos. LeConte, John LeConte, Cleveland Abbe, J. F. Clarke, Joseph Henry, M. F. Long- streth, Jas. D. Dana, and C. A. Young, now of Princeton. Donations for the Library were received from the R. Academies at Berlin and Brussels ; the Antiquarian Society at Copenhagen; M. Chabas; M. L. Hugo; the Geographical Society and Révue Politique, Paris; the Observatories at Madrid, Mexico, Buenos Ayres and Cordoba; the R. Astro- nomical and Zoological Societies and London Nature; the Philosophical Society at Glasgow ; the Canadian Naturalist ; Government of Canada; Peabody Museum at Cambridge ; Appalachian Club; American Antiquarian Society ; Whelp- ley and Storer; Silliman’s Journal; Mercantile Library of New York; N. J. Hist. Society ; Franklin Institute; Jour. of Pharmacy ; News and Library; Penn Monthly; Mr. T. Meehan; U.S. Weather Bureau; Botanical Gazette, Hano- ver, Ind.; B. 8. Lyman, Tokei; and Prof..A. Liversidge, ot Sydney, N.S. W. The death of Prof. Dr. Frederick August Tholuck, at Halle an der Saale, June 10, aged 78 years, was'announced, with remarks by the Secretaries. The death of W. Timothy Abbot Conrad, in 'Trenton, N. J., August 8, aged 73 years, was announced, with remarks by Prof. Cope. Dr. Genth read his eleventh contribution from the Labora- tory of the University of Pennsylvania, entitled ‘On Some Tellurium and Vanadium Minerals; by F. A. Genth.” Prof. Cope exhibited and described some recently discov- ered fossils, one of which was a cast of a gar-pike, of sup- posed late tertiary date, to which he assigned the provi- sional name, Clastes cuneatus—a possible link between the extinct and living genera of that family. He communicated also a paper, entitled “On some new or little known Reptiles and Fishes of the Cretaceous, No. 3, of Kansas, by E. D. Cope.” Mr. Briggs added some points to his previous paper on the Vena contracta, and made some remarks on the omis- sion from .text-books of the elementary fact that, whereas an unsystematically balanced fly-wheel runs steadily and without injury to its housings so long as its rate of rotation suffers no change, the contrary is the case when its rate is retarded or accelerated. The minutes of the last meeting of the Board of Officers and Members in Council were read, and it was then, on mo- tion, Resolved, That the thirteen applications for the premium for a coal-dirt burning apparatus offered by the Society, thus far received, be referred to the Committee considering the award of the premium ; and that the Com- mittee be requested to prepare a proper form of advertisement in accord- ance with a recent resolution of the Society. On motion it was ordered that the name of the Daven. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvil. 100. B. PRINTED JAN. 8, 1878, 10 port Academy of Sciences be placed on the List of Corres- pondents to receive the Proceedings from the year 1870 onwards. And the meeting was adjourned. Stated Meeting, September 21st, 1877. Present, 12 members. Vice-President, Mr. Frauey, in the Chair. Visitor, Mr. A. E. Carpenter, of Philadelphia. Letters accepting membership were received from Mr. John Hriesson, dated New York, July 1; from Mr. H. C. Humphrey, dated Seabrook, Conn., August 10; from Prof. J. J. Sylvester, dated St. John’s College, Cambria, August 11; from Prof. James Geikie, Perth, Scotland, August 14, hes ire A photograph for the Album was received from Mr. James Geikie. Letters of acknowledgment were received from Prof. Steenstrup, Copenhagen, August 31 (99); Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam, July 14 (96, 98); M. Henri de Saus- sure, Geneva, August 15 (96, 98); Bureau des Longitudes, Paris, July 18 (96, 98); Royal Society, Edinburgh, August 8 (96, 98); Natural History Society, Northumberland, &c., August 22 (96, 98). > Letters of envoy were received from the Royal Society of New South Wales, July 11, 1877; 8. de Geographie Com- merciale de Bordeaux, June 1; Meteor. Office, London, July, 1877; Mr. H. 8. Eddy, Cincinnati, Ohio, August 28. A letter was received from Mr. Ludwig Mejer, Secretary of the Natural History Society of Hanover, informing the Society, that Nos. 96 and 98, sent to Prof. Stromeyer, had been given on the death of that member of the Society to the Society in Hanover, and. requesting that the gift be confirmed, and the transmission of Proceedings be continued on the basis of exchanges. f Hi * On motion the title of the Nat. His. Society of Hanover was ordered to be placed on the list of Corresponding Socie- ties to receive the Proceedings. Donations for the Library were received from the Depart- ment of Mines, Victoria, N.S. W.; Imp. R. Academies at Berlin, Rome and Brussels; the Society at Augsburg ; Geo- graphical Society and Annales des Mines, and R. Politique at Paris ; Society of Antiquaries ; Nature and Cobden Club, London; Boston 8S. N. H.; Silliman and Dana; College of Physicians, Penn Monthly, Franklin Institute, Amer. Jour. of Pharmacy, Medical News, and E. D. Cope, of Philadelphia; Mr. John Ericsson of New York; Prof. H. D. Eddy of Cincinnati; and the Mexican Meteorologi- cal Observatory. The death of Prof. Louis Stromeyer, at Hanover, in August, 1876, was announced by the Secretary. The death of Mr. Robert Were Fox, at Falmouth, Eng- land, July 25, in the 88th year of his age, was announced by the Secretary. : Prof. Sadtler communicated verbally his personal observa- tions of collections of so-called |’araftine from around the pipes and bore holes of the Oil region, and his laboratory demonstration that it was a mechanical emulsion of gas and water condensed upon the surfaces from which it is col- lected. Prof. Sadtler promised soon to give the finished results of his investigations in the Laboratory of the University into the nature of the natural gases emitted by the oil wells. He has.already discovered that the higher hydro-carbons of the marsh gas series are really present in these gases almost uni- versally. A description of the Spouting Wilcox Well, No. 1.,in Mc- Kean county, by W. Charles A. Ashburner, of the Geolog- ical Survey of Pennsylvania, with a graphical representation of the time, order, and height of a series of jets from it, was read by the Secretary. Mr. Briggs explained why and how this phenomenon ot 12 paroxysmal ejection from a bore hole can only occur in ease the upper section of the hole has a larger diameter than the lower. The first of the series of colored geological county maps of Pennsylvania, in preparation by Mr. Julius Bien of New York, to illustrate the reports of progress of the Assistant Geologists of Pennsylvania, viz: a map of Fayette county, was exhibited by the Secretary, who said that its chief value consisted in its careful differentiation of the Coal Measures into four series, its exhibition of all the isolated patches lett by erosion, and, in general terms, the completeness of its outcrop lines, carefully traced as they had been by its author, Prof. J. J. Stevenson, on foot, throughout the district. orate 14277 [Debora SA Le nira a 2) atasrar at cheat eens "sin 05, SJe'a-Siala wins 0G, G16 she in Bahasa 1270’ Tryonville Junction is 111’ below Corry by O. C. & A. R. (VI). e Lae 49’ above Union City by U. & T. (VID). Then calculating the elevation of Tryonville J. from Corry and Union City we have : Tryonville by O. C. & A. R. levels 1427 — 111 = 1516 rs Bytes 1 «« 1270 + 49 — 1319 The relative elevations of Corry and Union City are well assured by the exact agreement of the P. & E. and A. & G. W. levels between those places, and we therefore can only conclude that there is an error of one foot to be accounted for on the U. & T. profile between Tryonville Junct. and Union City, and an error of 4’ on the O. C. & A. R. profile between Tryonville and Corry which we have been unable to place and must, therefore, leave for future adjustment. PROC. AMER, PHILOS. soc. xvir. 100. D Carll. } 26 [May 4, D Oil City to Ashtabula by Franklin Branch of Lake Shore and Michigan Southern Railway. | Above ocean, Oil City, | uUxXecep ted elevation i. et ceaen eects ch tre ene 1008 Stoneboro’... | 160 |Above Oil City by L, S. & M.S. profile (IGOR ais, 6 1168 sf é | 1171 ss ocean x (CS Sag sue v2 op Roe cen ed i LW eg? rg by N.C. G FB. Sod) Pe (EXSY) Stes! ee oe a PCAG 3 Too high on LS. & Nr. 3 baaweal gion chy eageke SS ed| 3 | ING (CGR P SAR Mar mek whose or 8 |Too high on L. S. & M.S i a = 91 low .* Al & GW. a Jamestown... 3 Above Salem Crossing by LS -&M, S. profile (1D). 987 es oc ally CED & ocean ee XII). i Bin fot Pate) oes ce E. & P. =f (XID He are 3 |Too high on L. S. & M.S. Wy : zt 2: S| bere LOW ae» ae Eni auel> rs A) ee. Ashtabula ...| 342 Below Jamestown by L.S Ss. & M.S S. profile (XID Son h (ee 13) we ...| 648 |Above ocean Fe fi a0 oe RES 3 |Too high on “ a ue (b) : (a) The two depots here are not on precisely the same level, but there certainly cannot be 11’ difference in their elevations. The E. & P. ap- pears to be wrong wherever we check it. (b) These levels, according to profile, run into Ashtabula at the proper elevation (74.52) to agree with the levels of the main line which are ac- cepted as correct. But itis hard to explain why the Franklin Branch overruns the A. & G. W. at Salem Crossing, at Franklin, at Reno, and at Oil City, while the same levels of the L. 8. & M.S&., taken at Erie Cross- ing and Carried to Union City by the P. & E. Railway, run under the A. & G. W. at that place. The P. & E. levels from Erie to Union City were re-run but no error could be discovered there. We have no ground for charging the whole mistake to the A. & G. W., for their levels, as will be seen in another place, bear every evidence of more than ordinary precision from Salamanca to ete It would appear as if the Franklin Branch of the L. 8. & M. 8. had been started from a higher point than that given on the main line as Mara But this, of course, is an inference only and may be entirely wrong. f From Pittsburgh to Stoneboro’ by Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne and Chicago to Homewood, New Castle and Beaver Valley to New Castle and Frank- lin to Stoneboro’. Above ocean | 2 i = Es earns ot MESS Pittsburgh. Accepted Sle VATIONS, sunk. Shi ita bdelameet aude > ue Sioa otcee a caine | 745 Homewood.| 204 |Above Pittsburgh by P. F. W. & C. profile(XVI).....| 949 New Castle.| 147 Below Homew ood by N.C. &B.V.5 “ (CVO SE ee | 802 “ “| 809 |Above ocean by E. & iee * (XIII) (a). Ae ss 7 |Too high on we Stoneboro’.} 3868 |Above N. Castle by he CacaBe Romie (OXGV))iy espn eens | 1170 ce LEON EE O. City by L. S. & M. Ss. profile (XID) accepted (b),.) 1168 ee By) lila |p ocean a ve cal NG. eee ING (OR ee 1s fe (CINDY eo alg es . 2 | Too high by lev els br ought from Pittsburgh....... ie . 3 on L.8. & M.S. profile Sinel vious), “elles ‘elie Seem eee Bs : 3 “e oP INS Ciao Bre eee a i seed ae 5 1877. 27 (Carll. (a) It is supposed that the elevation here given by the E. & P. refers to a point somewhat higher than the present Depot. (b) We prefer to accept 1168/ as the elevation of Stoneboro’ instead of 1170’ or 1171’ for several reasons. From Pittsburgh to Oil City by the line just followed we find a rise of 265’, while from Pittsburgh direct to Oil City by the A. Valley Railway levels well tested we have a rise of 263’. There is an error of 2/ somewhere in the circuit. The L. 8. & M. S. levels are too high at Oil City when compared with the A V., the O. C. & A. R. and the A. & G. W.; they are too high again at Franklin, com- pared with the A. V. and A. & G. W.; too high at Salem Crossing, com- pared with the A. & G. W.; and too high at Jamestown, compared with the E. & P. We are not certain that the connecting link between N. Castle and Stoneboro’ shows precisely the difference in elevation between the Depot of the N. C. & B. V. at N. Castle and the Depot of the L. 8. & M.S. at Stoneboro. There might easily be a difference of two feet be- tween the Depots of the N. C. & F. and those of the other roads named. Our accepted level at Oil City appears to be a mean between the highest and lowest levels given wherever a check can be secured, and it therefore seems safe to adhere to it. F Review of the levels of the Atlantic and Great Western Railway. Above ocean, Salamanca . .| 1893: |Above ocean by A. & G.. W. profile (IX). ....... oo | Point given as centre of Hemlock st. ........ ve . .| 1884 |Above ocean by N. Y. & Erie profile (XVIII) ..... cae Supposed to be the old Depot. ............ Present Depot.| 1.8 Lower than Hemlock St. (CORD eae Woo Bpaach oi ne ac Old Depot... .| 14.2 Co ar eda eee rotlagier es Present Depot. 1 1392 Above ocean by AL &'G. Wr levelsi(dis9s-l) >. 22 2 2 e ee 1397. | “* IN- Ye eabrie! oS" «(884-13) 0. ek ee oe es “Accepted elev ae SRO oath ep ene ee 1393 —— The N. Y. & Erie, as before stated, ae Ped the Lake 2’ too high, so that there appears to be but 3/ disagreement between the levels of the A & G. W. and the N. Y. and Erie, if we have taken our points correctly, and 1393/ will be a fair mean between the two for the present depot. Levant, Accepted elevation as given by A. & G. W.(IX)........... 1267 The D. A. V. & P. Ry. coming up from the lake at Dunkirk crosses the A. & G. W. here. The elevation given by it is 1262 (Allen CCCVI), but it does not appear to be reliable. Corry, A. & G. W. 2/ too high as shown in C. Union City, A. & G. W. 2/ too high as shown in C. Salem Crossing, A. & G. W. 2/ too low i as shown in D. Above | | jocean, Clarkesville Crossing 46 ‘Below Salem Crossing (D) = 984-46........ 938 a is 936 Above ocean by A. & G. W. profile (IX) .... oy % 930 |“ EB. & P. sf CSTD ees) : Ee A | 2 2 Too low on A. & G. W. of oe ae ia | 8 | i IBY, & P. “ At Jamestown the E. & P. was 8/ too low (D) by our eaiated eleva- e! Carll. ] 28 [May 4, 1877 tion and 11’ too low by L. S. & M. S. levels, and here we find it 8’ too low by our adjustment, and 6/ if the A. & G. W. is correct—while at N. Castle (E) itis 7’ too high, In the first and last places the difference may be in a measure due to a want of unity in the points given by the several roads, but until we have more positive information on these points the E. & P. levels must be regarded as very unreliable. Further Checks on the A. & G. W. Railway, in Ohio : | Above | ocean. Ravenna Cross’g.| 522 |Above Lake Hrie by A. & G. W. profile (See Ohio. GeoloricalReport.pViole i pnbois ceame ienen cna 1095 <2 o 519 |Above Lake Erie by © leveland & Pittsburgh proale (Authority J. Linton, Chief Engineer) . . | 1092 , 3 |Disagreement, ; Newburg Cross’g.| 175 Above Lake Erie by ae & G. W. profile (IX). . .| 748 “ a Ieee | a aide IPs Ge (Linton) . 747 ; 1 | Disagreement. Gallion, on bos of) G25 Above Lake Erie by A. & G. W. profile (O.R. I, p.667).) 1169 595 (OR OBER (rad is ES (OoR* if p.668).| 1168 1 |Disagreement. Urbanar. . 0. =) | 454 Above Lake Erie by A. & G.W. profile (O.R. I, p.667),) 1027 Z 5 Gd .0 ol) SS) S.D. & C. a (O.R. I, p.671).) 1031 4 |Disagreement, relative levels of depots unknown IDE hOL OS tke Mee oc 179 Above Lake Erie by A.& G. W. profile (O.R. I, p.667).| 752 Uo o-nog ono) kell a D. & M. a (O.R. I, p.671).| 753 1 |Disagreement. The Dayton & Michigan Railroad check is used by Mr. Gardner (page 644) and accepted as reliable. G. East end of the Philadelphia and Erie Railway, compared with the Northern Central. Above ocean, 1 Sop te. atepal Deeb ho cea eee een Bee UE ee Poe Oro ed. Charan Goeth oor ced 6.913 Harrisburg... .! 318 [Above P. R. R. datum by P. R. R. profile} 1 AdT@m i). 25 aie) Qheyslate aetiec ike Gal Sent Pe 320 Bridgeport Cros’g| 29 iAbove Harrisburg by P.R.R. profile (Alien I).| 349 es ss 30.25] by N. C. profile (Gardner, DD.W63))ieeanstetn cuore cinemoucniaee cn danas Elmira. o) oltte ce Wellt © nl eee PD YaNe LG. prOnlencAUlemil GC xaVeliimsc) co er eee |ielelas ian ae sy Sees By N. Y. & E. profile (Alien CL:XIT).-. : . ... .| 868 ‘This last check makes the Northern Central levels appear good. The levels of the N. Y. and Erie Railway have been brought up from Jersey City, about 273 miles, and those of the Northern Central from Baltimore, 206 miles showing a disagreement of only two feet at Elmira. It seems quite safe, therefore to assume that the P. & E. elevations of Sunbury and Williamsport are altogether too low, as they have likewise been shown to be at Driftwood, Emporium, Irvineton, Corry, Union City and Erie. May 4, 1877.) 29 |Smith. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LABORATORY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. No. IX. Upon some new Chlorine Derivatives from Toluol. By Epear F. Smitru, Ph.D., ; ASSISTANT IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1877.) The first of these derivatives which it is my intention to describe in the following lines was obtained by me some time ago, and also a description of it published (Inaugural Dissertation, Gottingen, 1876), but as it is in- timately connected with the subsequent work a brief description of its production and properties may probably not be amiss. PRODUCTION OF TOLUOLTRICHLORIDE OR BENZYLTRICHLORIDE. This was obtained in the usual manner, viz.: By the introduction of a calculated amount of dry chlorine into boiling Toluol. The liquid boiling at 218° C. was collected and treated as follows : FORMATION OF C,, Cl,g. The pure Benzyltrichloride was placed in a large flask and dried chlorine gas conducted into the liquid until it was no longer absorbed and the vacant space also filled with it, when the flask was tightly corked and exposed to the action of the sun-light. After standing a few days the green color of the chlorine had disappeared. The flask was again filled with the gas and this operation repeated, until the chlorine was apparently no longer ab- sorbed. The flask was now set in a rather cool place and allowed to re- main there forsome time. After standing several months I noticed that crystals had separated from the liquid. These were immediately brought upon a filter, washed thoroughly with water and then pressed between filter paper to remove any Benzyltrichloride that may have adhered to the crystal mass. After drying the compound by exposure to the air, it was pulverized and dissolved in chloroform, from which solution it crystallized in fine, colorless crystals, which after repeated re-crystallization fused at 1520-1589 C. Properties. —The compound possesses an odor very similar to that of cam- phor, is insoluble in water and alcohol, but readily soluble in chloroform. It is volatile without decomposition. My attempts to affect the introduction of the NO, group were unsuccessful. Even with the aid of heat nitric acid is without any action. If the compound is allowed to crystallize slowly from a chloroform solu- tion, crystals may be obtained half an inch long and one-fourth of an inch broad. These have prism and dome faces. I never succeeded in obtaining the compound during summer, very probably because the Benzyltrichloride held it in solution. Numerous analyses made of the compound lead to the following formu- tan ib@'C],, =" (E,/C), © Ch). (C, Cl; C Cl,). (C, Cl, C Ci). Smith.] 50 [May 4, We have here, then, a compound in which three benzol groups have very probably combined, containing only carbon and chlorine. ANALYSES. Chlorine Determinations. I. The compound was dried over sulphuric acid and burned with ox- ide of lime, and the calcium chloride which was produced dissolved in nitric acid and the chlorine precipitated with silver nitrate. 0.2181 Grm. substance gave .6928 Grm. silver chloride, corresponding to 78.53% chlorine. II. .1035 Grm. substance gave .3829 Grm. silver chloride = 78.58% chlorine. III. 0.0868 Grm. substance gave .2765 Grm. AgCl = 78.57 % chlorine. IV. Finally, I fused a portion of the compound on a watch glass and then heated it with oxide of lime. .0893 Grm. sub, gave .2843 Grm. silver chloride = 78.75% chlorine. Carbon Determinations. I. .3629 Grm. substance dried at 75°C. and then burned with coarse lead chromate, yielded .0780 Grm. CO, = 21.41% carbon. Not any water was noticed in the calcium chloride tube and its weight had not increased. II. .2518 Grm. dried substance, burnt with lead chromate gave .0536 Grm, CO, = 21.33% carbon. III. .1677 Grm. well dried substance gave .0361 Grm. CO, = 21.51% carbon. Several more combustions were made with about the same result. In no instance did the found percentage of water exceed 0.40%. This amount of moisture could have readily collected during the filling of the combus- tion tube. RESULTS. Calculated, Found. Cy = 252 = 21.44% Pee oH ins eee 2) Bh Cl,, = 923 = 78.56 % 78.57 — 78.58 — 78.538 — 78.75. ACTION OF ZINC AND SULPHURIC ACID UPON C,, Cl,,. About five grammes of the preceding compound were pulverized and dissolved in a mixture of alcohol and chloroform, and zinc and sulphuric acid added to this solution. The liberation of hydrogen gas was rather slow and to hasten it the flask containing the mixture was placed on a sand-bath, where a constant temperature of 60°C. was maintained for ten weeks, during which period there was a constant and brisk disengagement of hydrogen gas. The flask was now placed upon a water-bath and the alcoho] and chloroform removed by distillation. An impure oil remained as a residue and upon cooling solidified and was then taken from the flask and dissolved in a mixture of chloroform and alcohol. After removing the impurities by filtration, the solution was strongly evaporated and when cool the compound separated partly as an oil and partly in colorless tablets. 1877. } 31 {[Smith, After pouring off the supernatant liquid the crystalline mass was pressed well between filter paper and then dissolved in alcohol. From this solu- tion the compound crystallized in beautiful, colorless, quadratic plates, which after several recrystallizations fused at 102° C. - Properties. Ifa crystal is fused upon a piece of glass it will remain in a plastic condition for hours and stirring it with the point of a knife blade will not cause solidification. One crystal which I fused required twelve hours before becoming solid. The fusing point of this solidified mass was the same as that of the crystals, 102° C. The compound may be volatilized without suffering decomposition. When pure it possesses a very peculiar, aromatic odor, somewhat like that of the preceding compound, being only more piercing. The compound is perfectly insoluble in water, but very readily soluble in chloroform. The best solvent I found to be alcohol, in which, when warm, it is exceedingly soluble. The following analyses were made : Chlorine Determination. 0.4180 Grm. substance dried over calcium chloride and burned with oxide of lime gave 1.3146 Grm. silver chloride = .3252 Grm. chlorine = 77.79% chlorine. Carbon Determination. .9812 Grm. air dried substance burned with lead chromate, gave 21.69 % carbon and 1.00% hydrogen. If we suppose that only one hydrogen atom has replaced chlorine, the following numbers would be required : Calculated. Found. Cz = 22.09% 21.69% Cl,, = 77.81 % 17.719 % H = 0.09% 1.0% The formula would, therefore, be C,, Cl,, H. That the replacement would be so very limited, one would naturally suppose if he considered the pres- ence of such a large number of negative chlorine atoms. 4 Action oF Sopium AMALGAM UPON C,, Cl,, H. The substance was finally divided and dissolved in an excess of alcohol, and sodium amalgam added to the solution. The liberation of hydrogen gas was at first very violent, finally, however, the application of heat upon a sand bath was necessary to render the disengagement continuous. After allowing the action to continue three or four days, I interrupted it and proceeded to examine the contents of the flask. The alcohol was distilled off, and as the liquid gradually diminished in volume, drops of oil separated from it. Only a small quantity of the oil could be obtained, and after being purified, was too small to employ in an analysis, expected to afford some clue to the composition of the com- pound. Intense cold would not render this oil solid. Smith.] | May 4, L877. ACTION OF SopIUM AMALGAM UPON C,, Cl,,. Ten grammes of the substance were reduced to a powder, placed in a small flask, and alcohol then poured in, and the whole heated upon a sand bath for four weeks. At the expiration of this time the alcoholic solution was poured off from the metallic mercury that had collected upon the bot- tom of the flask, and water and hydrochloric acid added to the solution to dilute it and neutralize any sodium carbonate that may have formed. Upon adding the water I noticed the appearance of oil globules, which swam upon the surface of the liquid. The solution was placed in a suitable vessel and subjected to distillation upon a water bath. In the receiver a rather large quantity of oil collected. In the flask, upon examination, I found merely sodium chloride. The further addition of water to the liquid in the receiver rendered it cloudy, and it was again distilled, but this time over a free flame. The alcohol, of course, first passed over, and the addition of water to it pro- duced no cloudiness. The oil was carried over with the steam and collected to one large globule on the bottom of the receiver. Soon after all the oil had passed over, I noticed the liquid carried over small shining needles. The receiver was immediately changed and the distillation continued. Only asmall quantity of this crystallized compound was caught. It was exceedingly soluble. It was extracted from its aqueous solution with ether and the latter allowed to evaporate. The residue con- sisted of fine colorless needles, possessing a rather sharp odor. The com- pound fused at about 127° C. With barium carbonate it gave a salt crys- tallizing in white needles. Scarcity of material prevented its analysis. To extract the oil from the aqueous solution ether was added, and the two liquids separated with a separatory funnel. After the evaporation of the ether, the oil was treated with calcium chloride, to remove any adherent moisture and afterwards dried over sulphuric acid. Properties. The oil is perfectly clear. Insoluble in water, but soluble in ether. It is with difficulty volatilized. The following analyses were made : Carbon Determination. .1132 Grm. of the oil were placed in a small bulb tube and burned with lead chromate, yielding .1603 Grm. CO, = .0483% Carbon = 38.60% : further, .0500 water = .0056 H = 4.94% H. Upon examining the bulb tube after the combustion, a small quantity of undecomposed carbon was noticed. Chlorine Determination. .0463 Grm. oil ignited with oxide of lime gave .0980 Grm. silver chloride — 52.33 % chlorine. RESULT. C = 38.60% Cl = 52.33% H = 4.94% May 4, 1877.] 33 [Cope. Synopsis of the Cold Blooded Vertebrata, procured by Prof. James Orton during his Exploration of Peru in 1876-77. By E. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society May 4, 1877.) REPTILIA. OPHIDIA. 1. Borprors pictus Tsch. Jan. Elenco Sistematico, p. 126. Lachesis pictus, Tschudi Fauna Peruana, p. 61, Tab. X. Nos. 11, 14, 15, 17, 19, from Chimbote Valley, Lat. 9°S., altitude from 0 to 2000 feet. A very distinct species, well figured by Tschudi. In five specimens the fossa is bounded in front by the second superior labial plate, as described by Jan ; in one other the fossa is surrounded by small scutella. 2. ELAPS CIRCINALIS Dum. Bibr. VII, p. 1210. Cope, Journal Academy Nat. Sciences, 1865, p. 182. No. 45, Pacasmayo. 3. ELAPS TSCHUDII Jan. Revue et Magazine de Zodlogie, 1859, Prodrome (une Iconographie, etc., p. 15. No. 18, Chimbote Valley. 4. OXYRRHOPUS FITZINGERI Tschudi, Fauna Peruana Reptilia p. 56. Tab. No. 21, Chimbote Valley. 5. OXYRRHOPUS CLELIA Dandin. Dum. Bibron VII p. 1007. 6. SrsBoN ANNULATUM Linn. Dipsas Dum. Bibr. VII, p. 1141. Leptodira Ginther. Nos. 23-25, Chimbote Valley. 7. TACHYMENIS PERUVIANA Wiegmann ‘‘ 1834”’ (fide Peters); Archiv. fiir Naturgesch. 1845, 165. No 72, from Cuzco ; elevation 11000 feet. This species is ‘probably distinct from the 7’. chilensis Schleg. This conclusion is derived from an examination of Wiegmann’s type in the Mu- seum of the University of Berlin, and it is sustained by the present speci- men from Cuzco. Its characters are : one preocular, eight superior labials, loreal higher than long, superior surfaces of the body and tail with four series of dark spots. The characters of the 7. chilensis are: two or three preoculars, seven superior labials, length of the loreal equaling or exceed- ing the height, superior surfaces with four longitudinal brown bands. 8. DRYOPHYLAX VITELLINUS sp. nov. Form moderately slender, head oval, narrowed to the rather depressed muzzle. Scales smooth, in nineteen longitudinal rows, with single apica) fosse. Eight superior labials, fourth and fifth entering the orbit. Ros- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. Soc. xvilI. 100. E Cope. } d4 {May 4, ral small, as high as wide, just visible from above. Nasals depressed, loreal a little longer than high ; oculars 1-2, the anterior impressed, nearly reaching the frontal. Temporals 1-1-2. Internasals longer than wide ; pre- frontals subquadrate. Frontal long and narrow, not angulate posteriorly ; parietals notched behind, short, their common suture a little more than half the length of the frontal. Ten inferior labials, six of which are in contact with the geneials, of which the posterior pair is a little longer than the anterior. Gastrosteges 202 ; anal double ; urosteges 938. Color yellow, strongly tinged with brown above, and with orange on the labial plates and lower surfaces. No. 3, from Pacasmayo. This beautiful species presents a new type of color for the genus. 9. DRYOPHYLAX ELEGANS Tsch. Lygophis elegans Tsch., Fauna Peruana, p. 538, Pl. VI. Lygophis pecilostomus Cope, Journ. Acad. Phila. 1875, 180. This species was described from a young individual. Examination of several adult specimens from Prof. Orton’s collection shows that the last maxillary tooth is grooved, though not deeply, and that the scales have a single apical fossa. The coloration is more striking in the adult than in the young, and is quite elegant. The ground is a light yellowish gray, and there are two rows of bright rufous darker edged spots on the back. These spots are either confluent transversely, forming a single row of broad spots, or alternating, so as to form a zigzag band. The latter condition prevails on the posterior part of the body, and the band becomes regular on the entire middle line of the tail. There are three longitudinal dark gray lines on each side, one on the middles of each of the first two rows of scales, and one on the ends of the gastrosteges. These become more or less fused on the tail, forming a single lateral band. A broad brown band from the muzzle through the eye to the first dorsal spot. Lips, gular region, and anterior gastrosteges, brown speckled ; a longitudinal median nuchal band. Frontal plate dusky, with a median longitudinal light band. Length of the longest specimem M. .901 ; tail .280. Nos. 12, 16, 26, 27, Chimbote Valley. This species is the type of the genus Lygophis Fitz. where first charac- terized ; 7. ¢. in the Fauna Peruana. It must therefore be regarded asa synonyme of Dryophylaz Wagl. The genus to which I have given the name Lygophis (Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1862, p. 75, type Z. lineatus) may then be called Aporophis. 10. Dry1opHIs ACUMINATA Wied.; Dryinus eneus, Wagl. Dum. Bibr. VII, 819. No. 10. Chimbote Valley. 11. DryMoxnrus HEATHII Cope. Journ. Acad. Philada. 1875. p. 179. This species is nearly allied to the D. reticulatus ( Herpetodyas), Peters, Monatsberichte, Berlin, 1863, 285. I add to my previous description that in a large specimen, the interocular space is only .001 w’ ~) than the length j 1877.] 35 {[Cope. of the muzzle ; and that the brown band through the eye becomes obso- lete. Length M. 1.150; tail .346. The American species of Drymobius (Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860. 560) are the following: D. margaritiferus, Schl.; D. reticulatus, Pet.; D. heathii, Cope; D. rappii, Gthr.; D. oceipitalis, Gthr.; D. pulehriceps, Cope ; D. dichrous, Pet.; D. boddaertii, Seetz; D. melanolomus, Cope ; D. biserialis, Gthr.; D. bilineatus, Jan.; D. pulcherrimus, Cope. 12. Boa orTONII, Cope, sp. nov. This species is intermediate in character between the Boa constrictor and the B. imperator. It has the stout proportions of both species, while the squamation of the head is like that of the former, and that of the body resembles that of the latter. There are no large scuta on the loreal or orbital regions, and the scales of the head generally are characterized by their small size. The characters of the species are best brought out ina comparative table, which I give: Sect. I. 89-95 rows of scales on the body. Orbital ring not in contact with labials, gastrosteges 234 eee RORIE MES 20th icc: 01ai¢ eae clsays Cael eis dale tng 0 aceerhs's ..B. constrictor. Sect. II. 55-69 rows of scales. «a Orbital series separated from labials by a row of scales; No large loral plate ; form stout ; g. 252, u. 53 ; labials 19 ; orbital ring composed of 19 scales ; 64 rows on body.......B. ortonii. aa Orbital ring reaching labials. No large loral plate ; stout; u. 56; 57-62 rows on body ; OUP ENO— Mies, fos s.c, 3 5: sie So6L sence Soneapepode moctalaeretotetare B. imperator. A loral plate as large as the orbit ; proportions as in the IOs o Ba ¢ Seen Ge ae eee BUM DOOR OOD Seca On OC UCR DS HoUne B. eques. No large loral plate ; form elongate; g. 272; u. 69..... B. diviniloqua. With the typical specimen I associate one from Greytown, Nicaragua, which agrees with it in the generally smaller size of the scales of the head and body than is foynd in the B. émperator, the usual Mexican species. It has 69 rows of scales ; 21 labials and 17 scales in the orbital ring ; gas- trosteges 242. ; No. 1 from Chilete, near Pacasmayo, 3000 feet above the sea. This spe- cies is dedicated to Professor James Orton, whose explorations of the western regions of South America have yielded such abundant results. 13. STENOSTOMA ALBIFRONS Wazgler ; var. tessellatwm, Tsch. Fauna Pe- ruana, p. 46. As Jan remarks, this forms appears to be but a color variety of the S. a/- bifrons. No. 28, Chimbote Valley. LACERTILIA. 14. PRocTOTRETUS MULTIFORMIS Cope, Journ. Acad. Phila. 1875. p. 178. No. 98; from La Raia or the divide which separates the waters of the Ucayali and those of Lake Titicaca ; altitude 14,000 feet. Cope.] 36 | May 4, 15. PRocTOTRETUS FITZINGERII Dum. Bibr. IV, p. 286. No, 138, from Juliaca, Peru ; altitude 12,550 feet. In this lizard the lateral scales are relatively smaller and smoother than in the P. multi- formis. 16. MICROLOPHUS INGUINALIS Cope, Journ. Acad. Phila. 1875. p. 172. Nos. 33-34, Chimbote Valley. 2000 feet. 17. MIcROLOPHUS PERUVIANUS Sess. M. lessont?, Dum. Bibr. IV, p. 336. Nos. 31-36, Chimbote Valley. 2000 feet. 18. PHYLLODACTYLUS NIGROFASCIATUS sp. nov. The existence of a fourth species of this genus in Western Peru points to this region as its centre of distribution. The present one belongs to the group in which the large dermal tubercles are not prominent nor angulate, nor arranged in regular longitudinal rows. They are round, and very dis- tinct from the small round scales between them, and not almost assimi- lated to them as in the P. inwqualis Cope. There are eight superior labials to below the pupil of the eye. The mental scutum is very large, and ur- ceolate ; it has two lateral, and a short posterior median facet, each one corresponding to a scutum. The anterior of these is the first labial, which is about twice as large as the scutum that follows it. Behind these is a transverse row of five subround scales, of which the median is in contact with the mental. The next row embraces eight, arranged in an undulat- ing manner. The scales diminish but slowly to the size of the gulars. The toes are slender as in the 7. microphyllus Cope, but the expansions are large, asin the 7. inequalis. When the limbs are appressed to the side, the elbow reaches the base of the toes in this species, but only to their tips in the 7. inwqualis ; the length of the toes in 7. microphyllus is in- termediate. The ground color is very light, brilliantly white on the inferior surfaces. Between the axilla and groin the back is crossed above by six narrow black cross-bands. These bifurcate or break up on the sides ; the axillar band breaks up on the back, and two anterior to it are represented by spots. A broad dark band passes from the nostril through the eye and breaks up on the sides of the neck. Limbs indistinctly cross-barred. M. Pen sth toy Me AMS AWG OPUS +) apeye perl valet ckaledaisyoseis eherctole?> 018 se ©" UNCUT e apeberettere « ane locsteteterauerekauautinene ty keteeeres bie lovers +208 ie TEARS Sab oon gobo Sooo COHN aD SOUS uOBaeGonDC 039 BC BE 2111) Pe EERE Hes ts ob Dian Ala OODLE .043 Widthistamneatus ata toniuis’ ..ccrrlemieriisiete se pai ao + ROO Gene thvortore whiners siietstete Atoaos 56.080 GHOneoadneS . .014 a Ce SENT OO tings es oavstouslevelesortees SH etal Ao: Stakeraiw wv wheres .004 ae ee .021 ot HOP MES TOOT sat 5 Ioiie otaris) obra te tolotbeeneteeret ovals (2 clcreietene tare .0065 The very different arrangement of the infralabial scales and the small 1877.] 37 | Cope. digital expansions with other characters of the P. microphyllus* render comparisons with it unnecessary. From the nearer P. inequalis} it differs primarily in three features : (1) the greater relative size of the tubercles ; (2) the differently arranged infralabials, and (3) in the longer digits. No. 35, Chimbote Valley. 2000 feet. i 19. PHYLLODACTYLUS REISSII Peters Monateber. Berl. Academy, 1862, 626. No. 140, from Pacasmayo. BATRACHIA. ANURA. 20. NovTOTREMA MARSUPIATUM Dum. Bibr. VIII, 598, pl. 98, (Hyla). Nototrema Gthr. Nos. 28, Chimbote Valley ; 127-8, Pisac : altitude 10,500 feet. 21. CHOROPHILUS CUZCANUS sp. nov. A species of medium size in a genus where the species are never large. Form rather robust, head wide, flat; canthus rostrales well marked but contracted. Nostrils near the end of the muzzle, which is obtusely rounded. Tympanum distinct, its diameter half that of the eye slit, which is nearly as long as the muzzle in front of it. The limbs are rather elongate, and the digital dilatations are quite small. The wrist of the extended fore limb reaches the end of the muzzle, and the elbow is slightly overlapped by the knee when both are appressed. When the hind limb is extended forwards, the heel reaches to the line of the front of the orbit. There are no tubercles on the sole, and the skin of the superior surfaces of the body is smooth, while that of the thorax and abdomen is closely areolate. The vomerine teeth are in two full and closely approximated fasicles between the internal nares, their posterior borders projecting a little behind the posterior margins of the latter. The nareal openings are small, and about equal to the ostiapharyngea ; the tongue is discoid, and is openly notched on the posterior freedorder, which constitutes about one-third the length of the organ. Color of the upper surfaces dark olive; of the limbs paler; the femur uniform light olive, posteriorly. Inferior surfaces dirty white, except those of the thighs, which are pale yellow. Sides of the head to the tym- panum dark, bordered above by a blackish line along the canthus rostralis, and below by a light labial border. M. Length of the head and body.........secccocsecceess .0230 Length of head to posterior line of tympanum........ 0075 Widths + at i sf EOE WY Eva ssi secs .0093 otal lenethron fore WMDs. 2.6.2). < -telebs lclerer soso Pe ‘y SIME AINLINCL uty bircs a laywiat siassiaiveyala ieiereks eisiele, sys je) siete (ers 0375 Hen OCD OihOmietael. eles) ols) cbistelpis’ Svieriral sins. om eters Biro ereeiicie eietershe 143 se EE sb QING FUN Shes ce dfay ont ototer reset sees pe ereneerers .202 Width between upper lips at angle of mouth........... .019 From the Pacific Ocean at Pacasmayo, Peru. This shark differs from the species described by Giinther in the relatively long muzzle and narrow arcade of the mouth, excepting in the case of the M. manayo Schieg., which differs from the Jf mento in the more poste- rior position of the dorsal fin. Prof. Gill has described two species from the Pacific Ocean, the W. californicus and M. dorsalis.* The former differs from the present one in the more posterior position of the ventral fins which are considerably behind the posterior angle of the dorsal, and the muzzle is shorter. In the WZ. dorsalis from Panama the dorsal fin is, ac- cording to Prof. Gill, more posterior in position, since only one-fourth of its base stands above the pectoral; in MW. mento, three-fourths of the base of the dorsal stands above the ventral fin. 45. PSAMMOBATIS BREVICAUDATUS, Sp- nov. Anterior borders of the disc broadly rounded, consisting of the anterior portions of the pectoral fins, the only indication of the snout being a small tubercle below the median point. Disc broader than long, subrhombic, the lateral margins broadly rounded. Posterior border of pectoral fin overlap- ping the anterior part of the ventral. Ventral fins with the border not very deeply emarginate. Tail only one-fifth longer than the claspers, with broad lateral fold, two superior, and a rudimental terminal fin. Nasal fis- sures with two lamine, which are not united with each other nor with those of the opposite side. The posterior or internal is anteroposterior, the anterior or external, is rolled into a tube. The distance between the outer margins of the nostrils is equal to that between each one and the extremity of the snout, and one-half greater than that between each and the nearest part of the margin of the disc. The in- terorbital space is little concave, and is wide, exceeding the combined length of the orbit and spiracle. The upper surface of the head, and a broad band on both surfaces of the anterior part of the disc are covered with minute spinules. The other surfaces are smooth, with the follow- ing exceptions. Two spines anterior to the orbit above ; a spine near the * Proceedings Academy, Phila., 1864, p. 148-9. 1877.) 49 [Cope. inner border of the spiracle. A row ofa few spines between the orbit and the lateral free border, nearer the latter ; six or eight on the median line of the middle portion of the back ; a double row parallel to the border of the pectoral fin, extending an inch within it, on its anterior half only ; a series on the median line of the tail. i M. Motalen eth. - 1. arte rehsteterve Weeivereiwiere niece squcnoadaeac B07 SOM RCRD elo ar ah dale a'sh0;e's, s(arsrdi ll o Waa: «6. )514 Byoeigie mipieioies 27 Length to mouth....... Seip, eget Pesan n star sore skcraeiot aleve arereroree 038 $3 Seen CHM ener tatevercralersis(oraicte toler ails ialeteint etait oye:ofoveronstel wists 190 + See ABEL Ol, tall foyer oe) 6« ates steaiay si srete oxavelsefens exe . 215 Ex MMSC LOM VEIMULML. 111Ge arersys)afeiercsc:oisleleyors: eieieve ecaterensl asters Se gl Tian Or Tbe Sw ROLLY 6 e556 ete < 15 oe aha oss) c/dienct'syo1c sis) o o\e-evsieitelele, fet te 029 Upper surfaces lead colored with indistinct darker shades ; middle of the anterior portion of the muzzle pale, with a dark spot behind it. From the Bay of Pacasmayo, Peru. On the Brain of Procamelus Oceidentalis. By E. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1877.) I obtained a complete cast of the cranial chamber of the Procamelus occidentalis, which bears a fair proportion to the general dimensions of the skull. As compared with a llama of about the same size, the facial por- tion of the skull is longer, while the postorbital portion is as long, but narrower. This is indicated by the following measurements : Procamelus Auchenia occidentalis, lama. Length of skull anterior to orbit............ .180 158 of «« posterior SMart y as ofctastchs Ae eal) 105 Width ** at anterior border of orbit.... .080 .990 2 sf middle of zygomatic fossa.. .062 065 The olfactory lobes of the brain have nearly the same position in the two species, extending anteriorly to opposite the middle of the orbits. The brain exhibits large cerebellum and hemispheres, and rather small olfactory lobes. The cerebellum is entirely uncovered by the hemispheres but is in contact with them. The lateral lobes and vermis are well devel- oped. The hemispheres are well convoluted, the longitudinal posterior con- volutions giving way anteriorly to lobulate ones. The sylvian fissure is well marked. The sides of the medulla oblongata are compressed and vertical at the pons, in correspondence with the vertical position of the petrous bones. The origins of the ophthalmic and maxillary branches of the trigeminus nerve are not divided by a septum, while that of the man- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvil. 100. G Cope. ; 50 [May 4, dibular branch is quite distinct from the others. The optic nerves are large. The olfactory lobes are separated by a deep fissure below the ex- tremity of the hemispheres ; they project freely beyond the latter, being separated by a deep fissure. Their free portions are short, truncate and compressed. The anterior pyramids are not preserved on the inferior face of the cast of the medulla oblongata. The hippocampal lobes are subround and protuberant. From the detailed description following, it may be derived, that while the arrangement of the convolutions of the anterior lobes of the hemi- spheres is more simple than in any recent Ruminant, that of the middle and posterior lobes is essentially similar to that characteristic of the latter order of Mammalia.* The brain displays the characters of the older types of Ruminantia, although not materially smaller than that of the llama, an animal which it equaled in general proportions. The hemispheres are, however, not pro- duced so far posteriorly in the Procamelus as in the Auchenia, reaching only to the line of the meatus auditorius externus in the former. The vermis of the cerebellum rises abruptly from the medulla, having a nearly vertical direction to a point a little lower than the superior plane of the hemispheres. The lateral lobes extend on each side of it, each one having a rather greater width that the vermis. Their posterior faces are sub-vertical, and are directed slightly forwards. Each projects laterally into an apex at the middle of its elevation, and then contracts downwards into the angular line which marks the posterior border of the petrous bone. From a point between each apex and the vermis a ridge rises ob- liquely inwards to the superior plane of the cerebellum, where each one enlarges and joins the median transverse line. The angle above described as descending from the lateral apex of the cerebellum curves forwards, forming a lateral angular border of the pons varolii on each side. The flat space enclosed between this line and the posterior border of the hemi- sphere is interrupted by two prominent tuberosities. The superior is small, sub-oval, and is near to the posterior border of the hemisphere. The other is a short prominent ridge directed downwards and forwards, just behind the lobus hippocampi. Its inferior end corresponds with the origin of the mandibular branch of the trigeminus, and perhaps the facial nerve. The medulla oblongata is contracted at the foramen magnum, and has a sub-round section slightly flattened below. Its inferior face is then rounded, then flattened, and then concave between the anterior part of the lateral ridges. The bases of the maxillary branches of the trigeminus nerves are stout, and directly in line with the origins of the mandibulars. Between them the base of the brain is concave, and the optic nerves issue but a little distance in front of them. The lobi hippocampi are sub-round and rather prominent ; they are terminated in front at the foramen spheno- orbitale by the contraction of the cranial walls. Their surface displays * See Paul Gervais’ Journal de Zoblogie, I, 1872, p. 459. 2a 1S 6, 1877. 2 ro) Procamelus occidental Proc. Amer Phil. Soc. Vol. XVI, No. 100, D. } rea in ~ 1877. ] 51 [Cope. slightly defined convolutions, the best marked being inferior and sub- round in form. The cerebral hemispheres, viewed from above, have an oval outline, and are rather narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, They contract posteriorly from the sylvian convolution. The profile descends gradually to the olfac- tory lobes. The superior surface is little convex in the transverse direc- tion. The fissure of Silvius is nearly vertical in position, and its superior extremity is visible from above. soe ees eee 044 Lepomis auritus Linn Jordan. Ichthelis rubricauda Holbrook. Lepomis apiatus sp. nov. A species of discoid form, possessing a well developed patch of teeth on the palatine bones. The gill rakers, although elongate on the anterior half of the first branchial arch are obtuse at their extremities ; they are quite robust, and become shorter on the inferior portion of the arch. The depth of the body is contained in the total length (with caudal fin) 2.27 times, and the length of the head enters the same 3.3 times. The orbit is as wide as the length of the muzzle, and enters the length of the 4.25 times, and equals the inter-orbital width. The extremity of the maxillary bone reaches the vertical line marking the anterior two-fifths of the orbit. The dorsal spines are robust and high, and are as long as the soft rays; The caudal fin is slightly emarginate. The ventral reaches the first and the pectoral the second anal spines. Radial formula; D. X-11; A. III-10; P. 12. The opercular flap is short. Scale formula 6-44-12 ; six rows on the preoperculum below the eye. Opercle scaly. Color, brown, dark above, lighter below. Each scale has a black spot at the base forming together longitudinal series ; these are less distinct on the superior half of the sides, and are obsolete in that region in large specimens. ‘The spots are distinct on the opercular scales. Fins and muzzle black. Guill spot black, without border. M. Total length. cise ehh co de eee ee 168 Length to dorsal fin: (axial)-5 3; es. eee .052 ve vemtral ff. 9920 Wid te aeeetae ase ener .052 sc anal SPER ais. Osco 6 oo boon 082 si caudal, (865 (°S° Asan spieveietahevensue’ sie -140 The external series of teeth are relatively larger in this species than in the LZ. auritus and L.mystacalis. No teeth on the tongue. Lepomis mystacalis, sp. nov. In this species the gill rakers are of the character indicated by Prof. Jordan as characteristic of the genus Lepomis, that is, slender and acute. This species also differs from the Z. wpiatus in the greater compression, and the shorter muzzle. The greatest depth enters the total length (including caudal fin) 2.5 times, and the length of the head enters the same 4.4 times. The orbit is large, exceeding the length of the muzzle, equaling the interorbital space, and entering the length of the head 3.3 times. Radial formula ; D. X-12 ; A. III-12; P. 12. The dorsal spines are robust, but a little shorter than 1877.) 67 [Cope. the soft rays; the ventral fin reaches the first spine, and the pectoral the first soft ray of the anal fin. Caudal well notched. The maxillary extends a little beyond the anterior border of the orbit. Scale formula 7-51-15 ; four preopercular rows below orbit. Color above dusky, sides silvery, with numerous short undulate vertical brown bars irregularly disposed. Opercular black spot short, without border ; the dusky of the face is abruptly arrested by a pale band which extends backwards from the mouth to the preoperculum. A dark line from the chin bounds this below, and defines another silvery band which passes along the mandible, the interopercle and subopercle; cheeks, thorax, and posterior parts of the dorsal, caudal and anal fins yellow. Xystroplites longimanus, gen. et. sp. nov. Char. Gen. Inferior pharyngeal bones wide and robust, and paved with truncate grinding teeth. The gill rakers of the anterior half of the first branchial arch elongate ; those of the posterior half and of the remaining gill arches, very short and obtuse. No supernumerary maxillary bone ; operculum with a produced, entire superior posterior angle. No teeth on the tongue. Spines X. III. This genus which has been just published by Prof. D. S$. Jordan,* com- bines the grinding type of pharnygeal teeth characteristic of Pomotis, with the slender gill rakers recently shown by Prof. Jordant to be charac- teristic of the genus Lepomis. Char Specif. Body elevated, but the head rather produced, so that the profile is oblique and nearly straight from the base of the dorsal fin. The depth of the body enters the total length 2.5 times, and the length of the head enters the same 3.6 times. The orbit is large, equaling the length of the muzzle, and entering the length of the head four times. The inter- orbital space is 1.5 times the diameter of the orbit. The muzzie is sub- conic, and the end of the maxillary bone reaches the line of the anterior margin of the orbit. The dorsal fin is elevated, the spines equalling the soft rays and not separated from them by a notch. Caudal fin openly notched ; ventral not reaching anal; the pectoral very long, reaching the line of the fifth anal soft ray. Formula; D. X-12; A. III-11; P. 13. Scale formula 7-44-15 ; five rows on the preoperculum below the orbit. The color above is dusky, below silvery, the gular and thoracic region light yellow. The opercular black spot is short, and has a crimson border. Fins black, the caudal, anal and pectoral fins with yellow rays. TGA MIONENS cose ob Oc cao eooboOobGOUd > COU COOCCDOGO Oe .170 Ikeneths to dorsal fin (axial)... 50s. cel. ce ee wee ees 047 os VIETULGOMC CAN ORAM RCAC Rtsepay ettelet a lehierctat ate aie o'er eo:s .053 oe anal Sa gou Wirevoraetsrrecittaate a sis ee sierssve .081 - (HUTT etl easice mmncsie | ME ay cna teretene ya) cilaya1 che ckeieliola-ulele e's) 131 * Prof. Jordan defined this genus in a paper written some time before this one, and which is probably already printed. +Proceedings Academy, Philadelphia 1877, p. 7€. Smith. ] 68 [June 15, This fish has a superficial resemblance to the Lepomis mystacalis. The ends of the long gill-rakers are obtuse, as in the LZ. apiatus. There are no palatine teeth. It resembles also in form and coloration the Pomotis microlophus, Gthr. (P. speciosus, Holbr.) from the St. John’s River, Florida, a species which I have not seen. According to Dr. Holbrook’s figures and descriptions, there is a material difference in the radial formula which is, D. X .10; A. III .9. The form of the dorsal fin is also very different, the second being the higher, and separated from the first by a deep notch, which leaves one spine with the soft rays. I have this species from near Volusia, and also from near Bayport on the West Coast. Achirus mollis, De Kay. Radii, D. 48; A. 85. Length without caudal fin .078; depth of body 042. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LABORATORY OF THE UNIVER- SITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. INOS Exe Dichlorsalicylic Acid. By Epear F. Smiru, Pu. D., Assistant in Analytical Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, June 15, 1877.) As early as 1845, Cahours (Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie—52. pp. 340 and 3841) described a di-chlor acid which he obtained about the same time he was investigating the di-bromine substitution products of salicylic acid. The course he pursued to produce the compound was to treat an aqueous solution of salicylic acid with an excess of chlorine. According to his de- scription the acid thus obtained possesses great stability and can very readi- ly be obtained pure. : And again by allowing a slow current of chlorine gas to stream through a dilute solution of potassium salicylate potassium dichlorsalicylate was formed. This salt after repeated recrystallization was obtained in almost colorless needles. The acid corresponding to this salt was precipitated in white masses upon the addition of dilute hydrochloric acid to a solution of the latter. The acid is soluble in boiling alcohol, from which upon cooling, it sepa- rates in needles. Well formed octahedral crystals were secured by allowing a rather dilute solution to evaporate slowly in the air. Boiling water dis- solves but small quantities of this acid, which separate out again in very fine needles when the solution becomes cool. Boiling concentrated nitric acid dissolves the compound, and when the liquid cools, beautiful yellow 1877.] 69 {Smith, plates separate out. By distilling the acid with barium oxide dichlorphenol (Acide Chlorophénésique) was produced, with liberation of carbon di- oxide. Recently, Rogers (Inaugural Disseitation, Gottingen, 1875) published the results of an investigation upon a similar acid. By conducting a calculated amount of chlorine gas into a solution of salicylic acid in glacial acetic acid, and applying heat, he produced dichlorsalicylic acid, which crystal- lized from the above solution in small white needles. The acid was purified by converting it into its barium salt, and this then recrystallized. The acid from the purified salt fused at 224°C. It was entirely insoluble in cold, soluble in an excess of hot water and very soluble in hot alcohol. The following salts were made and analyzed : Dichlorsalicylate of Barium.—(C, H, Cl, OH COO), Ba+5 H,0. Long needles, colored slightly brown. Dichlorsalicylate of Potassium—C, H, Cl, OH. COOK. Showed a tendency to crystallize in small white needles, which lost, by exposure to the air, any water of crystallization they may have possessed. Dichlorsalicylate of Copper.—(C, H, Cl, OH C O O), Cu. Green, in- soluble precipitate. Some time ago I had occasion to make dichlorsalicylic acid, but as I ob- tained a compound not corresponding to any known analogous derivative, I submit to the Society the following results of my investigation upon the new dichlorine product. ForMATION OF DICHLORSALICYLIC ACID. About 40 Grm. of pure salicylic acid (fusing point 156°C) were placed in a flask and upon this was poured a rather large quantity of concentrated acetic acid. While applying a gentle heat to effect solution, a calculated amount of dried chlorine gas was introduced into the liquid, which grad- ually assumed a deep yellow color. Without waiting for the new acid to crys- tallize out Iadded to the yet warm solution a large quantity of water, where- upon the dichlorsalicylic acid fell out in large white flocks. The liquid was filtered off and the acid washed with cold water and then boiled with an excess of barium carbonate. The salt thus obtained was redissolved and recrystallized until it was obtained in almost colorless needles, which crystallize in aggregated masses from an aqueous solution. Upon several occasions monochlorsalicylate of barium was produced, but as this salt is much more soluble than the corresponding compound of the dichlor acid it was easily removed. Properties —The dichlor acid separates in large flocculent masses upon the addition of dilute hydrochloric acid to a solution of the barium salt. Cold water does not dissolve the acid, an excess of boiling water being neces- sary to effect its solution. After many recrystallizations the acid fused at 2120-21490. It separates from an aqueous solution in white arborescent masses. In cold alcohol it is very soluble. By the slow evaporation of such a solution stellated masses consisting of large colorless needles were obtained. The fusing point of these was the same as that of the white Smith. | 70 (June 15, crystals. The acid is sublimable with partial decomposition. A drop of ferric chloride added to its aqueous solution imparts to the latter a beautiful violet coloration. The acid is very probably Parachlormetachlor-ortho-oxyhenzoic acid and may be graphically represented as follows : COOH OH AG ch A combustion was made of the barium salt. Carbon and Hydrogen Determination. 0.2092 Grm. barium salt dried at 180°C for several hours were burned with coarse and fine lead chromate, and gave 0.241 Grm. CO,=—.065 Grm. carbon=30.9%C. Farther .012 71m. H,0=—0.57% H. SALTS. DICHLORSALICYLATE OF BARIUM. (C, H, Cl, OH COO), Ba+33 H,O. This salt was produced by boiling the free acid with an excess of barium carbonate. Boiling water dissolves it very readily. In cold water it is insoluble. From an aqueous solution it crystallizes in large, almost color- less needles, which are usually combined to aggregated masses. Water Estimation. 0.6026 Grm. air-dried salt lost upon being heated for three hours at 180° C .0623 Grm. H, O=10.34% H, O. The calculated percentage of water for 3} molecules equals 10.29%. Calculated. Found. (C,H, Cl, OH COO), Babb soni +33 H, O == 63=——0F29\%e 10.34 614—100.00 &%. Barium Estimation. I. 0.5403 Grm. anhydrous salt were placed in a platinum crucible, a few drops of sulphuric acid then added, and this then evaporated to dryness. 0.2227 Grm. barium sulphate were obtained, corresponding to 0.13809 Grm. barium=24.16% Ba. II. 0.6075 Grm. anhydrous salt gave 0.2550 Grm. barium sulphate, equaling 0.1499 Grm. barium—24.67% Ba. Calculated %. Found %. C,,=168—30.60 30.90 eo 9 OT OF 96—=18. 60 Cl ,=142—25.86 Ba=131=24.95 24.16 and 24.67 1877.] ral [Smith, DICHLORSALICYLATE OF POTASSIUM. G7 HB, Cl, OH.C:0:0: K. This salt was obtained by boiling the preceding compound with a calcu- lated amount of potassium carbonate. From a concentrated aqueous solution it crystallized in white needles, very much like the salt of Rogers described above. After recrystallizing the compound several times and then allowing it to separate from a dilute solution I obtained it in almost colorless needles, that united to form clusters. Analysis proved it to be anhydrous. Potassium Estimation. I. 0. 2020 Grm. well dried salt gave 0.0710 Grm. potassium sulphate= .03181 K—15.75 % K. II. .2651 Grm. dried salt gave .0930 Grm. potassium sulphate—0.04117 Grm. K=15.5% K. Calculated %. Found % C, H, Cl, OH COO=206—84.05 % + K = 89.1= 15.95 % 15.75 % and 15.5 % 245.1—100.00 DICHLORSALICYLATE OF SODIUM. C,H, Cl, OH COO Na. Obtained by -boiling an aqueous solution of the barium salt with sodium carbonate and concentrating the filtered liquid. The salt crystallizes in broad needles, possessing a slight yellow tinge. It is easily soluble in water. Sodium Estimation. 0.1601 Grm. dried salt gave 0.0530 Grm. sodium sulphate=.0171 Grm. sodium=—10.68 % Na. Calculated %. Found %. ©, H, Cl, OH COO=207—89.95 % + Na = 23—10.05% 10.68 % 229—10000 % DICHLORSALICYLATE OF MAGNESIUM. (C, H, Cl, OH COO), Mg. An aqueous solution of the free acid was boiled with magnesium carbon- ate and the liquid evaporated to a small bulk. After standing some time, small, white crystals appeared; these were very readily dissolved by water. Magnesium Estimation. .1140 Grm. dried salt gave .0304 Mg, P, O,—.0064 Grm. Mg—=5.61% Mg. Calculated %. Found %. (C, H, Cl, OH COO)2=412—94.50 % 4+- Mg = 24— 5.50% 5 61% 436—100.00 Smith.] 72 [June 15, DICHLORSALICYLATE OF LEAD. CHE Cl. O PbiC Oo: Lead acetate was added to a solution of the ammonium salt and the lead salt obtained as a white insoluble precipitate, which after being well washed and dried was analyzed. Lead Estimation. 0.1075 grm. dried salt gave .0548 grm. lead = 50. 9 % Pb. Calulated %. Found % Cn, ClO. 8 O10 = 20b'=— 4916 WZ, + Pb = 207 = 50.24 % 50. 9 % 412 = 100.00 % Copper Salt.—Small brown crystals soluble in water. Silver Salt.—White insoluble powder. Decomposed when boiled with water. Action oF Nirric AciD upon DIcHLORSALICYLIC ACID. Dilute nitric acid has no effect upon the acid. When treated with fum- ing nitric acid no change is produced until heat has been applied. After dissolving the dichlor acid in this solvent I permitted the solution to stand several days, hoping to find the nitro compound separated out by that time—this, however, did not occur. Upon evaporating the solution to dry- ness, nothing remained, the substance, whatever it may have been, having been completely volatilized. A second portion of the acid after treatment with fuming, nitric was mixed with a large quantity of water and then distilled. The distillate possessed a yellow color, and after neutralization with potassium carbonate, was strongly evaporated, then placed in a dessi- cator over sulphuric acid. After standing some time minute globular crys- tals appeared, but the quantity being so small I was not able to examine them, preferring to defer the investigation of this nitro compound, if such, until larger quantities of the substance can be obtained. CALCIUM OXxIDE AND DICHLORSALICYLIC ACID. The acid distilled with calcium oxide yielded an almost colorless oil, having a rather pungent odor. The compound was not further examined. Evuynt DIcHLORSALICYLATE. C, H, Cl, OH C'0 0. GC, H,. The introduction of the ethyl] radical was first attempted by heating upon a water bath a small flask containing the silver dichlorsalicylate and ethyl iodide. This, however, failed to produce the desired result. Inasecond trial the perfectly dry and pulverized silver salt was placed in a tube of Bohemian glass, an excess of ethyl iodide then added, the tube sealed and heated in an air bath for twelve hours, the temperature not ex- ceeding 135°C. Upon examination a rather large quantity of silver iodide was noticed, and the liquid which before heating was colorless was now of a reddish-brown hue. The tube was opened and its liquid contents poured ‘ 1877. | 73 [Smith. through a small filter and after washing the silver iodide with alcohol, the filtrate was evaporated upon a water bath. When the liquid had almost approached dryness I observed minute oil globules of a dark color. The evaporating dish containing these was immediately removed from the water bath and stood in a cool place. In course of a few hours the oil solidified to a dark crystalline mass, which after pressing well between sheets of filter paper, I dissolved in alcohol and after concentration allowed to cool. Beautiful colorless needles separated from the solution. The fusing point was found to be 47°C. Again dissolved and allowed to crystallize the same form of crystals was obtained. The fusing point remained the same. Carbon and Hydrogen Estimation. (0.2072 Grm. well dried substance, burned with lead chromate gave .5418 Grm. CO, 45.51 % carbon. And .0808 Grm. H,O = 4.30 % hydrogen. Calculated % Found % C, = 108 = 45.96 % 45.51 % Th = 98 = 3.40! G 4.30 % Cl,= 78 = 30.21 % 48 = 20.42 % Cahours* obtained a similar compound by the action of chlorine upon ethyl-salicylate. Broad colorless, shining needles. Fusing point not given, Potassium ethyl-dichlorsalicylate. C, H, Cl, OK CO OC,H,. This salt was produced by boiling an alcoholic solution of the ether with potassium carbonate. It crystallizes in fine colorless needles, which fre- quently are united to bundles. Very soluble in alcohol. The points of difference between the compounds of Cahours, Rogers and myself are in brief these : The acid of Cahours is but slightly soluble in boiling water. Soluble in boiling alcohol, crystallizing from this in needles and octahedral crystals, and it forms also an insoluble nitro-derivative. The acid gotten by me is perfectly soluble in boiling water, and in cold alcohol—crystallizing from the former in arborescent masses and from the latter it separates in large coloriess needles. The nitro-derivative, if any, is exceedingly soluble. The acid of Rogers fuses at 224°C, is soluble in boiling water and boil- ing alcohol. The barium salt has five molecules of water and the copper salt is a green insoluble precipitate. The acid obtained by me fuses at 212°-214°C, its barium salt has but three and half molecules of water and the copper salt forms dark brown warty crystals, soluble in boiling water. #Annalen d. Chemie u. Phar. 73. 315, PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 100. 5 Draper. | 74. [July 20, Discovery of Oxygen in the Sun by Photography, and a new Theory of the Solar Spectrum. By Proressor Henry Draper, M. D. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, July 20, 1877). I propose in this preliminary paper to indicate the means by which I have discovered Oxygen and probably Nitrogen in the Sun, and also to present a new view of the constitution of the Solar Spectrum. Oxygen discloses itself by bright lines or bands in the Solar Spectrum and does not give dark absorption lines like the metals. We must there- fore change our theory of the Solar Spectrum and no longer regard it merely as a continuous spectrum with certain rays absorbed by a layer of ignited metallic vapors, but as having also bright lines and bands super- posed on the background of continuous spectrum. Such a conception not only opens the way to the discovery of others of the non-metals, sulphur, phosphorus, selenium, chlorine, bromine, iodine, fluorine, carbon, &c., but also may account for some of the so-called dark lines, by regarding them as intervals between bright lines. It must be distinctly understood that in speaking of the Solar Spectrum here, I do not mean the spectrum of any limited area upon the disc or margin of the Sun, but the spectrum of light from the whole disc. I have not used an image of the Sun upon the slit of the spectroscope, but have employed the beam reflected from the flat mirror of the heliostat without any condenser. In support of the above assertions the accompanying photograph of the Solar spectrum with a comparison spectrum of Air, and also with some of the lines of Iron and Aluminium is introduced. The photograph itself is absolutely free from handwork or retouching. It is difficult to bring out in asingle photograph the best points of these various substances, and I have therefore selected from the collection of original negatives that one which shows the Oxygen coincidences most plainly. There are so many variables among the conditions which conspire for the production of a spectrum that many photographs must be taken to exhaust the best combinations. The pressure of the gas, the strength of the original current, the number of Leyden jars, the separation and nature of the terminals, the number of sparks per minute, and the duration of the interruption in each spark, are examples of these variables. : In the photograph the upper spectrum is that of the Sun, and above it are the wave-lengths of some of the lines to serve as reference numbers. The wave-lengths used in this paper have been taken partly from Angstrom and partly from my photograph of the diffraction spectrum published in 1872. The lower spectrum is that of the open air Leyden spark, the ter- minals being one of Iron and the other of Aluminium. I have photo- graphed Oxygen, Nitrogen, Hydrogen and Carbonic Acid as well as other lord 1577.) ‘ 5 { Draper, gases in Plicker’s tubes and also in an apparatus in which the pressure could be varied,but for the present illustration, the open air spark was, all things considered, best. By other arrangements the Nitrogen lines can readily be made as sharp as the Oxygen are here, and the Iron lines may be increased in number and distinctness. For the metals the electric arc gives the best photographic results, as Lockyer has so well shown, but as my object was only to prove by the Iron lines that the spectra had not shifted laterally past one another, those that are here shown at 4325. 4307. 4271. 4063. 4045. suffice. In the original collodion negative many more can be seen. Below the lower spectrum are the symbols for Oxygen, Nitrogen, Tron and Aluminium, No close observation is needed to demonstrate to even the most casual observer that the Oxygen lines are found in the Sun as bright lines, while the Iron lines have dark representatives. The bright Iron line at G (4307), on account of the intentional overlapping of the two spectra, can be seen passing up into the dark absorption line in theSun. Atthe same time the quadruple Oxygen line between 4845 and 4550 coincides exactly with the bright group in the Salar Spectrum above. This Oxygen group alone is almost sufficient to prove the presence of Oxygen in the Sun, for not only does each of the four components have a representative in the Solar spec- trum, but the relative strength and the general aspect of the lines in each case is similar. I do not think that in comparisons of the spectra of the elements and Sun, enough stress has been laid on the general appearance of lines apart from their mere position ; in photographic representations this point is very prominent. The fine double line at 4319. 4317. is plainly represented in the Sun. Again there is a remarkable coincidence in the double line at 4190. 4184. The line at 4133 is very distinctly marked. The strongest Oxygen line is the triple one at 4076. 4072. 4069., and here again a fine coincidence is seen though the air spectrum seems proportion- ately stronger than the solar. But it must be remembered that the Solar spectrum has suffered from the transmission through our atmosphere, and this effect is plainest in the absorption at the ultra-violet and violet regions of the spectrum. From some experiments I made in the Summer of 1873, it appeared that this local absorption is so great, when a maximum thick- ness of air intervenes, that the exposure necessary to obtain the ultra-violet spectrum at sunset was two hundred times as long as at mid-day. I was at that time seeking for atmospheric lines above H like those at the red end of the spectrum, but it turned out that the absorptive action at the more refrangible end is a progressive enfeebling as if a wedge of neutral tinted glass were being drawn lengthwise along the spectrum towards the less refrangible end. I shall not attempt at this time to give a complete list of the Oxygen lines with their wave lengths accurately determined, and it will be noticed that some lines in the air spectrum which have bright analogues in the sun are not marked with the symbol of Oxygen. This is because there has not yet been an opportunity to make the necessary detailed com- 2 Draper. j 76 (July 2), parisons. In order to be certain that a line belongs to Oxygen, Ihave com- pared, under various pressures, the spectra of Air, Oxygen, Nitrogen, Car- bonic Acid, Carburetted Hydrogen, Hydrogen and Cyanogen. Where these gases were in Plicker’s tubes a double series of photographs has been needed, one set taken with, and the other without Leyden jars. As to the spectrum of Nitrogen and the existence of this element in the © sun there is not yet certainty. Nevertheless, even by comparing the dif- fused Nitrogen lines of this particular photograph, in which Nitrogen has been sacrificed to get the best effect for Oxygen, the character of the evi- dence appears. The triple band between 4240. 4227. if traced upward into the Sun has approximate representatives. Again at 4041. the same thing is seen, the solar bright line being especially marked. In another photo- graph the heavy line at 3995. which in this picture is opposite an insuffi- ciently exposed part ofthe Solar Spectrum shows a comparison band in the Sun. The reason I did not use air in an exhausted Pliicker’s tube for the pro- duction of a photograph to illustrate this paper, and thus get both Oxygen and Nitrogen lines well defined at the same time, was partly because a brighter light can be obtained with the open air spark on account of the stronger current that can be used. This permits the slit to be more closed and of course gives a sharper picture. Besides the open air spark enabled me to employ an iron terminal, and thus avoid any error arising from acci- dental displacement of the reference spectrum. In Pliicker’s tubes with a Leyden spark the Nitrogen lines are as plain as those of Oxygenhere. As far as I have seen Oxygen does not exhibit the change in the character of its lines that is so remarkable in Hydrogen under the influence of pressure as shown by Frankland and Lockyer. The bright lines of Oxygen in the spectrum of the solar disc have not been hitherto perceived probably from the fact that in eye observation bright lines on a less bright background do not make the impression on the mind that dark lines do. When attention is called to their presence they are readily enough seen, even without the aid of a reference spectrum. The photograph, however, brings them into a greater prominence. From purely theoretical considerations derived from terrestrial chemistry, and the nebular hypothesis, the presence of Oxygen in thesun might have been strongly suspected, for this element is currently stated to form eight-ninths of the water of the globe, one-third of the crust of the earth, and one-fifth of the air, and should therefore probably be a large constituent of every member of the solar system. On the other hand the discovery of Oxygen and probably other non-metals in the Sun gives increased strength to the nebular hypothesis, because to many persons the absence of this import- ant group has presented a considerable difficulty. At first sight it seems rather difficult to believe that an ignited gas in the solar envelope should not be indicated by dark lines in the solar spectrum, and should appear not to act under the law ‘‘a gas when ignited absorbs rays of the same refrangibility as those it emits.’’ But in fact the sub- 1877.) (ei | Draper. stances hitherto investigated in the sun are really metallic vapors, Hydrogen probably coming under that rule. The non-metals obviously may behave differently. It is easy to speculate on the causes of such behavior, and it may be suggested that the reason of the non-appearance of a dark line may be that the intensity of the light from a great thickness of ignited Oxygen overpowers the effect of the photosphere just as if a person were to look at a candle flame through a yard thickness of ignited sodium vapor he would only see bright sodium lines, and no dark absorption lines. Of course, such an explanation would necessitate the hypothesis that ignited gases such as Oxygen give forth a relatively large proportion of the solar light. In the outburst of 7 Corone Huggins showed that Hydrogen could give bright lines on a background of spectrum analogous to that of the Sun, However all that may be, I have no doubt of the existence of substances other than Oxygen in the Sun which are only indicated by bright lines. Attention may be called to the bright bands near G, from wave lengths 4307 to 4337, which are only partly accounted for by Oxygen. Farther in- vestigation in the direction I have thus far pursued will lead to the dis- covery of other elements in the Sun, but it is not proper to conceal the principle on which such researches are to be conducted for the sake of per- sonal advantage. It is also probable that this research may furnish the key to the enigma of the D, or Helium line, and the 1474 K or Corona line. The case of the D, line strengthens the argument in favor of the apparent exemption of certain substances from the common law of the relation of emission and absorption, for while there can be no doubt of the existence of an ignited gas in the chromosphere giving this line, there is no corres- ponding dark line in the spectrum of the solar disc. In thus extending the number of elements found in the Sun we also in- crease the field of inquiry as to the phenomena of dissociation and recom- position. Oxygen especially from its relation to the metals may readily form compounds in the upper regions of the solar atmosphere which can give banded or channeled spectra. This subject requires careful investi- gation. The diffused and reflected light of the outer corona could be caused by such bodies cooled below the self luminous point. This research has proved to be more tedious and difficult than would be supposed because so many conditions must conspire to produce a good pho- tograph. There must be a uniform prime moving engine of two horse power, a dynamo-electric machine thoroughly adjusted, a large Ruhmkorff coil with its Foucault break in the best order, a battery of Leyden jars carefully proportioned to the Pliicker’s tube in use, a heliostat which of course involves clear sunshine, an optical train of slit, prisms, lenses and camera well focussed, and in addition to all this a photographic laboratory in such complete condition that wet sensitive plates can be prepared which will bear an exposure of fifteen minutes and a prolonged development. It has been difficult to keep the Pliicker’s tubes in order; often before the first exposure of a tube was over the tube was ruined by the strong Leyden _ sparks. Moreover, to procure tubes of known contents is troublesome. For fod Draper. ] 8 i July 20, example, my hydrogen tubes gave a spectrum photograph of fifteen lines of which only three belonged to hydrogen. In order to be sure that none of these were new hydrogen lines it was necessary to try tubes of various makers, to prepare pure hydrogen and employ that, to examine the spec- trum of water, and finally to resort to comparison with the Sun. The object in view in 1873, at the commencement of this research was to secure the means of interpreting the photographs of the spectra of stars and other heavenly bodies obtained with my 28 inch reflector. It soon ap- peared that the spectra of Nitrogen and other gases in Pliicker’s tubes could be photographed and at first some pictures of Hydrogen, Carbonic Acid and Nitrogen were made because these gases seemed to be of greatest as- tronomical importance on account of their relation to stars, nebulee and comets. Before the subject of comparison spectra of the Sun was carefully examined there was some confusion in the results, but by using Hydrogen the source of these errors was found out. But in attempting to make a prolonged research in this direction, it soon appeared that it was essential to be able to control the electrical current with precision both as to quantity and intensity, and moreover, to have currents which when once adjusted would remain constant for hours to- gether. These conditions are almost impossible to attain with any form of battery, but on the contrary are readily satisfied by dynamo-electric ma- chines. Accordingly, I sought fora suitable dynamo-electric machine and motor to drive it, and after many delays procured a combination which is entirely satisfactory., I must here acknowledge my obligations for the successful issue of this search to Professor George F. Barker, who was the first person in America to procure a Gramme machine. He was also the first to use a Brayton engine to drive a Gramme. The dynamo-electric machine selected is one of Gramme’s patent, made in Paris, and is a double light machine, that is it has two sets of brushes, and is wound with wire of such a size as to give a current of sufficient in- tensity for my purposes. It is nominally a 350 candle light machine, but the current varies in proportion to the rate of rotation, and I have also modified it by changing the interior connections. The machine can pro- duce as a maximum a light equal to 500 standard candles, or by slowing the rotation of the bobbin the current may be made as feeble as that of the weakest battery. In practical use it is sometimes doing the work of more than 50 large Grove nitric acid cells, and sometimes the work of a single Smee. The Gramme machine could not be used to work an induction coil when it first reached me, because when the whole current was sent through the Foucault interruptor of the Ruhmkorff coil, making 1000 breaks per minute, the electro-magnets of the Gramme did not become sufficiently magnetized to give an appreciable current. But by dividing the current so that one pair of the metallic brushes, which collect from the revolving bobbin, sup- plied the electro-magnets, the other pair could be used for exterior work, no matter whether interrupted or constant. The current obtained in this 1877.] 79 (Draper. way from one pair of brushes when the Gramme bobbin is making 1200 revolutions per minute is equal to 100 candles, and is greater in quantity and intensity than one would like to send through a valuable induction coil. I usually run the bobbin at 622 revolutions per minute, and this rate will readily give 1000 ten-inch sparks per minute with the 18 inch coil. Of course a Pliicker’s tube lights up very vividly and generally, in order to get the maximum effect I arrange the current so that the aluminium terminals are on the point of melting. The glass, particularly in the capil- lary part often gets so hot as to char paper. The general appearance of the machine is shown in Fig. 1. cet Fie. 1.—THE GRAMME MACHINE. As long as the Gramme bobbin is driven at a steady rate the current seems to be perfectly constant, but variations of speed make marked differ- ences in the current and this is especially to be avoided when one is so near the limit of endurance of Pliicker’s tubes. A reliable and constant motor is therefore of prime importance for these purposes. ~ ~ - SE “the lower Art is the spectrum of the Oxygen and Nitrogen of Air, The letters and figures onthe ception-the photograph is absolutely free from hand work or retouching. O. indicates Oxygen; N. eX G. h, H., are prominent Solar lines at the violet etd of the with typé’on the negative; with ‘this, the Sun’s spectrum are wave-lengths; Draper’ BON eaeL negative} by: Bierstadt’s Albéttype process, a ae ste “ ~ > Mie a Ee > Ae a Ps) 5, ae oe = Se a tid + : Ss ‘ i - 5 ae pe ; ~ se tae a x = a gore ; Rs — . : : we . aa ape Solar’ begets f The picture is poten, from Ee 1877.] 81 [Konig. accord with the French La,, does not hesitate to affirm that all these forks, including those even of my large tonometer, which he has probably never examined, are necessarily inexact. Not having at my disposal the instru- ment used by Mr. Ellis, I confess that I find myself under some embarass- ment in stating at once by what error of construction this instrument, in the hands of Mr. Ellis, has given results so extraordinary. Fortunately, Ican refer to a letter from M. Helmholtz addressed to Mr. Appunn and published by the latter himself in a paper on the acoustic theories of M. Helmholtz. This letter speaks of an instrument of exactly the same char- acter; and made by the same maker, and sufficiently explains the surpris- ing discoveries of Mr. Ellis. ‘‘I have examined your tonometer several times,’’ writes M. Helmholtz to Mr. Appunn, ‘‘and I am astonished at the constancy of its indications. I would not have believed that reeds could give sounds so constant as those given by your apparatus, thanks to your method of regulating the current of air. The instrument, it is true, varies a little with the temperature, as do also forks ; and hence it can be used for determining the absolute number of vibrations, only when one can work in a room heated by a stove. By the aid of an astronomical chronometer, I have counted the beats, and believe that your seconds pen- dulum must have been slightly inexact, because, though the number of beats agree very well among themselves, the absolute number obtained is not 240 but 237 to the minute. The temperature, which was rather low during my experiments, may count for something ; but even this influence may be eliminated by counting the beats to the end of a major-third, which took me a quarter of an hour. In this way I have found for my Paris fork 435.01 vibrations, which agrees to the ;5355 nearly with the official num- ber, 435 vibrations.”’ This letter proves that the entire number of beats in the octave of the tonometer tested by M. Helmholtz was 437 >< 64 = 252.8, and that its fun- damental note was 505.6 single vibrations instead of 512. On comparing this note of 505.6 single vibrations with a fork giving actually 512 single vibrations, Mr. Ellis would find the latter to be 6.4 single vibrations more acute and, without doubt, would consider it as giving 518.4 single vibra- tions. Now for my forks giving 512 single vibrations, he has found 516.7 only, with the tonometer which he used. Whence it would seem that the fundamental note of this latter instrument had become more nearly exact than that of the tonometer examined by M. Helmholtz, since the number of its vibrations is 507.3. This note, however, still remains quite distant from its true value. The fact that M. Helmholtz succeeded, with an instrument of this sort (and one too, even less perfect than that used by Mr. Ellis) in finding the number of vibrations of the official French fork to be exact, by first deter- mining the correction needed for his instrument, is evidence that Mr. Ellis has neglected to determine a similar correction required for his tonometer. He has too hastily declared that these small tonometers with harmonium reeds are the most perfect and the most exact in existence. It would cer- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 100. kK Cope.] 82 [July 20, tainly have been much better if he had first given himself a little practice in the manipulation of acoustic instruments, before having treated so slightingly the results obtained by Lissajous, by Despretz, by Helmholtz, by Mayer, etc., etc., and before seeking to throw discredit upon the labors of a constructeur who had no reason to expect so unjustifiable an attack. In addition to Helmholtz’s evidence, Professor A. M. Mayer has furn- ished the following statement concerning the absolute number of vibra- tions of Kénig’s forks. ‘‘ During the months of March, April and May of 1876, I made many determinations of the number of vibrations of Konig’s UT, fork and found that it gave 255.96 complete vibrations in one second at a temperature of 60° Fahr. The following are the separate determina- tions of that series of which the above number is the mean: (1) 255.95, (2) 255.97, (8) 255.90, (4) 255.92, (5) 256.02, (6) 256.02. The forks vibra- tory period is accelerated or diminished 533,55 part by a difference of tem- perature of +1° Fahr.”’ 26 Rue de Pontoise, Paris, June 5th, 1877. On a New Species of Adocide from the Tertiary of Georgia. By E. D. Cope. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, July 20, 1877.) Professor George Little, State Geologist of Georgia, placed in my hands for determination a Chelonite from a Tertiary formation in Macon Co. of that State. The matrix is a rather soft limestone of a light drab color. When the specimen was first obtained it was nearly perfect, lacking only the posterior part of one side, and the posterior border of the carapace. Having been mutilated by destructive curiosity hunters, there remain now the plastron and the anterior half of the carapace, with a considerable por- tion of the posterior part of the left margin. The surface has been exposed to the weather so as to obscure, and in some places to obliterate the dermal sutures, while the skeletal sutures are distinct. The form has been slightly distorted by lateral pressure, but not much. The obscurity of the dermal sutures renders the determination of the ge- neric affinities somewhat difficult. The skeleton preserves the Emydoid type, not exhibiting intersternal bones, and having a well developed me- sosternum. ‘The vertebral bones extend to between the sixth pair of cos- tals, beyond which the specimen is imperfect in that region. The costal capitula are well developed, but whether they reach the vertebral centra, the specimen does not permit me to discover. The plastron is of peculiar form, the lobes being short and contracted. The anterior is rounded from a base of usual width, while the posterior, from a similar base, narrows rapidly to a point, as in the genus Aromochelys. An important point is observed in the direction of the abdomino-pectoral € 1877. ] 83 [Cope. dermal suture. At its iateral extremities instead of continuing to the mar- ginal scuta as in Emydoid genera, it turns forward and terminates at the inguinal notch, as in genera with intermarginal plates, as Adocus and Der matemys. But the sutures of the intermarginals in the specimen are, if they ever existed, very obscure, owing to exposure to the weather. Never- theless there is sufficient indication of them on one side, to render it toler- ably safe to infer their existence. Anterior to the abdomino-pectoral suture, the border of the plastron is crossed by emarginations representing three scutal sutures, defining the humeral, gular, and intergular scuta. The courses of these sutures across the plastren are obscure. The humero- pectoral suture commences on the margin just in front of the axilla and ex- tends forwards parallel with the border, becoming a deep open groove, whichis apparent on both sides of the plastron. It then turns backwards, and appears to cross the plastron behind the mesosternum, presenting a concav- ity forwards. The next suture in front appears to cross near the middle of the mesosternal bone, presenting a strong concavity forwards. ‘The rela- tion between the intergulars and the gulars is difficult to discover. The suture between them at the free margin is distinct, but after proceeding in- wards a short distance it appears to divide and take two directions. One depressed line extends backwards to the humero-gular suture, cutting off triangular gulars and extending the intergulars back to the humerals as in Adocus. The other depression extends directly across the anterior lobe, cutting off small intergulars as in Baéna. In either case the arrangement represents a genus distinct from either of those named, If the intergulars extend to the humerals they are double, the mesosternal region being di- vided by a distinct longitudinal dermal suture. If the intergulars are short, with the gulars in contact behind them, the arrangement is equally distinct from Adocus. From Baéna the absence of intersternal bones, and the Emydoid mesosternum distinguish it. It approaches also Polythoraa,* and may indeed belong to that genus. But it does not appear that the hu- merals and interhumerals are distinct in the Georgia turtle, and no inter- marginals are observed in Polythorax. It is therefore necessary to give the present genus a name to be used until its relations to the latter are posi- tively ascertained. I propose AMPHIEMYs for the genus, and A. OXYSTERN- UM as the specific name. Specific characters. The plastron is nearly plane in the transverse direc- tion ; longitudinally the posterior lobe is a little raised above the plane, and the anterior lobe rather more so. The general form is elevated, the vertical diameter being large when compared with the longitudinal and transverse, which preserve usual pro- portions. The border of the carapace is not flared at the sides, and rises anteriorly to the nuchal bone. The free anterior margin is somewhat un- dulate. The anterior half of the carapace does not display any median or lateral keels. The nuchal bone is considerably wider than long, and the costal and * Cope, Proceed. Acad. Philada, 1876. Nov. Cope. } 84 [July 20, marginal sutures are of about equal length. The vertebrals are all longer than wide, and of the usual form, with truncate antero-lateral angles, ex- cepting the first. This one has both the sides and extremities convex, the latter being of subequal width. The costals are thick, and have parallel borders. The marginals are all higher than long, especially those of the bridge. The sutures of the plastron are fine and straight. The portion of the mesosternum enclosed by the episternal or clavicular bones has greater longitudinal extent than the part embraced by the hyosternals. The su- tures with the clavicular bone are nearly straight, and are parallel with the free border. The common suture of the hyosternals is a little longer than that of the hyposternals, and is a little shorter than that of the post- abdominals. The anterior suture of the latter has a slight posterior ob- liquity, and is abruptly turned backwards at the free borders of the lobe. The dermal sutures of the carapace are mostly obliterated. Enough re- mains to show that the second vertebral was wider than long, while the nuchal shield is considerably narrower than the nuchal bone. The mar- ginal scuta are much narrower than the marginal bones, and become nar- rower forwards. The region of the nuchal marginal is obscure. Measurements. M. Length of carapace to the posterior border of seventh COS oscars iach cu ate eloteges soko ate aay eie naels craton inners .250 Depthvat third vertebral bones. oem ecriceier- se eereterere .150 Length of second vertebral bone..............-. saa OS! Wacclthiayte FS ui ep Tereearhets lal aisle atakA ss vs 032 Thickness s “ Cora te ree b ome ya) oy eiehers cs (ors ore -013 Length of first marginal ers siete apa tease tte aers 035 Wacdthie ° sf GOTTA Seuaitors Se 2 tase Chavens teens .033 Genethiotirstido: oftheibnidiees eee ets eet .028 Widthes:: a me bial Pye ES AMES = eat ev aera a ine .060 Widthvof secondicostall yen eemee ieee teeer ater .033 Thickness of ‘ Ha mero canoe Sosa Hoa oeu aes ouoac .012 Greatest widthiof ‘carapaGese ease sere eee eee .182 Henethxor plastrom|(@xdall) yee reer ald ye (anberorlobe (axial) atest teeter eter 073 se £f MOStENIOR JOE ss say poeaasede Mowers: orate O70 Width of base of anterior lobe........... PYAAR Le OA lalla) i a posterior: “4 Ae x frsenehcereiste chet rietecoiete .086 henothvofibridee +5 0i2%, Avis ce ha ssteisiee oat eee eens .090 e Shull eremsos oso ah aosacasdcumesooas .042 Width “ WEEE OCG Ee AoC Ob at BAC nea Cane 046 eenoth Of Clawicle iva. «cosine ersec ee Ce ae ere 051 oy common suture of claviclesnee-e-enane = seer .014 ie oe ay ECON CaaS Godordgooon Hl a a i Les Shi pOsvennailsiyrertereretae 047 Width of postabdominals at anterior border........... £057 The shell of this species is thicker than in any species of tortoise now living in North America, a peculiarity characteristic of most of the species of the Cretaceous period, and of many of those of the Eocene. Its size is about that of the Pseudemys serrata. 1877. | 85 [Cope. Tenth Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical America. By EH. D. Corr. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, July 20, 1877.) The greater number of the species described in this paper were sent to the Smithsonian Institution by its correspondents, and submitted to my examination by its Secretary, Professor Henry. BuFO MELANOCHLORUS Cope B. valliceps var. Cope, Journ. Academy, Phila., 1865, p. 100. Orbital borders elevated, and with parietal branch crests, which are prolonged ; toes long, nearly free ; end of carpus reaching end of muzzle ; paratoids large ; a lateral dormal fold ; tympanum large ; green with deep black spots ; throat and thorax black. This toad differs very much in appearance from the Bufo valliceps, but is nearly allied in essentials, its other affinities are to the B. auritus. The fingers are quite long, but the posterior legs are short, the heel reaching the posterior border of the orbit. The parietal crest is long; the supra- tympanic is well developed, and preorbital very weak. The front is not narrower, nor does the muzzle project beyond the mouth. The diameter of the very distinct round tympanic disc is half that of the orbit, which is large. The tongue is long and narrow, and the ostia are only half as large as the rather large choanz. The parotoids are quite small, sub-triangular and directed outwards and backwards. The skin is nearly smooth above, except on the scapular and iliac regions, and is minutely roughened below. There are two tarsal tubercles, and no tarsal fold. Length of head and body, .047; of head, .015 ; of hind leg, .070 ; of hind foot, .030. The allied Bufo coniferus Cope differs from this species in its broadly palmate feet, etc. East Costa Rica, W. M. Gabb. BUFO CANALIFERUS Cope. Orbital border reverted crest-like ; a preorbital crest ; tympanum dis- tinct ; head narrow, muzzle projecting ; parotoids large, triangular, with scapular angle ; rough; brown with dorsal and lateral light bands. This handsome species is characterized by the narrow gutter-like front, and prominent muzzle, together with the very large, angulate parotoids. The orbital borders are strongly everted, but without parietal branches. The preorbital crest is not very strong, and the supratympanic is quite short. ‘The muzzle is contracted, and overhangs the mouth. The diameter of the distinct membranum tympani, is half that of the orbit. The parotoid reaches to above the middle of the humerus, has a straight external, and convex internal outline, and is rather lateral in position. Its lateral trun- cation is similar to that seen in B. hematiticus. The skin is tubercular everywhere, finely so below. The posterior limbs are of median length, Cope.] 86 [July 20, the heel reaching to the tympanum. Two rather small tarsal tubercles, no tarsal fold. Soles rough, the palmation measuring the middles of the shorter toes. The tongue is small and narrow ; the ostia are a little smaller than the choane. Length of head and body, .054; of head, to posterior line of tympana, 013 ; width of head at do. .018 ; length of hind leg, .071 ; of hind foot, .035. The color is a light or dark deer brown, with a light vertebral band (rarely absent). On each side of the latter are large brown spots with nar- row pale borders. A dark band extends from the orbit to the middle of the side, and above it a broad pale band extends to the groin ; inferior surfaces, uniform light yellow. This species differs from the B. argillaceus in its strong cranial crests, projecting muzzle, and large paratoid glands; in the last two characters, and in the narrow frent, from the B. sternosignatus. West Tehuantepec, Sumichrast. HynA SPILOMMA Cope. Fingers free ; vomerine teeth in transverse series behind line of poste- rior nares ; skin thickened above ; tympanum two-fifths eye ; frontal bones osseous in front ; eye spotted with yellow. This species is remarkable for the ossification of the anterior portion of the fronto-parietal bones, which are in contact on the middle line near to the ethmoid bone. Posteriorly they are separated, leaving a fontanelle, which represents the posterior portion of the usual one. The species in this respect approximates the genus Scytopis. The head is broad, and the muzzle very short; the canthus are obso- lete. and the nostrils a little nearer the end of the muzzle than the orbit. The tongue is wide and entire, and the choane small. The palettes are nearly as large as the tympanic disc, and, the toes are quite short, and only about half webbed. The heel of the extended limb only reaches the pos- terior portion of the orbit. The superior and lateral integument is thickened and studded on the back with rather large, obtuse, warts. The length of head and body is, .038 ; of head including tympana, .011; width of head at do., .014; length of hind leg, .052; of hind foot, .023. The color in these specimens is a light purplish brown, without varia- tions, excepting in one instance. In this one the darker dorsal region is separated from the sides by a broad blackish band which extends from above the tympanum to the groin on each side. The iris is colored in a manner which I do not find in any other species. The pupil appears cruciform, and the interspaces are golden, with a black spot in the outer margin. This species belongs to the series without webs between the fingers. Among these-it is distinguished by the posterior position of the vomerine teeth, moderate tympanum, etc. From Cosamaloapam Vera Cruz, from Francis Sumichrast. 187.) 87 [Cope. HyYLA BISTINCTA Cope. Fingers free ; vomerine teeth between nares ; foot shorter than tibia and femur ; tympanum one-fifth diameter of eye ; vomerine teeth in small fas- ciculi ; frontal bones ossified in front; blue, sides pale varied; lip not white-bordered. Size of Hyla carolinensis. The head, particularly the interorbital region, is broad and flat ; the canthus is distinct ; the membranum tympani is exceed- ingly small, and is overhung by a thick dermal fold. The skin of the su- perior surfaces is smooth. The fore-limbs are very stout, and the animal being a male in breeding condition, the thumb bears two corneous plates on the inner side. The larger of these is the inferior, and forms a strong prominence on the metacarpal. The surface is composed of densely packed points. The posterior limbs are long, the heel reaching nearly to the end of the muzzle. The feet are of moderate proportions, and not fully webbed ; the membrane reaches the base of the penultimate phalange of the third and fourth digits, and farther on the fifth. Length of head and body, .045; of head, .012, width of head at tym- pana, .015 ; length of hind leg, .067 ; of hind foot, .031. Color, upper surfaces including femur and humerus, dark-bluish plum- beous, without marks; inferior surfaces yellow. Sides marbled with the two colors ; posterior face of femur pale brown, with a few yellow specks along the superior border. Eye unspotted. Vera Cruz most probably; obtained by Dr. Sumichrast with the H. spilomma and H. miotympanum Cope (= H. microtis Peters). CHOROPHILUS VERRUCOSUS Cope. The length of the head to the posterior margin of the membranum tym- pani enters the total length to the vent three and one-sixth times. The head itself is narrow and acuminate, the muzzle projecting acutely beyond the labial margin. The external nares mark two-fifths the distance from the end of the muzzle to the orbital border. The membranum tympani is only one-fourth the diameter of the orbit. The canthus rostralis is distinct, but obtusely rounded. The vomerine fasciculi are approximated. and near the line of the posterior border of the nares, which are larger than the mi- nute ostia pharyngea. The tongue is large and wide behind and faintly emarginate. The heel of the extended hind leg extends to between the orbit and nos- tril: the femur is short, while the tarsus is long, a little exceeding half the length of the tikia, and exceeding the length of the remainder of the foot, minus the longest toe. The skin of the gular and sternal region is smooth ; of the abdomen, areolate. That of the dorsal region is tubercular, smooth warts of large and small size being irregularly crowded over its entire sur- face, and not at all resembling the areolate surface of the belly. Color above leaden, with three longitudinal rows of darker, light edged spots, extending, one on each side, and one on the median line. They are each composed of a series of spots joined end to end. Femur and tibia Cope. |} 88 [July 20, cross-barred. Upper lip dark plumbeous, with a series of five white spots ; a similar spot below the tympanum. Inferior surfaces yellowish. ® henge thor mead and ody sci. cstsminteren stare ed acre eed SOMA SINC ACs aire eee ete . There is, there- ~ tg! cop r fore, a tendency to repeated nebular ruptures at O £2? B °f°* on Starting from the present outer limit of our system, Neptune’s secular ** Origin ofthe Stars.” ta., aphelion; p., perihelion ; s., secular, Chase. } 100 [July 20, aphelion (30.46955), these rupturing nodes would occur at 15.238478 ; 7.61739 ; 3.80870; 1.90435 ; .95217; .47608; .28804. The first belt would include Neptune and Uranus; the second, Saturn; the third, Jupiter ; the fourth, the asteroids ; the fifth, Mars and Earth ; the sixth, Venus (grazing also the Earth and Mercury belts); the seventh, Mercury. After the nebula had assumed a globular form, these rupturing nodes would occasion constant tendencies from opposite extremities of every diameter, to the formation of confocal elliptic orbits, with major axes of 3r ~ and minor axes of 7/87. Those ellipses would mutually intersect at a 2r ; 3° thus tending, through collision of particles, to form a belt at that dis- tance from the centre. The v. ». communicated by simple fall from 7 to 27 aS sgr, which is equivalent to ». v. of circular-orbital revolution at 7, and also to the orbital »v. ». r gained by contraction from 7 to 9° The internal motions and collisions of the particles of the belt would form a condensation of the densest and comparatively inelastic materi- als, until the whole acquired the Oriani 4 =: mean orbital v. »v., 3gr fala i aay which is the normal orbital 9 oe The following table ex- hibits the double tendency, to nebular rupture and to nebular aggregation, starting from the point which would account for the orbital velocity of ° Neptune. The approximation of ‘‘B’’ to the planetary distance which would satisfy Bode’s law, and the indications of Neptunian aggregation during direct fall towards the centre, lend new confirmation to the views which I have already expressed, in regard to the rationale of Bode’s law, and the relative masses of the two outer planets. o. v. at the nodes of aggregating collision, Rupturing Secondary Nodes. Nodes. Planets. 2x W a* 60.93910 40.62606 oe Sie —— 38.8 Va 30.46955 20.31303 6 @ = 20.68 3 Va 15.23478 10.15652 h a = 10.34 at ao 7.61739 5.07826 Ype = 4.89 * a secular aphelion; p secular perihelion. 1877.] 101 [Chase. The following tables exhibit the modifying influences of other simple nodes : 2 1.0158 @®_ 1.0000 io’ .7618 Pa .1744 Q@ ~~ .6667 @ p .6722 2x2 .6772 2 p .6722 $9 .4822 8 a .4768 + @ p .4661 % a 4768 2% a .3178 Sp .2974 4@p.3lll- & p .2974 In the inter-asteroidal belt and ellipse, bounded by § wand 8 p: Middle of belt, 1.0169 @ 1.0000 Middle of ellipse, 7194 fc) 7233 Jupiter is similarly situated in reference to the Neptune-Uranian, and the Uranus-Saturnian ellipses : Middle of Y a & a 4.8952 Middleof 8 bh 4.8224 Y p 4.8863 “ Wynd 5.2078 “« 6 hb p 5.2246 Y% 5.2028 “ Was 5.6480 “ 6@h 5.5701 Y a 5.5198 Saturn is similarly situated in reference to the Neptune-Saturnian and Sun-Uranian ellipses : Mid.© 6 p_ 8.8440 h p 8.7345 rere 9.5918 Mid. haWp 9.62% bh 9.5389 “ © Sa 10.3396 ‘bh pW p10.4319 bh «10.3433 There are, doubtless, many other results of early inter-orbital action, especially in connection with collisions in confocal ellipses, which would furnish interesting subjects of investigation. For example, when the Jupiter belt was completely severed (2/ s. p.), and the Earth and Venus belts were beginning to form (s. a.), the orbital collisions were near the limits of the Mars belt. Elliptic collision DS. p: @ s. a. 1.753 os. a: 1.736 “ “ Ds. p: Orsuia. 1.337 O'S. p. 1.311 If we take the radius of nebular rupturing fall for the surface of Sun’s homogeneous luminiferous atmosphere (2 x light-modulus), and reduce 9 > # it in the ratio of mean radially-varying to uniform-circular velocity fe] : rupturing nodes (3) and falls of condensation (1 -- 11.656854) give the following table : ist Cond. Fall. 2d Cond. Fall. Rad. Vec. 4M—7z 2807.4 240.84. 20.67 6 a 20.68 Dinos fc l4030% 120.42 10.33 h a 10.84 a PR Tao 60.21 Lay IY ¢ Ne 5.20 aus ASE OE sta 180) 30.10 $500 WwW 30.03 res i peli tay gas 15.05 1.29 oy) aleeal Fst te Be 7.58 65 Cran, VOT This seems to point, like the Neptune-Saturnian ellipse in a previous * If synchronous undulations are interrupted by an obstacle, so as to produce 9 accelerated motion towards a centre, the mean radius of variable motion is ae the radius of corresponding uniform motion, Chase. ] 102 [July 20, comparison, and like the present comparatively nebulous condition of Sat- urn itself, to Saturn as an important centre of early ring aggregation, as if our nebula were, at first, a ring vortex. The indication is confirmed by the similar densities of Saturn and Neptune ; the similar densities of Uranus, Jupiter and Sun ; the fact that ‘‘these four planets form a system by them- selves, which is practically independent of the other planets of the sys- tem;’’* the present approximate accordance between the transit of light through the Uranus-Telluric major-axis and the limit of planetary velocity at Sun’s surface ; and the following comparison between the 2d and 3d condensation falls : Rad. Vee. 2a C. Fall. 3d C. Fall. Rad. Vee, 6 a 20.68 20.67 UG Tl Gia 1.74 bh a 10.34 10.38 89 Bp .98 Y 5.20 5.17 AA sa .48 Ast. 2.59 2.09 .22 Wa 2 If the 3d fall had been counted from Saturn’s secular perihelion instead of from his secular aphelion, the distance would have been .75, Venus’s mean aphelion being .75. The peculiar indication of the Uranus-Telluric ellipse, the central posi- tion of Earth in the belt of greatest density, and the absence of any ex- plicit indication of our planet in most of the foregoing comparisons, sug- gest the possibility that its place may have been fixed by a special law. Its secular perihelion (.93226) is near the fifth rupturing node of Neptune’s mean distance (30.03386 = 2° = .93856). The stellar-Solar parabola points to a time when @ Centauri may have been at a nebular rupturing point, relatively to the Sun. The lowest and 9 highest estimates for — a@ Centauri, are, respectively, 28905200 and 30895100 solar radii. The seventh fall of condensation (1 -- 11.656854)’, would give .9883 and 1.0564, showing a closeness of approximation to the present solar radius which can hardly be thought accidental. As there ~ are two falls of condensation between — Earth and Sun, there are five falls between @ Centauri and Earth ; the extreme range of estimates for @ Centauri + 11.656854° being between .9818 and 1.0494 times Earth’s mean radius vector. Both of these points are within the Earth belt (p = .9323, @ =1.0677%). Neptune’s secular eccentricity seems to have been determined by the combined influence of condensation-fall, orbital collision, and rupturing nodes. For Neptune’s secular perihelion — 11.656854 = 2.53912 ; 2 sec. aph. = 23 = 2.53913. The gegenschein, and other indications that the Zodiacal light may be partly owing to the remains of an early terrestrial ring, may naturally lead us to look for evidences of residuary activity in some of the outer * Stockwell; Smith, Con. 232, xiii. 1877.) 103 [Chase. planets. A radial oscillation at Uranus’s secular aphelion would be ac- 3 complished in 10.3396? = 33.247y ; a circular revolution at Saturn’s secu- 3 lar aphelion, in 10.3433% = 33.265y; a circular revolution, at Jupiter’s mean perihelion, in 4.98722 = 11.108y. The November meteoric cycle is 55.25y; the Wolf Sun-spot cycle, 11.07y. There is a noteworthy numerical correspondence between the seven rupturing nodes within the planetary belt, and the seven condensation- falls from @ Centauri to is Sun. The fifth node and the fifth fall both come within the Earth belt. If we suppose seven successive transformations of uniform into variable velocity, before the determination of the present solar mass and light- modulus (M), and five condensation falls (7 = 1 + 11.656854) after each transformation, we have the following approximations : mM + 2 30.941 Wa 30.470 EM 2 ms 9.849 hb 9.548 mm M + 7 3.135 Hygeia 3.121 a M* = nb .998 ® 1.000 NG eae B18 yp .297 mM + w 101 =z M-= nn .082 The probability of undulating gravitating action is increased by the in- vestigations of Bjerknes, who has shown (Comptes Rendus, Ixxxiv, 1377) that two spheres, having concordant pulsations, attract each other inversely as the square of the distance ; and that they repel each other according to the same law if their pulsations are opposed. The use of the parabola + in representing expanding action is recognized by H. Ste.-Claire Deville, who states, in considering cases where vapor- densities vary with the temperature, that ‘‘the movement of a material point, taken in the expanding material, may be accurately enough repre- sented by a parabolic function of the second degree already employed by M. Fizeau.’’ (Comptes Rendus, 1xxxiv, 1257). Deville hopes to employ the resulting relations usefully in expounding some principles of Thermo- Chemistry. The hypothesis that the radial vzs viva of mean rectilineal velocity may be taken as the representation of increments of heat under constant volume, while the radial vis viva of synchronous constant velocity, will represent simultaneous increments of heat under constant pressure, t assumes that the gaseous condition is perfect. If the Sun were nebulously diffused to 2 YW, the equal centrifugal and *=* M = distance of a Centauri. + Ante, xvi, 507. t Ante, xiv., 651. Chase. ] 104 [July 20, centripetal action and reaction would tend to produce a belt of ‘‘ constant volume,’’ with an inner limit at 1,4232W from the equatorial surface, or .5768WU (= .2884 7) from the nucleal centre. The consequent thermody- namic undulations, the vés viva of central fali, the vertical collisions at 2 7, and Ennis’s centripetal momentum, would all be simultaneously operative, and the present evidence of their past activity is unmistakable. For if we designate the primitive radius (2 U;) by a; the thermodynamic 1 ratio (.2884) by j, ; the v7s viva ratio by 4; the collision ratio by 3; the Ennis, or momentum ratio (1 11.656854) by |, ; secular perihelion, mean perihelion, mean, mean aphelion and secular aphelion respectively, by sub- script 1,2,3,4,5, We find the following primary accordances : a =2, 60.939 2a 40.626 ha 30.470 Ww, 30.470 1 ate 17.575 ~~ 17.688 sil ae 5.228 Y, 5.208 The inner limit of the Neptune-Uranian belt, the controlling centre of planetary mass, and, as we shall presently see, the nebular surfaces which were to determine subsequent planetary aggregations, were thus marked out, within less than one per cent., ‘‘in the beginning.” The order of time in which these dissociating influences would be com- pleted, would be = 4, 2; .. Second and third dissociations present the following agreements : z =a 11.717 3 3 20.318 6, 20.044 + 2 a 8.788 h, 8.734 i si a 5.069 YW, 4.978 7 z a 2.614 Ast. : a Seer: 1.743 ae 1.736 = . i a 1.508 S's 1.524 ae 5 a 1.005 @; 1.000 - 3: a a 154 Q, 749 fee : = a .448 By 455 Second dissociations, therefore, approximately fixed cardinal positions of 1877.] : 105 (Chase, 6, kh, 4, the asteroidal belt, ¢, and & ; third dissociations, of ¢', ® and 9. Numerous other interesting relations, of a similar nature, may be traced at successive stages of nebular condensation, of which some examples are given in the following table : zi Wy 8.749 hy - 8.734 ee 5.5883 , 5.519 il ror ATA 3 5 ATT = Ds .298 oa £297 -, Se 1.524 C's 1.524 1 rv ie etd 726 oF 723 1 ~ Sew ole 459 y, 455 1 : ms | Ws 720 OF £7123 = 20, 5.205 a, 5.208 1 Te en 1.646 on 1.644 1 i RE 749 Q4 749 = Ys 473 ip ATT 3 @s 667 2, 672 gs 172 Q; 174 a)” Os ATS ¥ . 477 Gy @ .299 or 297 Gy YY; 9.028 Ds 9.078 (3)° 2. U; 9.558 DE 9.539 @)* 3, 5.428 IP 5.427 Gy Ys 1.635 on 1.644 Or 1 .388 Bs 387 4)? @s .296 By 297 @* hi 1.725 a's 1.736 )* Ws 1.075 OQ; 1.068 Ce ads -965 ®, .966 (3)° hg 1.317 ei 1.311 4B) Ws 7127 oF 728 (2° «a 5.197 a1 5.203 Gyr A476 Bs ATT @)" 62 1.072 ®; 1.068 > 6s 749 o 149 Gime a .390 Bs 887 PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 100. N Chase. } 106 [July 20, @ w, TE 4 74 Gye Se ATT S. ATT (2) 8, .318 s, 319 ees 10.340 hs 10.343 Toe a 10.022 Be 10.000 aa ib 4 5.000 Y, 4.978 Le 702 oe 698 APN 5.170 De 5.208 ay 5, 1.301 3h 1.311 cones 381 Ss B87 ie op, 678 Q, 672 BL le 311 y, .319 EA 929 @: 932 cea .298 s, 297 Ae te 476 ¥; ATT The list might be indefinitely extended by admitting a wider range of differences, as well as by various combinations of the four primitive disso- ciating factors. After rotation was set up, the centre of rotating inertia. to which Alexander first called attention,* asserted its influence, as may be seen by the following comparisons : 1 = Y, 19.184. 33 19.184 1 re yee 5.524 a. 5.519 1 win 1.040 a, 1.034 1 ee Os .964 a, 966 1 Te Os 675 ey .672 1 , P4 ATA Bie AVY 1 que.lrs A457 ow 455 1 i Ss 695 2, 698 1 war Os 5.231 oe 5.208 1 zi Os 4.853 ye 4.886 1 rss ae 1.397 Re 1.408 1 Baga) (2s 1.316 ay 1.311 * Smithsonian Contributions, 280. 1 i lie = iV 2 1877.] 107 {Chase, 1 Fe: d's 385 le 387 1 ee 2 De 9.514 hs 9.539 1 pepe ie 1.655 oa 1.644 1 ine 1.526 a 1.524 1 ee 1.398 J, 1.403 1 pay ee 782 On 774 1 1 a OS 1.323 sit 1.311 1 pee Ds 319 vy 319 1 SOE 776 Qs 774 1 es 386 v, 307 ies 7p WV, 7717 Qs 774 1 - 61 453 B 455 1 pe Y, 973 O, 966 a oa OP 2297 By .297 If we take geometrical, instead of arithmetical means, and place $a at Neptune’s mean aphelion instead of his secular aphelion, the influence of orbital collisions on positions of intra-asteroidal planets becomes still more striking. For we find, as theoretical (T) and observed (O) values : O. T (T-O). + T. Y, 5.208 < 5,228 4+..004 eae rrisnee Gs = 1.548 4+.,016 @, 1.033 @t 1.082 —.001 Q, .607 Ca —.014 rere ere @* = .459 4.015 Mean 1.209 1.2138 ~~» +004 Chase. ] 108 [July 20, Comparing the positions of inter-Uranian planets which are most cor- rectly represented in the foregoing tables, and taking the geometrical means for the five positions of each planet, we find : - oO. he (T-O) + T. h 9.521 9.512 —.0009 yo 5.197 - 5.196 —.0002 3 «ALB L6 1.517 +.0014 ® 999 1.001 +.0021 Q 722 721 —.0012 bs .380 .380 +.0001 Mean 3.567 3.567 +.0002 A similar closeness of accordanee is shown by comparing the positions of the intra-Nepturian planets which appear to be most typical : O. ame (T-O) + T. 1 SB; 19.184 =a et idles +0001 h, 10.848 ay SG, 00.340 —.0004 Us 5.427 ()> Ge 5.429 +.0008 1 d's 1.524 won 1.524 +.0002 if QD, .966 ees 965 —.0009 o, 749 @)* Ss 749 —.0005 ¥ AVY (ay er ATT —.0008 Mean 2.473 2.478 —.0002 The variation of the nucleal radius as the 2 power of the atmospheric radius,* may furnish an explanation of results which seem to have been ob- tained nearly simultaneously, by Silas W. Holman (A. A. A.S. June 14, 1876 ; P. Mag, Feb., 1877; p. 81), and E. Warburg (Pogg. Ann. clix, 415 ; communicated 9th July, 1876). Holman concludes, from the results of a number of careful experiments, that the ‘‘ viscosity of air increases propor- tionally to the 0.77 power nearly, of the absolute temperature, between 0° and 100° C.’’ The extreme range of his results is .738 to .799. Warburg, from experiments both with hydrogen and with air, deduces the exponents between 20° and 100°, .76 for air (the extremes being .74 and .76), and ‘‘about 2’’ for hydrogen (the extremes being .57 and.65). The closeness, the narrow range, and the mutual confirmation of these independent re- sults, as well as the new analogy between molar and molecular forces, which seems to be indicated by the atmospheric exponents, are all interest- ing. The viscous particles, so far as they are affected by the same move- ments, may be compared to the rotating particles of a solid nucleus ; the thermal undulations, in a supposed ethereal medium, present a like analog to the motions of an elastic atmosphere. The well known anomalies in the elasticity of hydrogen are in accordance with its viscosity. War- * Ante, xiv, 305 et. al. 1877.] 109 [Chase. burg’s extremes (hydrogen .57, air .76) seem to point towards secondary nucleal and atmospheric relations between air and hydrogen. In my identification of the velocity of solar dissociation with the velocity of light, * although the conception of successive wave impulses seems most natural, itis by no means essential. If the pressure of the ultimate force is constant, the result is the same. Tlie ratio of the velocity of dissocia- tion to the velocity of perfect fluidity, is approximately illustrated by Draper’s estimate of the ratio between the temperature of glow (977° F., or 1436° from absolute 0°) and the temperature of fluidity (82° F., or 491° from absolute 0°; 1436 ~ 491 = 2.9). Here complete fluidity is compared with incipient glow. The ratio 7: 1 would require an addi- tional allowance of 107°, or about 7.5 per cent., for the difference between the temperature of complete and incipient glow. Ifthe comparison were made at 0° F., we should have 1436 — 459 = 3.13. The vis viva of terrestrial dissociation being equivalent to 4 the v. »v. of incipient planetary dissociation at the Sun,{ the temperature ratio of water vaporization to dissociation furnishes another illustration of a simi- lar character. Deville (C. Rendus, lxxxiv, 1259) quotes the estimates made by himself and Debray (2500°), and by Bunsen (2800°), of the temperature at which nearly half of the vapor of water is reduced to its elements, hydro- gen and oxygen. The ratio 2800° : 100° is a very probable estimate of the ratio between solar and terrestrial superficial gravitation. Notre.—August 23, 1877. In consequence of a remark near the opening of the foregoing paper, Dr. Draper recently proposed that I should test some of my views by an examination of the solar spectrum. I accord- ingly undertook a preliminary investigation, which has already yielded the following results : ; : c C c In the harmonic progression, —> , n n+a n+2a length of Fraunhofer line A = 761.20 millionths of a millimetre ; » — 1.0153 ; a = .0918 ; and we find the following accordances: » €tc., let c = wave- Numerator. Denominators. Quotients. Observed values. 761.20 n+ a 687.75 687.49 — B nt 3a 589.89 589.74 = D1 n+ 6a 486.14 486.52 = n+ 104 393.79 393.00 = Ht The ‘‘observed values’’ are the wave-lengths, as determined by Dr. Wolcott Gibbs (Amer. Jour. Sci. [2] xliii, 4). The lines between A and B have not been studied sufficiently to fix their wave-lengths ; it seems likely that A ~- may bea bright line, and thus belong to the field of investigation which Professor Draper has so brilliantly opened. The greatest difference between the above theoretical and observed values, is * Ante, xvi, 307, et al. + Ib. p. 305. { Ib. p. 307-8. Chase. ] 110 [July 20, less than four ten-millionths of a millimetre, and, therefore, very far within the limit of probable errors of observation. My papers on planetary harmonies have shown that alternate planetary positions manifest the greatest simplicity of law, intermediate positions being modified by requirements of mutual equilibrium, which help to give stability to the system. The same thing seems to be true of the Fraun- hofer lines. The ‘‘figurate’’ symmetry of the above divisor differences (1a, 3a, 6a, 10a) is especially noticeable, and suggestive of my equation between the principal planetary masses : (Neptune) 'x (Uranus) *x (Jupiter) °x (Saturn) —'=1. After finding this relation among the most important lines, I sought for traces of the ‘‘morning-star’’ music among the subordinate lines, with the following result: I have introduced Kirchhoff’s scale-measurements, in order that the lines may be identified without the necessity of reference to Dr. Gibbs’s papers. Divisors. Quotients. Observed values. Scale measurem’ts. n+ 2a 635.07 634.05 783.8 n+ 4a 550.72 550.70 1306.7 n+da 516.42 517.15 1655.6 n+ Ta 459.22 458.66 2436.5 n+ 8a 435.12 435.67 2775.7 n+9a 413.43 (413.76) (2) There is no single line corresponding to the harmonic denominator n+ 9a. The bracketed number is the arithmetical mean between Kirch- hoff line 2869.7 —= 430.37, and H = 397.16. This again, may either indi- cate a bright line, or it may await future discovery for a true inter- pretation. The equality, which I had previously pointed out, between the average limiting velocities of solar centrifugal and tangential dissociation, and the velocity of light, induced me to apply the same harmonic series to the solar system. In some of the papers on cosmical and molecular force, which I have had the honor of communicating to the society (Proc. Soc. Phil. Amer. vol. xiii.), I had taken steps in this direction, but they were com- paratively feeble, for want of sufficient definite guidance. They had, how- ever, shown very clearly, that, in ultimate physical generalizations, the study of elastic reaction is quite as needful as the] study of centripetal action, and vice versa. One of the most important facts, in connection with such comparative study, is the variation of elastic density in geomet- ‘rical ratio, when distance varies in arithmetical ratio. In making an operative application of the spectral harmonic series, the several terms should therefore be taken exponentially, and the greatest activity should be looked for at inter-nodes, and presumably nearly midway between suc- cessive nodes. The Sun’s radius was naturally suggested as a fundamental unit. The process of calculation is nearly as simple as Columbus’s egg, but, on 1877. | ina [Chase. account of its novel application, it may be well to give it in full. The common astronomical unit is Earth’s mean radius vector; its value, in units of solar radius, is 214.86. The harmonic exponential numerator, is Nep- tune’s mean radius vector, which is 30.03386 astronomical units, or 30.03386 x 214.86 = 6453.06 solar radii. The logarithm of 6453.06 is 3.809766 ; log. log. 6453.06 = log. 3.809766 = 580897. By the same method we find log. log. Uranus = .558210 ; .580897 — .558210 = .022687 = log. 1.0536. Uranus’s mean radius vector represents, therefore, the 1.0536th root of Neptune’s mean radius vector, and 1.0536 is the denomina- tor of the first planetary fractional exponent. The first mid-nodal denom- inator, in the foregoing spectral-line series, between A -~ 1 and A = (nm + a) is (1 + 1.1068) + 2 = 1.0534 ; the second mid-nodal denominator is(n + a+ n-+ 2a) + 2 = 1.1527; and so on, until we reach the sixth denominator, when, perhaps on account of great nebular condensation, the harmonic denominator-differences become 2 of .0918, instead of .0918, bringing a second exact correspondence between the spectral and planetary denominators in the orbit of Venus. The following table contains all the figures that are required for the whole calculation : eapont Ae en 8+ og. 7.1. Log. r. II. Theoretical. Observed. 1.0534 022593 558304 3.61689 1.28473 19.265 19.184 1.1527 .062716 .019181 3.30576 .97360 9.410 9.539 1.2445 094994 485903 3.06128 02912 5.359 5.427 1.5368 126066 454831 2.84991 O1LT75 3.294 ? 1.4281 154758 .426139 2.66771 .30000 2.165 2 1.5199 .181815 399082 2.50658 17442 1.494 1.524 1.6346 213412 .867485 2.33070 7.99854 299% 1.000 1.7494 .242889 .838008 2.17775 7.84559 TOL .698 1.8641 .270469 .310428 2.043875 T.71159 O15 10 1.9789 296424 284473 1.92519 7.59803 392 387 The log. logs., in the third column, are obtained by subtracting the logs. of the exponential denominators (column 2) from the log. log. of the ex- ponential numerator (.580897). Column 4 contains the antilogs. of column 3; column 5 is column 4 reduced to logs. of Earth’s mean radius-vector, by substracting log. 214.86 — 2.332155 ; column 6 contains the antilogs. of column 5. Column 7 gives the mean distances of Uranus, Saturn, Mars, Earth, and Mercury ; the mean aphelion of Jupiter ; the mean peri- helion of Venus; and the arithmetical mean between Mercury’s secular perihelion, and Venus’s mean distance. We are now prepared to find the significance of the remaining Fraun- hofer lines, which is shown in the following table : Line. Wave Length. Denominator. Planetary Den’rs. Theoretical Den’rs. C 656.67 1.1590 1.1576 == Sat. p.* ‘ E 527.38 1.4434 Asteroidal. b 517.70 1.4704 1.4740 = n + 5a G 431.08 1.7660 1.7640 = Ven. s.p. H 397.16 1.9166 1.9139 = Mer. a. * p., mean perihelion; Ss. p., secular perihelion; a., mean aphelion. Chase.] 112 [July 20, 1877. The following table gives a comparative view of the spectral and plane- tary series: Spectral Differences. Planetary a a 1.0000 14, 1.0000 4 g @ 1.0150 6 3 (a +7) 1.05384 45, Ocean a Figah8y Adon Ae a ) 1.1986 a 4 (0 + ©) 1.2445 Is e 1.2904 a +(e + ¢) 1.3363 : ¢ 1.3822 E 1 (€ + 7) 1.4281 2 7 1.4740 a + (y+ @) 1.5199 Bp @ 1.5658 6 (O40) +2 1.6847 ‘ 1 1.6576 i ha x 1.7494 x 1.7494 5 A 1.8412 i abs p. 1.9330 a ba) =a 8 i y 2.0248 - (ev) 19789 o 2.1166 Oto) +2 92.00386 8 | an = 2.2084 In the fundamental harmonic denominators, it will be seen that @ = 6 nm, and 6 is the figurate exponent of Jupiter in the equation of planetary masses. The value of 7 is the quotient of (Jupiter x perihelion radius- vector) by (Sun x solar radius). The significance of this quotient is ob- vious, on account of the preponderating influence of the two controlling members of our system. It becomes still more interesting upon examin- ing the portion of the spectrum which represents Jupiter’s most powerful reaction against solar action. As the harmonic basis is Jupiter’s present perihelion, it seems likely that there may be some changes in the relative positions of the spectral lines, with Jupiter’s changing eccentricity. As this change is less than ,+, of one per cent. per annum, its influence cannot be detected by direct obser- vation. But it may be worth while to institute careful comparisons be- tween solar spectra taken at our perihelion, aphelion, perijove and apojove, in order to find whether the lines are modified in any way by Earth’s posi- tion relatively to Sun and Jupiter. Aug. 17, 1877.] iis [Genth. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LABORATORY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. No. XI. On some Tellurium and Vanadium Minerals. By F. A., GENTH. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, August 17th, 1877.) Since the publication of my papers: ‘‘On American Tellurium and Bis- muth Minerals,’’ read before the American Philosophical Society, August 21, 1874, and ‘“‘On Some American Vanadium Minerals,’’ published in the American Journal of Science and Arts, July, 1876, I have made several observations which I believe to be worthy of being placed upon record. 1. NatTIvE TELLURIUM. Its occurrence at the Red Cloud Mine, where it is a comparatively rare mineral, has previously been nientioned. Recent developments in Colo- rado have furnished a number of new localities, in some of which it is found in considerable quantities and in peculiar varieties, associated with other very interesting minerals. 1. In Magnolia District, Boulder County, at the Keystone Mine and Mountain Lion Mine (which are working the same vein), also at the Dun Raven Mine; it occurs in crystals and crystalline masses. The crys- tals are usually small and very indistinct, much distorted, cavernous, and the prismatic planes longitudinally, deeply striated; often surrounding quartz crystals ; occasionally, besides the planes of the hexagonal prism, rhombohedral and basal planes can be observed ; it is also found in colum- nar masses and, disseminated in grains, through other minerals. Sometimes it forms sheets and thin plates between the ores, which con- sist of quartz, mixed with a peculiar greenish vanadiferous mineral (? ros- - coelite), coloradoite, calaverite, pyrite, &c. This variety has often the appearance of ‘‘slickensides,’’ and is sometimes in masses as thin as paper, occasionally, however of an inch in thickness; it is dark grey, on a fresh fracture greyish white ; it is finely granular and of very little lustre. The specific gravity of the pure mineral (making allowance for the admixed quartz) was found to be 6.275. The analysis gave, after deducting 8.90% of quartz, as follows : Au — 0.60 Te = 96.91 Wi02 = 0.49 FeO = 0.78 Hg, Al,O,, MgO i K,0, &e. \ —— 1.15 100.00 PROC. AMER. PHILOS, SOC. xvir. 100. 0 Genth.] 114 [Aug. 17, 2. A very peculiar variety of native tellurium occurs at the Mountain Lion Mine, where it is associated with quartz and imbedded in a greenish, clayey mineral. It has been discovered by Mr. Theodore Berdell, of Boulder, Colorado, who very kindly furnished me with this and most of the other specimens from this mine. He distinguished it as ‘‘lionite.’’ It occurs in flat, plate-like masses of 3 to #3, of an inch in thickness; it has a dark grey color, very little lustre, and a somewhat columnar structure at right angles with the plates ; brittle. Hs Sp-Gr = 4.005; Examined with a strong magnifying glass it shows numerous air-holes, but otherwise seems to be quite uniform. It looks very much as if it had been melted and not unlike a ‘‘matte.’’ The analyses showed an admix- ture of a very large quantity of silicic acid and silicates, and it is impossi- ble to conceive, how such heterogeneous substances could® have formed such a uniform material. It can, of course, not be considered as a species, but only as a variety of native tellurium. The analyses gave: is ine Au = 1.38 1.58 Ag a 0.25 0.25 Te Z 55.86 55.54 SiO, =: 34.72 35.91 Al,0, Fc,0, = 6.15 6.14 MoQmay gee 0.17 0.19 CaO = 0.48 0.26 99.01 99.82 3. Very minute, but brilliant, crystals of native tellurium, in combina- tions of an hexagonal prism and pyramid have been found in cavities of quartz at the Smuggler Mine, Ballerat District, Boulder County, Colorado. They are mostly distorted and have the appearance of rhombic prisms, from the enlargement of two opposite hexagonal planes at the expense of the four others. The hexagonal planes are deeply striated, and the pyram- idal ones rarely well developed. The ore from the deeper part of the vein consists largely of native tellurium in a granular variety, associated with sylvanite. coloradoite, &c. The analyses of it, after deducting in the first 28.04% of quartz, and in the second 65.21% of quartz, gave: Ife We Au — 3.40 2.18 Ag = 1.69 asa) Hg = LEO 1.34 Cu = 0.51 0.438 Pb — 0.74 1.02 Fe = 0.12 0.18 MgO — 0.12 0.06 Te — 92.29 [93.64] by diff. 99.94 100.00 1877.) 115 [Genth. 4. The largest quantities of native tellurium have been observed at the John Jay Mine, in Central District, Boulder County, Colorado. I was informed that masses of 25 pounds in weight had been found there. I am indebted to the owner, Mr. A. J. Van Deren, for very fine specimens, which were taken from his mine at a depth of 30 to 35 feet. The tellurium is more or less mixed with quartz, it is granular to colum- nar in structure and of a color between tin-white and lead-grey. In the cavities and on the surface are rarely found tellurous oxide or tellurite, in minute crystals. A very pure specimen, after the deduction of 14.08% of quartz, con- tained : Au = 1.04 Ag = 0.20 Zn — 0.382 Fe = 0.89 Te = 97.94 100.39 2. HESSITE. My friend, Mr. August Raht, wrote me from Utah on the 20th February, 1877, that, in testing an ore from the Kearsage Mine, Dry Canyon, Utah, he found it to contain large quantities of tellurium, and afterwards, in an- alyzing a pure piece before the blow-pipe, obtained : Ag — 58.790 Au = 0.1038 It is evidently hessite, almost free from gold, similar to that which I described from the Red Cloud Mine, Colorado, where it has been once found as a very great rarity. 3. COLORADOITE, A NEW MINERAL. I have mentioned the occurrence of telluride of mercury, which I have called ‘‘coloradoite’’ already at the meeting of the American Philosophical Society of October 20th, 1876. I observed it amongst ores from the Key- stone Mine, Magnolia District, received for examination by the late Dr. W. H. Wenrich, of Denver. It also occurs at the Mountain Lion Mine; a specimen of ore, for which I am indebted to Commodore Stephen De- catur, Centennial Commissioner of Colorado, and which was found at the depth of 8 or 10 feet at the Smuggler Mine, Ballerat District, proved also to be this interesting species. Not crystallized, without cleavage ; massive, somewhat granular; that from the Smuggler inclining to an imperfectly columnar structure. Fracture uneven to subconchoidal. Hardness about 3 ; Sp. Gr. = 8.627— (pure mineral, after making allowance for the admixture of native tel- lurium and quartz). Lustre metallic ; color iron-black, inclining to grey, Genth.] 116 {[Aug. 17, with a very faint purplish hue; frequently tarnished with purplish, blue and green colors. B. B. in a tube slightly decrepitates, fuses and yields an abundant sublimate of metallic mercury, also drops of tellurous oxide and, next to the assay, metallic tellurium. On charcoal it gives a greenish flame and white sublimate. Solubleinnitricacid. Veryrare. At the Keystone and Mountain Lion Mines, associated with native tellurium and quartz ; at the Smuggler Mine it is often mixed with native gold, resulting from syl- vanite, more or less completely decomposed, native tellurium and tellu- rite. It is probable that the admixture of sylvanite produces its colum- nar structure. I have endeavored by mechanical means to separate, as much as pos- sible, the pure coloradoite from the associated minerals, but was not successful. The best selected fragments from the Smuggler were first digested for some time with ammonic hydrate to remove the tellurite; the remain- ing impurities are gold, sylvanite and quartz. The analyses of the heaviest portions from the Keystone Mine, which have been obtained by levigation, show a higher percentage of mercury, the lighter a larger admixture of tellurium. The results leave no doubt that the pure coloradoite has the composition: Hg Te, corresponding with that of Cinnabar and Tiemannite, and containing : He = _ 60.98 Te = 39.02 The specimens from the Keystone Mine, after deducting quartz and gold, gave the following results : It Me lil. IV. Wi Quartz and Gold = [28.50] — [46.83] — [25.18] — [8.46] — [20.72] Hg = 56.33 — 52.28 — 51.48 — 49.80 — 45.63 Te = 43.81 — 42.95 — 44.25 — 46.74 — 50.05 Al,0,, Fe,O; == 2 AL } V0, —= 0.70 | MgO == Uh Ces a —— amen! | not determined. CaO = Obed eae K,O, Na,O 100.14 99.32 SMUGGLER MINE. War WANl Quartz = [2.90] —— [8.05 Au = 3.46 — 7.67 Ag es 2.42 — 7.18 Hg = 55.80 — 48.74 Cu = trace oo 0,16 1877.] I. Contains 92.38 % 117 SMUGGLER MINE— Continued. WA Vil Zn — trace — 0.50 Fe = 1.35 —— 0.92 Te — 36.24 ————— Das 9 99.27 99.66 [Genth. coloradoite and 7.76% native tellurium. I. ebay © Bee TAD St Ce : TesTihy a ies he ae Joan BS Oe . UA eae Ol aa pe eaters 14: = Nemtameie Sere Seria tmnt g lp mmanicy i Oind.< oe elie ute 7G.O8: 40 Nae When I first received the mineral from the Smuggler, the preliminary examination of it made me think that gold and silver might be essen- tial constituents of the same ; the subsequent analyses showed them to be admixtures. The specimen which furnished the material for investi- gation, having come from near the surface, contained such a quantity of tellurite, that I was anxious to analyze the ore from the undecomposed part of the vein, and, for this reason, delayed the publication of my results for over six months. After a great deal of trouble, I secured a specimen, but unfortunately, it proved to be almost pure native tellurium (of which I gave the analyses above), I. containing an admixture of only 1.75 %, and II. of 2.20% of coloradoite. 4, CALAVERITE. I established this species nine years ago, on very minute quantities found, associated with petzite, at the Stanislaus Mine, Calaveras County, California ; then I observed it again as a great rarity at the Red Cloud, and published an analysis made with only 0.1654 grammes. From Mr. Berdell I received a short time ago a specimen, which furnished me with more than five grammes of calaverite, mixed only with a small quantity of quartz and coated with ? roscoelite. A reéxamination of this rare spe- cies was therefore highly desirable. In very minute, imperfect crystals, resembling rhombic or monoclinic forms, but too indistinct for a more exact determination ; cleavage indis- tinct ; massive granular; fracture uneven. H = 2.5; Sp. Gr. (of the pure mineral, less quartz), = 9.043. Pale bronze yellow; brittle. In thin seams and disseminated in quartz and gangue-rock at the Keystone and Mountain Lion Mines. Genth. } 11s {Aug. 17, The analyses gave, after deducting in I. 4.96% of quartz, and in II. 4.00% of quartz : IE NUE, Calculated. Au = 38.75 — 38.91 — 39.01 Ag = 3.03 — 3.08 — 3.06 Te = 57.32 — — 57.93 V,O, — 0.05 —- FeO = 0.30 —— Al1,0,, MgO, &c., = 0.55 not det’d. 100.00 100.00 These analyses give the ratios of (Au Ag): Te=1: 2; Au: Ag =7:1. The composition of calaverite, corresponding with the above analyses, is therefore : Au 3 Ag) Te,. In ‘‘ Nature,’ of March 8th, 1877, it is stated that at the February meeting of the Hungarian Geological Society, Professor Krenner an- nounced the discovery at Nagy-Ag, in Transylvania, of a pure Telluride of gold, in a crystalline state, which he calls ‘‘bunsenite’’ (a name al- ready given by Prof. J. D. Dana, in 1868, to the niccolous oxide from Johanngeorgenstadt, described by Bergemann), As I have no access to the original publication, I am unable to decide whether it is different from calaverite ; perhaps it is a variety even more free from silver than those of this country. 5. TELLURITE. Already in 1842, Petz observed tellurous oxide, associated with native tellurium at Facebay and Zalathna in Transylvania. It has never been observed from any other locality, until I have lately noticed it with tellu- rium at the Keystone and Smuggler Mines, but especially in cavities and fissures of the native tellurium of the John Jay Mine, where it is found in minute white, yellowish-white and yellow crystals, mostly prismatic, often longitudinally striated, isolated or aggregated into bundles ; a few of the white crystals are acute rhombic pyramids. Cleavage eminent in one di- rection. Lustre vitreous inclining to resinous, on the cleavage plane adamantine. Readily soluble in ammonic hydrate ; the solution contains only tellurite of ammonium ; the composition of tellurite is therefore, as Petz had al- ready suggested, tellurous oxide = TeO,,. 6. MAGNOLITE, A NEW MINERAL. This highly interesting mineral is the product of the oxydation of colo- radoite. It occurs very rarely with native mercury in the upper, decom- posed part of the Keystone Mine, associated with quartz, limonite and psilomelane. 1877.] 119 [Genth, In exceedingly fine needles, which under the microscope appear in bun- dles or tufts, sometimes radiating ; some of the groups seem to have crys- tallized around a globule of mercury, which latter, in breaking the speci- men, has fallen out, leaving a round empty space in the centre of the crystals. Color white ; lustre silky. Readily soluble in very dilute nitric acid, the solution yielding a precipi- tate of Hg Cl by hydrochloric acid ; the mineral is also soluble in hydro- chloric acid, the solution contains Hg Cl, and Te Cl,, which proves that its composition is ‘‘ mercurous tellurate’’? = Hg, Te O,. — Hg,Te O, + 8H Cl = 2 Hg Cl, + Te Cl, + 4H,0 The mineral is also blackened by ammonic hydrate. Name after ‘‘ Magnolia’’ District. 7. FERROTELLURITE, A NEW MINERAL. A crystalline coating upon quartz, associated with native tellurium. Under the microscope it appears in very delicate tufts, sometimes radiating or, when in cavities, as very minute prismatic crystals of a color between straw and lemon-yellow inclining to greenish-yellow. Insoluble in ammonic hydrate; some of the mineral, which had been treated with ammonic hydrate for the purpose of removing the tellurous oxide present, was dissolved in hydrochloric acid. The solution contained tellurous oxide, ferric oxide, and a trace of niccolous oxide ; the mineral is therefore probably a ferrous tellurate = FeTeO,, hence the name. The quantity at hand is too small for a fuller investigation. It occurs at the Keystone Mine, Magnolia District, Colorado, associated with native tellurium, tellurite, and a peculiar iron sulphide, in which a part of the sulphur is replaced by tellurium. A preliminary examination of it gave Fe = 41.01, Ni= 0.72, Te = 4.06 and S = 41.73 — 87.52. The material for analysis was slightly oxidized, but the difference of 12.48 % is too great to be covered by this. I shall repeat the analysis, if ever I should succeed to get this mineral again. 8. ROscOELITE. It will be remembered, that almost simultaneously, Prof. H. E. Roscoe and I investigated the mineral, which now bears his name, his paper hav- ing been received by Royal Society on May 10th, 1876, (Proc. Royal Soc. XXV, 109.) whilst mine was written and sent to the editors of the Ameri- can Journal of Science on May 16th, 1876. I regret to say that in some of the essential points our results do not agree. From the nature of the material and the information received from Dr. James Blake of San Francisco, no doubt can exist that, that, which he had sent to me, was as good and pure as it could be obtained. In my examina- tion (Am. Journ. of Sc. [3] XII, 32) I showed that even the apparently purest scales, selected with the greatest pains, were not altogether free from admixtures. With the greatest difficulty I obtained enough of almost Genth.] 120 (Aug. 17, pure scales (containing only 0.85 % of quartz, gold, &c.) to make one ana- lysis, which, as it was made with the greatest care, must be a very close approximation of the truth. The material of the other analyses was far . more contaminated, and the results were given merely for comparison and to show the influence of the admixtures upon the analyses. From Prof. Roscoe’s analyses it does not appear that he attempted to separate the impurities by chemical means, and thus he gives the compo- sition of the whole mixture. He assumes the vanadium to be present as pentoxide, the iron as ferric oxide, the manganese as manganic oxide, the two latter as replacing alu- mina ; and magnesia, lime and soda as replacing potassium oxide. As I have made a direct determination of the state of oxydation of the vanadium, I can say positively that, if any. only the smaller portion of the vanadium is pentoxide. I found the composition of the vanadium oxide to be V,O,, = 2 V,0,, VO; ; but as it was obtained after allowing for the oxydation of ferrous into ferric oxide, and as the quantities of ferrous ox- ide have been found to vary from 1.67 to 3.30 %, it is not impossible that an insufficient quantity of oxygen has been deducted, and that the whole of the vanadium is present as V,Os. Pure roscoelite contains no manganese ; in Prof. Roscoe’s analyses 0.85 — 1.45 % of manganic oxide have been found, which confirms my opinion that his material was not pure ; but what is most astonishing to me is the very low per centage of silica which he finds. From his analyses he calculates a formula, and from this the per centage composition, which, however, is far from corresponding with his analyses, as for instance : Silica found = 41.25, calculated = 41.18 Potassium oxide found = 8.56, ef = 14.24 I had not calculated any formula from my analyses, being in hope that I may yet be able to procure this interesting mineral in a still purer state for further investigation. For comparison I will insert my analysis (@) which certainly closely represents the true composition of Roscoelite, and will add the formula corresponding with the same, with this alteration however, that I consider all the vanadium as V,O;. It contains, after deducting 0.85 % of quartz, gold, &e. : ji / Found. Calculated. SiO, = 47.69 = 49.33 Al,O, = 14.10 a 14.09 V.0; = 20.56 al 20.62 FeO = 1.67 — 1.64 MgO — 2.00 — 1.83 Li,O —— | races —_ nase Na,O = 0.19 = K,O = 7.59 = 7.55 Tgnition = 4,96 == 4.94 98.76 100.00 1877. | 121 (Genth, The analysis agrees with the formula : I Ir vi Roepe cis Ory 19/4 K1,0 eS A N S or, K, (MgFe) (Al ¥), Si, O,. + 4 H,O as will be seen from the calculated per centage. GREEN MINERAL FROM COLORADO, ? ROSCOELITE. A mineral which is closely allied to, and which may be only a variety of roscoelite, occurs in Magnolia District, Boulder County, Colorado, es- pecially at the Keystone and Mountain Lion Mines. It has not yet been found in a pure state, but only as the coloring matter of quartz which, at some parts of these mines, forms the gangue rock of the veins. The purest, which I have seen, was in the form of a thin, earthy coating of a greyish-green to olive-green color upon calaverite. Mr. Theodore Berdell, to whom I am indebted for specimens has re- peatedly called my attention to this green quartz, and mentioned that it is always very rich in precious metals. For the examination of the green mineral, which colors the quartz, about 150 grammes of the latter were powdered and separated from the metallic particles by levigation, as near as possible. The metallic particles were found to be a mixture of native tellurium and calaverite, containing : Native tellurium = 55.4 % Calaverite — Bisa. oF The green quartz, which was left,.was found on an average of four ex- periments to contain : Quartz = 79.38 % Tellurium, — ti Obe< Gold — ROSES 80.46 % This leaves for the ‘‘ green mineral’ about 19.5 % which was adopted as the basis for calculation of the results of the analyses. In two experiments, made for the purpose of ascertaining the state of oxydation of the vanadium, it was found that after making due allowance for the oxydation of ferrous into ferric oxide by potassium permanganate, the oxygen in the vanadium pentoxide to that of the vanadium oxide in the mineral was: 5 : 3 and 5 : 2.88, which leaves no doubt that the vana- dium was present as V,O,. The water, which was present in small quantity, could not be deter- mined with accuracy, because, on ignition, a portion of the tellurium went PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvi1. 100. P Genth.] 122 {Aug. 17, off as hydrogen telluride. In one experiment with the mixture of quartz and green mineral 1.24% was found, in a second 0.75—both are too high. The following are the results of the analyses of the green mineral, after deducting quartz, &c.: i: ne ie VE Nis Av’ ge. SiO, = 57.15 — 55.77 — — — 57.31 — — 56.74 Al,O, = 19.94 — — — — 19.46 — 19.46 — 19.62 V,.0, = 844 — —— — 7.37 — 7.79 — 7.51 — 17.78 MnO = trace — — — —- — — — — trace FeO = 3.51 — — — 452 — — — 3.51 — _ 3.84 MgO — 2.87 — — — 2.49 — 2.52 — — — _ 2.68 Li,O| = trace — — = —:— — — — trace Nao — 0.94 — — — — —~— — — — — _ 0.94 KO = 811 — — — — — — — — — 8.11 H,O = notdet. — — — — — — — —— —not det 100.96 99.66 The formula which corresponds nearest to the average analysis is : it UR \ yi i Ry R, R, Sing OF + xH,O 1 \ Ri Nass hee eo Rap ne ee fa Sey eee eel Or (NaK), (Mg Fe), (Ad ¥), Si, Om + xH,0 Doubling, for the sake of comparison, the formula of roscoelite we have: K, (Mg Fe), (At ¥), Si,, O, + 8 H,0; this seems to prove that the green mineral accompanying the tellurium ores of the Keystone and Mountain Lion Mines is, although it may be a new species, is more probably a variety of roscoelite, in which @ great portion of the vanadium is replaced by aluminium. 9. VOLBORTHITE. The Siberian volborthite has never been analyzed. Having observed in an experiment which I made with a few frag- ments from Woskressenskoi, in the Government Perm, in Ural, received from my friend, Prof. Geo. J. Brush, the presence of barium, I communi- cated this result to him, when he immediately, with his usual great lib- erality and kindness, placed at my disposal for a fuller investigation, all he had. I give the results, imperfect as they may be, because they may induce others, who have better material for investigation, to repeat the analyses. The mineral occurred as a crysialline coating on the grains and pebbles of quartz, and in the cavities of an argillaceous conglomerate ; it appeared to be very pure, of a siskingreen to a greenish yellow color, and of a pearly lustre. ye 1877.] 123 {[Genth, As it was an impossibility to pick out the volborthite, the whole mass was crushed, merely to separate the grains of the conglomerate. These being very little acted upon, the mixture was treated with very dilute nitric acid, which dissolved the vanadate, and left the bulk of the con- glomerate almost untouched; the latter was thrown on a tared filter, washed, dried and weighed. The amount of water in-it was afterwards determined by ignition. In a separate portion of the mixture the total amount of water was also determined. Different quantities gave 81.49 and 88.43% of insoluble residue, with 2.18 and 2.15 water. The total water was found in one sample to be 6.30%, and the ignited insoluble residue 88.74%, which would give for the not ignited residue 85.55%, and 14.45 soluble substances with 4.49 water or, 31.09%, which is a close approximation to the real quantity in the soluble portion. The results of the analyses of the soluble portion, to which I add the calculated percentage of volborthite corresponding to the formula given below, are as follows: il Jute Calculated. Si,O, = 1.38 = 1.36 = —— Al,O; a 4,45 — 4.7 = —— Fe,O, == iS — 0.45 — —— MgO — 3.01 — 1.42 — — CuO SAA: — Bishi — 38.41 CaO = 4,29 — 4.49 — 6.77 BaO — 4.29 — 4.30 _ (a Alg/ NEOR S= 133 (5 — 13.59 — 19.63 H,O (by diff.) = (83.15) — [31.60] — 29.02 100.00 100.00 100.00 Considering silica, alumina, ferric oxide, magnesia and a portion of the water as impurities, and assuming the Woskressenskoi volborthite to be a combination of vanadates of barium, calcium and copper, with hydrate of copper and water of crystallization, we arrive at the following formula, closely agreeing with the analyses : Volborthite = (4 Ba 2 Ca 4 Cu), V, O, + 3 Cu H, O, 4 12 H, O. It will be seen that volborthite is closely allied to psittacinite (Am. Journ. Sc. [3] XII., 36), the formula of which I give for comparison : Psittacinite = 2 (2 Pb 3 Cu), V, O, + 3 Cu H, O, + 6 H, O; the difference being that the latter mineral contains twice as much R, V, O, and half as much water of crystallization ; and lead in the place of barium, calcium, and a portion of the copper. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, PHILADELPHIA, August Ist, 1877. Briggs. } 124 [Aug. 17, The Flow of Water Through an Opening in a Pierced Plate. By Rospert BriGces. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, August 17, 1877.) At the meeting of the Society on the 3d of November, 1876, I presented an hypothesis of the origin of the form of the vena contracta under cer- tain conditions stated in the paper then offered. It was shown that on the assumption that the efflux occurred from the layer or strata of water under greatest pressure of water column, at the maximum velocity due to that column, the least section of the vena contracta would have half the area of the opening of efflux, provided the effect of frictional adhesion of the water to the bottom of the vessel and the effect of the internal friction or viscosity of the water were not considered. And it was noticed that the effect from these causes tended to enlarge the least section of the vein and increase the quantity of effluent water. Referring to the words of the paper: ‘“‘If however there is admitted to exist a certain ee Des ee E adhesion to the bottom of the Fes vessel or to the _ surface or the edges A A, so that the velocity of a particle on A B is less than that fully due to the head; the surface (d) would then become larger than } D, the dimension C A would be properly increased to give a corresponding area of efflux, and the conoid Z would also have such contour as would permit the uniformity of flow of each and every particle of the liquid at unchanged velocity, in any section of the vena contracta transverse to the flow. This increase of dimension of the cross section d, and the effect of the descending pencil in accelerating the flow through it, can be taken as sufficient to account for Weisbach’s observed value of d=0.8D, and the position of the plane of least section will be found at about + D below the orifice as has been before quoted.” A further illustration of this subject can be instituted by accepting the observed value of the least section of vena contracta, which is found to be 0.64D in place of the hypothetical one of $ D, and by deducing the form of the effluent vein backwards to the strata of water under greatest pressure. Thus, let it be supposed that Fig. 6 represents (as in Fig. 5) an opening in a thin plate, guarded or protected by a Disc Z, of such contour Se YP”. \ and sc placed that a current flowing — _Y z= towards the opening shall obtain the eas a maximum velocity due to the head, and Fig. 6 be diverted from its horizontal to the ver- tical direction without change of velocity of any particle of the current. The contour of the vena contracta from 1877.] 125 | Briggs. the edge of the aperture to the plane of least section is taken to be an arc of a circle—the internal surface of a segment of a ring. Let D be the diameter of the opening in the plate. Suppose d, the diameter of the least section of the vena contracta, to have the value given by observation, d = 0.8D. Then following the previous conditions of form of the conoid Z we have, the diameter of the Disc =-D, = 1.13137D, and the radius of the arc of contour = n — 0.16569D. It will now be observed that the line of the are of contour, if it is continued within the opening to supposed point of horizontal efflux—the circle of periphery of the disc, gives a strata of water f (shown more distinctly in Fig. 7), which is cut off from the effluent stream. This strata has its greatest thicknesss of f= 0.01358D. These suppositions place the plane of least section = 0.152D below the opening. In Fig. 8 will be seen similar delineation of the contour of the vena con- tracta, and the lines of the cur- rent of maximum constant vel- ocity, as modified by placing the plane of least section at its ob- served position, or 9.25D, below the opening in the plate. The contour of the vena contrdacta is here depicted as an arc of an ellipsis which has 0.166D for its minor radius and 0.275D nearly for its major one, which will approximate closely to the true parabolic form as suggested in the first paper. The thickness of the film or strata f which represents the resistance arising from friction of water against the bottom and at the edge of the aperture now becomes {about 0.025D. The angle @ which the current makes with the edge of the aperture becomes about 35°. If these suppositions are correct, a re-entering mouth-piece, shaped to con- form to the upper part of the elliptical arc wouid give the same contour and sections to the vena contracta as that now found to proceed from free dis- charge at a plain aperture. It would seem also from the tenor of this dis- cussion that by substituting a re-entering curve at A fig. 7, making the bot- tom of the vessel to conform to a reversal of the curve A f, giving the re- versed elliptical arc a at the edge of the orifice, so that the tangent of the curvature upwards at the edge should be about 35°, we should then obtain the theoretic least section from a frictionless horizontal surface of — half the area of the opening. And that such a form would be equally effec- tive with the re-entering tube of Mr. Froude, in giving the current at the edge of the aperture its horizontal direction of least resistance accompanied by the greatest liquid pressure. 126 [Aug. 17, Briggs. | The Deviating Forces of an Unsymmetrically Balanced Ply-wheel. Mr. Briggs mentioned that he had not found in the text books of applied or practical Mechanics—Morin, Rankine, Weisbach, Fairbairn or others— any proper consideration had been given to the strains on the axis of a fly-wheel, which, correctly balanced with regard to the gravity of its masses, and also in the plane of rotation, yet without symmetry of position or mass of the balanced parts,is then accelerated or retarded to meet the usual requirements of a regulator of power. The fact that a fly-wheel must be balanced in one plane to run without vibratory effect at any given speed and when thus balanced the centrifugal forces of the parts will be in equilibrium and the axis permanent is fully stated by all recent writers, but the condition of permanency of axis when an unsymmetrically balanced fly-wheel gives out orabsorbs force has not been discussed. The following elementary case shows the proposition distinctly : Let it be supposed that a fly-wheel were formed of a pair of unequal weights at the extremities of arms (radii) of such length as will place the axis in the centre of gravity of the system, thus : M | m In pe (6) V ff, | R Vv Where M m = the’ masses andr r= the radii. Let V,, V, and v,,V, re- present the two velocities. The admitted energy from the change of ve- locities of the masses is thus expressed by the equation— F =[M (V,2—V¥) + m(v—v,) ] + 2g (1) But from the condition of balancing m = M; i= Vins and v, = Vin he i Re, Re : : B= (MW2=V,.) + WG V4G? VG) = 22 @) nr) R 2 9 Dh R= Mia Sen Oi Pl + 2g () Showing that the ratio of force given out by the two halves of the fly- wheel under any change of velocity, during any instant of time, will be unity, and the axis be in equilibrium, when 1 = R = rand in no other case, and the masses and velocities become equal in the same Case. This condition of unsymmetrical balancing of fly-wheels is by no means an unusual one. The castings of fly-wheels of steam engines and more especially of pulleys for transmission of force which act generally more or less as fly- wheels, are rarely of such uniformity as not to require balancing, —nearly always done on the rim of the wheel, regardless of point of in- equality, which is more frequently in the arms than in the rim. Perhaps the most striking instance is the case of the vertical blowing en- gine, where the whole weight of the pistons, crossheads and rods rests upon crank pins inserted in the arms of two fly-wheels at points from one- fourth to-one-third the radii of the rim, which weight is counteracted by a suitable load at the rim opposite the crank pins. It is then found that much less load is needed to give comparative steadiness of motion than 1877.] 127 {Ashburner. what would be required to balance the parts, and that the blowing engine must be balanced to run at a given speed and thus be liable to definite changes of motion of the fly-wheel each stroke. In all steam engines with single cylinders it must be recognized that during an instant of the stroke, the fly-wheel must, solely and unaided, maintain the speed and give out the whole power of the engine by retardation, while in most engines, during a considerable portion of the stroke, the fly-wheel is aiding, or as- sisting to impel, the shaft of transmission ; of course receiving a corres- ponding impulse from other portions of the same stroke. The unbalanced forces which resuJt from changes of speed of rotation of these unsymmetrical wheels, are transformed into pressures at the axes and have to be sustained by the bearings and resisted by the frame works which carry or support the same, in addition to any strain, proceed- ing from the mechanism employed in giving rotation or in transmission of power. As pressure or load upon the bearings, the increment of heat de- rived from friction may cause the total heat to surpass the limit of disper- sion in cases where the direct weight of the fly-wheel, approach, as they frequently do, the maximum load of practical endurance on the bearing surfaces. The apparently unaccountable heating of some fly-wheel bear- ings, where the absolute pressures from load or work are not so great as to cause heating, has been noticed by all practical mechanics, and the considerations now presented offer a reasonable hypothesis in explanation. In Mahan’s Moseley’s Mechanics will be found some mathematical inves- tigations leading in this direction, see appendix notes D and E, but a study of these forces and an application of the theorem to the special case of a fly-wheel regulating force or power is needed to complete the theory of practical mechanical construction. Description of the Wilcox Spouting Water- Well. By CuHas. A. ASHBURNER, M. S., ASSISTANT GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Read before the American Philosophical Society September 21, 1877.) The Wilcox Spouting Water- Well for the last nine months has attracted considerable attention, from the immense columns of water and gas which are periodically (every seven minutes) thrown up into air to a height of from 85 to 115 feet. The well is located in the valley of West Clarion Creek, just north of the southern boundary of McKean County, Pennsylvania, and five miles north of Wilcox, a station on the Philadelphia and Erie Railroad 104 miles east of the City of Erie. The history of the well may be briefly stated as follows : The Wilcox Well No. 1, or the old Adams Well, was drilled in 1864 (?) Ashburner. } 128 [Sept. 21, to a depth of 1618 feet, and afterwards continued to a depth of 1785 feet, * where the tools which still remain in the hole, were lost. The elevation of the top of the conductor above the railroad bridge at Wilcox is 120 feet or 1629 feet above the mean level of Atlantic Ocean. + The well was drilled ‘‘ wet,’’ that is, no effort was made to keep the water encountered in the upper part of the hole from following the drill. Great difficulty was experienced in drilling on account of a heavy water vein which was struck at 60 feet depth. This was more particularly the case after the gas veins at 1200 and 1600 feet respectively were met. The water would flow into the hole on top of the gas which it would confine until the pressure of the latter became so great that a huge column of the water would be thrown out of the hole to the annoyance of the drillers. This occurred periodically. After the tools were lost the upper 400 feet of the well was cased with a four inch casing having a water packer or seed bag attached to its lower end, effectually excluding the water and rendering the hole practically dry.t The well was then tubed and it is reported that as much as 100 barrels of oil was pumped and shipped to market ; but on account of the great ex- pense of procuring the petroleum, the hole was finally abandoned and the gas allowed free escape into the open air. The gas was afterwards fired and the derrick burned. Three or four years ago a wooden plug was in- serted into the casing, which only permitted a partial escape of the gas. About the beginning of the year 1876, when Well No 2 was started 900 feet distant, a pipe connection was made with Well No. 1, and the gas used as fuel in drilling Well No.2. The surplus gas was conveyed through a U shaped tube and discharged over a water tank, the water be- ing splashed by the gas over the orifice of the pipe. The pressure of the gas being thus suddenly relieved a ring of ice an inch thick was formed, ~ which remained under the warmest sun. The ice in this case was produced naturally on the same principle that governs the operation of the Kirk freezing machine. From the time the gas was first struck by the drill up to the latter part of 1876, it seemed to have, according to Mr. Schultz, a constant flow, but as no measurement was made of its pressure it is probable that it gradual- ly diminished. A little’ oil being found in Well No. 2, an inch pipe was inserted at the depth of 2000 (the well being 2004 feet deep), and it was proposed to util- ize the pressure of the gas to force the oil out of the tubing. The resistance * Authority, Mr. M. M. Schultz, of Wilcox. +The elevation of Wilcox being 1509 feet according to railroad levels made subsequent to 1862. _{ For a complete record of the Well see a paper, by Prof. Lesley, in the Pro- ceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. X., page 238; also one in the Petroleum Monthly of a later date. 1877. ] 1 2 8 4 5 6 @ 2 dak Bet e) 7] av aa 4 ro) go om ~ bo 5q fa © ong aS) ga E age on : Se = op Pas an) B Oga aq reo] = 25) 5 2O.n o fe) es LOD ‘co ev i of ee a | © = Peg | yee eI $ oe /8)/°% |B] 86 - Se Sel omic eae | oe ee eae ee ee Z o Be Smet 1 1.24.30 Interval. 6.30 2 1,80. 00) 1.30.55 | 05 | 1.81. Interval. qe 3 * + 1.38. Interval. 14.05 14.05 7.15 4 1.44.05 59} 1.45. 15 | 1.45.15 Interval. 6.45 ile 6.55 5 1.50.50 | 1.10] 1.52. 10 | 1.52.10 Interval. 6 55 6.50 6 1.57.45 | 1.05} 1.58.50 —_— Interval. 13.35 if # + 2.05.45 Interval.| 13.50 12.45 1G 8 2.11.85. | 1. 2.12.35 | 10 | 2:12.45 Interval. 6.45 6.40 6.35 9 2.18.20 | .55) 2.19.15 | 05 | 2.19.20 Interval, 6.45 7.05 7.05 10 2.25.05 {1,15} 2.26.20 | 05 | 2.26.52 | | Interval. 35 x ains maxi- mum height. | Column att — ; to 2S 1.52.40 6.35 1.59.15 Mes 2.06.15 (ie 2.15.15 6.45 2.20. le 2.27. Interyal. me 1.05 1,25 1.05 he Ne Al 10 91 115 97 ro _ Number of pulsations. Ss 6 12 13 14 S| _ n qd oO =o cS Py ne n Si (=| = © Orn a Oe os : Bin A i or |g | 83 By eeehoee ') a S 1.55 1.27.20 7.10 1.30 1.84.30 ie 1.40 1.41.30 6.45 1.30 1.48.15 16 1.30 1.55.15 55 Wis 9.00.40 | 1.85 2.02.15 6.40 6.45 2.07.20 | 1.40 | 2.09, 6.55 6.45 2.14.15 | 1.30 2.15.45 6.45 3.45 2.21. 1.80 2.22.80 de 2.28. 16 17 18 g A. o no FE of As 2 ee £4 On 2 4 ase | 5 ae | q 3 q E > | gk fe) o S Ss) ey iB e ie} 1.28.05 10 | 1.28.15 Wfpta) 7.89 1.35.40 10 | 1.35.50 6.35 6.40 1.42.15 15 | 1.42.30 6.05 6.80 1.48.20 40 | 1.49. 7.20 6.68 1.55.45 ~10. | 1.55.55 7,20 7.25 2.03.05 15 | 2.03.20 6,35 6.80 2.09.40 10 | 2.09.50 6.50 6.55 2.16.80 15 | 2.16.45 6.40 6.35 2.23.10 10 =| 2.28.20 * The gas did not cease to flow, but rose continuously between the smaller and larger columns, + The water did not flow in from the pool surrounding the top of the conductor, 19 | & | Interval. | ~] = i 20 Height. oo bo = bo = 1.28.45 | 21 Column vanishes. 7.30 1.36.15 6.55 1.43.10 | 6.20 1.49.30 7.15 1.56.45 7.15 2.04. 6.45 2.10.45 ils 2.17.45 6.45 2.24.30 ‘Interval. i I . ad Ashburner. | 130 [Sept. 21, offered to the flow of the gas was so great that after a few hours the gas ceased to flow entirely from both wells, Nos. 1 and 2. After 36 hours of inactivity it commenced flowing again with greater energy. In the early part of January, 1877, the pressure of the gas seemed to increase suddenly; but not finding a free passage from Well No. 1, on account of the wooden plug which had been inserted into the casing and which the gas was un- able to blow out, the casing was broken at a depth of 175 feet, and the up- per portion lifted bodily out of the well. As soon as this occurred the conditions which had existed during the process of drilling were restored, and a column of water was thrown out of the hole every eight minutes toa height of from 80 to 90 feet, and lasting from three to five minutes (M. M. Schultz). This continued until about the middle of May, when the gas from both wells ceased to flow without any obstruction having been knowingly placed in its way. On the 14th of July, at 1 A. M., the gas made its appearance again and began to throw the water with great energy to a height ranging from 85 to 115 feet; also with a smaller column from three to eight feet high in the intervals between the larger ones ; the phenomenon recurring every seven minutes. During the time that the water columns are thrown out of the well the gas is thoroughly mixed up with the water and is readily ignited. The sight during the flow of the larger column is grand, particularly at night. The water and fire are so promiscuously blended that the two elements seem to be fighting for the mastery. On July 19th, I closely watched the well for two hours, from 1.19 to 3.22 p. M., and carefully recorded the time of each change in the condition of the water and gas as they spouted from it, noting the number of pulsa- tions in the larger column, and determining its maximum height by trian- gulation. On page 129 is a tabulated scheme of the observations from 24 minutes and 30 seconds past one to 28 minutes past two o’clock.* By an inspection of the intervals between the recurring phenomena, it will be at once seen that there is a marked regularity in the action of the well; in fact, the slight irregularities observed may in a measure be attributed to the personal equation of the observer. In the time included *NovTEes.—l. The time in the table is recorded in hours, minutes and seconds, and the height of the columns in feet. 2. The intervals in the vertical columns show the time in minutes and seconds or seconds alone, during which each phenomenon lasted. The inter- vals inthe horizontal cblumns show the time in minutes and seconds between the recurrences of the phenomenon. 3. In columns Nos. 4 and 14, where it is stated “the water ceased to run in,”’ it is meant that no water flowed into the hole trom the pool surrounding the top of the conductor. It is probable that the water from the water vein at 60 feet depth flows into the well incessantly. . 1877.] 131 (Ashburner. from 10.39 a. M. to 3.153 Pp. M., there were counted 39 of the larger water columns, making the average time between the commencement of each column 6 minutes and 55 seconds. The accompanying graphical representation will present the action more vividly to theeye. It will be noticed that prior to the water columns No, 3 and 7 no water flowed into the hole from the pool surrounding the conduc- tor. Directly after the larger columns vanish, the water flows into the hole, indicating that all the water is blown out of the well. Occupying every consecutive 7 + minutes we have the following se- quence of events (See observation No. 9 of tne table) : The water from the ‘‘ water vein’’ at the depth of 60 feet, and from the pool surrounding the top of the conductor flows into the well for 55 sec- onds, during which time no gas is detected issuing from the hole. At the end of this time the water from the pool ceases to run in, and the gas rises bubble by bubble for 5 seconds. A column of water and gas now com- mences rising, makes 6 pulsations, attains a maximum height of 115 feet in 40 seconds, and yanishes in 1 minute. The water from the pool and water vein immediately flows into the well for the second time, continuing for 1 minute and 30 seconds, during which time no gas flows out. At the end of this time the gas rises bubble by bubble for 40 seconds, when the smaller column of water and gas rises, attaining a maximum height of 5 feet in 10 seconds, and vanishes in 1 minute and 10 seconds. The gas still continues to rise but no water flows into the well from the pool for 35 sec- onds, when the same series of phenomena repeat themselves. Such are the facts. The explanation of the action may be readily imagined. The pressure of the gas having relieved itself in throwing out of the well the larger column, the water flows into the hole until the pressure of the gas becomes so great again that instead of rising up in small bubbles through the water it rushes out of the well, throwing the water at the same time to a height of from 3 to 8 feet. After the column has vanished the gas con- tinues to rise in great quantities, keeping the water from flowing in from the pool, until the pressure is exhausted. The water now flows into the well till the pressure of the gas in its reservoir has increased to such an extent that it thrusts out of the hole the larger column of water to a height of from 85 to 115 feet. The smaller column of water is probably produced by the gas coming from the smaller vein at 1200 feet depth, while the larger column is thrown up by the gas coming from the greater vein at a depth of 1600 feet. But, of course, neither the one nor the other column is produced by either of the gas veins exclusively, for the gas must be flowing from both horizons more or less all the time. It will be noticed that more water flows into the hole directly after the larger column has been thrown up, and that the smaller column throws up less water, and vice versi. It was not possible to obtain the pressure or amount of gas coming from the well. The estimated pressure at the time that 175 feet of casing was blown Ashburner. ] 132 {Sept. 21, from the well was about 250 lbs. to the square inch. It is possible that the accumulated pressure at the time that the larger water columns are thrown up may be as high as 250 lbs.; but the constant pressure of the gas if unob- structed by the water would probably not be more than 50 Ibs. The action of the Wilcox well is nothing novel, but the observations are interesting and valuable from the fact that a complete record and history of the well have been preserved, and the accompanying facts add much to what has been recorded of similar wells. As early as 1833*, Dr. 8. P. Hildreth, ina paper on the ‘‘Saliferous Rock Formation in the Valley of the Ohio”’ says: ‘‘In many wells, salt water and inflammable gas rise in company with a steady uniform flow. In others, the gas rises at intervals of ten or twelve hours, or perhaps as many days, in vast quantity, and with overwhelming force, throwing the water from the well to the height of fifty to one hundred feet in the air, and again retiring within the bowels of the earth to acquire fresh power for a new effort. This phenomenon is called ‘blowing,’ and is very trou- blesome and vexatious to the manufacturer.’ A well drilled by Peter Neff, Esq., near Kenyon College, in Knox Co., Ohio, presented similar features to the Wilcox well. Ata depth of 600 feet gas was struck which threw out of the well at intervals of one minute, a col- umn of water to a height of 120 feet. ‘‘The derrick set over this well has a height of 60 feet. In winter it becomes encased in ice, and forms a huge translucent chimney, through which, at regular intervals of one min- ute, a mingled current of gas and water rushes to twice its height. By cut- ting through this chimney at the base and igniting the gas in a paroxysm, it affords a magnificent spectacle—a fountain of water and fire which brilliantly illuminates the ice chimney.”’ Many of the persons who have visited the Wilcox well during the sum- mer have made a comparison of heights with geysers of the Geyser Basin, and I have been repeatedly referred to for information in regard to the latter. The following table, compiled from Dr. Hayden’s report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1871, gives some figures of the geysers along the Fire Hole River, in Wyoming Territory. Name. Height. | Diameter. | Time. | Observer. Grint ae 200 feet. | 6 feet. | 20 minutes. | Dr. Hayden. Giantess 140% *< | On ah _ 3dhours. | N. P. Langford. Ce eof cs | 90 to 200 ft. | | 3 hrs. 30 min. | Lieut. Doane (1870) Be frei | 140 feet: || Le een, «| Dr. Hayden. Giantess...| 250 << | 6to15in.| 20 minutes. | ‘“ “ Beehive vol, 219)... | 18 «“ | «6 « *See American Journal of Science, July, 1833, quoted in Early and Latter History of Petroleum, by J. T. Henry. 1877. | 133 (Briggs. Norr.—Since writing the above it has been reported to me that the gas in well No. 2 has been partly confined, and the increased pressure in well No. 1 has somewhat altered the action of the water and gas. The large column is thrown to a greater height. Discussion. Mr. Briggs remarked that the conditions which produce the phenomena of Spouting Wells and of Geysers are sufficiently simple but perhaps not generally comprehended. One of the essentials for the peculiar eruption and periodic discharge which they exhibit, is the enlargement or funnel shape of the upper portion of the cavity; so that at or near the final effort of each pulsation, the confined gas or steam shall be suddenly relieved of a part of the pressure of column or head, and the gas or vapor beneath the liquid, in so large a bubble as to form a chamber or reservoir of gas or steam, be allowed to expand agginst a less pressure than that under which it had generated or been supplied when lifting the column from the bottom of the well to the place where the well enlarged. By tracing the phenomenon of a single pulsation, as it may be assumed from the foregoing description to have occurred, it will be seen that, com- mencing with that period when the gas has exhausted its pressure by a nearly free discharge, after the complete expulsion of the water and relief from any resistance except that proceeding from the depth of water in the shallow pool formed about the mouth of the well (presumed to be from 1 to 2 feet in depth at most), after the pressure of gas falls below this presumed depth, the steps in operation are as follows: A portion of the water in the pool at the top flows back upon the well, quickly forming a column within it and compressing the gas beneath, which is in much too large volume to rise through the water in small bubbles, although some bubbles may force their way up when the return of water first begins and discharge eruptively as they approach the surface, lifting a spatter of water at such discharge, but finally the water column will have acquired such height as to flow quickly down the well and receive such augmentation of quantity as the water bearing strata may supply, filling the well nearly to the bottom, some considerable portion of solid water passing below the level of the upper gas bearing strata and compressing the lower gas by the momentum of the water to the point where its gas supply may be stopped from flowing. Possibly a bubble of gas from the upper gas bearing strata will be formed in the column and be carried downwards, as there is 400 feet of depth of well between these two strata and we can scarcely conceive of 400 feet of solid water, or even 300, to reach between the two levels; but at all events a column of water of some height exists between the upper and lower yas strata when the ultimate recession of water into the well has occurred. The gradual supply of gas from both sources of supply now overcomes and slowly elevates the mass of water, however broken by gas bubbles, giving a nearly uniform pressure of column during such time as it is elevated in Briggs. } 154 [Sept. 21, the tube (or well) of uniform section, that is until the column reaches the point where the casing was blown out ; there being a great bubble of con- fined upper as well as a volume of confined lower gas in the bore of the well. Ultimately, before the column reaches the point of enlargement, the volumes of gas become much more considerable than those of the water. It may be assumed, as it is essential to do for the resulting expulsion, that of the 1400 feet (about) of total depth below the top of the casing not over 300 or 400 feet of water column (if so much) ever exists in the well. The water which up to this stage has ascended slowly, now rises into the enlarged mouth caused by theabsence of casing, and relieved from pressure of column, as the height reduces, the expanding gas of the upper bubble, becomes eruptive, and the first discharge of 3 or 4 feet height of water is effected. The relief of pressure attendant upon the removal of a portion of the water above into the pool, lifts the lower column of water to above the upper gas bearing strata; but before it reaches the enlargement at the casing the force of expulsion of the upper hybble will have been expended, and the water thus discharged will have returned wholly or in part to the well again, and will have restored the original column and its pressure upon a larger volume of gas with the supply of both gas bearing strata. The regular supply of gas continuing, the column again reaches the point of enlargement, and now, with a great reservoir of gas to expand, the final effort of a pulsation is consummated, with a discharge of gas and water of 85 to 115 feet in height. Allowing for the mixture of gas and water in reducing the gravity of the column, it is possible that the greatest pulsation of emergence at the mouth of the well cannot be more than the equivalent to a height of 60 to 90 feet or 30 to 45 pounds per square inch. In the case of the Geyser the same necessity of conformation of the pit or hole, so far as regards the funnel-shaped mouth to relieve the pressure of water column at or near the top, exists. The heated water is then the reservoir of energy for producing an eruption ; a large volume of steam being formed at once when relief of pressure occurs. The phenomena of periodic discharge following a course similar to that described as coming from emission of gas from a strata when the cooled return water comes in contact with the volcanic heated rocks at the bottom of the hole, producing a steam pressure more rapidly than the water circulation will permit the heat to be transferred to the surface of the water quietly and thus lifting the column to the point of enlargement where its pressure is reduced. { Ashburner, 135 ] 1877. fz C2 TT S Graphical Representation of the Wilcox Spouting Water-Well, M&Kean CoP. The unbroken line on and above the hase is the protile of the Water issuing from the Conductor; the Gas risin§ from the Well at the same time. The broken linehelow the base indicates the time that no gas is issuing from the Well, and the time that the Water from the Pool around the Conductor is Howms In. The height of themajar pulsation in each column was alone determined. omeeewee me = o-] ||--- -------- --/]| ||| ---------- | 2 3 4 5 5 < | 10 FEET | 0~Top of Conductor~! | fh | ia 3 ISPM. 20° [.244P.M._ Observations made July 19% 1877, by Chas. A. Ashburner, M.S. Asst. Second Geological Survey of Pa. ——— Proceedings Amer. Philosoph. Society, Philadelphia. Vol. AW. page l27 Haupt. ] 136 (Oct. 5, Level Notes and Compass Courses of the Seaboard Oil Pipe Line, from the the Mouth of Black Fox Run, in Clarion County, Pa., to Patapsco River, near Baltimore, Md. Lines run by O. Barrett, Jr., C.E., Western Di- vision; B. F. Warren, C.H., Middle Division ; Ff B. Haupt, C.E., Eastern Division. Gren. H. Haupt, CHrer ENGINEER. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 5th, 1877 The Seabord Pipe Line survey’ line commences in the Oil Region of Western Pennsylvania, in the Valley of the Alleghany River, at a point one and a-half miles below (south of) Monterey Station on the Alleghany Valley Railroad ; takes a nearly straight course over the high lands of In- diana and Cambria Counties; descends the face of the Alleghany Moun- tain; crosses the mountains and valleys of Middle Pennsylvania; the South Mountain range ; the red sandstone plain in front of them, and oe hills of Middle Maryland to Baltimore; a total distance of about 228 miles, = 1,202,828 feet. It passes about fourteen miles south of the county town of Indiana ; one mile south of Carrolton in Cambria County ; crosses the Pennsylvania Railroad at Elizabeth Furnace; the Broad Top Railroad at McConnells- town; passes through Orbisonia, Shade Gap, Roxboro’, Shippensburg, Gettysburg ; passes one mile south of Littlestown ; two and a-half miles south of Westminster ; one mile south of Reisterstown ; follows the ridge between Patapsco Falls and Guyron’s Falls, and terminates on Curtis’ Bay two miles south of Canton, on an inlet of Chesapeake Bay at Baltimore. REMARKS. Tn the column marked /\ the distance from starting points B M are given in feet, measured on the ground (not horizontally). The elevation is given in the second column in feet and hundredths. Nore. The decimal point in the 1st, 5th and 7th columns divides the distance into lengths of 100 feet. Thus: 98.35 = 9,835 feet, &e. The courses given in the second column show the general direction. The line run varies from the general direction in many places, but is sel- dom more than from one to two hundred yards to right or left of the gen- eral course, and in most cases less. The distances in the fourth column are the distances of a number of shorter courses taken by scale from the plot. The columns of Maxima and Minima give the undulations, being ordi- nates at extreme elevations and depressions, or where there are changes in the slope of the ground. Any further information desired may be obtained from B, F. Warren, 734 N. 20th Street, Philadelphia. The degrees and minutes of courses begin with 0° at north, running 90° =H Le0°—;, Ss k0— WW, oC: 137 1877.] {Haupt. | MAXIMA. MINIMA. | A | Hlev. Course| Dist. | | | l | | | A | atev.| A | Elev. || i | B M_| 807.45 Bievetion. oe setae of water in Alleghany River at mouth of ac. ox Khun, oO 4 é / 0.00} 824.20] 8714 9155 none er: 50.90} 1110.6 Bee to McElroy’s Coal fe) 7} 9 6 ine, 98.35}1231.8 |11844 20010 100.00)1212.0 | |\Creek, 121.00/1500.1 | 127.80)1445.9 132.45 1496.7 | 168.00)1210.0 170.95} 1222.3 | 178.95)1218.6 184.45/1219.1 | 204.25/1100.0 | |\Catfish Run, 211.90}1212.8 | 215.10/1209.7 218.15)1212.8 | 227.50}1185.0 235.80}1222.2 | 242.00)1184.0 246.10)1210.0 | 250.15)1198.6 | 266.15) 1252.9 | 270.50)1235.0 | |Catfish Run. 283.80/1290.1 | 294.70|1271.0 | |New Athens. 4 mile to right. ae ) |$14.05)1436.8 | 315.70/1420.00} 128.25 | 39230 321. 331.60) 1413.8 | 10/1: Small Run. 346.90/1419.0 | 354.75 1350.0 | | 360.50) 1410.7 | 368.10 1273.0 | | 378.85 /1368.6 | 389.00 1146.0 390.90) 1182.5 | 408.15 1049.7 418.35 1092.5 439.60) 946.0 Turkey Run. 441.50) 954.7 | 445.30, 923.4 | ditto. 450.55) 949.3 | 456.85) 848.0 ditto. | 461.00, 839.0 || Red Bank Creek. Line between Clarion anq Armstrong Counties, 488.00 1219.6 | 495.20) 1083.0 | | 504.05 1222.9 | 509.80/1158.0 518.85}1352.3 | 526.50/1280.0 | | 539.40 1384.1 | 557.00/1055,0 | Creek, 566.65 1375.6 | 574.00 1198 | Run. 74.55)1525.4 | 687.40/1356 | |Creek.. 694.30/1448.0 | 701.35)1275 | , oy || 707.50 1352.0 | 730.45) 997.0 | Br. of Mahoning Cr. 731.75 1038.5 | 126.05 | 31030 || 736.15,1205.6 | 740.10)1090.0 Creek. | 762.95 1376.0 | 784.00/1125.0 | Creek. 811.50, 1309.0 | 824.00: 794.5 Mahoning Creek. 926.75 1450.9 | undulating |to 1011.05)1493.0 | 1025.40|1276 aly | |1033.50) 1352.0 | 1044.60/1290.0 | 102.45 | 16430 | |1078.90/1505.6 | 1085.60 1457.1 | 1098.80 1540.0 |1130.50 1571.0 | | og, | {1159.90)1550.0 |1227.65/1329,0 | | 1214,10}1401.0 | 116.10 | 18640 | |1247.50 1413.0 1260.90 1303.0 | | 1266.35 1384.0 |1270.75) 1257.0 |'Glade Run. 1304.30)1350.0 |1323.40/1255.0 | | 1346.55 1405.0 | 1859.90, 1287.0 | Spring Run. 1377.00 1460 |Line of Arm ‘strong and Indiana Count’s 1387.75)1495 = |1411.00)1394 | 1407.10 1400.0 | 129.35 | 42860°) 142270 1468.0 |1460.00 1345 igietere. 4 1473.001286 =| ‘Run. 1486.80) 140620 | 1502.30 1257 1507.60)1265.0 (1511.00 1247 | \Run. 1521.30/1303.0 | 1530.85 1250.0 | 1537.00)1279.0 | 1540.25 1187.0 | Run. /1547.00) 1551 0 |1552.80)1365.0 |1561.30) 1469.0. |1571.25 1285.0 1577.60 1365.0 | 1586.50)1193.0 1599.20) 1337.0 | 1610.40) 1224.0 (1615.25) 1247.0 1625.50 1201.0 11638 80)1224.0 (1663.70 1208.0 | |1682.55|1274.0 |1686.00)1214.0 1690,40/1332.0 1692.30 1173.0 | 17.25.20)1301.0 1735.75 1270.0 1745.20} 1358.0 |1749.70)1238.0 | | 1757.20)1331.0 |1771.00)1227.0 | | 1781.00) 1383.0. |1785.00) 1295.0 PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 100. R 138 Haupt. | (Oct. 5, MAXIMA. | MINIMA. L | Hew. |Course| Dist. as mad es l RY || | Z\ | Blev.| 7\ | Elev. = | || | i 4 1789.80 1344.0 |1794.40 1803.0 Ont | {1802.35 1500.0 |1817.75 1259.0 | |Run, 1842.80/1400.0 | 121.10 | 32090 | |1847.30)1415.0 | 1863.15|125%.0 1881.45) 1328.0 |1885.00/ 1289.0 1898.40 1360.0 | 1906.55) 1828.6 1911.20 1336.0 |1917.00) 1260.0 1924.00 1841.0 |1931.00) 1246.0 1950.50 1295.0 |1955.00 1277.0 1989.65) 1484.0 | 2002.60 1399.0 2018.75 1536.0 |2030.80) 1467.0 2057.30/1680.0 |2073.75) 1595.0 2078.15) 1621.0 |2108.10, 1441.0 2114.50 1468.0 |2126.50/ 1392 Creek 10’ wide. 2142.95)1635 |2156.10)1425 SU) | |2159.00'1463 — |2165.35) 1384 Two Lick Creek. 2182.90) 1480 119.25 | 11390 | |2206.80)1638 |2217.25 1574 2228.25/1638 |2241.15|1500 | |Run 4’ wide. 2253.80/1628 |2264.75)1555 | 2272 OO|IGI1 = |2275.30)1553 oar | 12281.95/1590 _ |2290.30|1572 || Run. : 2297.15)1609 169.40 | 6540 | 2319.80 1671.5 |Divide of Two Lick and Mahoning Cr’ks 2368.50)1433.5 | 124.10 | 20690 2372.60] 1380. Run. 2376.15)1440 — |2407.30/1874 | |Br. of Two Lick Creek. 2450,45)1593 | 2504.80}1527 | My 2556.00) 1607 2579.60|1544.7 | 156.10} 16520. |2521.90|1421 2603.30,1557.5 | 2613.00) 1442 Creek. 2626.15) 1625 /2640.15 1497 | | 2652.95 1666 | 2661.00) 1612 2701.05|1962 — |2710.20)1934 | |_ 2714.60}1959 |2732.00|1870 | |Creek. 2 0.4 | |2745.55| 1986 | 2751.00/1978 129.45 | 32020 |2781.65/1831 || Run. 2804.45/1811 |2808.50|1786 | | | 2818.40/1858 | |2833.55)1807 | | 2851.70,1894 |2860.00/1868 | Creek. 2882.35)1896 |2909.00)1898 | | | } 3019.30 2014 —3027.00)1984 | Spring. Es -o | 3066.95] 2096. | eames 3075.80)2055.0 | 107.40 | 13820! 3081.002005 | i 3165.70) 2015 \|§ .70}2099 — 3187.75|2083 lone? {| 8200.25 2118 3214.30) 2015 || 3220.15)2060.9 | 102.50 | 10330 , 3283.50) 2090 (3267.30 2036 || | os || |B2t7-75/ 2131 — | | || 3324.10/1855 127.30 6610 | { |3369.10/1766 | |\Creek. | | || Mear|ly 4 /3380.00|1757 Same Creek. | | || levyjel. ; /3398.50|/1752 | Laurel Run. | | { 3406.00)1751 | Chestnut Creek. | | | 8414.30) 1880 — 3422.00)1754 Run. | 3456.30, 1981 — |3473.40/1814.0 | | Run. | 3494.00 1917 3500 20/1825 Run. 0. il ‘| 3905.60 1876 3514.75 1747 Run. 3515.00|1747.5 | 88.35) 8480 35154.75| 1744 Same Run. } | (3522.40 1765 3524°00 1761 3532.45, 1990 — 3550.80/1708 Run. level. (3565.75) 1687 Creek : 3581.05|1875 (3594.75) 1722 Creek le te o. «| , 4 |3606.65)1877 | 3607.90/1859.3 | 105.30 12510 | |:3615.4011778 | 3630.85 1868 3640.30)1785 | |Creek. 8697.15) 1868 (3669.00 1798 Creek. | Ouu / | _—--8699.00/1600 | |Clearfield Creek. 3741.30) 1808.5 72.35 | 8430} |8765.10/2030 (8773.75) 1961 | 3796.85/2140 —3804.80)2108 ak | (3824.50)2185 | 3826.60 2180 65.50 | 7980 | 8828.25 2194 3843.30,1910 | Laurel Run. | 3862.00)2133 3871.90) 2110 | o,_1| | |8888.00'2183 '3904.95)1986 | |Creek. 3906.90 2020.0 | 62.45 7805!!auniform rise 3953. 10/2256 Creek. 139 1877.] (Haupt. MAXIMA. MINIMA. A Elev. |Course| Dist. 5 x L\_ | Elev.|| Cr fi ‘ d 3986.00|2408.0 | 64.30} 7315 | |4028. As 4038.40/2464 | Line bet.Cambria& Blair co 4039.90) 2461 - Ons / 4054.95 2596 4059.60 | 2564 118.00 | 20775 | |4064.50 2570 | 4087.00}2297 4092.10 2233 /|4101.85}1992 Head of Creek. 4122.15]1722 4124.25)1729 |4126.30/ 1663 Creek. 4133.35) 1606 Creek. 4142.85'1642 | 4146.50| 1627 4150.00] 1637 4154.90)1607 —|4161.380/1390 /4181.20) 1304 Creek. |4237.45|1175 | (Creek. 4249.00} L154 Creek 15’ wide. 2256. 30/1149 || 4261.10)1175 /4272.30}1126 | | ° 7 4275.00, 11388 — |4282.50) 1118 | 4287,20|1198 88.00} 4605 | 4293. 80. 1248 4297.75 1222 4301.25 1246 a 4310.95 1242 '4322.90| L067 ! 4344.00!1044.6 BM. M. Div. = 1056:8 Error = 0/.4. MrippueE Drviston. BML == 105 T2 (oi ey) | | “ 4 O.MD}1044.6 | 110.45 | 11450}) 31.40 1089° 34.15 1058 pas 37.15 1053 iCreek. 73.63 1102 94.75) 1150 Creek. 100.87/1158 | 101.60/1154 | |Creek. ae a | 107.50! 1201 Creek. 115.38} 1328.6 75.45 | 7710}|| 118.82)1415 | 124.09) 1507 | 137.48) 1927 140.19 L974 ohh ,| 156.48,2412 | Sum|mitof||W. Brush Mt. 199.48}1731.5 71.30} 7190]! 205.98)1708 219.00) 1827 ‘Run. i | 240.90/1114 | Sinking Valley. 273.93|1104.5 | 132 235, 4920 || 288.04/1107 | 300.40/1046 | 313.02) 1159 316.10 1141 | 323.42) 1192.79| 127-15 | 28790 | 333.60'1272. | |Run. 340,40) 1347 ‘Run. 343.59) 1395 | 349.34, 1667 362.56 1843 | 374512240 | Sum |mitof |E. Brush Mt | 415.76|1168 | Canoe Creek, 456.98|1862 | 460.84/1835 |) 470.02, 1907 475.47 | 1903 478.60 1940 Sum)/mitof, Canoe Mt. 485.69) 1667 496.09 1530 504.76|1249 | | 507.13} 1229 518.00) 1083 Run. 521.09 1136 | 537.28/1039 | 550.88 1013 553.00} 923° | | 504. 67/1012 | 578.14) 8385 | | (Creek. 582.10] 882 | | | 587. a 927 | 599.00) 780 | Roaring Run. : ay || | 601.43) 746.6 Juniata River. 619,15} 821.4 140.15 34030. 628.7 77 635.60) 740 70.60) 15H | | | roe | 672.70/1364 | 675.00)1345 | | | 680.40 1493 | | }| 695.40/1907 | Sum Boe ‘Tussey Mt. 715.97) 1206 | 721. 38/125 \Creek. 1 | 740. = 1620 | 756.61 2296 || 765.95) 2328 Sum| mit of Tussey Mt. 780.00 2178 || Haupt. j 140 (Oct. 5 MAXIMA. MINIMA. A Elev. |Course| Dist. 5 | | A\ | Elev.| L\ | Elev. | / / 782, 24/2189 799.35) 1787 805.68 |1707 825.85/1148 | |Run. 844.00} 986 | Run, 856.37) 897 863.05| 813 867.79} 920 882.24| 791 888.07| 862 892.40) 794 | 905.00) 772 | 910.20| 868 915.60) 772 921.54) 868 925.00} 827 ae ,| | 930.82} 872 961,.37| 672.6 | 161.15 | 8530 =) tle 962.75) 650 a= See] note |bel’w) | 975.12) 666 | 1007.46) 660 Creek. 1013.08! 630 Creek. 1031.60) 773 1035.48) 849 | 1037.53} 844 ee ,| 1047.14)1137.6 | Sum|mit of) |Pine Ridge. 1052.28) 1072 138.45 | 37040 i 1067.40) 752 1074.80] 860 | 1090.38] 769 Creek. 1121.55) 993 {1796.00} 910 1132.88/1016 |1141.24] 912 Run. 1144.60}1022 | 1147.70)1013 1156.30 1193 | 1163.04) 1050 1176.10 /1254 1184.00) 1019 1190.50)1082 |1197.90| 886 Oreek. 1205.70)1005 1213.20) 762 Spring. 1219.50) 819 |1256.90) 625.3 | |Raystown Br. 1285.04 1684 Sum/mitof] |Terrace Mt. '1301.40! 1430 1304.30)1473 — 1313.44/ 1412 1320.50)1419 1355.60) 1250 Little Trough Creek. 1368.10)1364 |1371.22/1325 1391.75) 1652 Sum mitof) Sideling Hill. 1403.50)1224 | 1413.37)1100 Creek. hy jj | 1425.10, 969 Creek. 1429.05} 956 | 140.20 | 26375 | |1450.92,1242 1461.80) 950 Creek. 1469,20)1054 |1474.70| 924 ; '1481.80) 803 Creek in Hares’ Valley. 1495.20) 871 | 1523.36)1269 | /1541.00,1840 | Sum )mitof |Jacks Mt. | (1552.50) 1653 '1556.00' 1682 564.70) 1631 1575.00|1776 = |1582.80|1582 | /1585.50)1564 — |1591.80/1518 Creek. | 1611.10)1726 |1636.10\1424 1637.80)1402 | 1652.10)1109 || 1657.60) 1076 os , \1668.70)1083 — |1679.00) 1036 Creek. 1695.74) 987 182.30 | 11150 |1697.80) 964 |1784.10) 741 Creek. \ a / 1787-541 759 1815.70} 736 155.45 | 27700 | | | 1834.70, 660 | | 1883.10) 790 1893.00} 670 Gt.Aughwick Cr. 1930.00) 1022 1931.50! 960 1937.60 1010 1961.20) 640 | 1966.00, 691 1970.10) 708 | //1990.10 692 2006.70| 725 | Orbisonia. | 1€ Oe bf 75 rs 7E Oo, 726 + ar en a sagan onsen 2023.70) 751 |2078.80| 726 Rock Hill Gap, a See’ note pelt | | | 2148.30} 835 Creek. *NorTE.—From /\ 975.12 there appears to be a constant error amounting to 161’ at B.M.; this error should be distributed uniformly—as from tests the varia- tion is constant and uniform. + From 2150.44 the line follows the general direction of the road through Shade Gap and diverges considerably from a straight line, thus: 213044 1877.] Elev. | Course. 141 « | Haupt. MAXIMA, MINIMA. Dist. j | | LA | Hlev.| A | Hlev.|| 2211.50 870° |2244.15) 890’ | (Creek 20’ wide. 2245.40, 903 /2255.20| 910 | Creek. 2304.70 1094 232200. 1095_‘| |\Creek. - 2325.40 L121 |2346.70/1097 2364.10 1105 2392.60| 1111 2404.15) 1105 Creek. 2449.90 1150 2454.20) 1132 2469.10 1167 |2475.80)1162 | Creek. If the line be run directly across the mountains on the course 149° it will give the following Maxima and Minima (approximately). Line across the Mts. from | | 2475.77 1162 | 2618.81 1002 2697.30) 1040 2723.20! 947 2826.87 1710 3028.47 3266.41) 840 3499.28] 821 | ‘ j | , |2150.69| 842 | | '2200.00 1770 = |2216.201825 | | | 2290.00 1340 — |2247.00 1020 2258.00,1160 |2266.50)1070 | | 2300.00)1530 = |2312.00)1380 | | 9322.00/1300 | | 2328.00 1340 | 2537.50)1528 | | | | /2342.00}1260 | 2360.00 1500 2377.60) 1180 | {'2385.00|1220 |2475.77|1162 Creek. Oo a | i 136,15 | 13230 /2489.40| 1249 | _, |2503.00/1518 | 2519.10 2060 = 2531.20/1601 ft as } | '2561.20|1200 | Creek. | 115.15 | 7750 |'!2645.00) 976 | 2674.20) 945 | our) , |2681.00/ 1002 | 2694.00)1030 | 79.00 | 2550 | | | | 92.30 | 8930 | |2737.70|1023 (2751.70\1180 | (2758.20;1224 |2764.80) \Creek, ay /\2797.00/2020 | Kitta/tinny) |Mts. 119.00 | 17080 | 2864.00 1897 /2868.60/1250 | 2876.30)1360 2894.30) 1377 i | 2916.80}1258 | | }2920.80|1272 |2942.10) 949 'Conodogwined Creek. Ae /)\2944.00|1030 |2952.00| 942 | | ditto. 120.55 | 22720 ||3090.80) 844 3108.90! 844 | | | 3111.73) 865 (3139.00) 768 | 3146.50) 849 = (3151.00) 810 Creek. | 3164.80, 855 3175.40) 750 Creek. 3193.00) 824 |3229.30) 700 Conodogwined Creek. ar, /| 3260.80) 844 125.00 | 21820 | 3305.30) 780 |3348.50| 873 {(berland Counties, | 3400.00) 885 3435.70) 849 | Line of Franklin and Cum- 3458.80) 835 | 3464.60) Shippensburg. 3499.30) 821 |[BM. E. Div. = 821. Error 161’. EASTERN DIVISION. | Ly roel ‘ O BM 659.333! 13385.) 13720 133550 é 699 744 814 | 773 140.00) 818 188.00) 988 211.50) 1305 261.50 1568 348.50 1914 34830. 379.50 1953 ‘ 651 671 707 725 1140 | 33.50) | 54.00 79.00) i | 207.00 1450 240.00 1130 278.00 1340 + 364.50 1861 | 391.50 1718 Creek, Creek. 142 Haupt. ] [Oct. 5, MAXIMA. MINIMA. || /\_ | Hlev. Course| Dist. 7 Tae | / 4 fas) Btew.:| | 2s | mev Aas Sone ae y 2 | 396.001800° | 401.00 1718" || 423.00/1914 | 427.50 Line jbetween Cumb. and Adams. ali 452.00 1425 iCreek. 477.00) LO47 : By || 492.00)1657 | 496.50) 1635 109.30 | 7035 523.00/ 1256 Creek. rote) j| | 531.00) 1282 595.50 1113 567.00) 1112 109.30 | 6880 74.30) 1102 622.00, 825 636.00) 863 138.10 | 26670 660.00) 732 Conewago Creek, ae a 767,00, 705 | |Creek. | 773.8 66 816.50) 786 $29.00) 678 838.15| 728 | 877.65] 671 ee tee o. 1 || 895.25, 616 917.37) 630 | 141.20 | 21700} | 923.50) 654 | 938.00) 613 955.00) 666 972.20) 668 | 987.50 624 1015.00) 575 | 1040.70); 686 — |1055.00) 525 1077.50) 537 1083.82 sic oe 77.00} 537 82.35) 517 1086.50 533 1091.50) 496 | et 514 ee 495 1108.00) 507 |1114.60) 489 Be} | \1120.00; 496 1142.00) 461 | Strikes Rock Creek. 1145.00) 460 175.30 | 10950)| Run/ning along Rock) |\Creek, 1256.00 155.30 | 18920 | |1261 00) 480 {1275.00} 448 1234.00) Leavjes Rojck Cr' \eek, 1303.00, 472 1813.50) 550 1330.50) 568 |1338.00) 442 | 1351.00) 442 a // 1363.00, 509 1383.60) 414 | White Run, 1397.18 126.40 | 22300 | 1427.50) 531 {1482.50} 508 1488 50} 528 1443.00. 506 1447.00) 522 1450.00! 506 1168.00) 335. 112.00) 333 Se. or (Za. oe | |1479.00| 497 1482.50, 514 | | | 1492.40 482 | Creek. | }1499.00| 524 {1533.00 525 hae | |1558,00) 587 =‘ |1582.00) 510 reek, Aa / |L606-30| 584 1621.27 186.30 | 28680 | sal f Hosen Be Creek. 11658 20) 524 | 1679.70] 564 1691.40) GiL |1696.70) 585 oe ba ie ee | 1735.70) 604 746.20} 551 | |1758.10) 615 |1776.20) 547 Creek, | |1778,41| 596 = |1788.40) 574 1829.70) 706 1851.93} 605 Creek. 1856.00) Line pera Penn) ja. and Maryland. 1884.70) 638 aie) / 1907.70] 731 | 1926.16} 755 137.00 | 29140 | | 1937.70) 693 (1948.50) 735 | 11952.70| 666 |1954.25) 618 ees oA Creek. 2013.70) 790 {2022.70} 7 302570 707 |2027.20 686 (2029.70, 724 2031.20 0D | 2048.70) 792 |2059.70| 667 | 2069.00) 789 2092.00 603 2095.70) 716 |2110.70 Bie Creek. | |2120.70| 762 |2125.70) 72 2129.95 746 ol nes 2147.70) 718 |2150.20) 683 2164.20) 698 |2166.70| 657 (2171.20) 673 |2182.45) 587 Creek. \2186.70| 593 Creek. 2189.70) 684 '2196.70! 607 Creek. 1877.] = Elev. A 2227.70) 706.5 2528.70 2405.08 2697.70 2981.60) 522 3077.06 3188.50! 533 145 {Haupt. MINIMA. Course| Dist. | iN | Elev.| LN | Hlev. pecan |e) | Ei i | Cay | |2197.25| 620 ’ 137.380 | 9775 2229.50) 680 2242.70) 725 |2252.70| 676 Creek. . 2256.70) 745 | 2264.70) 755 2269.70) 726 2274.00} 742 |2231.70| 674 2288.70] 751 |2291.70; 730 a | |2297.70| 767 |2311.70| 678 ‘| |Creek. 188.30 | 7150 | |2330.20| 797 _ |2340.70| 739 2369.70) 880 {2382.70} 795 Oo /| \2396.70| 826 | 152.05 | 27870 2418.70} 732 Creek. 2443.70) 861 |2452.20| 776 2471.45) 914. | 2481.00) 971 |2492.20) 870 2504.70) SOL * |}2508.45} 906 | 2523.70| 874 |2532.70| 819 2510.70] 848 |2548.70| 834 2563.70| 864 |2576.20) 803 2585.35| 813 |2598.70) 814 2632.70| 738 2644.30} 780 |2652.70) 757 2662.70| 717 2676.70| 785 °o. 4] 7 32696.70} 743 152.00 | 26340 2702.20) 707 272270) 733 |2727.70| 650 2732.70) 685 } 2742.20) 649 |2745.20) 585 } 2747.70; 620 | 2752.70| 644 |2762.70) 489 E. Br.Patapsco. | 2785.70! G52 |2798.20) 530 Run. 2799.70) 541 = |2802.45| 461 Deep Run. } 2310.00, 520 } 2812.70! 534 |2820.70| 467 2831.70} 612 |2838.70| 464 2341.70) 461 2846.70| 529 2849.00) 501 Creek, } 2855.20} 604 2259.70) 557 | | 2-65.70} 590 2367.70) 544 | | 2879 70| 572 |2885 70) 552 2886.70) 511 | 2888.70) 540 |2908.00' 429 | \Great Run. 2916.70| 453 | | 2923.00) 526 2924.70) 467 } f 2923.20} Line] of Cajrroll | and Baltimore Counties. 2929.00} 532 {2938.10} 499 2943.70! 5381 2944.70) 508 2949.70) 519 |2951.45) 473 2954.70) 537 |2957.70| 509 2459.70, 469 o4 | |2976.30} 584 190.30 | 9460 | 3047.10) 574 = |3053.00) 475 H 3058.70) 474 Creek. Ol 4| |3068.70| 541 3070.70 532 189.45 | 9040 | |3077.00| 606 {3078.00 593 3085.20} 642 |3086.70) 626 3090.70) 633 3099.30) 684 {3113.70} 556 Creek. 3123.70) 605 = |3143.45) 568 Run. 3151.00) 671 } 3163.30} 688 |3169.70) 626 Oo / 4 13173.70| 639 3187.70) 536 167.00 | 9170 3191.70) SLL Creek. 3204.10) 6138 3210.70) 647 |3215.20) 625 3226.40! 6838 — |3237.00) 600 3241.20, 620 3218.20) 537 3265.70' 677 |38281.70! 677 144 Haupt. ] [Oct. 5, MAXIMA. MINIMA. A Elev. |\Course, Dist. | . /\ | Blev.| L\ | Flev. = = lies foe | 3284.70| 702 3288.20] 659" o «|__| (8291.20) 698 3297.60 149.15 | 12510 (3298.70) 616 3303.70) 651 3309.20) 600 3320.70} 698 /|3345.70| 639 3352.70! 662 {3364.00} 645 3365.50! 650 |3368.20| 641 3371.70} 659 |3381.70) 581 3393.30) 547 Creek, | (3400.70) 591 3401.70) 567 | (3403.70) 590 (3407.00) 558 6 al /| (3413.20| 616 |3417.00] 579 3428.70) 623 142.45 | 18890 3436.20) 533 Creek. | 3454.70} 622 |3464.70) 573 | 3472.70) 606 | /3480.20| 487 Creek. { 3498.70] 577 (3505.70) 564 , 3508.70] 578 |3512.70| 548 | 3532.60) 484 Creek, 3550.70} 591 |3561.00) 589 3574.70] 593 (3580.70) 563 h 3585.10] 574 |3610.70) 500 Creek, i) /) 3616.45) 514 5 & 3620.70] 490.5 | 167.45 | 10500 '3630.70| 483 Creek. | 3636.20) 505 = |3641.70) 503 | (3649.20| 518 |3664.70) 508 3675.70} 579 ~=|3689.70| 501 '3699.70)| 518 = (3720.70) 511 On ice | (8789580) (524) 3743.45 172.30 | 12820 | 3765.20| 494 | 3781.70) 525 {3805.70} 478 sub iPeeas eal ) 481 /3847.20) 400 3874.70] 450.6 | 142.00 | 16735 ; 3880.70| 439 3883.70) 449 |3901.20) 384 3911.20) 423 |3917.45) 393 Creek. 3980.70, 510 |5998.45| 464 4002.20) 480 |4039.20) 3826 4043.70| 337 By a0 4049.70) 398 A 4050.20) 395 127.30 | 13070 4065.70) 317 4069.70| 326 |4076.20} 288 4079.70) 315 4099.70) 214 4109.10, 224 |4115.10) 165 4121.70) 173‘: |4186.70| 95 Creek. 4050.70) 171 4069.70; 98 13,0 /| 4085.70 159 i 4185.00 125.40 | 15630 | 4090.70} 234 |4218.70) 79 4221.35) 123 4227.40} 96 4236.20) 140 |4241.70) 83 4250.20) 158 4264.70) 147 |4265.70) 128 Pond extends to 4275.70. 4281.70] 144 4290.70) 89 4294.70) 119 4302.70} 61 4310.55! 125 |4346.70) 0 Patapsco R., about 6 miles | below Baltimore. 1877.) 145 (Barrett. List of Elevations, above Mean Tide, through the County of Indiana, in Pennsylwania, copied from Notes of Survey under Gen. H. Haupt, for the Sea Board Pipe Line. By O. BARRETT, JR. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 5th, 1877.) ; ' | : Sa = of | Trees, &¢., Marked with White Paint. os] 4 D AS | 1376.70 | 1481.9 In Armstrong Co. LandofJ. Scott, 14 m. from Dayton. OY oe Seta | Line of Armstrong and Indiana Counties. 1378.35 | 1474.00 | 6’ right Chestnut Oak. On land of E. D. Sheffer. In / woods. 1401.20 | 1489.55 | 46/ right Cucumber Tree, Land of J. L. Buterbaugh. 1419.25 | 1463.35 | 8/ left White Oak, edge of woods. Land of Sam’! T. | Fulton. 1429.15 | 1470.00 | 11/ right Apple Tree, in orchard, near dwelling of S. | 'T. Fulton, 1442.90 | 1461.20 92/ right White Oak, near Public Road. Land of J. | A. Wingrone. 1453.40 | 1483.50 | 170’ from Pin Oak. Smicksburg 2 miles north. 1481.90 | 1387.75 , 80/ right Wild Cherry, Land of Ephraim Ritchey. 1490.75 | 1403.00 | 6’ right White Oak. Land of Chris. Good. 1498.90 | 1305.00 | 35/ left Poplar. a % “ Smicks- | burg, about 2 miles north. 1515.50 | 1278.10 15/ right spring house of Barnabas Lowe. 1519.00 | 1313.30 | 15/ left Apple. Land of Mrs. Lena Lukehart. 1537.00 | 1292.00 | 20/ left White Oak ‘‘snag.’’ Land of Mrs. Catharine Bowser. 1544.80 | 1315.95 | 69’ right White Oak. Land of Mrs. Catharine Bowser. 1558.40 | 1464.50 90/ left dead tree. Land of John Lewis. 1559.90 | 1483.50 20/ left fence stake. ‘ ns 1561.30 | 1480.70 | 52/ right <“ ee as Between two | pines, on high hill, very prominent point. 1570.75 | 1309.80 | 9/ right fence stake, 150/ right dwelling of John Lewis. 1580.80 | 1338.50 8/ left fence stake. Land of Isaac Good. About 18 miles to Indiana and 20 miles to Kittanning from | station 1580.80 1589.95 | 1279.30 4’ right dead tree. Land of Isaac Good. 1599.20 1880.10 19/ right dead Wild Cherry. Land of David Elkin. ~ 1604.65 1300.30 | 87’ left dead tree. as c: 1608.90 | 1246.60 | 4’ right White Oak. Edge Woods. Land of Jas. M. Wells. 1613.60 | 1256.50 6’ left Hickory. Edge Woods. Land of Jas. M. Wells. 1631.65 | 1225.80 | 107’ left Wild Cherry. Edge Woods. Land of Jas. M. | Wells. 1688.30 | 1237.20 | 50/ right dead tree. 1642.80 | 1231.80 16’ left White Oak. Beginning of Woods. 1652.05 | 1225.45 | 12/ right “¢ In Woods. Land of Robt. L. | Mabon. 1665.50 | 1219.90 | 23/ left White Oak. Edge of Woods. Land of J. L. Mabon. PROC. AMER, PHILOS. s0C. xviI. 100. s 146 (Oct. 4, Barrett. ] E B 2 33 Trees, &c., Marked with White Paint. Gy =I L aS | 1669.60 | 1221.20 | 188’ left Hickory. Front of Mr. J. L. Mabon’s dwelling. 1676.35 | 1228.45 | 35/ left White Oak. 1680.65 | 1279.60 | 78/ left Red Oak. 1684.20 | 1276.70 | 8’ left Maple. 1695.00 | 1899.30 | rightof gate post, near Absalom Neff’s barn. 1701.45 | 1216.20 | 15/ left White Oak. Land of Absalom Neff. 1717.70 | 1245.90 | 97 pent White Oak. In Public Road. Land of John Smith, 1725.45 | 1314.00 eS right fence stake, between house and barn of Mr. mith. 1727.55 | 1313.50 | 32/ left Ash. 1739.00 | 1335.70 | 4/ right Cucumber Tree. 1745.20 | 1872.90 38’ right Ash. Land of Allen Hamilton. 1757.20 | 1344.35 | 78’ left Hickory. Land.of Mrs. Hannah F. Hamilton. 1762.85 | 1303.60 | right White Oak. Smyrna Church 900’ north. 1776.90 | 1326.15 | 15/ left Gum. Land of Silas W. Brady. 1781.50 | 1395.50 | 6’ left Pin Oak. In woods. Land of W. A. Hamilton. 1785.95 | 1321.20 | 2’ left fence stake. Land of Thomas Stuart. 1794.40 | 1316.40 | 21’ left White Oak. 1802.35 | 1513.60 | 7’ right Red Oak. Top Hill in woods. 1819.00 1294.40 | 55’ right large White Oak. Land of James Hopkins. | Near Public Road. 1847.30 | 1428.40 | 6’ left fence, near dwelling of Moses T. Work. 1868.70 | 1277.80 | 15’ right White Oak. In Road. Land of E. I. Work. 1881.45 | 1341.30 | 20/ right Pin Oak. In Road. Land of Wm. I. Work. 1889.55 | 1354.10 | 70/ left Pine. is gs 1898.40 | 1373.10 | 4’ right Pin Oak, in woods. 1910.90 | 1349.00 | 10/ left White Oak, edge woods. Land of Mr. Steffer. 1926.00 | 1350.10 | 8’ left Hf Land of Mr. Steffer. 1932.15 | 1271.40 | 6’ left White Oak. Land of Abner Griffith. 1934.40 | 1280.90 | 1’ left fence stake, in Public Road. 1950.50 | 1318.00 | 58’ right Locust. Land of Wm. G. Stewart. 1970.90 | 1347.80 | 4’ left Chestnut. Land of Samuel Lewis. In woods, 1984.90 | 1463.90 | 10/ ee Chestnut. Land of J. J. Williams. Edge woods. 1991.70 1493.90 | 55’ right Chestnut, In field. Marion, } mile south. 9002.60 | 1411.60 | 5’ right White Oak. In woods. ‘‘ sa 9014.35 | 1534.40 | 8/ left fencestake. In field. Land of Levi Spencer. 9018.75 | 1549.10 | 5’ left Chestnut. In woods. os ae 9028.30 | 1486.90 | 14’ left White Oak. In clearing. Land of James | | Hunter. 2050.00 | 1666.70 | 8’ left dead tree in field. Land of James Hunter. 9057.10 | 1693.70 | 4’ pent White Oak, in Public Road. Land of James unter. 2071.20 | 1627.20 | 11/ right dead tree. Land of Samuel Lewis. | 15 miles to Indiana. 9079.85 | 1631.70 | 55’ right Hickory. Land of ““Abe’’ Lowman, Jr. 9088.50 | 1594.30 | 8’ left Hickory. Land of Geo. Schrader. 9100.05 | 1457.80 | 8/ left Maple in Public Road. 9113.45 | 1471.50 | 5/ right dead White Oak. Land of Lorenz Reithmiller, 2118.40 | 1470.60 | 9’ right Wagon Shed, near Reithmiller’s buildings, 2125.75 | 1413.00 | 4/ left dead White Oak. 2140.20 © 1648.90 3/ left Hickory. Beginning woods. 147 {Barrett. 1877.] ai 3 3g ra Trees, &c., Marked with White Paint. 3 He D As 2153.50 | 1458.10 | 9/ right Lynn, in new Road. Land of Solomon Full- | mer. In woods. 2155.15 1424.00 | 15/ right Beech. 2166.25 1398.70 | 4’ right Beech. In woods. Land of Kinter Heirs. Par UB (Me ett In Public Road. 2167.95 | 1599.10 | 1’ right Maple. In woods. Land of Kinter Heirs. 2201.60 | 1588.10 | 11’ left Gum. In woods. Land of W. N. Barr. 2206.00 | 1647.80 | 1’ left dead tree. Out of woods. 2215.60 | 1591.00 | 34/ left Cucumber Tree. On land of Mrs. Eliza Rice. Mrs. Rice’s buildings to the right. 2217.25 | 1587.00 | In Public Road. 14 miles to Indiana. 2223.60 | 1643.80 | 1’ right small dead Chestnut, Beginning woods. 2233.95 | 1624.10 | 8’ right Maple. In woods. 2240.00 | 1527.80 | 18’ right White Oak. In woods. Land of Joseph Ober. 2242.35 | 1515.90 | 6’ left small White Oak. 2950.00 — 1620.60 167 right « eae . 2256.90 1640.10 | 7’ left Chestnut. In woods. 2262.00 | 1628.00 | 46’ left dead White Oak. Out woods. 2266.75 | 1586.20 | 50’ right Stump. Land of Moses and Wm. Lydick. 2278.20 | 1575.20 | 4/ left <‘ Big’’ White Pine. 2284.90 | 1599.40 | 9/ left Poplar. Beginning of woods. 2297.15 | 1621.60 | 8/ left White Pine, in Public Road on land of Jacob Fyock. 2302225 | 2... se In cross roads. Dunkard Church close to the left. 2307.45 | 1643.90 | 15/ left White Oak. In Public Road. 2314.90 | 1665.10 | 11/ left Gum. as ee 2333.75 | 1653.00 | 5/ right Chestnut. Land of Geo. Wise. In Public Road. f=) 2338.55 | 1625.00 | 10’ left fence post. Solomon Wise’s buildings to the | right. 2354.00 | 1556.50 | 13’ left dead White Oak. Land of Mr. Mumma. 2363.75 | 1486.20 | 3/ right White Oak. Mrs. Catharine Barr’s dwelling to the right. 2368.50 | 1446.50. 11/ right Pine. 2382.50 | 1427.70 16’ right Apple Tree. Land of John Buterbaugh. 2393.80 | 1442.00 4/ right dead Pine. Mills and Dam to the right. 2405.30 | 1895.00 15’ left dead White Oak. 2417.50 | 1430.90 | 14/ left dead White Pine. Land of Mrs. J. H. Stumpf. 2430.35 | 1535.20 4/ left dead Pine inclearing. Land of Solomon Buter- | baugh. 2433.45 | 1539.70 11’ right White Oak, near Public Road, 2450.45 | 1606.90 | 73/ left Pine ‘‘Snag.’’ 2457.45 | 1584.80 | 56/ left large Maple. Land of Wm. H. Lutman. 2469.35 | 1581.30 | 16’ left White Pine. Back of Lutman’s buildings. 2480.30 | 1576.40 | 4/ left Red Oak. OnJland of Mrs. McCullagh. 2A ADM lameretectere In Public Road, near old Planing Mill. Cookport 4 mile to the seuth. 2487.30 1578.00 | 6/ right Chestnut, Land of Richard Cook. 2498.00 1555.30 | 1/ right Chestnut. In woods. 2515.85 | 1574.70 | 2/ right Pine, In Public Road. 2523.10 | 1559.60 | 4/ left Pine. Be uw 2536.50 | 1549.20 | 3/ left Pine. $6 ‘ Land of Geo. Baker. 2553.50 | 1614.20 | 11’ right Stump. $é s 2559.40 | 1604.70 © 16/ right fence - ** Land of Peter Leasure. 148 LUct. 5, 1877. Barrett. ] | 4 b Trees, &c., Marked with White Paint. 2 os D A DAT UD. || ooodoe | Peter Leasure’s buildings on both sides of road. 2562.85 | 1580.40 15/ left Balm of Gilead. Public Road. 2572.15 | 1574.80 | 12/ right Pine. ee 6 2584.60 | 1517.80 | 6/ right Hemlock. ee fs Aneel) | ssdoase Compton’s Saw Mill and Dam. 2592.30 | 1438.80 | 17/ right small Pine. 2595.45 | 1486.80 | Right Red Oak, in woods. 2603.30 | 1570.50 | 4/ left Hemlock, oS 2610.10 | 1512.20 | 6/ left s¢ ss In wood road. 2614.00 | 1467.90 | 9/ left ss ne 2621.95 | 1619.20 | 3/ left de Ke 2626.15 638.40 | 20’ left Maple, near Public Road. Spruce P. O., + mile north. Cherry Tree 53 miles north. Indiana 163 miles south-west. 2628.25 | 1626.70 | 4’ right Hemlock. In woods. 2638.30 | 1527.00 | 3/right White Oak. a 2640.15 ; 1510.00 | Two Lick Creek at Repine’s old Saw Mill. 2642.95 | 1528.70 | 9/ right Maple. Land of J. C. Repine. 2655.15 | 1680.10 | 8/ right Stump. Land of Thomas Patterson. QEGINOO| Oe ecle ee Public Road. Church to left. 2664.00) rere | Patterson’s buildings to left. 2666.34 | 1671.40 | 4’ right Chestnut. 2676.20 | 1736.20 | 7 right Chestnut. Land of J. C. Leasure. 2683.45 | 1869.10 | 28/ left Chestnut. In road and in woods. 2691.50 | 1920.80 | 1’ right Chestnut Oak. In woods. Land of Thomas 2701.05 McDowell. 1974.80 | 9’ left Chestnut Oak Land of Robert Pershing. 2705.20 | 1956.70 | 28/ right fence post. DOO OMe niece Pershing’s buildings close to left. 2710.20 | 1946.60 | 4/ left fence stake. 2714.60 | 1972. a | 5/ right Chestnut Oak. 2719.55 | 1968.30 | 1/ left fence stake in Public Road. 2722.90 1940.60 | 20/ right Hickory. Land of J. T. Thomas, Sr. 2729.00 | 1906.00 | 17’ right Chestnut. Land of O. J. Williams. 2739.65 | 1965.30 | 5/ right Chestnut Oak. Land of David Martin. 2745.55 | 1999.20 | 8/ left Stump. High point. Divide between Alleghany and Susquehanna waters. 2751.00 | 1991.40 | 19’ right Stump. Ze | Geocee D. Martin’s buildings to right. 2762.25 | 1970.80 | 6/ right Stump. In Public Road. Martin’s store to ; right. 18 miles to Indiana. 16 miles to Ebensburg. 2770.80 | 1941.90 | 30’ right dead Pine. Land of J. Martin. 2774.25 | 1905.70 | 8/ right Hickor y. Land of Mrs. Nancy Keith. 2779.70 | 1848.30 | 2/ left Beech. “Beginning of woods. 2781.65 | 1843.90 | 4’ left Beech. Land of J. Martin. In woods. On waters of Dutch Run, flowing into the Black Lick. 2786.55 | 1830.20 | 4’ right Pine. About the line between Indiana and Cambria Counties. 2790.69 - 1825.30 | 4’ left Hemlock. The whole of the stations are not given, as I thought it not necessary. The stations ‘‘run’’ by hundreds of feet and the decimals of a hundred feet.—Station 2790.65 would read : two hundred and seventy-nine thousand and sixty-five feet ; or, 52.85 miles. Oct. 19, 1877.] 149 |Fraley. Obituary Notice of JOHN C. CRESSON. By FREDERICK FRALEY. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 19, 1877.) John Chapman Cresson, late Senior Vice-President of the American Philosophical Society, was born in the City of Philadelphia, on the 16th day of March, A. D. 1806. He was the eldest son of Joseph Cresson and Mercy Chapman. His paternal ancestor was Solomon Cresson, who came from France to America in the latter part of the 17th century. On the mother’s side, he was descended from John Chapman, who came to Pennsylvania in 1684, among the first settlers of the Province, and who was one of the principal Surveyors for William Penn. On both sides the family were distinguished members of the Society of Friends, his grandfather, James Cresson, being an esteemed Minister. His grandfather, Dr. John Chapman, was a man of very eminent ability, by profession a Physician, and filled many public sta- tions with honor and fidelity. He was a member of the State Legislature, and also of the House of Represen- tatives of the United States. He was a member of the American Philosophical Society, having been elected February 12, 1768. After receiving the usual elementary education in Fraley.] 150 [Oct. 19, the primary schools, the subject of our notice was placed as a pupil in the Friend’s Academy, then under the charge of Thomas Dugdale and Joseph Roberts. These were two of the best instructors of their day, and under their care he secured a thorough classical and mathematical education. He was very early dis- tinguished by the accuracy, extent and diversity of his knowledge, and the training which he received under these eminent men in careful habits of study, and in becoming thoroughly acquainted with what he intended to learn, characterized the whole of his life and gave a remarkable tone to everything he did. After receiving such an education, his first impulse was to study medicine, and he made the usual prelimi nary preparations for it that prevailed in those days, and for some months seemed to consider it as his future profession. But while he delighted in the study of its principles, he shrank from the labors and uncertainties of the practice of it, and after very valuable acquisitions in that noble science, he abandoned the study and de- termined to become an Agriculturist. He, however, cherished an ardent love for medicine, and the mem- bers of that profession, who were so fortunate as to enjoy his friendship in after life, have often spoken in high terms of the accuracy and extent of his medical knowledge. About the time of making this change in his plans for a profession, he became acquainted with the late Wm. H. Keating, who had been recently elected Professor 1877.] 151 [Fraley. of Chemistry applied to Agriculture and the useful Arts, in a Department of the University of Pennsylva- nia, established by the Trustees, to meet what was then a matter of great necessity, and the results of which as we shall see hereafter were very important to the City of Philadelphia. In his attendance upon the lectures and other instruction of Professor Keating, he added greatly to his stock of knowledge, and he was therefore well fitted to begin the study of Agriculture. He was placed under the charge of the late Isaac Price, of Chester County, and spent over a year in his family and under his instruction, becoming well grounded in all of the details of farming, and doing with his own hands every kind of farm labor. He subsequently entered the family of the late James Worth, of Bucks County, as pupil and friend, and with him completed his education as an Agriculturist. Shortly after attaining his majority, a farm in Chelten- ham Township, Montgomery County, was purchased for him by his father, and he prepared to enter on the real business of life. In May, 1827, he married Miss Letitia L. Massey, daughter of Charles Massey, with whom he lived happily for almost fifty years. The issue of this marriage was one son and two daughters; the daughters died in early childhood. The son, Dr. Charles M. Cresson, is still living, and is an esteemed and useful member of our Society. Thus settled on his farm, and ardently attached to Agricultural pursuits, he went to work manfully to make his business a suc- Fraley. | 152 (Oct. 19, cess. But in those days farming was far from profit- able; produce of all kinds bore low prices, and with all his zeal and industry, and leading his hands in all work, the results gave no profit to represent even a moderate interest on the cost of the farm. After fight- ing fortune in this way for several years but without immediately abandoning his farm, he entered into partnership with two of his cousins and engaged with them in commercial business. The farm was sold in 1834 and he removed to Philadelphia, and from this time his real and useful history begins. He became a member of the Franklin Institute in 1831, and there met a host of ardent men, the founders and builders up of that noble Institution. Prominent among these were Samuel V. Merrick, William H. Keating, Robert M. Patterson, Alexander Dallas Bache, Isaiah Lukens, Benjamin Reeves, Matthias W. Baldwin, Franklin Peale, George Washington Smith, John Wiegand, John F. Frazer, and others equally worthy, with whom he immediately became intimate in his friendship, and bound by a kinship of labor in the attainment and application of useful knowl- edge. Here he was in a congenial field, his old friend and preceptor, Keating, was in the forefront of the zealous workers of the Institute,and Mr. Cresson soon showed that while engaged actively in farming he had not neglected the text books of Philosophy and Science. His knowledge of mechanics and chemistry was very comprehensive, and was immediately made available . 1877.] 153 [Fraley. by placing him on committees charged with the investi- gation of mechanical and scientific subjects. We have not space to particularize all such labors, but when we say that for more than forty years he was an active member of the Institute, always ready for duty and always earnest in work, some estimate may be formed of this part of his career. While thus, as it were, entering the threshold of his practical life, the corporate authorities of the City of Philadelphia, in 1835, determined to erect the Gas Works for the supply of the city. This work was carried out by Samuel V. Merrick, Esq., as Engineer, who had prepared himself for it by a visit to Europe, and a personal inspection of thé Gas works in operation there. On the completion of the first section of the works and putting them in operation in 1836, Mr. Merrick desired to be relieved from the superintendence and care of the manufacture of Gas, and he was accordingly re- lieved. It then became an important question for the Trustees of the Works to decide as to whom the man- agement of so important a business should be entrusted. After a patient inquiry and a scrutiny of the claims of other gentlemen, the place of Superintendent was tendered to Mr. Cresson, and being strongly urged by his friends Merrick, Keating, and Bache, to accept it, he yielded to their wishes. Mr. Merrick soon after- wards resigned as Engineer, and Mr. Cresson was then elected to that place as well as the one before held. He occupied these important and highly responsible PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvi. 100. T Fraley. ] 154 [Oct. 19; positions for twenty-eight years, and the complete suc- cess of the Works in their manifold constructions, manufacturing processes, and the safety and extent of the distribution attest his marvelous skill and ingenuity. In the manufacturing department he was eminently successful, and the profits as well as the usefulness of the Works have become proverbial. While engrossed in such labors the Professorship of Mechanics and Natural Philosophy became vacant in the Franklin In- stitute, and in 1837, Mr. Cresson was unanimously chosen by the Managers to fill it. He accepted the appointment, and in this new field he soon took a high rank among the scientists of the day. His lectures were remarkable in the comprehensive clearness and simplicity of their style, and for the fullness and com- pleteness of their illustrations, and his old students speak of them to this day in the highest terms of praise. While he was holding this chair, the Controllers of the Public schools of Philadelphia determined to reor- ganize the City High School, and placed that work in the hands of Professor Alexander Dallas Bache. The plan adopted by him embraced a department of Mechanics and Natural Philosophy, and upon his recommendation Mr .Cresson was elected to the Professorship. He held this office for about two years, discharging its duties with great fidelity and success, but the time taken was found to trench too much on his other en- cagements, and he resigned it, to the great regret of his associated professors and the students. 1877.] 155 {Fraley. Mr. Cresson had by this time won a distinguished reputation in the scientific world, and in appreciation of it, the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania conferred on him the honorary degree of Master of Arts. A year or two later, he received from the University of Lewisburg, Pa., the honorary degree of Doctor of Philosophy. In the year 1855, Samuel V. Merrick, Esq., the chief founder and second President of the Franklin Institute, resigned, and Mr. Cresson was elected almost by ac- clamation, to succeed him. The establishment of the Franklin Institute in the year 1824, chiefly through the devotion and personal exertions of Messrs. Merrick and Keating, led to a more thorough appreciation of the dependence of the useful arts on the physical sciences. The Institute was soon a pronounced success. It brought together the best scientists of the City, and the great body of intelligent manufacturers, mechanicians, merchants, and professional men, and it thus entered on a career of usefulness which probably has not been excelled any- where. On coming to the City, Mr. Cresson entered actively in the work of this body and for upwards of forty years was an active participant in its labors and usefulness. As a member or chairman of important committees, as President, Professor and Counselor, he was always prepared and earnest. His usefulness was manifested Fraley.] 156 (Oct. 19, in an eminent degree as Chairman of the Committee on Science, to which place he was elected on the resig- nation of Professor Bache, in 1844, and the reports and records of that Committee illustrate in their vast fields of inquiry, and the valuable results to inventors, the fertility of his own resources and the wisdom of his selection of the sub-committees charged with the duty of making investigations. As a philanthropist, Mr. Cresson was equally dis- tinguished. He was for many years a Manager and one of the Vice-Presidents of the Pennsylvania Institu- tion for the Instruction of the Blind, one of the Mana- gers of the Episcopal Hospital, and of the Western Saving Fund Society, and a member of, and contribu- tor to, other charitable institutions. But his services in these respects were specially made available for the Institution for the Blind, for the Saving Fund Society, and for the Episcopal Hospital, his connection with them terminating only at his death, and the manage- ment of these great charities expressed their sorrow for his loss, in resolutions that truly declared his merits and services. In the year 1852, he was elected a Trustee of the University of Pennsylvania, which office he also held at the time of his decease. | In this body he was distinguished, as in all other places, by devotion to the best interests of the institu- tion, heartily co-operating and sometimes leading in the great improvements that have been made in the 1877. ] 157 [Fraley. methods and extent of the instruction given to the students. Mr. Cresson served for several years as a Manager of the Schuylkill Navigation Company, while its affairs were under the Presidencies of Solomon W. Roberts, Esq., and Charles Ellet, Jr., Esq., and he gave useful aid in preparing plans and carrying out the great en- largements of the canals and other works of that Com- pany during the years 1845 and 1846. He was elected President of the Mine Hill and Schuylkill Haven Railroad Company, in the year 1847, which office he held until his death. Under his adminis- tration of the affairs of this Company, its trackage and equipments were largely increased, and it became the principal carrier to the canal and railroad trunk lines of the Anthracite Coal trade of Schuylkill and Northum- berland Counties. He was appointed one of the original Commissioners of Fairmount Park, and was a prominent participant in perfecting the organization of that body, and in adopt- ing its preliminary plans for the extension and arrange- ment of the Park. Having at this time been relieved from some of his other appointments and duties, he found in the work of the Park a renewal of his old affec- tion for rural occupation, and he cheerfully yielded to the call of the Park Commission to become their Chief Engineer. He entered on this field of duty with a zeal and fidelity that soon manifested his power and genius. Fraley.] 158 [Oct. 19, His plans for the improvement of the Park were simple but comprehensive. He seized upon the natural features of the land and the presence of its ancient forest trees to lay out roads and pathways, that should traverse attractive and beautiful spaces and present to the eyes of the visitors resting places of a graceful and attractive character. To him the arrangement and embellishment of the Park was a labor of love, and he still worked for it when unable to leave his house and bed, while suffer- ing from acute disease. He had the wide area of the Park mapped, as it were, upon his brain, and his directions to his assistants for the prosecution of their work were as clearly given as if he were standing by them in the field. But he yielded at last to the necessity of parting from a work calling for such continual mental labor, and he resigned at the close of the year 1875. In the year 1839, he was elected a member of the American Philosophical Society, and the proceedings contain many evidences of his success as an original investigator and careful student of science. He was elected one of its Vice-Presidents in 1857, and by continued re-elections he became the Senior Vice- President, and held that office when death terminated his membership with us. He visited Europe once on professional business, and twice for medical advice, and during these visits became acquainted with the prominent scientists of 1877.) 159 {Fraley. Great Britain and France, and he often spoke of the heartiness with which he had been received by them, and of the special benefits he had derived from his in- tercourse with them. . We have now briefly sketched the active life and labors of Mr. Cresson, and the results which they brought to him in the way of reputation and honors. It remains to us now to endeavor to portray him as a man, and to show that with the endowment he had of such goodly gifts, he was equally blest with moral and social virtues, and with physical strength and beauty. Mr. Cresson had a stature of over six feet in height, his frame was in harmony with it in being large and well-proportioned. His head, although not large, was admirably formed, and his countenance was mild and beautiful, lighted up with eyes brilliant and expressive. His manners were easy and dignified, receiving every one with affability, kindness and courtesy, but never permitting undue familiarity. He possessed great conversational powers, and his extensive read- ing and knowledge gave him the command of a vast variety of subjects, which enabled him to become an acceptable associate of old and young, learned or un- learned, and to give exquisite pleasure to all brought into personal contact with him. He always had strong religious convictions, and his early training, as a born member of the Society of Friends, undoubtedly gave him his robust morality. Fraley.] 160 fOct. 19, He lost his membership in that Society by his marriage with a lady who was not a member, and while he always remained on terms of great intimacy and friendship with his old friends of the good Quaker faith, his mind was awakened to religious principles of a more definite and outwardly expressed form, and he became by baptism and confirmation a full member of the Episcopal Church. In this membership, as in every- thing else he did, he was ardent, consistent and useful, freely giving of his labor and substance in aid of Church-work, and by personal example giving force and beauty to his Christian life. In his family he was the affectionate and dearly loved son and brother, the kind, indulgent and devoted husband and _ father, entwined around every heart with the strongest bonds. He was a man of great moral and physical courage, never fearing to call a fault or a crime by its right name, and never hesitating by personal interposition to endeavor to check or subdue a wrong doer whom he found engaged in work threatening the peace or se- curity of private citizens or of the public. Sustained by these well-balanced virtues, and by his sincere religious principles, and his thorough trust in the goodness and wisdom of God, he went through a life of nearly seventy years, always cheerful, happy and useful, and looking forward to the close with faith and hope quite equal to those of the patriarchs of old. In his early manhood he had two very severe at- tacks of illness, both of which brought him to the verge 1877.] 161 [Fraley. of the grave, but even then his meek and quiet spirit and his strong trust greatly aided his physicians, and he seemed to be providentially raised for his future work. During the holding of the great Sanitary Fair in Philadelphia, in the year 1864, in the preparation for which and in its management and success, he had borne a great share, the first symptoms of the disease which terminated his life made their appearance. He, however, speedily recovered from the violence of the first attack, but the disease assumed a chronic form, and went on, year by year, in spite of usual reme- dies, increasing in its activity, and gradually leading to that prostration which, in 1872, took him to Europe to seek special advice. He returned much invigorated by the treatment and voyage, but in a few months the unfavorable and violent symptoms again returned, and he made a second visit. On this occasion he submitted to several operations of lithotrity, and embarked for home in the hope that he was permanently relieved. He, however, had a painful voyage, and after he reached home he gradually became more and more impaired in health, and was finally confined to his chamber and couch. Here for many months he suf- fered the most intense pain, which could only be made bearable by the strongest opiates, but in the short in- tervals of ease he was the same cheerful and ready friend, pouring out the vast stores of his knowledge, philosophizing on the pleasures of nature, the mysteries of life and death, and looking forward with hope, PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 100. U. PRINTED NOV. 8, 1877. Fraley. | 162 (Oct. 19, 1877. patience and faith, to the time when all pain and suffering would cease, and his reward for it all would be found in the peace and rest of Heaven. It was during these years of trial and suffering that all the beauties and harmonies of his character shone with marvelous effect. His friends left his chamber greatly wondering what manner of man he was who could bear so much without repining, and they went forth thank- ful for such an example, and greatly strengthened by it for their own application. He sank quietly to rest as the sun was setting, on the 27th day of January, 1876, in the 7oth year of his age, taking his departure with his eyes resting on the old forest trees of the Woodlands, then stript of foliage and taking their winter rest, but with the consciousness on his part that the coming Spring would awaken them toa resurrection of beauty, and that he also in due time would rise again in a spiritual body, and be made one with his Master, Christ, in glory. For more than sixty years he was my associate friend and brother. His life was part of my life, we lived and labored together in the same fields, partook of the same cares and trials, and while I pay this loving tribute to his memory I feel that I but speak for all when I say “* None knew him but to love him, None named him but to praise.” Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc Vol. XVII.N9100 p.163. ae Sinclair & Son, Lith. Qo rT 1 SilurianLand Plants. Fig.9.9b.Carboniferous funsus . Oct. 19, 1877.] 163 [Lesquereux. Land Plants, recently discovered in the Silurian Rocks of the United States. By Lro LESQUEREUX. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 19, 1877.) The first remains of land plants known from the lower Silurian, were found some years ago by Dr. 8. 8. Scoville in blue, hard, sandy clay, or marly shale, of the Cincinnati group, on Longstreet Creek, six miles east of Lebanon, Ohio. This discovery, an important one for the Natural History of this country, was recorded in the Am. Journ. of Sciences and Arts, Jan. 1874, p. 31, and the remains, representing two fragments of stems or branches, were briefly described at the same time. Their reference to the botanical group of the Sigillarie, was then hypothetically admitted, from the likeness of the scars of the surface of one of the fragments to species of this genus: S. Brardet, S. Menardi, ete. Later, Prof. Newberry, to whom the same specimens were communi- cated also, gave an acconnt of them with figures in the same Journal, Aug. 1874, p. 110, considering them, in the conclusion of his remarks, as casts of some large /ucotds or marine plants. As the doubt could not be cleared up by mere discussion, the subject was dropped, in the hope that the discovery of other materials of the same kind might afford more light upon the true character of these vegetable remains. In the meanwhile, as the specimens of Dr. Scoville had been returned to me, I made a new and more attentive study of them, had them carefully figured, and the characters given in the original description being recog- nized as exact, all the documents, specimens and drawings were, at the request of Prof. J. D. Dana, sent to him for examination, and also re- ferred by himself to Profs. D. C. Eaton and A. E. Verrill of New Haven. These celebrated Naturalists, the more competent judges on the subject, recognized the fragments as positively referable to land plants by their characters. Other specimens still more evidently representative remains of land vegetation were soon after communicated from the Silurian of Cincinnati, and also from the lower Helderberg Sandstone of Michigan ; and as still more of the same kind had been promised, the publication of the descriptions was postponed, in order to have, for indisputable evidence, a sufficient number of these vegetable fragments, from which also the relative charac- ters of this new flora might be discerned. Just now a branch of a fern has been obtained from the Silurian Schists or Slates of Angers, France, and the fact is reported to the Academy of Science of Paris, by Count Saporta, with the remark, that this important discovery was forestalled in America, where remains of Silurian Land Plants had been found whose description would be greatly desirable at the present time. Lesquereux. ] 164 [Oct. 19, We have thus a sufficient reason for the publication of the following documents relative to the subject. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES. Genus PSILOPHYTUM, Daws. Quat. Journ. of the Geol. Soc. of London, p. 478. “Lycopodiaceous plants, branching dichotomously and covered with in- terrupted ridges or closely appressed minute leaves; the stems, springing from a rhizome, having circular areoles sending forth cylindrical rootlets. Internal structure, an axis of scalariform vessels, surrounded by a.cylinder of parenchymatose cells and by an outer cortical cylinder of elongated woody cells (prosenchyma). Fructification probably in lateral masses pro- tected by leafy bracts.”’ The species which I have to describe here differs by these points only from the generic description : the stems of one of them has not any inter- rupted ridges or strie of any kind ; both are without leaves. But in the species described by the author the leaves are either rudimentary or, more generally, the stems are naked, either in their original growth or by denuda- tion, catised by maceration or other physical circumstances. For example, Psilophytum elegans and P. glabrum have no leaves; P. robustius, judg- ing from figure 121 in Dawson’s Precarboniferous plants of the Geologi- cal Survey of Canada, bears leaves at the extremity of the branches only, and the stems appear smooth as they are also in P. glabrum. PsILOPHYTUM GRACILLIMUM, Sp. Nov. _Pl. L, fig. 2. Stem very slender, dichotomously branching, smooth or naked half round, slightly channeled in the length ; branches numerous, of various length, filiform. The stem is scarcely one millimeter thick at the base ; the upper branches, curved as from a spiral unfolding, are slender, gradually attenuated and capilliform, or of the thickness of thin thread at their extremities. The plant embedded in hardened, blue, shaly clay or mar], is transformed into coal, part of the branches broken and displaced having left their prints as half cylindrical concave moulds. This character, as also the depression in the middle and along the whole axis, proves the woody or vascular texture of the plants and of course separates them from the Hucozds. Comparing this specimen with species published by Prof. Dawson from the Devonian measures of Canada, its relation to P. elegans, Quat. Journ. Geol. Soc., Nov. 1862, p. 315 Pl. xiv, fig 29, 30, is recognized as quite close. But the affinity of the characters is still more marked with a plant of Psilophytum as restored in its original state for exemplification of the genus in the Proceedings of the same Journal, Jan. 1859, p. 479, fig. i. If this figure, whose stem is without leaves, was the exact representative of a peculiar species I should have considered our silurian form as identical with that of Canada. 1877.] | 165 {Lesquereux, The specimen from Cincinnati, a piece of shale, one or two centimeters thick, has on the reverse fragmentary remains of the same plant, especially some upper branchlets like fig. 2a, more evidently hooked than those of the main stem. Both the upper and lower surface of the shale are smooth, have no animal remains ; but the intermediate layers hold small molluscan species characteristic of the Cincinnati Group. Habitat. Near Covington, opposite Cincinnati, in the Bed of the Licking River. Found by Mr. Ed. Ulrich ; communicated by Rev. H. Herzer. PsILOPHYTUM CORNUTUM, sp. nov. ELL, figel. Stem thick, dichotomous; divisions variable in distance, the terminal ones short, pointed, nearly equal in size and length ; surface slightly rugose and irregularly striate. The branches in the lower part are thick cormpenen ely to their length, three to four millimetres, irregularly striate when decorticated, or merely punctate upon the thin bark, with small projecting dots resembling the basilar remains of scales or small decayed leaves ; lateral branches short, narrowed to a sharp point; the upper or terminal ones about equal in length, appearing like a pair of small pointed horns. The species is comparable only to some of the fragments not specified but figured by Prof. J. W. Dawson (Geol. Survey of Canada, Fossil Plants of the Devonian and- Upper Silurian formations, figs. 243, 244). The author remarks, ‘‘that these fragments are probably originating in the Upper Silurian of Gaspé ; that as they are found in the lower part of the Limestone which underlies the Devonian Gaspé Sandstone and become more abundant in the upper beds, this suffices to indicate the existence of neighboring land, probably composed of the Silurian rocks, and support- ing vegetation.’’ From the preservation of its branches even to the smallest subdivisions, the specimens here represent part of a plant embedded in the place of its growth. The matrice is a piece of very hard calcareous shale, seven to eight millimetres thick, bearing on one side irregular undulations like ripple marks, without any trace of organic remains, and on the other the frag- ments of plants as figured here. The branch in @ represents a different species, and indeed a marine or rather a brackish plant, closely related to species of the present genus Chorda, Stack. This fragment seems to have been mixed in the tide pools with freshwater or land plants growing there. For, another thick specimen of the same locality, and compound, bears a profusion of marine mollusks, and has only branches of this as yet undes- cribed marine species: Calamophycus septus, whose character may as well be here fixed.* * Genus CALAMOPHYCUS. Same characters as the species. CALAMOPHYCUS SEPTUS, sp. Nov. Fronds simple, cylindrical, elongated, gradually tapering to a point; Lesquereux. } 166 [Oct. 19, Habitat. Lower Heldeberg Sandstone, Michigan. Discovered and com- municated by Dr. Carl Rominger, State Geologist. CALAMARI A. ANNULARIA? Brei. Stem articulate ; leaves virticillate, lingulate, gradually narrowing to the base, either pointed or rounded at the top ; midrib thick. Our species differs from the generic characters by the absence of a mid- rib. The leaves, however, are very small, indistinct, their substance being amalgamated into that of the stone, and the nervation is nearly obsolete. This vegetable form might be referable to Sphenophyllum, or even to some peculiar generic division. Its characters relate it positively to the sections of the Calamari, as far as it is fixed until now. ANNULARIA ROMINGERI, sp. nov. Pl. I, fig. 6. Stems long and slender, articulate, smooth ; articulations at regular short distances, inflated, bearing oblique branches and leaves; leaves small, lingulate, apparently flat, either truncate or rounded at the top; nervation obsolete. The inflated nodi and the flattened leaves, refer the plants to Spheno- phyllum, while the obtuse, entire, numerous leaflets, disjointed to the base, relate it to Annularia. From both these genera it is removed by the smooth, not ribbed, nor striate stem, and by the oblique direction of the branches. By this last character it is allied to Asterophyllites. The articu- lations are numerous, five to eight millimeters distant ; the leaves scarcely three millimeters long. The direction of the branches, all in the same way and nearly parallel, shows that they were attached as branches to the same stem, and not displaced by water or by any kind of transportation. Like the fragments of fig. 1, they have been embedded at their place of origi- nal growth. This fact is rendered still more evident by the presence of small Serpulids (fig. 6c, enlarged ce), a considerable number of which are attached to the stems and strewed over the stone. The specimen bears also (fig. 63,) oval granulate protophytes : Xanthidia ? seen enlarged in 0d. Habitat. Same as the former species in the lower Helderberg sandstone formations of Michigan. The compounds of the specimens are still harder and more calcareous. Found like the former, and communicated by Dr. Carl Rominger. cavity divided by transverse membranes, either passing through the whole diameter, or connected in the middle to vertical subdivisions. The internal parieties, irregular in distance and thickness, are distinctly seen through the smooth epidermis, which, moreover, is often destroyed, the internal structure being thus clearly exposed. The cavity of the stem is inhabited by the same species of Serpulid as seen in fig. 6 e. 1877. | 167 {Lesquereux. SPHENOPHYLLUM, Bret. Stem articulate, leaves verticillate, cuneiform, crenulate, dentate, or lobed at the upper part which is truncate or rounded; midrib none; nerves straight, diverging fan like, simple at the base, dichotomously forking once or twice. Here also, the vegetable fragments, which we refer, legitimately it seems, to this genus, differ in one point from the typical characters established from Carboniferous specimens. In these, the leaflet, generally four to six, are separated to the very base orfree. Inthe Silurian plants, the whorls or leaflets, four or five, compose a single leaf, the divisions being lobes, cut indeed to near the point of attachment to the stem, where they are joined in obtuse sinuses. The character is distinctly seen upon the speci- men fig. 4 and 5, enlarged in 4* and 5*. None of the authors describing this genus, since it was fixed by Brongniart, has remarked upon the connec- tion of the leaflets at their base, though this connection is often represented by the figures given of species of Sphenophyllum, as for example, S, 0b- longifolium, Germ. and Kaulf. in Geinitz, Verst. v. Sachsen, pl. xx, fig. 12, where a whorl is represented with six leaflets free from the stem, whose place is marked by a circular round central scar, the leaflets being united at their base as by a ring. I must say also, that in the very numerous specimens of Sphenophyllum which I have had for examination, I have very often remarked this connection of the leaflets, but never, however, as distinct and as distant from the base as in the following species. In ¥. Schlotheimii and S. oblongifolium, the nerves are positively simple at the base, though two or more in the same leaflet. This character of course implies a connection of the border of the leaflets at or near the base, and in this case, they do not leave distinct impressions of their point of attach- ment to the stems. I therefore admit the Silurian plants as truly referable to this genus, the difference remarked in its characters being merely specific and apparently proper to a type not yet fully developed. SPHENOPHYLLUM PRIM&VUM, Lesqx. Pl. T, figs.3-5. Stems or branches slender, articulations close, equidistant ; leaves in whorls of four or five leaflets connected towards the base and joined by slightly obtuse sinuses ; leaflets either truncate and crenulate at the top, or sometimes deeply split or lobate; nerves simple at the base, sparingly dichotomous, forking mostly once, even simple. If we would not take into account the connection of the leaflets, the rela- tion of this species to S. Schlotheimii, Bret., and especially to S. oblongi- folium, Germ., as figured by Geinitz (loc. cit.), would appear very close. The difference would be marked merely by the shorter leaflets or the smaller size of the plant and the less enlarged divisions. In the Carbon iferous species, which is also frequently found in the American coal meas ures, the veins, simple at the base, and generally two for each leaflet, have also few divisions, forking only once or twice. Lesquereux.] 168 [Oct. 19, The specimen of fig. 3, have the stems distinct, slightly striate, even slightly inflated at the articulations, a character observable only with a strong glass. Fig. 4 has also the stem distinctly seen between the two whorls, and even fig. 5 has, dimly seen, a remnant of stem as represented upon the figure. There is a difference in the size and the subdivision of the leaflets of fig. 3; but the woody matter of the plants softened by decomposition has pene- trated the clay where the vegetable fragments are imbedded and the out- lines of the leaflets are indistinct. On one of them only the nerves are perceivable. The identity of the species represented by fig. 3, with those of figs. 4 and 5, is not ascertainable, but they all evidently represent the same Genus. There is in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy of Cambridge a piece of true granite bearing remains of a fine branch of Sphenophyllum ; three whorls of leaves, whose stem is destroyed by decomposition, but whose outline and nervation are perfectly and very distinctly preserved. The positions of the whorls is half quincuncial, two of them placed at the base and one between them at a distance above ; the centres of the leaflets rep- resenting the three points of an equilateral triangle. The leaves doubly larger than those of our fig. 5, measuring two centi- meters in diameter, are divided into five lobes, distinct to a distance from the round central point of attachment to the stem ; truncate and crenate at the top ; with each three to five nerves ; simple at the base and forking only once in the middle or near the point. The divisions of the border are irregular as in our figure, which it represents exactly in just double size. We have been more than once discussing with Prof. Agassiz the origin of this remarkable vegetable fragment. Now that congeners are recog- nized in the Lower Silurian its presence upon granite is explainable, perhaps, as resulting from the casual deposit of a branch of Sphenophyllum thrown out into a basin of fresh water, upon granite rocks bordering swamps. Or possibly, the plant grown in place has been preserved by the drying and hardening of a film of decomposed vegetable matter, which seem to adhere to the surface of the granite, As the vegetation of the car- boniferous is known by remains of materials heaped in place for a long period of time, and preserved into the compounds formed by deposits of the same age, the mode of preservation of this plant upon granite, is there- fore different. Hence the reference to the Silurian of this branch of Spheno- phyllum is merely authorized by the identity of its character with those of the species described from the Cincinnati group. Habitat. Covington, opposite Cincinnati, specimen fig. 3, discovered by M. E. I. Ulrich. The fragments communicated by Rev. H. Herzer are in fine grained blue clay or marl, a compound like that where Psdlophi- tum gracillimum is embedded. Specimen fig. 4 was sent by Mr. Mickle- borough, School Principal, and found by him in the corporate limits of Cincinnati, in a locality known as Limekiln Run, about three hundred and seventy feet above low water of the river. That of fig. 1877. ] 169 {Lesquereux. 5 was communicated by Mr. C. B. Dyer. It is upon the surface of a stone exposed for a long time to atmospheric influence. All the specimens are from around Cincinnati, in connection with invertebrate animal fossils of the Cincinnati Group. Plants of the same kind have been found many times already it seems ; for Professor Mickleborough informs me that another specimen discovered within the clay, somewhat obscure, and apparently like the one of our fig. 8, was washed and rubbed in order to expose the ieaflets more dis- tinctly, and in that way the leaves were nearly totally effaced. Another offered for sale was from description like that of fig. 5. Still others have been mentioned to me. They have been considered by some collectors as the work of insects; by others as fucoidal or coralline productions, like Oldhamia ; and by others as specimens of the vegetation of the Carbonif- erous transported by drift. All these suppositions are contradicted by the fragments found imbedded in the clay or attached to pieces of hardened clay of the same compound as the Cincinnati blue marl, and still more by the described characters of these plants. Prorostiama, Lesqx. This Generic name is provisionally admitted for the description of frag- ments of stems whose relation to species of Sigillaria and other types of vegetables of the Devonian and the Carboniferous is surmised from the rhomboidal form of the scars or bolsters marked upon their bark. This form is very commonly seen upon plants of this kind. It characterizes in its multiple more or less definite transformations, the impressions of the outlines of the points of attachments of simple leaves to stems, branches or trunks of trees of the old formations. Therefore, it would not be surpris- ing to find it already traced upon Silurian woody stems or branches. The reference of those original marks, as long as they are not defined by the vascular scars in the middle, is not possible This is implied by the name under which the remains are described. PROTOSTIGMA SIGILLARIOIDES, sp. nov. Pl. I. fig. 7-8. Branches or stems cylindrical, scarcely flattened by compression ; sur- face marked by rhomboidal cicatrices, enlarged on the sides, contiguous and in spiral order, with indistinct impressions of oval vascular scars in the middle. I refer to this specific form three specimens, two of which are figured here. The fragment of branch, fig. 7, is represented in its natural size. It is slightly obliquely compressed, and thus, the lateral bolsters are some- what disfigured on the two sides, and displaced from their normal position. But on the face as seen in fig. 7 and 7 a, the scars are preserved in their original arrangement. Even the central vascular points are distinctly seen in the middle of some of the bolsters, though the whole impression is of course somewhat obliterated by erosion of the mould, or by decomposition PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. vil. 100. v. PRINTED NOV. 8, 1877. Lesquereux. | 170 (Oct. 19, of the vegetable fragments embedded into the clay. Another specimen not figured is larger, seven centimeters in diameter, nine centimeters long, nearly exactly cylindrical, with irregular more or Jess distinct ribs, marked crosswise by large wrinkles or irregular protuberances, which do not show any distinct relation of form and position between them. Therefore, both these fragments are identified merely by their cylindrical shape, rep- resenting stems or branches, and by their common habitat. The compound of both is exaetly of the same matter, a hard bluish clay or marl mixed with grains of coarse sand. This compound has taken the place of the woody matter destroyed by maceration, and therefore nothing is left of the original vegetable fragment but the outline of the stems and the im- pression of the scars of the bark. The fact of the total disappearance of woody fibres in fossil specimens cannot afford an argument against their reference to land plants ; for even in the coal measures, trunks of Sigillaria, Lepidodendron, etc., are very often recognized in sandstone merely by cylindrical outlines of the trunks, and impressions of the scars of the surface of the bark. This mode of petrification is general for isolated fragments of wood. As related to the same kind of vegetable we have a fragment, fig. 8, found near Cincinnati, in strata of the Cincinnati group, and which con- firms the reference of the specimens discovered by Dr. Scoville both to the locality named, Longstreet Creek, and also to the formation of the Cincinnati group. This specimen at the same time represents more evi- dently the Sigillarioid character by its rhnomboidal form, the cicatrices and their position in spiral being still more distinctly seen than in fig. 7, though the piece of bark whose impression is so well preserved has been apparently flattened by compression. No trace of vascular scars is re- marked however. These scars are generally erased in specimens whose surface bark has been decomposed and destroyed. As remarked above, cicatrices of the same character, often without cen- tral points, are seen on the surface of the bark of Artisia, Leptophleum rhombicum, Sigillaria Brardii, S. Defrancti, and other species of the coal. I have a remarkably fine branch of an Ulodendron from the Cannel coal of Pennsylvania, which bears outside cicatrices exactly like those of fig. 7, with oval central vascular scars. The size of this branch is about the same, for it measures twenty centimeters in length, and is only twenty two millimeters broad, though slightly flattened. Its impression into cannel coal is perfectly distinct. Hence the objection against the reference of the specimens of the Silurian to land plant on account of their small size is groundless. On the reign of organized beings to which these fragments are referable there can be therefore no doubt, for considering merely the size of the stems and their cylindrical form they evidently represent plants. The question is therefore on the relation of the stems to land or marine plants. Besides the authorities which have been quoted as regarding as evident the relation of these fossil remains to land plants, the analogy of 1877.] LL {Lesquereux. the characters described and their comparison to those of some vegetable of the coal is evidence of their nature. And though these remains have been found in old formations, wherefrom as yet no trace of land plants had been obtained, the doubt on that score is now removed by the discovery of other plants of the same kind in the Lower Silurian of North America, and still more by that of a Fern in the Lower Silurian of France, the schists of Angers, which seem to be related by synchronism to the Cin- cinnati Group. * On the character of this American formation, T. A. Miller remarks, in his Catalogue of American Paleozoic fossils, ‘“‘that in the Western States of North America, where the Utica Slate is absent from the Hudson River Group, the upper part of the Lower Silurian is generally called the Cincin- nati Group. Its strata exposed in Ohio, Indiana and Kentucky, do not exceed one thousand feet in thickness. The lower part is probably the equivalent of the upper part of the Trenton Group. The remainder belongs to the Hudson River Group. The total thickness of its exposure scarcely exceeds one thousand feet. Some of its characteristic fossils as Bellerophon bilobatus, Strophomena alternata, Zygospira modesta, Leptena sericea, Buthotrephis gracilis, Bey- richia chambersi, Calymene senaria, Isotelus gigas and I. megistos, pass entirely through the Group. Trinuclens concentricus, Triarthrus becki, Orthis multisecta, O. emacerata, Streptorhynchus hallia, Ambonychia bellistriata, Modiolopsis cincinnatiensis, Cycloconcha mediocardinalis, Lichenocrinus crateriformus, and Chetetes (?) jamesi, are confined to the lower half of the group. Glyptocrinus decadactylus, G. dyeri, G. nealli, G. fornshelli, Lichenoerinus tuberculatus, Streptorhynchus filitexta, S. subtenta, S. suleata, 8S. sinuata, S. nutans, Orthisinsculpta, O. subquad- rata, Rhynchonella capax, R. dentata, Cypricardites haynesi, Anomalodonta gigantea, A. alata, Anodontopsis millert, Favistella stellata, Tetradium fib-- ratum, and Streptelasma corniculum, are found only in the upper part of the group. Some fossils occupy only a few feet in vertical range, as Orthis insculpta, Orthis retrorsa, O. emacerata, Glyptocrinus nealli, and Strep- torhynchus suicata. This formation is composed in its whole of alternate layers of blue marl and limestone of variable thickness, the limestone layers rarely attaining one foot. * Since the preparation of this paper, I have received from Rev. H. Hertzer, 15th Oct., 1877, three small specimens distinctly related to the fragments described above by the characters and disposition of the cica- trices of the surface, but greatly different by the form of the bodies. One of them is comparable to our figure 8. It is a little larger, convex on the surface, and seems part of abranch. The two others, both of the same size, resemble gibbous tubercles, or rather small door knobs, four to five centi- meters in diameter, with border rounded and the upper surface flat or slightly convex. One of them has in the middle a scar-like depression re- Lesquereux. ] 172 | Oct. 19, The schists of Calymene Tristani, where the fern mentioned above was recently discovered, have been considered by Dufrenoy asan upper member of the Caradoc sandstone of Great Britain. The Cincinnati Group is generally referred to this formation. Its relation, however, to the schists of Angers is not positively fixed. The preponderance of species of Caly- mené like C. senaria; of analogous Genera, Triarthrus becki, ete., so common in the blue shale of the Cincinnati epoch, seem to indicate a close relation between both formations of Europe and of America. The enumera- tion of fossils considered characteristic of the Cincinnati group may afford by comparison more positive evidence of the geological relation of the strata where the first Silurian remains of land plants have been found. It isa remarkable fact that the character of these Silurian plants, described above, give us like a microcosmical representation of the flora of the Carbon- iferous, so simple and at the same time so admirable in the multiple sub- divisions of its specific forms. The coal flora is a compound mostly of vascular cryptogamous plants : Lycopodiace, Ferns and Equisetacez, and of some Phrenogamous Gymnosperms whose types are apparently related to the Cycade or to the conifers. We now have represented in the Silurian, Ist. The Lycopodiacee, by species of Psilophitum,; diminutive forms but primitive types of the Lepidodendra, represented in the coal by very large trees distributed in a number of generic and specific divisions. 2d. The Ferns, by a species related to Paleopteris or to the group of the Neuropteride which makes the finest and most common species of the coal. The fern of the schists of Angers is named Hopteris Andegaversis by Saporta, who discovered it. dd. The Calamarie, by Sphenophyllum and Annularia; these forming two sections related to the Hquisetacew, but whose vegetable affinity is not satisfactorily ascertained. They represent Cryptogamous acrogens like the ferns. 6th. The Sigillariw, placed by some authors as an order of plants between the Conifers and the Cycadex, or representatives of the Phseno- gamous gymnosperm. We have, it seems, a species of this group in the Protostigma. The Cordaites now are considered Conifers. From the preponderance of large fossil trunks of Conifers in the Devo- sembling the point of attachment of a tuft of leaves. Both are marked around on the borders and upon the top surface by rhomboidal cicatrices in spiral order like those of our figure 7. Some of these especially along the border are deep and have very distinct central mammille like points of vascular scars. These organized bodies are attached to broken pieces of Silurian limestone, bearing upon the lower part fragments of small marine mollusks. “This, together with their shape, their convex or flattened sur- face, seems to prevent their reference to Sigilluriotd plants. They look however like miniature trunks of Cycadew, which for many of their species 1877.) 1 73 {Lesquereux. nian one may expect to find remains of the Pine family in older forma- tions. When therefore we get from the Silurians fragments of leaves of Cordaites (a probable discovery, for they have been found abundant in the Devonian) we shall have all the essential types of the plants of the Car- boniferous ftora already represented in the oldest paleozoic times. A Species of Fungus recently discovered in the shales of the Darlington Coal Bed (Lower Productive Coal Measures, Alleghany River Series) at Cannelton, in Beaver County, Pennsyloania. By Lro LESQUEREUX. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 19, 1877.) The discovery of a Fungus in connection with plants of the coal meas- ures is not less remarkable than that of land plants in the Silurian. Lindley and Hutton, in their Fossil Flora of England, 1831-33, have represented (plate 65 of the first volume) a kidney shaped, round, flattened body, whose outline and surface, marked by zones of alternate density and coloring along the borders, recall somewhat the characters of some of the hard Fungi seen upon old trunks of the forests at the present time and known as Polypores, Bolets, etc., or generally called Sponge-Mushrooms. The characters of this fossil organism are so uncertain that the authors themselves, though applying to it the Generic name of Polyporites, consider as very doubtful its reference to the vegetable kingdom. Mr. Bowman, the discoverer to whom the species is dedicated as P. Bow- mannt, remarks, that one of his specimens might be taken for the scale of a fish or of some great Saurian. Since that time no kind of remains refer- able to Fungi has been seen in the coal, except one specimen found in the Anthracite measures near Pottsville, Pa. It is apparently identical with the English species and does not aflord any more light upon its nature. This specimen, however, contradicts by its habitat its reference to the animal kingdom, as no remains of this kind are found in the Anthracite measures of Pennsylvania. But there are in the Tertiary Lignitic of the Rocky Mountains some clay beds associated with coal, wherein are intercallated shaly fragments, colored have, at our epoch, globular or button-like stems impressed with cicatrices of leaves, and sometimes flattened and depressed at the top toward the central axis, where the tuft of leaves is coming out. If, therefore, such analogy could be admitted, these specimens would confirm the opinion ad- vanced in considering the probable reference of the branches inscribed above. But this suggestion is too hazardous in its application to remains found in connection with Silurian limestone. For after all, these remark- able fragments may altogether represent one of those organisms like Uphan- tenia, Dictyophytum, etc., whose nature seems to partake of the character of land and marine vegetables, and whose relation is still unknown. Lesquereux. | 174 [Oct. 19, in concentric zones by penetration of iron in such a way that they exactly represent the appearance of the fossils described by the English authors. The zones, about two millimeters wide, are of different hardness, and the soft white ones being more easily disintegrated, they form a series of alternately elevated and depressed concentric bands, similar to those described as characters of the Polyporites of the coal. However this may be, we have now from the Carboniferous a fossil plant which is by all its characters positively referable to the Fungi. This plant which was discovered under the bark of a Sigillaria is referable to the Genus Rhizomorpha, a fungose substance which even until the present time has very rarely been recognized with organs of fructification, and is therefore admitted as a kind of mycelium or as the first stage of the life of a fungus. Species of variousand numerous forms of these vegetable organs are commonly found under the bark of trees or between layers of decaying wood in the forests, and some have been described under different specific names. RHIZOMORPHA SIGILLARIA, sp. nov. Pl. £ fig. 9. Stem flattened irregular in form, round, polygonal, elongated and linear or amorphous ; branches diverging all around, either simple or forking, even anastomosing in various directions, inflated towards the top, club shaped and obtuse or slightly flattened by compression, and marked upon the surface by a netting of narrow wrinkles resembling veins and their divisions in veinlets. The figure exactly represents the specimen which botanists will easily recognize as bearing the appearance of some of our present so-called species of Rhizomorpha. The surface wrinkles, distinctly seen in fig. 9 b enlarged, seem to have been produced by compression and contact of an upper layer of bark reposing upon them. In their normal state the same appearance is remarked upon living forms of these Fungi. It is the same with the flattened body, the mode of branching, the different size and length of the branches, which are evidently widened and modified in their form and di- rections according to the space left under the bark for their development. Though no doubt could be entertained about the relation of this or- ganism, which was discovered in detaching the upper layer of bark of a Sigillaria, 1 nevertheless referred the matter to the opinion of some of my corresponding friends, to whom I[ sent the figure of the plant in order to have every possible evidence cn this subject. Among others Dr. Casimir Roumeguére of Toulouse, France, who has large collections of Fungi and who is known by numerous scientific memoirs on this difficult branch of botany, answered my request by the communication of many specimens of the different forms of Rhizomorpha of our time whose characters are comparable to those of the fossil one. Remarking on its relation as far as it could be recognized from the figure of this organism (the same as that. reproduced here) he says: I was extremely interested by the examination of your Rhizomorpha Sigillarve and startled by the appearance of structure which seems to relate that American fossil organism to European con- 1877. ] 175 {Lesquereux. geners ; I have especially examined, in comparison, the described forms of Rhizomorpha subcorticalis, where I find characters which have removed my first hesitation in regard to your views. One of these forms, the teredo of Persoon, has few ramifications, nerves anastomosing, and the primary branches are flattened, enlarged and rugose as in the fossil specimen from Cannelton. The form Jatissima described by Kick, in the flora of Flanders from under the bark of Betula alba, has a flattened body resulting from the impression or cohesion of some stems, ete. From the specimens communicated to me, most of the forms of R. sud- corticalis present the mode of anatomosis in abnormal direction, as seen at the base of the branch ec. Others have a flattened stem when unfolding under some closely pressed piece of bark ; but the branches generally take their cylindrical form when they come to more space especially where air is accessible. Though it is always difficult to find the top of the branches they are generally inflated or club-shaped as in the fossil specimen. Dr. Roumeguére adds to the dry specimen a figure of R. subcorticalis, which represents a stem flattened and enlarged, as is the body of our fossil, with branches bearing at the surface small tubercles composing a false peridium, one of which, more advanced into maturity, has produced a club shaped body identically similar to those of Hilariu digitata, an autonome Fungus. This production has been as yet very rarely observed. Except that the ramifications of the branches of that living species are longer and not inflated at the top, which is not discernible in the specimen, the fossil form is remarkably similar to it. I received also from Professor C. H. Peek, of Albany, some specimens of Rhizomorpha more or less representing the character of R&. Sigillaria. No fossil plant published until now from any of the geological forma- tions of Europe or of America hasany relation to this. In Sternberg, Vers., Aphlebia tenuiloba, represented in Vol. II, pl. lviii, fig. 2, might be quoted as bearing some relations to the plant of Cannelton by its branches irregularly diverging from an enlarged amorphous central nucleus. But though this species,a mere variation of A. adnascens, Pr., represents a parasite plant, it has, like the others described under this generic name, a distinct system of nervation, according to which, the divisions of the pri- mary stems are in an outside or upward direction, and therefore do not, and cannot anatomose either in right angle or in abnormal direction, as is the case with plants of cellular tissue. Thus we would have only for comparison, outside of the Mungi, marine plants or Fucoids, and of course the presence of marine plants in connection with Sigillaria, even under the bark of trees of this kind, is an impossibility. Habitot. I found this vegetable organism in shaly cannel or cannel shale of the Cannelton coal, of Beaver County, in company with the proprietor, Mr. I. F. Mansfield, who in pursuing systematic researches for fossil remains has obtained a remarkably rich series of rare and new species of plants of the Carboniferous. The character of a rib of Sigillaria is easily recog- nized upon the figure of the specimen, which bears also one round scar of the under surface. The upper layer of bark transformed into coal was broken in small fragments to fully expose the fossil Fungus. Cope. ] 176 [Aug. 17, On some new or little known Reptiles and Fishes of the Cretaceous No. 8, of Kansas. By E. D. Corps. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, August 17, 1877.) TOXOCHELYS LATIREMIS Cope. Final Report U. S. Geol. Surv. Terrs. II, pp. 98, 299. Two nearly complete crania of this species found by Mr. Sternberg, en- able me to give the genus a definite position in the system. The prefrontals have an extensive mutual contact, and extend to the ex- ternal nares, where they are somewhat contracted by the superior pro- cesses of the maxillary. They descend to the vomer, and are extensively- in contact with it. There are no distinct nasal bones. Lachrymal foramen rather small. The temporal fossa is extensively roofed, and the supraoccip- ital crest much produced backwards. The posterior nares are rather anterior, and are it iP and not underroofed by the osseous vomer. This element expands in front of the nares, where it separates the maxillaries. A foramen separates the maxillaries from the palatines, and the ectop- terygoids expand laterally. The superior alveolar surface is wide, and slightly concave. The external border is elevated and acute, and the inner border is slightly prominent and is roughened. The characters above adduced show that the genus Tovochelys is one of the Cryptodira, and that it is distinct from Huclastes (Cope) of the creta- ceous No. 5. In that genus the posterior nares are underrun by a produc- tion of the vomer, and the alveolar faces of both jaws are much wider. The general form of the skull of Yozxochelys is much like that of many Trionychide, but from these the characters of the marginal bones of the carapace, and the form of the extremities separate it. ICHTHYODECTES GOODEANUS sp. nov. This largest species of the genus is represented by a right premaxillary and a large part of the maxillary bones. The alveolar border is concave at the anterior part of the latter, and then becomes convex. The maxil- lary border is incurved at its anterior extremity, so that the line of teeth is turned inwards as well as strongly upwards, the middle part of the border being the most prominent. In this respect it differs from the other species, where the anterior part of the alveolar border is the most prominent. The anterior border is sigmoidally curved, and the vertical diameter is twice the transverse. The premaxillary teeth number thirteen and are somewhat “compressed so as to have opposed cutting edges; they are without grooves or ridges. The maxillary teeth are round in section. The posterior maxil- lary condyle is not protuberant, and is decurved anteriorly. The maxil- lary underlaps the premaxillary to near its anterior border. 1877.] dovigé [Cope. Measurements. M. Depth of maxillary behind ‘condyle... 2.0... .63...5. 047 a & at CaN Ais ebatecaistareeic' so, soir . 053 fs aE eR POPUL AE Vte 2 aces S: a8 2) vin acsel oeensats tein ore seiko 069 Length Js rg 0018 Ke CE See one GEC Ae eet sO Koumiuncionalemaxillaries ime... e cee: coe se. 020 This species is dedicated to my friend Prof. G. Brown Goode, of Middle- ton, Conn., collaborator of the Smithsonian Institution. I may here state that another very distinct species of this genus is the Ichthyodectes arcuatus (Portheus accuatus Cope. 4to Report U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terrs. II. p. 204). It is characterized by the attenuation of the bones of the face, and jaws, and the small size and large number of its teeth. Those of the maxillary bone are so small as to become obsolete on the posterior half in old individuals. . ICHTHYODECTES ACANTHICUS sp. nov. The smallest species of the genus, distinguished by the attenuated and curved crowns of the teeth. It is represented in my collection by portions of the dentary, parasphenoid, and other bones. The teeth on the anterior part of the dentary bone are nearly round in section, and their enamel is smooth. The crowns are curved inwards towards the apices, which are slender and acute. ‘The anterior tooth is on the extremity of the dentary. The lateral processes of the parasphenoid are wide and flat, and are pierced at the base by the usual two foramina. The interorbital portion of the bone is concave in the section of its inferior surface. Measurements. M. eneihyotethexcrowi OL astOOUl fj. sure c1aierebrae eye eer be 005 Diameter ‘‘ yy Sa Wb RO oa lesoe Sein cageceovarttaae 001 MMe MIANGLDWAr) C6GbH I ccts' a 'si~ 0s vive sed oedclaee Mae. 012 Width of parasphenoid at middle........... J acepd hayopeyases 006 Depth of parasphenoid at middle,........... Livesey C004 This species and the last described were obtained by my assistant, Chas. H. Sternberg, from the chalk of the Cretaceous No. 3 of Kansas. ORICARDINUS TORTUS gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Teeth inserted in shallow aveoli, with the roots more or less exposed ; on the posterior half of the maxillary bone unequally so, so as to be pleurodont. The anterior part of the maxillary bone depressed, with superior articular facet, and united with the premaxillary by a ging- lymus. This genus is apparently nearly allied to Pachyrhizodus as I have de- fined it. In that genus the anterior maxillary teeth are strongly pleuro- dont, and the maxillo-premaxillary suture is squamosal. To Oricardinus must probably be referred the P. sheareri m. Char. specif. This is derived from a right maxillary bone and a num- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xv1I. 100. W. PRINTED NOY. 20, 1877. Cope. | ai fo) [Aug. 17, ber of vertebree, supposed to belong to the same individual by my assis- tant, Russell Hill, who discovered it. The proximal extremity of the maxillary bone is depressed, both the ex- ternal and internal aspects presenting prominent ribs. The inner rib soon disappears, and the alveolar border becomes interior in position, the teeth then assuming a more pleurodont character. The external rib continues, and rises so as to form the superior border of the jaw, but continues .to have an oblique direction outwards. It is separated by a longitudinal con- cavity from the portion that bears the alveoli. The teeth are subcylindric in section, and the crowns are acute and incurved. The proximal end of the maxillary forms a condyle for transverse movement, which is divided by a transverse groove. Above this groove the extremity is fissured. The vertebral centra are somewhat hour-glass shaped, and present a deep longitudinal fossa on each side of the base of each neural and hemal arch, which is divided by a vertical rod on partition of bone, which strengthens the arch. The arrangement is that seen in the genus Hmpo, The sides of the centra are marked with rather regular linear grooves, which disappear at the contraction. Measurements. M. juenethsof maxillary bone preserved). 4 6isn- csceyeens 066 iDistalidepthtysrieo- setae jusaighdlte aitileyaren Sadie yeloe a eee .O11 SS we Wil Clit las Sa Gia: 5 euetovs ape cay Shausickobas telieleraterereetalelrarektoraeaiore .005 Proxima lide pt le sccw eae oh croabaetor tite stove aus tevcrae sfetoe ere 005 uo SACU ORR He cen oon tacerote mea aonodon oe -006 Ba tat MCU Ait ae chavs palate ye oyare ebriareietenerteletone eke ile aieietere tele .020 longitudinal s.26 .010 Diameter of caudal centrum < transverse........ ..... -009 VICTULCANL. (es. ere arene cise .010 longitudinal ..... .... .009 Diameter of anterior centrum ~< transverse .......... -O11 Vertical. ovens wcetciee -009 In the O. sheawrerii the dental alveoli are transverse to the long axis of the maxillary bone, while here they are longitudinal or round ; the bone is more laminiform in the O. tortus. ANOGMIUS FAVIROSTRIS sp. Noy. The characters of the genus Anogmius Cope having up to the present time rested upon but one species (A. aratus), it is satisfactory to be able to confirm them by the study of new material. This, which was obtained in Kansas by Mr. Sternberg, consists of the almost entire superior part of the skulls of two individuals, one of them with thirteen vertebre. The vertebre, which undoubtedly belong to the skull, have no lateral grooves, but the superior and inferior pairs of fosse are present. The inferior fosse are separated by a plane interval on the anterior cen- tra, which rapidly narrows posteriorly. The centra are not elongate nor 1877. | 179 (Cope, contracted at the middle, and are sculptured with fine longitudinal grooves. The cranium is depressed, and was so in life. The form of the muzzle is the extremity of an oval, at the apex of which are the two short pre- maxillaries, while the sides are composed of the long maxillaries. The top of the head is nearly smooth, marked only posteriorly by a few delicate radiating grooves and dots. The inferior view displays the vomer, palatine,and maxillary bones with their myriad teeth en brosse. Those of the maxillaries form a narrow band, those of the premaxillaries a little wider one. The palatines are long flat bones similar to those of the Stratodus apicalis, but of less elongate proportions, and the teeth they bear are relatively smaller and not in longitudinal rows as in that fish. The teeth of the median line of the pal- ate form an elongate tongue-shaped patch, flat and acuminate in front, but gentiy convex, and with lateral bevels more posteriorly. The teeth it supports are very close together as on the palatine bones. The posterior portion of this patch is broken away. The mandibular ramus is not deep and the symphyseal surface is a rectangular truncation of the nearly par- allel inferior and superior edges. The teeth are in many rows, the num- ber diminishing posteriorly. The dentary is incurved to the symphysis. The premaxillary bone is not smooth like the others of the cranium, but is pitted anteriorly, and radiately ridged posteriorly. Measurements. M. Pipe went nO CraNMUMOs 25 csc ) elele/ay- fel .050 enethy ote premaxilllany, DOME.) o/e\eistsielateleiceiel teleieieieielele .015 Depth of the dentary..... apd acse eet. cle adeters saeco oDede .009 Men eT Ote Palate WOME) -/.:elerels coin siete tol o\e «)eletelelonvoe = .052 Width ** $s EIN SARIS, oie ots Sie Cate oO eee 010 4 S ee .0038 TANS VETSEk. a alsin ciel sta telareiev~ al .0040 Length of facet for neurapophysis. ............ee-e0- .0035 Wrclin Gtingniell canil, GescoosebunscooudoddoUooduGE .0020 Discovered by Wm. Gurley, near Danville, Llinois. DIPLOCAULUS SALAMANDROIDES, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. Vertebral centra elongate, contracted medially, and per- forated by the foramen chord dorsalis ; codssified with the neural arch, and supporting transverse processes. Two rib articulations one belotv the other, generally both at the extremities of processes, but the inferior sometimes sessile. No neural spine nor diapophysis ; the zygapophyses normal and well developed. The vertebrx of this genus much more nearly resemble those of a sala- mander than any hitherto found in this formation, but it will be necessary to observe the cranium before this point can be determined. Char. specif. One of Dr. Winslow’s and two of Mr. Gurley’s sendings contain vertebre of this species. One from the latter gentleman is contained in a mass of clay in immediate contact with a mandibular .Yamus which supports a number of teeth. The ramus appears rather too Cope. | 188 [ Nov. 2, large for the animal to which the vertebra pertained, but the proportion is not different from that which I describe below in the genus Hryops. The surface of the centrum is smooth and is without grooves. The diapophyses and parapoyhyses are rather elongate, and are closely approx- imated one above the other. The superior process issues from the centrum opposite the superior margin of the articular faces. They stand equidis- tant from the extremities of the centrum, and are directed obliquely back- wards. The anterior zygapophyses occupy the same level. The neural spine is a compressed longitudinal ridge ; it divides behind, leaving a notch between the posterior zy gapophyses. Measurements. M lorkernchie sce beéaGncc Soane Alltel) Diametenotecentrum: —sVerticaleteeadeeeloe eens 0025 WWE Goons ooncQo0a aO0K .0025 Depth of centrumi/and neural archi... sc cio eles .0060 Width with transverse processes...........ceesecees .0070 Expanse of posterior zygapophyses...............-.- .0050 The mandibular ramus which accompanied one of the vertebre is shal- low and stout. Its external surface is sculptured with sharp longitudinal ridges, which inosculate more or less. The teeth have cylindric roots which occupy shallow alveoli sunk in a plane surface. The crowns are rather elongate and compressed near the apex, and without grooves or serre. In contact with the jaw is an osseous fragment with a pitted or reticulated surface. Depth.ofi- ramiusics [225 sovcrerooraretooes cis aero eel: .9030 ene th’ of crowaOfitootherccnientrietiele eit ce -0023 EOur teeth: ines 5.3 eicts since eerie she ereeuerstaceelcvore itches -0040 ERYOPS MEGACEPHALUS Cope gen. et. sp. nov. Char. gen. The details of the structure of this genus are derived from an almost entire cranium with underjaw, which is accompanied by numerous vertebree and other bones. The form is Labyrinthodont, and embraces the largest species of that group yet known from this continent. The skull is not elongate, and the quadrate bones are produced far backwards. The epiotic processes are present but not remarkably elon- gate. The temporal fossa is covered in by the usual roof. The orbits are round, posterior in position, and small. There is no postorbital depression or groove, and the lateral epiotic sinus is not deep. The nostrils are large and widely separated. There is no angular process of the mandible. The maxillary teeth are of different sizes, although arranged in a single row. The posterior are small and not closely placed ; large teeth appear anterior to the middle. The premaxillary bone supports a number of large teeth. Those of.the mandible which are visible in the specimen in its present state, those opposite the nares, are of medium size. The form of the crowns of the teeth is conic, with weak fore and aft cutting edges. There 1877.] 189 (Cope. are no distinct fissures of the surface although these may be represented by some fine parallel lines. Vertebre referred to this genus are small in proportion to the dimen- sions of the skull. They are not discoidal but somewhat elongate ; are biconcave, and are not perforated for the notochord. The middle portion of the centrum is contracted. One articular extremity has the borders of the concave centre, convex. Zygapophyses large. Ribs present short ; neural spines elongate, stout. In comparing this genus with those described by authors and arranged by Mr. Miall in his family Huglypta, its exclusion from the latter is evident in view of the absence of angular process of the mandible, and the nondiscoidal vertebrx. Its posteriorly placed orbits distinguish it from the genera of his second family, the Brachyopina, excepting perhaps Rhi- nosaurus. It is with the genera of the third family, the Chauliodonta, that affinity appears to exist. It is unnecessary to compare Hryops with Loa- omma, which has immense and irregularly shaped orbital openings, and trenchant teeth ; but with Zygosaurus and Melosaurus the affinity is closer. The deep postorbital depressions, and the grooved maxillary teeth, de- scribed by Eichwald in the former genus, separate it at once. The teeth of Melosaurus are equally distinct, being, according to Meyer, conical and deeply grooved at the base. In Rhinosaurus the maxillary and mandib- ular teeth are said to be sub-equal. Leptophractus has deeply grooved teeth with strong cutting edges. Char. specif.—In this category I include many of those introduced into the generic diagnosis by Mr. Miall in the very useful report to the British Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, 1874, p. 149, by the Committee on the Structure and Classification of the Labyrinthodonts. Such are the width of the interorbital space, the outline of the muzzle, the details of the sculpture, the approximate number of the teeth, etc. The cranium has a sub-triangular outline, with the sides a little longer than the base, and the apex (muzzle) very obtuse. The profile is elevated behind, and the sides slope steeply to the mandible ; the slope of the muz- zle is rather steep, but less so than that of the cheeks. The extremity of the snout is broadly rounded and depressed, and overhangs the mandible. The supra-occipital outline is concave, and the epiotic angles only mode- rately prominent. The quadrate bones extend far posteriorly, and are horizontal above at their distal extremities. The orbits are nearly round, although somewhat wider than long, and they are directed equally out- wards and upwards. The inner margin is slightly flared upwards, and it terminates anteriorly and posteriorly in a slight tuberosity, at the junction with the canthus rostralis and temporal ridge respectively. The orbit occupies the anterior portion of the posterior third of the length of the skull, including the epiotic angles; and its long diameter is one- seventh that of the skull from the epiotics to the muzzle inclusive. The same diameter is about half of the interorbital width. The parietal re- gion is plane, the frontal gently concave, and the muzzle depressed convex Cope. | 190 [ Novy. 2, in cross-section. The face in front of the orbit is concave below the can- thus rostralis. The nostrils are not large, and are sub-round. They are widely separated, being nearer the maxillary border at its junction with that of the premaxillary, than to the median line. The mandible is shal- low, and not very stout. Its inferior border rises from below a point a little in front of the fundus of the epiotic sinus to the angle, which is at the quadrate articulation. Symphysis short. The sculpture of the anterior portions of the muzzle is coarsely punctate ; on the posterior portions of the upper and lower jaws it is ridged and pit- ted. Most of the upper surface of the skull is still covered with a thin layer of the matrix, so that the sculpture and the character of the lyra, if any there be, remains unknown. The teeth, as has been observed, are not visibly grooved, but the charac- teristic feature of the group may be represented by numerous delicate crack-like lines which one sees on the basal portions. These, however, look like the result of weathering. The sections of all the teeth would be round, but for the cutting edges, which are not very prominent. In addi- tion, the premaxillary teeth are coarsely fluted on the median half of their length. The fluting is not visible on an antero-lateral mandibular tooth, nor on a posterior maxillary tooth. The microscopic structure of the teeth is not yet investigated. The bodies of the vertebre have concave sides, and a sub-round section. Their neural spines terminate in an obtuse enlargement. Many of the characters of the vertebral column are yet concealed in the matrix. The distal portions of the ribs are straight, cylindric, and become stouter at the extremity. Measurements, M. Length of cranium from the extremity of the os quad- TAUGUIIM suis tavevere canteen eve late fans etevere icvetorn trensters atoeetsl were baoton east enethvofcraniumon middle limes seeecnca cee se -isielerel- .000 Length from end of muzzle to nostril.............. so UNG Width of cranium between quadrates..............-2- .306 re at sg EDIOLICS trata tues evetseatione .118 op iS si OTS ateterm etre tierce te eter .086 4g aS AUOLOMS ye yecreretetereleiieietoetine seks euereret= 294 x IDE GWEETINATES peretepeteteeitertteletefelel- (els 085 Ditmeter of! aRuits | AUNLETO-POStEDLOMe ae eieeis slain sie)elelers .048 transverse. ..... sqooo0gd so xowOaC 057 Henethyon premeaxallanyatOotheaeperertacierelatr!s)srsiele-\elelsis 025 Diameter es SSO hes actateredetavelet sieloeisiersieteioke so. UDG Length of posterior maxillary tooth.................. .010 Diameter of median cf UG), SiS Scere anges daooC 007 Leaethvora, dorsal (centrums wees sels cs see 024 Vierirealidianveter of Os i ssysecie sisi-1 erates ove(s evel okehetie .025 Elevation of neural spineof doy... <5: +> <1 .. .050 Length’or ribvon-curve’ .. 02.0 .!o dave oe elalaters ss spmreel te ee OOO 187.] 191 [Cope, This interesting fossil was found in the Triassic formation of Texas by my friend Jacob Boll. The cranium and vertebre were discovered in such relation as render it evident that they were parts of one animal. STRIGILINA GURLEIANA, Cope, sp. nov. This species is known by a single jaw or tooth in complete preservation, which was found, like the type of the genus S. lingueformis* near Dan- ville, Il]., by Mr. Gurley. The tooth is quite small, its length only equaling the width of the known tooth of S. lingueformis. It is also narrower in proportion to the length. The root and the cutting edge are turned in opposite directions as in the other species. The principal difference between the two is seen in the character of the transverse ridges or crests of the oval face. There are two crests less, or five, with a delicate basal fold, making six, while, counting the fold there are eight in S. lingue#formis. The anterior ridge is transverse ; the others slightly convex backwards, and all are equidistant and uninterrupted, which is not the case in the older species. They are also of different form, being distinct ridges with anterior and posterior faces similar. In S. linguewformis the anterior face only is verti- cal, the posterior descending very gradually, the whole forming a series of steps. Length of ridged face .0060 ; width anteriorly .0035 ; width pos- teriorly .0020. This species is dedicated to William Gurley, of Danville, Illinois, to whose zeal science is indebted for the species from that locality described in this and other papers. Twenty species have now been obtained from the Clepsydrops shales, the exact geological position of which remains to be accurately determined. Dr. Winslow informed me that they are the bed No. 15 of Prof. Bradley’s section of the Carboniferous rocks of Vermilion county, [llinois. This places them near the summit of the Carboniferous series, below two thin beds of coal (which word is misprinted ‘‘ coral’’ in my last paper, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soe. 1877, p. 63). I am now informed that this portion of Prof. Bradley’s scale is not correct, and that No. 15 occupies a much higher position than he assigns to it. It lies unconformably above the merom sandstone of Mr. Collett, which deposit is above the coal meas- ures and unconformable to them. The stratigraphical evidence is thus conformatory of that derived from paleontology, that the Clepsydrops shale occupies a position in the scale above the coal measures. CTENODUS PUSILLUS, Cope, sp. nov. Form narrow, the width of the base about equal to the depth. The coronal portion is narrower than the base, because the inner face is oblique, forming an acute angle with the inferior plane. There are but four crests, of which the two longer are directed in one direction, and the two shorter in another. The interior ones of both pairs form a continuous *Proceedings Amer. Philos. Soc, 1877, p. 52. Cope.] 192 [Nov. 2, crest which is convex inwards. The crests are straight, elevated and acute ; each one supports two or three denticles, which are rectangular and littie elevated. The longer ones project beyond the general outline ; the shorter ones are less prominent at the extremities; all are obtuse in the vertical direction. The superior surface is smooth. The inferior is slightly concave in the transverse sense. The tooth on which tlris species is found is the smallest yet obtained from the formation. Length, .007; width, .008 ; depth at inner crest, .003. Two specimens were found by Wm. Gurley, in Vermilion Co., [linois, in the Clepsydrops shale. T have referred two species from this formation to the genus Veratodus, under the names of C. vinslovid and CO. paucicristatus. While the form of these teeth is that of the genus named, the structure of the superficial layer differs in wanting the puncte which are characteristic of Ceratodus, but is, on the contrary, uniformly dense, although frequently irregular. I there- fore refer the two species above mentioned to another and allied genus, under the name Ptyonodus, with C. vinslovid as type. ORTHACANTHUS QUADRISERIATUS, Cope, sp. nov. Represented by an incomplete radial spine. With it occur several frag- mentary spines which resemble very closely one belonging to O. gracilis, Newb. (Geolog. Survey of Ohio, Pl. lxix, fig. 7), and which only differ in having the denticles shorter. As teeth of a Diplodus near to or identical with D. compressus are common in the shale, the two may belong to the same fish. Dr. Newberry has already suggested that Orthacanthus and Diplodus are identical. The 0. quadriseriatus is quite different from the other species. The spine is wider than deep, and the series of denticles are widely separated. The surface between them is gently convex and smooth. The anterior face is strongly convex and presents at each side two shallow furrows. The external groove is divided by a series of thin longitudinal denticles which are smaller than those of the principal row, and which are some- times somewhat confluent at the base. The principle denticles are closely placed, stout, acute, and recurved. Transverse diameter of shaft .0035 ; antero-posterior diameter .0025. The portion of the shaft preserved is straight. ARCHA®OBELUS VELLICATUS, gen. et sp. nov. ‘“Species No. 4,’’ Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 55. Several other specimens of the body described as above have been ob- tained by Messrs Winslow and Guriey. In every instance it is a tooth-like process attached to a solid base by anchylosis in the manner of the teeth of fishes. From the appearance it presents I am led to suppose that it is the only one of its series, and there are none of the numerous teeth of the collections which can be associated with it. I therefore distinguish the genus by a name and the following diagnosis. The form is conical, and the surface is not grooved nor furnished with 1877.] 193 [Cope. prominent ridges. The interior is hollow, and the walls are composed of a few concentric layers without external enamel or cementum. The solid base to which it is attached is shallow, presenting smooth surface on the opposite side, which is deeply impressed by a longitudinal groove at one end. The characters of this species are pointed out at the place above quoted. The measurements of a large specimen are: length .015 ; diameter of base, long .008 ; short .005. I am not sure as to the part of the skeleton to which this body should be referred. CLEPSYDROPS LIMBATUS sp. nov. The discovery of a species of the genus Clepsydrops in Texas, in a forma- tion hitherto regarded as Triassic, adds weignt to the view above expiessed, that the Clepsydrops shales of Illinois belong either to the Triassic or Per- mian formations. As typical of the new species I select a vertebra, which may be exactly compared with corresponding one of (@. collettit. The centrum is about as wide as long, and its sides are very concave, much more so than in C. colletti?7, and the rim-like borders of the articular ex- tremities are connected by a straight compressed hypopophysial keel. The sides of the foramen chord dorsalis are convex in the longitudinal sec- tion, thus contracting the opening, as compared with the very wide flare of the border of one of the extremities of the centrum. This flare receives the wide recurved border of the opposite extremity of the adjoining cen- trum, forming a kind of ball and socket articulation. This reflected sur- face forms a ridge with the funnel of the foramen at this extremity of the vertebra. The concave extremity is produced downwards, so that the for- amen is considerably above the middle point. The diapophysis and para- pophysis are not distinct nor elongate, but are represented by a projecting scar on the superior part of the centrum, which is directed downwards and forwards towards the rim of the articular face. Besides the great contraction of the centrum, its relatively shorter form distinguishes it from that of C. collettid?. It is also much larger than that species and the C. pedunculatus, being the largest of the genus. Measurements. M. Meno fs oniCemtrwiMns aerate iie.c siessle.eiseeis cies tee caris reste) COOL : (Gvertical pi. scoomonsopocooen ~AUBI Diameter of centrum ; tTAHSVErSesR ee eR eee asses LOSS Whaidthtotencurilecamalien 4 So:4 sci.cienisade a ascites faci. «006 Discovered by: Jacob Boll. On Reptilian remains from the Dakota Beds of Colorado. By E. D. Corr. (Meeting of American Philosophical Society, November 2, 1877.) Since the discovery of the huge saurian Coumarasaurus supremus (Cope, Paleontological Bulletin, No. 25, p. 5), Superintendent Lucas has explored PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOc. xviT. 100. Y. PRINTED JAN. 9, 1878. Cope. | 194 [Nov. 2, the horizon of the Dakota of the Eastern Rocky Mountains near the Ar- kansas River for other indications of extinct life. His search has been re- warded by the finding of several species of reptiles of interesting charac- ter, which it is the object of the present paper to describe. CAULODON DIVERSIDENS gen. et. sp. nov. This large saurian is represented by ten teeth found together, but sepa- rated from the cranial bones, and in a more or less broken condition. I se- lect four of these exhibiting the characters most clearly. Char. gen. Fang of the tooth of great length and hollow, and contracted at the base. It is without excavation for successional tooth. Crowns of the teeth of different forms in different portions of the jaw ; the posterior are like the bowl of a spoon ; others have a similar form but are more compressed, having double lateral ridges, while the crown of an- other, supposed to be an incisor, is little wider than the root, and has the section an oval with one side less convex than the other. All are coated with an enamel-like layer of considerable thickness which extends on the fang in some of the teeth. None of the crowns present cutting edges. The characters presented by these teeth are quite distinct from anything hitherto found in North American Saurians. The absence of indication of the successional teeth is remarkable, and in connection with the contrac- tion of the base of the root, suggests that the mode of succession of teeth approximated that exhibited by the Mummalia. Char. specif.—The roots of all the teeth-are cylindric. The crown of the posterior tooth is convex on one (the external) side, and concave on the other. The convexity is increased by a contraction of the ex- ternal surface near and parallel to each border. The concavity is divided by a longitudinal rib which disappears at the base. This edge of the crown is obtuse, as is also the apex. The outline of the apex is rather broadly acuminate. The enamel is closely and strongly rugose, longitudi- nally on the base, transversely at the edges, and reticulately on the middle portions of the crown. Measurements. M. Length of crown with portion of root..............-. 0.120 Diameteror root at middle:tecerectime-. 02s cee oe OD Length of crown...... sale Bins stelekalel aol mates eiskete ssolore eiateieey aa OOO) Diameter of crown (dompitiiciinalercarcescmecirtta ety aes Grams vensetesettn. te so. os etel Ue The crown of the second tooth is a little less expanded laterally, and has a greater transverse diameter. The outer side is more convex, and there are two marginal ribs on the basal half of the crown, The interior are not strictly marginal, but are situated within the exterior ribs. Both are very obtuse, and they are separated by a shallow groove. There is no median longitudinal rib. 7 Measurements. M. { antero-posterior...,... .026 Diameter of crown at middle t 018 CLAMS VELSC ey eee rena 1377.] 195 [Cope. The third type is smaller in all its dimensions, and the crown is equal to the root in long diameter. In my single specimen the distal portion of the crown is lost; the part which remains exhibits neither contraction nor expansion of outline. The borders are very obtuse, and each surface resembles a roll inwards which is bounded by a shallow parallel groove on the inner face of the tooth. Between the grooves the surface is slightly convex. The section is thus an oval with one side very little convex. The enamel is thick and marked with longitudinal rugosities. Measurements. M. EM CMOMALAP MIEN 1. ch cnw we meine amselevicdice oswedcneses .OO0 Sic “CML EIER Rev le PRE ene et ae OTe Cae came 12350) ATC Bee Bete ciate a inidd. Solucous ameyeinairaiesieaaewis oe» SOLE longitudinal.......... .01385 Diameter of crown at middle ' % NRIeRensoeccoenoce allishy TICHOSTEUS LUCASANUS, gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen.—The characters of this genus are derived primarily from the vertebre. They are nearly amphiplatyan, but one extremity of the articu- lar face is slightly concave, while the other is still more slightly convex or concave. The borders of the former are expanded, while those of the latter are not enlarged. The centrum is hollow, but the chamber does not communicate with the external medium by a lateral foramen, asin Camara- saurus. The neural arch is attached by suture. There is no capitular ar- ticulation on the centrum. Char. specif.—There is no hypapophysis on either dorsal or lumbar ver- tebree preserved, and the surface is smooth excepting some delicate longi- tudinal ridges extending to the border of the expanded extremity. The narrower extremity of a dorsal vertebra is nearly round and presents a slight median tuberosity ; the opposite end is wider than deep, and its sur- face is uniform. The smaller extremity of a lumbar vertebra is slightly concave. Measurements. M. loneitudinal. 2.22). -s.0-) see Diameter of dorsal centrum 2 vertical......<...-.--+- 020 igo Meiseinneasooauscane olse Width of base of neural arch with diapophysis........ .010 This species is dedicated to its discoverer, O. W. Lucas, of Canyon City, Colorado, the Superintendent of the Public Schools of the surrounding re- gion. Through the scientific interest and energy of this gentleman the ex- tinct vertebrata of the Dakota division of the Cretaceous Period hitherto un- known to science are being brought to light. The care and skill exercised by Mr. Lucas in the preservation of remains, which are often bulky, and always fragile, deserve the thanks of all students of this department of science. Cope.] 196 [Nov. 2, COMPSEMYS PLICATULUS, sp. nov. Although tortoises have been discovered in older formations in Europe, the present species is the earliest yet obtained in North America. Its characters appear to coincide in important respects with those of the Lig- nitic formation which I have referred to Compsemys Leidy. This name I have proposed to retain for tortoises with marginal bones completely united with solid plastron, and the usual dermal scuta, and which differ from Hmys in their Trionyx-like sculpture. The C. pitcatulus is represented by portions of both carapace and plas- tron of several individuals. While the distal extremities of the costal bones display the suture for the marginals, they also possess an inferior true costal prolongation, as in Trionyx. The proximal part is not preserved in any marginal bone, but the adjacent portions were united by fine suture. The proximal extremity of the costals exhibit the usual two directions, the shorter being posterior, and relating to the anterior part of the succeeding vertebral bone. The sternal sutures are fine; that between the hyo- and hyposternal bone is transverse ; while that between the latter and the post- abdominal is oblique, and at the margin quite squamosal. At that point the hyosternal underlaps the post-abdominal for a considerable distance, and the suture of the inferior side of the plastron, after bending forwards, is abruptly recurved, running along the edge of the posterior lobe. The scutal sutures are not wide nor deeply impressed, but the abdomino- femoral, and the femoro-anal are distinct. The median, longitudinal, sternal, and the costo-marginal sutures are irregular and serpentine. The sculp- ture is rather fine, and consists of rather closely placed tubercles and ridges. The borders of the elements of both carapace and plastron are marked with ridges at right angles to the sutures, which are not short. The mid- dle parts of the costal bones are marked by short interrupted or inoscula- ting vermicular ridges closely placed. On the middle portions of the sternal bones the ridges are in places more broken, forming tubercles. The surface of the bridge is angularly oblique to that of the plastron. The buttresses are not produced inwards. The free marginal bones are rather thin, and are not recurved. Measurements. M. Length of avcostaldbpnes a. kincaid eee ee sete ai-ieiots) werk Width of the sametenin-e seme mee emerie ss conte ce eae Thickness ‘ AG LaT encase! shoe cee asters Beis Sens isis ct vor om as OU. ene thy or hiypostenmeal sp Omer -sepsterertetdetts tir tele erale re tote 066 Width of the same at inguinal notch...... apononn oped» lke: Mhicknessvol the same nnmetrOntseeeremele ecient OU Found by Superintendent Lucas with the foregoing species. 1877.] 197 [Price. Sylviculture. By Ext K. Price. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 16 and Decem- ber 7, 1877.) By the will of André Francois Michaux, the American Philosophical So- ciety is, to the extent of the means afforded by his legacy, charged with the trust, to contribute in this country ‘‘to the extension and progress of ag- riculture, and more especially in Sylviculture in tiie United States.’’ This Society, also, by its Charter is under the obligation of diffusing useful knowledge ; and few subjects can be more useful than the cultivation of trees. It becomes us, therefore, to consider how we can promote the cultivation of trees in this country ; how make that cultivation subserve the interests of agriculture ; and in what manner, and how widely we may fulfill these duties, and diffuse useful knowledge upon these subjects. Mr. Michaux, as well as his father, spent his life in acquiring knowl- edge of trees, and wrote his volumes to describe them, not only to promote science, but to teach their uses and value as timber. He has intended that we should do more. He intended that we should promote the growth of trees, and also extend the growth of agriculture ; by the influence of tree- culture upon climate, soil and the water supply, whereby to increase the food of man and beast, and thereby to multiply the population of the world. In a revoked will he had suggested the purchase of land, and the plant- ing of it with trees. In this he no doubt intended the exhibition of many varieties of kinds to give a scientific knowledge of them, and also intended that the groves there planted should be a centre of distribution of trees and their fruits. This idea has been held in view by this Society when it placed half the income of the legacy at the disposal of the Fairmount Park Commissioners, for the purchase, planting and distribution of trees and tree seeds, With half the income applied in this manner a more extensive good can be effected than by a separate application of the whole by the Society, which would of necessity have been at a more distant place, to be seen by a few only in the time that a thousand will see the trees in the Fair- mount Park, and obtain their seeds. In that Park the name of the Testa- tor has been honored by the plantings commenced in the ‘* Michaux Grove,’’ while thousands of trees procured by his provision are in the Nursery, waiting to be transplanted over the Park, of nearly three thou- sand acres, and elsewhere. These add to the variety of our plantings, and to the self sown trees of the native woods, thus adding increased attrac- tions for botanists and lovers of the landscapes. When Mr. Michaux extended his views to agriculture in connection with tree-culture, we must believe that he had in mind the influences of trees Price. ] 198 [Nov. 16 & Dec.7, upon Climate, the supply of rain and retention of water as means of growth of grass, the cereals and other crops. Let us consider then what are those influences, and how far, as beneficent, they are within the control of man ; not that the means placed at our disposal by Mr. Michaux, can, in the trees they will plant, soon greatly influence climate, soil and rains; yet by af- fording a perpetual source of supply of trees, a perpetual example and dif- fusion of knowledge to others, no one can prescribe limits, in space or time, to the good these limited means may effect. The Society will, therefore, I think, pardon me for taking a wide survey, for it and all others to fillin its outlined work, according to the measure of their ability, and in the aggregate, all may do a great good, that would not be attempted if the sphere of operation were not widely opened, and the necessity of co-operative action, and the ways and means of success, were not explained, to be kept in view at present, and in a Jong future. With our duty mapped out, we and our successors will see the surveyed field of operations, and will be stimulated by the grandeur and beneficence of the prospect opened for good to our fellow beings. It cannot be doubted that Nature will ever willingly do her part of the work if not thwarted by man; nay, will do it exuberantly. The great need is to regulate and restrain his excess of destruction. Before man came upon the earth it had been densely covered by vegetation ; hence its pervading coal measures, lignites, and stores of oil that have been pre- served under the rocks to await the age of human intelligenee necessary to develop them. In that age happily we live. We may well believe that the earliest of our race found our world covered with forests ; except in those places unfitted for their growth. These were the polar regions, where ice cuts off the growth of trees; the mountain crests where both cold and want of soil prevent all growth of trees, and arid deserts. Whether we may give trees to the deserts is only a question of procuring water and soil. Yet the seemingly barren lands cast up by the sea can be made to bear forests, and to flourish in vegetation. Before man’s appearance, the great enemies of forest life did not exist. He alone could invent the axe and light the fire. Forests were then in ex- cess of man’s needs, and were utilized in fossil coal.. What evil he has done with the axe and fire, and how such evil may be repaired, we have to con- sider. True, the woods grow for legitimate uses ; for timber, for habita- tions, the mechanic arts and fuel; but not for wasteful destruction. They must also be felled for needful space and soil to grow the food that man and beast may live ; but not destroyed to an extent to put the supply of the food of life in peril ; or to so lessen it as to lessen population. In regions covered with timber capable of tillage, in excess of that point which will support the largest population in prosperity, clearing, without waste of what can be utilized, becomes a duty ; but to exceed that point is a wrong to humanity. In this we have the practical test that the wise and good will observe. Life to the greatest number of happy people is the moral and scientific problem and test of duty, as we must believe that such purpose was the intent of the Creator. 1877. 199 [Price. Taking in hand the light of History, let us pass over historic grounds to see what man has done to destroy the forests, and how and where he may prevent and remedy such devastations. Beginning at the supposed cradle of our race, we find in the books of the Bible and contemporary histories frequent mention of the presence of forests, the coverts of wild beasts, and accessible woods to answer instant requisitions for timber for building houses, bridges, towers and rams; of trees for shade and fruit, and fuel ; and branches of trees upon which to hang malefactors. There were the cedars, firs, shittim wood, terebinth, sycamores, and oaks, upon moun- tains and plains, and the sacred groves upon the hills where the heathen worshiped, in a measure protected as sacred by religion and superstition ; but in after time these were unavailing to save them. The fig, the date, the palm and the olive were better preserved, as necessities for food, and willows sprang spontaneous along the edges of the water. Hesiod lived about a thousand years before Christ. Speaking of Peace, Justice and Prosperity, he says : “No days of famine to the righteous fall, But all is plenty, and delightful all; Nature indulgent o’er their land is seen, With oaks high towering are their mountains green ; With heavy mast their arms diffusive bow While from their trunks rich streams of honey flow.” Thus described were they as seen, as he watched his flock and courted the Muses on Helicon. And again Hesiod describes a wooded country when he speaks of the north wind; says of it : “ Bellowing through Thrace, tears up the lofty woods, Hardens the earth, and binds the rapid floods! The mountain oak, high towering to the skies, Torn from his roots across the valley lies; Wide spreading ruin threatens all the shore, Loud groans the earth, and all the forests roar.” The beasts ; “Through Woods, and through the shady vale they run To various haunts, the pinching cold to shun: Some to the thicket of the forest flock, And some, for shelter, seek the hollow rock.” Evelyn cites with satisfaction that when Xerxes passed conqueror through Achaia, he would not suffer his army to violate a tree; ‘‘it being observed by the Ancients that the gods never permitted him to escape un- punished who injured groves.” Near five hundred years before Christ, Eschylus makes the Chorus sing to Prometheus Bound, ““Thy woes, beneath the sacred shade Of Asia’s pastured forests laid, The chaste inhabitant bewails, Thy groans re-echoing through his plaintive vales.” And nearly five hundred years after the Christian Era, Basil the Great ) Price.] 200 [Nov. 16 & Dec. 7, writing to Gregory the Great, from the Isis that empties into the south side of the Black Sea, thus describes his home in that part of Asia Minor : ‘A high mountain clothed with thick woods, is watered to the north by fresh and ever flowing streams. At the foot lies an extended plain, ren- dered fruitful by the vapors with which it is moistened. The surrounding forest, crowded with trees of different kinds, encloses me as in a strong fortress.’’ Humbolt’s Cosmos, 393. Herodotus had thus nine hundred years before described the country further to the East. ‘‘ This part of Media, towards Saspires, is high and mountainous, and abounding with forests; the rest of the country is a spacious plain.”’ Of the north of Africa Herodotus says, ‘‘ All the more western parts of Libya, are much more woody, and more infested with wild beasts, than that where the Libyan Nomades reside ; for the abode of these latter advanc- ing eastward, is low and sandy. From hence westward, where those in- habit who till the ground, it is mountainous, full of wood, &e.” (Ch. 99; Sec. 191-) Libya, or the region called Tripoli, extending from Egypt to Tunis, in the early Christian centuries while under Roman rule, was productive and populus, and when overrun by the followers of Mahomet, towards the end of the eighth century, was reputed to contain six millions of souls, and eighty-five Christian Bishops (Dr. F. L. Oswald), and now probably not a million inhabit the same space. Elesée Recluse says that ‘‘the examina- tion of the soil and the remains which are contained in it, proves that at a recent geological epoch, the Sahara was much less sterile than it now is. The Tribes of the Algerian Sahara say, that at the time of the Romans the Ouad-Souf was a great river, but some one threw.aspeli upon it, and it disappeared. (The Earth, 95.) That spell was an evil one, the destruc- tion of the forests. Dr. Oswald says, ‘‘On the plateau of Sidi-Belbez, in the very centre of the Sahara, Champollion traced the course of former rivers and creeks by the depressions in the soil and the shape of the smooth-washed pebbles. He also found tree stumps almost petrified, and covered by a six foot stratum of burning sand.’’ He quotes Chimpollion as saying, ‘‘And so the astounding truth dawns upon us that this desert may once have been « region of groves and fountains, and the abode of happy millions. Is there any crime against Nature which draws down a more terrible curse than that of stripping Mother Earth of her sylvan covering? The hand of Man has produced this desert, and I verily believe every other desert on the surface of this earth. Earth was Eden once, and our misery is the punish- ment of our sins against the world of plants. The burning sun of the desert is the angel with the flaming sword who stands between us and Paradise.’? How certain, how sad, is this great truth! How awful then to think of the millions more who might have lived but for man’s ignor- ance, and folly and wickedness ; and to reflect upon the incalculable loss of happiness to those who did live, and have struggled with a deteriorated Nature for a miserable existence ! 1877 J 201 [Prices According to Cesar and Tacitus, middle Europe was found by the Ro- mans heavily covered with forests, and in Gaul and Britain were the deeply shaded woods where the Druids had practiced their gloomy religious rites, and offered in sacrifice the victims of their terrible superstition. Now pass from eastward of Persia westward, and take a survey of both sides of the Mediterranean as far as the Atlantic ocean, and we behold countries on every hand stripped of their forests, with decrease of rains, with fallen rivers, extended deserts, and depleted populations. This change from plenty to poverty is justly ascribed mainly to the destruction of the forests, which exposed the lands to a burning sun. The waters were dried up, and the soil was washed away by floods, or driven off by the winds, or covered over by ever drifting sands. The following are the percentages of woodlands left in the once densely timbered countries of Europe where forests have not been adequately pro- tected: Naples, 9.43; Sardinia, 12.29 ; Italy, 20.7; Spain, 5.52 ; Portugal, 4.40; France, 16.79; Belgium, 18.52; Holland, 7.10; Denmark, 5.50 ; Great Britain, 5; Switzerland, 15; while Germany yet has 26.3; Russia in Europe, 40; Sweden, 60; and Norway 66 per cent. of their surface in forests. The lessons taught us by the other continents of the Eastern Hemis- phere, are both to avoid the cause of aridity, and to repair in time the mischiefs caused by man’s improvidence. We have in the west our ‘‘bad lands,’’ our natural deserts, grassless and treeless, for want of water, and our grass covered prairies, also treeless, which can only be made productive of trees by the presence of water, and the absence,of fires. Waters must be had by rains, or be drawn from the earth, or saved in reservoirs or tanks, to be spent in irrigation. We also have our exhausted lands on the Atlantic seaboard, which only need rest from tillage, and to be sown with the seeds and planted with forest trees. What we can do for these may be seen by observing what has been be- gun to be done in other countries, not more favorably situated, where men have yet life and energy sufficing to repair ancestral delinquency. France has taken alarm and has begun the work of reparation. John Croumbie Brown has published a book of 851 pages entitled, ‘*Reboisement in France,’’ in which he describes the evils suffered, and the remedies of prevention and restoration. He shows the effect of stripping the mountains in east France of their trees has been to increase snow and land slides, which destroying that set in motion, also destroys that swept over in the descent, and that covered by the deposit. When the rains come, or the snows melt, the torrents come quick, are rapid and resistless. They undermine the banks, and carry destruction with them. Nature here again begins the work of restoration by scattering the seeds of the forest, and men have learned the wisdom of co-operating with Nature, and of letting her more alone. They now protect the forests, and the forests promote ‘infiltration, retention, and percolation of water through the soil and subsoil, on which they grow.’’ p. 38,50. In other Departments the like PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. XvIT. 100. Z. PRINTED JAN. 9, 1878. 9 . Price. | 202 [Nov. 16 & Dec. 7, success has been attained as in the High Alps. Where the trees grow, the springs flow ; where cut down the springs dry up, and the streams grow less in their channels. There is less rain fall, and the soil retains jess of what falls. On the west side of France from the Gironde to Bayone, are the Landes, or Sand-dunes, which are sands carried inland from the seashore by the winds, until they cover 2,500,009 acres, and threatened to engulf the de- partments of Landes and Gironde. These, however, have been planted with the pine and other trees, and the forests now protect the country be- hind them, and the sands have been considerably subdued by cultivation, and arrested in their inward progress. In Algerian Africa the French Engineers, from 1856 to 1864, had dug eighty three wells, which together yielded nearly twelve millions of gal- lons of water per minute, sufficient to nourish 125,000 palm trees. (The Earth, by Elisée Reclus, 95) ; so that even the desert may be made to yield fountains of water, and can be clothed with arborial fruit and verdure ; and it may be in this way that our treeless regions of the Far West can be attacked by American enterprise. Our warm south and south-west would, with supply of rain and irrigation, yield greatly increased quantities of semi-tropical fruit and forest trees of most valuable kinds. It is the work of reparation of the wrong that man has done to Nature, and the prevention of the repetition of such wrong, that must now be the subject of our consideration, practical action, and admonition to others. Let us first be sure that we are acting upon atrue theory. There are those who think that forests have but little or no influence in producing or attracting rains; men whose opinions are entitled to great consideration and respect. Yet we well know that whenever the currents of air, laden with the moisture of evaporation, strike the cooler mountains, rain is pre- cipitated. So woods, we may believe, may be so elevated and cool as to produce showers from clouds charged near to the point of precipitation, as the dew falls by a slight difference of temperature between day and night. Men in the valley or plain ofien do see clouds pass over them to fall as rain on hills and woods more elevated. We know too that countries have less rain-fall by reason of the deprivation of their forests. Travelers so report of Malta, the Cape Verde Islands, St. Helena, and in Aragua, Venezuela, ac- cording to Humbolt ; and in Egypt, where thedate palm and the olive have of recent time been plentifully planted, the rains have become more fre- quent : (Dr. Franklin B. Hough’s Report to Congress in 1874, p. 21)... Dr. Oswald reports that a rise has taken place in Egypt in the annual rain-fall, from 9 to 16 inches, since the increased planting of trees. It is quite certain that trees preserve the waters in the ground, and maintain the flow of the springs and streams. If trees be felled, and the sun be let in, the ground is dried, and its moisture is carried away by evaporation instead of percolating into the earth to reach the channels of the springs, and these also dry up. If the springs fail, the rivulets must fail, and rivers must full. 137, 203 [Price. Reclus says, ‘‘ Trees, after they have received the water upon their foli- age, let it trickle down drop by drop on the gradually softened eaith, and thus facilitate the gentle permeation of the moisture into the substratum ; another part of the water running down the trunk, and along the roots, at once finds its way to the lower strata.’”’ (The Earth, 225). The facts are abundant in proof that to part with the trees is to lose the springs they protect, the running streams the springs supply, and the vol- ume of the broad river. These lost, all the charm of the landscape has fled, and then this source of man’s refinement and civilization has also left the world. With loss of rains and springs the fruitfulness of the earth also passes away. Grass fails for flock and herd, and the bread of life for man is no longer sure, and only because man has betrayed his trust. Australia affords corroborative testimony. In the Tribune of December 1st, I find this statement: ‘‘ Mr. Landsborough, an explorer of note, says, ‘Keeping sheep is no longer so profitable there as it used to be, but on the other hand, large tracts of land that were worthless before, have Jatterly become fit for agriculture. There is a decided increase of forests and of moisture in parts of Australia, giving hope that eventually the whole in- terior desert may be reclaimed. The direct effect of sheep-raising has been to keep down the tall grass which formerly afforded material for destruc- tive fires. The trees, young and old, had been period:cally burnt by these fires, until the country becoming almost treeless, its climate had been ren- dered arid and its soil sterile. If the facts in Australia can be established, they will afford the most remarkab!e instance yet recorded of climate being modified by the labors and surroundings of civilized man.’ ”’ Trees, better than all else, protect the slopes from washing into gullies, and the loss of the soil by rains. A carpet of grass will do much to protect the earth from washing ; but is not impervious to the beatings of storms, and the small beginnings of erosions ever enlarge their channels by under- mining the roots of grass. The sides of our hills and the sodded slopes of railroads show this. The forcc of the unintercepted drops of the driving rains dees the work of excoriation. The leaves of the sheltering forest break the force of the rain, and the arrested waters trickle in slow drops to the ground, and gradually soak into it without washing the soil. The cov- ering of the fallen leaves also prevents disturbance of the soil, and the leaves growing above, and those dead below as well, intercept the rays of the sun, and check evaporation. The retained waters must find their exit by the springs. The forests in due proportion are also shelter and protection of the grow- ing crops of the farmer from the force of driving storms. They are a shel- ter for grazing cattle, and shelter for house and barn, and man and beast thus kept warmer thrive better. Trees also shelter trees, and northwardly planted belts largely increase the growths of nurseries and orchards. Now what is the due proportion of woodlands? A Duke of Burgundy’s rule, as quoted by Dr. Oswald, is, ‘‘One-third to the hunter, two thirds to the husbandman.’’ William Penn’s direction to his colonists was, that YAY Price. ] 204 [Nov. 16 & Dee. 7, ‘in clearing the ground care be taken to leave one acre of trees for every five acres cleared ; especially to preserve oak and mulberry trees for silk and shipping.” His father, Admiral Penn, would have included in it ‘shipping,’ for the purpose of maintaining a navy ; still an object of our statesmen so far as iron has not superceded wood. Thus William Penn’s rule was to leave one for five acres cleared, or 163 per cent. of wood appendant to each farm ; of course, so much besides the wooded hills, sand-dunes and mountain tracts. For the entire country, and for the general good of forestry and agriculture his proportion of woodland is probably something too small.. The proportion of woodlands in the entire area of these States, taking into consideration water surface, cities, highways, &c., is 29 per cent.; including Territories, is 25 per cent. ; showing a disproportion of our Territories to be woodless. Dr. Hough gives the rule of proportion of wood with reference to the true test. He says ‘‘ There can be no doubt but that injuries may result, as well to agricultural interests as to the public, from an excess of forest growth. It is the highest aim of forestry to attain the golden mean be- tween too much and too little, and on this due balance of field and grove depends that equilibrium of health and wealth that promises the greatest amount of human happiness to the greatest number, and through the longest period of time.’’ Report, p. 32. It is impracticable to bring the different States or sections of the United States to approximate any uniform standard as to the proper proportion of woodlands. It would generally be unprofitable to attempt to make arable, steep, stony and rough mountain lands, or poor sandy tracts, or deep swamps and ever-glades. But it is the interest of all to keep these wooded, and to reforest the lands worn out by cropping, that they may not become dry deserts. But every vast con inuity of forest should be broken for ag- riculture, intercourse and security of health, property and life, and regions of prairie and deserts be made to bear a due proportion of forests. And farm lands should be interspersed with trees to preserve them in the best agricultural condition. To do this, few farmers, though they draw their fucl from the mines, are inclined, by planting areas of cultivated or pastured fields. This they would not consider economical. But they could with little loss of useful space, plant the most sunny side of every road passing through their farms, and thus the farming soil would be little shaded, and the roots of the trees draw the greater part of their nourishment from the soil under the highway. The public would be gainers in grateful shade, and the farmers would have the protection of the roadside trees and their shade ; and finally, their use as timber as they come to maturity, and are replaced by renewed plantings. To do so much, an enlightened self-interest should impel them. In addition let every farmer keep open and flowing all his springs for drink for his herds and flocks; plant around them groves of trees, both to pre- serve the flow of the water, and to afford shade to man and beast. Every railroad company should plant trees on the sunny side of their line 1877. } 205 [Price. of tracks for shade, and for cross-ties and car timber, against the time when lumber will surely become more scarce ; and should, for its best self-inter- est, use every device to avoid firing the forests, and use cross-ties that have been barked, creosoted, kyanized, or saturated with boiling tar. The in- terest they have at stake to economize is incalculable. Legislation is not here suggested, except it be to authorize the roadside planting ; and, perhaps, counties to offer rewards for such planting. The functions of our Society in regard to tree planting are two: to diffuse use- ful knowledge,‘and to execute the trusts of the Michaux legacy, yet this is to co-operate in a sphere of action that is boundless and endless. True, our fund is small, but held by a perpetual trustee, its munificence should be perpetual ; its beneficent effects never cease to spread, and the knowledge we impart and incentive we give, may bring sympathetic and enduring aid by many others, by the States, and the United States. When we consider that trees require the growth of many years; that large tracts of country are denuded, which can be more profitably used by reforesting than otherwise, and that to make the reforesting useful and profitable, there must be choice of trees, and skill in the manner of their management and care, we must see that no time should be lost. This gen- eration should begin the work effectively, and enjoin the duty upon those to follow. The kinds of trees to be preferred by considerations of durability and their multifarious uses, are the American White Oak; the American White Pine ; the American White Ash ; the American Elm; the Chest- nut, Walnut, Hickory and Larch. To this list of trees is to be added the Eucalyptus, or Blue Gum, of Australia, for its anti-malarial properties, and for its rapid growth, yet excellent timber. Its wood is white, about as hard, but a little stronger than the best Eastern Ash. (J. T. Stratton, Agl. Reps. of ’75, p. 845). The planting and management must be left to professional skill. The Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agriculture, who received two-fifths of the Michaux Estate, have offered prizes for the cultivation of plantations of not less than five acres, to be planted with the European Larch, Scotch and Corsican Pine, and American White Ash. The compe- tition will be likely to exact the use of farm lands, while agricultural economy requires the chief sowing and planting of trees to be on the stony places, and profitless sandy spots, such as are often savingly allotted to bury the dead. These too may be planted with economy and pleasing ef- fect. Annexed to their circular is a very valuable Essay by Professor C. 8. Sargent, Director of the Botanic Garden and Arboretum of Harvard Uni- versity. This I have read since writing the preceding pages, and the facts and opinions by him expressed, sustain the foregoing views, He shows by sufficient testimony that woods do produce rainfalls ; do preserve springs and rivers; do protect the soil and crops, nurseries and orchards ; that sandy lands though exposed to the fierce winds of the seashore, have pro- “ Price.] 206 (Nov. 16 & Dee. 7, duced largely in Massachusetts, the Larch and Scotch Pine, besides Oaks, Ashes, Maples, Norway Spruce and Austrian and Corsican Pines. He recommends a protecting belt of trees to be planted on the northern side of every farm. The proper proportion of forest for Massachusetts he con- siders to be 25 per cent. Besides the woodlands in the State, there are nearly two millions of acres of unimproved lands, 1,200,000 acres of which is admirably suited for forest growth, the value of the timber on which, in fifty years, could only be reckoned by hundreds of millions. True, this would devote half the State to Sylviculture ; yet, he thinks it would be its most profitable use, and be a benefit to that and other States. Professor Sargent expresses his concern at the rapid destruction of timber in the United States, as sure to enhance its price, and produce many agricultural evils. He says, ‘‘ Every year the destruction of the American forests threaten us with new dangers. Every year renders it more impera- tive to provide some measures to check the evils which our predecessors in their ignorance have left us as a legacy, with which to begin the second century of our Republie.”’ The Professor calculates so largea timber profit to his State, besides other advantages as to make it a moral duty, and patriotic achievement, to engage in tree planting, and insists that railroad corporations must plant in their own interest. If farmers would generally plant one side the highways, and a row or belt of sheltering trees on the north side of their farms, and they and the Governments should see that all untillable grounds should be kept in the growth of timber as far as practicable, exempt from plunder and fires, we should attain that proportion of trees over the whole country which is re- quired by the best interests of agriculture and the general good of the people. This should be the aim of all. In Pennsylvania we have begun no considerable tree planting, except it be that in Fairmount Park. There, besides previous plantings, the Com- missioners have planted within eighteen months, 12,082 trees, of the value of $14,490 ; and have yet in the Nursery 33,304 trees. From the reserved moiety of the Michaux income, the American Philo- sophical Society has established in the Park the course of Lectures de- livered by Dr. Rothrock on Arboriculture and Botany, who dwells em- phatically upon the importance of woods for the preservation of water and soil and in protection of agriculture. Citizens of Pennsylvania have, however, commenced an important Syl- viculture in Eastern Virginia. Landreth & Co., of Philadelphia, have for six years and a half been planting 300 acres of black walnuts, and in a few years will complete some thousand acres in hard wood nut bearing trees. Mr. Burnet Landreth, a member of the firm, without fear of inciting ri- valry, and without any apprehension that the growing market for timber can be overstocked, has published their doings in the Journal of Forestry, published in London. He seems actuated by the spirit of patriotism more than the love of profit. He laments that the White Pines of our State have 1877. | 207 [Price. gone, and those further north-west are rapidly going, leaving no succession in kind, and the Oaks and Hemlocks are fast departing, which are some- times cut down to get the bark for the tanner, with but the contingent chance of selling the wood for cross ties and lumber. When felled both objects should certainly be secured. Landreth & Co., buy worn-out lands cheaply ; buy them near navigable waters, for cheap transportation by water, sow or plant nuts of chestnut, walnut and hickory, or sow the seeds of the white pine, which they find to grow in the South, and leave the yeliow pine seeds to sow themselves. They see a boundless area of timber growth before them and others ; trees of slow return ; but know that the market will await its maturity, and will be ever a rising one, as the country shall become more shorn of timber, denser in population, and more demand the consumption of timber. The profit awaited will be surely compensatory for capital, labor and interest thus invested ; and though for many years unproductive of annual income, the timber crop when it matures will be found to cover all the investment, with no interest of capital expended, bat there self-invested by ligneous increment. It isan inheritance laid up for heirs ; a good to them ; a good to the nation. Yet the harvest is not all postponed, and to be but once, at distant period ; for the process may be one of successive thinnings of small trees thickly planted, and of old trees of different kinds maturing at dif- ferent times, thus bringing repetitions of profits. The sowings of nature and the plantings of man may also ‘be in every successive year, and diffi rent tracts thus yield annual returns as trees are fit to cut. The plant- ings should be annually repeated as the woods shall be thinned. It should be a rule, except in needed thinnings, never to cut down thrifty trees that are yet rapidly making wood. An economical instinct will teach all this to the provident forest proprietor, As certainly as the axe and portable saw mills cut up the best timber of the forest, as they surely are rapidly do- ing, the plantings of man, and the protected growths of nature, should fol- low with equal pace, with selections of kinds most profitable, except where cleared land is fit and required fer agriculture. The whole country has but its 25 per cent., while there are excessive quantities in large tracts in some sections, and no forests in other vast areas. This shows another dis- tribution of trees must be a work of the future. Philadelphia should not overlook the interest she has in keeping well wooded the sources of the Schuylkill, the river that gives her chief supply of water. The Schuylkill Navigation Company began this beneficent work of supply of water and wooded protection by building their mag- nificent mountain reservoirs, and buying wooded tracts, by the shade of trees to protect the springs that supply them. It will also be to the interest of the city to build, in the future, more mountain reservoirs, and protect their supply of trees, that she may have adequate stores of waters, there to meet the exigency of summer drouths, when her population shall have increased. The secured wooded water sheds, and the plantings in progress in Fairmount Park subserve the same _ Price. | 208 j Nov. 16 & Dec. 7, purpose ; but with the city’s growth her needs will increase of conserving her water supply at a distance, that our second beautiful river may con- tinue adequate to the wants of a metropolis of millions. flere should be specially brought to notice, the necessity of a vast amount of tree planting in the prairies and plains that extend over the central length and breadth of our northern continent. With great depths of alluvial soil, protected by the heavy prairie grasses, which through the centuries have annually added their decaying richness to the vegetable mould, the rolling or flat prairie regions have but occasional groups of trees. The cause of the absence of trees seems to have been the frequent fires that swept over the prairies, for wherever protected by the settlers from fire a thick and flourishing growth of trees springs up, and the plant- ings also thrive. The prairies need trees the more, to induce precipitation of rain, snd to protect the soil, springs and streams from evaporation, by reason of the immense extent of wheat and corn crops now grown in continuous fields of a thousand or more acres, each spring sown or planted, thus exposing the bare ground for more than half the year, in the intervals of the crops, to the drying sun, to be swept away alike by winds and rains. And heavy belts of growing timber are wanted for more than the attraction and reten- tion of rain and water; are wanted to make it something more possible to arrest the great prairie fires ; and also, to break the force of the storms and tornadoes that so destructively sweep the central parts of our continent ; where no sheltering mountains or hills exist to arrest the force, and dis- perse the winds. Some such benefit has already been perceived and ac- knowledged. In the prairie and treeless regions of the central West, where settled, the settlers have perceived it to be their interest to plant, and to save the spon- taneous growths of trees, and beyond the incentive of interest, the pleas- urable occupation has kindled an enthusiasm for Arboriculture. The fires are fought, and iess frequently lighted ; coal, when at hand, is preferably used for fuel, and the spontaneous second growth is generally better than the original forests where these had been. In the State of Minnesota, Martin County, ‘‘thousands of acres of young timber trees are growing, some spontaneous, others planted ;’’ in Redwood, ‘‘ The cultivation of forests on the prairies will amount to from 1 to 20 acres per quarter sec- tion ;’ in Steele County, *‘Some attention has been given to planting forest trees, and the interest is on the increase, as the experiments have been quite successful; many small groves of quick growing varieties being planted near dwellings ;” in Watonwan, 1,000 acres are under cultivation, in groves of from one to 12 acres ; in Nobles County, ‘‘ An association has been organized, and the children in each school are being organized into Centennial bands of little foresters, with promises of badges and more valuable prizes for planting trees.’’ In the State of Iowa, Crawford County, ‘‘ Large numbers of the more thrifty farmers have planted groves of maples, cotton wood, black walnut and box elder, which have grown 1877.] 209 [Price. with great rapidity, and the vast expanse of treeless prairies, which a few years ago stretched in every direction as far as the eye could see, is now dotted over with beautiful groves, which greatly add to the wealth of the eounty,’’ and in Cherokee County it is reported, ‘‘ A great many are plant- ing timber, which grows fast.’’ For Missouri it is reported that, ‘‘ In the portions of the State that were originally prairie land or openings, sponta- neous and thrifty forests have sprung up and increased, as increasing set- tlements have prevented annual prairie fires ;’’ for the County of Greene it is stated, ‘‘ Nearly all the old timber is inferior, for the reason that the woodlands produce abundant grass, which is burned over every season, and injures the trunks of the trees. Forests, from which the fires are kept are very thrifty, many of the trees adding one inch to their diameter an- nually.”’ See Agl. Rep. for 1875. For Kansas and Nebraska, the Report of 1875, says, ‘‘On original prairies, forest growth is increasing rapidly from two causes: The first is, the arrest of prairie fires by cultivation, which has resulted extensively in the spontaneous springing up on uncultivated portions of a thick growth of young trees, which grow with wonderful thrift ; the second cause being the planting of forests, now doubly stimulated by legislative encourage- ment, and by assured success in respect to both growth and profit. In ad- dition to personal advantages to the planter, in the increased comfort, beauty, and money value of his premises, it is claimed that a public bene- fit is already perceptible in a modification of the climate, particularly in the way of assuaging the severity of the once unimpeded winds.’’ Of Jef- ferson County, Kansas, it is said, ‘‘ The forest area is rapidly increasing in consequence of stopping the prairie fires, and the planting of new groves ;”’ while of Barton County, it is said, ‘‘ Flattering results have been obtained from planting tree seeds and cuttings.” Tree planting in California is receiving much attention. Before the 1st January, 1876, James T. Stratton had planted in Alameda County, 195 acres with 130,000 Eucalyptus trees, that is the Blue Gum of Australia, eight feet apart each way. The company owning the railroad between Los Angelos and Anahelm. in Southern California, had planted 140 acres, with about 80,000 Eucalyptus trees. In the spring of this year it was an- nounced that, ‘‘ The Central Pacific Railroad Company has lately arranged to have 40,000 Hucalyptus Globulus trees set along the 500 miles of the right of way of the company. This is only the first installment, as it will require about 800,000 of the trees for the 500 miles of valley where they are to be cultivated. The immediate object of the plan is to increase the humidity of the region, and lesson the liability to droughts.’’ The United States Government has begun to take a deep interest in the subject of the preservation of American Forests. This appears to have had inception in a Memorial to Congress of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, upon the cultivation of timber and the pre- servation of forests, in August 18735, signed by Franklin B. Hough and George B. Emerson their Committee, which being referred to the Com- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 100. 2A. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1878. Price. ] 210 [Nov. 16 & Dec. 7, mittee of the House on Public Lands, Dr. Hough, on March 10th, 1874, submitted to Washington Townsend, Chairman of that Committee, his views at length on the subject of the Memorial. These were printed by order of the House, in a Report of 118 pages. It is a full, yet compact statement of many facts and statistics, which abundantly sustain the con- clusions herein expressed. There followed in October 1875, the Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture for that year, a division under the head ‘Statistics of Forestry,’’ from p. 244 to 358, giving the forest area of every county in every State in the Union, in number of acres, and the percentage of the whole number in the County and State, with other valu- able information. It is very important in its promise of future reports, and also from the fact that will be the basis of contrast, to show the progress of reforesting the country. An Act of Congress of August 15th, 1876, gives earnest that Congress will guard this great national interest, especially as it made an appropriation for the compensation of a competent commis- sioner to investigate and report upon the preservation of the forests, and the exportation of timber and other products of the forests. I have an an- swer to my inquiry, from Dr. Hough, the Commissioner, saying that he is at Washington to print his report in that of the Commissioner of Agricul- ture ; that he has tried to do justice to Michaux and others ; thinks the facts he has collected opportune, and that the interest in forestry is grow- ing. The President’s Message to Congress of this month earnestly recom- mends legislation to protect the timber belonging to the Government, and the preservation of the forests of our country. The proposition before us invokes physical causes for physical effects. Yet are these very interesting to our mind and feelings. They concern deeply human life and happiness. The mind must plan and execute the work ; must appreciate the beneficent results, and not without gratified emotions in view of the good to come. The purposed means will seek to influence the elements ; in a measure to rule the powers of the air; to draw rains from the clouds ; to detain the waters in the earth to flush the springs and swell the streams; will both drain the marshes, and cause wells and fountains to flow in the desert ; cause the grasses and cereals to cover the fields, and the forests and woods and trees to grow on mountains, hills and plains. Yet all this, is not to speak or act presumptuously, for it is but to use the powers placed at man’s disposal. It is to do more extensively what has been done; what is therefore practicable. Man is to engineer, to plow and plant, and sow and water, but God must give the increase. Man is to obey the first command, ‘‘ Replenish the earth and subdue it.”’ Obedient to this we have the promise, ‘‘I will give you rain in due sea- son, and the land shall yield her increase, and the trees of the field shall yield their fruit.”’ That the evils reviewed have been terribly aggravated during many centuries, should not discourage us. The full remedy may require as many centuries as the cause has been operative ; but every step of repair is bene- ficent progress. The world is now fuller of resources than ever before. Man’s enginery is gigantic; his machinery is imbued with intelligence. 1877.) 211 [Price. He can destroy faster ; but knows how to repair his injuries sooner. But to cease to do evilis to begin to do good; tor Nature only asks man’s leave to renew her beneficent growths. Stop the fires on the prairies, lighted by the hunter for unknown centuries, and Nature will clothe them with forests. Plant with trees, and protect the self sown seeds of the forests along the waste lands of the seaboard, and they are born who may see them all reforested ; see them also renew a virgin forest soil. We have just begun many beginnings. Let them be followed up by many zealous co-operators, and our country will exhibit a prosperity, salubrity, and beauty never before seen, and in due time will become the dwelling-place of millions more human souls, else not to be born; souls to be happy on earth, and to people heaven. If this world was worth the making it must be man’s duty to make it teem with happy life. ADDENDA.—Since reading the above paper, Prof. Lesley has kindly sent me two quotations which strongly support the views and purposes of the essay read. | DC es a I. “The country from the head of St. Croix river [in Wisconsin] to Bayfield is covered with drift. . . . not an outcrop for fifty miles. Most of the district is destitute of living springs and streams. Numerous depressions in the drift are partly filled with water... .. The soil is sandy and barren, supporting only a stunted growth of ‘jack’ pines and ‘scrub oaks.’ Fire has killed the timber over wide areas, on which grass was growing, exhibiting before our eyes nature’s simple method of con- verting woodland into prairie. The reverse process is just as simple. When prairies are no longer swept over by fire, timber springs up, re-con- verting prairie into woodland. Grass, with fire as anally, can beat timber. Timber can beat grass when it has no fire to fight.’’-—Report of O. W Wight in Geology of Wisconsin, p. 76, 1877. II. ‘In the whole Kingdom of King Devanampriya Priyadarsin, as also in the adjacent countries; .... the Kingdom of Antiochus, the Grecian King and his neighbor Kings, the system of caring for the sick, both men and cattle, followed “by King D. P. has been everywhere brought into practice. Wherever useful healing herbs for man and beast failed, these ‘he introduced and cultivated. Wherever roots and fruits were wanting, these he introduced and cultivated. He caused also wells to be dug and trees to be planted on the roads for the benefit of cattle.’’— Dr. Kern’s translation of the Girnar rock inscription in India, second section of the tablet. See p. 193 and Plate 1. Jour. R. Asiat.§. Vol. [X. part 2. July, 1877. What Christian nation has provided so humanely for traveling man and beast? The purpose of trees and shade as above advocated is immediately practicable and beneficent. Let us also open the roadside springs and wells, and furnish the cup for cold water; and maintain the supply of medicinal herbs, roots and barks. This we will begin in the Park as soon as the Pharmaceutists will lend their efficient co-operation. Except in the hospitals of our large cities, and county poorhouses, the sick wayfarer must depend upon humane tavern landlords and benevolent citizens, who seldom fail in Christian charity. But may God and man save us from Tramps. Blasius, | 212 {Dec.7, Causes of the Huron Disaster. By Pror. Wm. Bmastus. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 7, 1877.) The whole country mourns for the appalling and terrible disaster that befel the United States war-vessel ‘‘Huron’’ with her hundred brave mariners in the recent storm on our coast. It is not the rareness of such terrible calamities that causes this surprising and deeply felt sympathy with the brave and gallant men who found here so unexpectedly and untimely their watery grave. The Public Ledger of Philadelphia, only a short time . ago enumerated 44 vessels belonging to, or bound to, or from American ports only that shared during the short period of one single month a simi- lar fate. Unfortunately such calamities are not seldom on our shore, and they indeed follow each other so rapidly in succession that the last one only obliterates the still vivid traces of the preceding one. Thus they are forgotten one by one, and their stories are only revived for moments, when commerce and pleasure seekers apply to the Government for the removal of the wrecks that are in the way of their pursuits. What makes, however, this case so particularly impressive in the minds of all men is, that the Huron was a war-vessel, recently built, supposed to be well fitted and found, staunch and speedy, that it was commanded by naval officers who are looked upon as particularly skilled navigators, and under- stand how to fight the storm as well as the foe, and to whom the nature of the depth in these friendly waters ought to have been as familiar as their state- rooms. We cannot wonder then that the public anxiously inquires into this dreadful and mysterious disaster, and tries to unravel its cause. Neither is it strange in these corrupt conditions of society that some find it in the defective construction of the vessel ; some lay the blame on the commander for having started at sea when the warning signals were flying, and for hugging the coast too closely in order to gain time. Some wise old captains of merchantmen lament the loss of good old practical seamanship; they hint ‘‘that the naval officer proper need now be but an indifferent, kind of a sailor, so long as he is a good mathematician, chemist or drill- master, appears well, dresses tastefully in well-fitting uniform according to the latest edicts of the naval Turveydrops, and has possessed himself of a diploma issued by the United States Naval Academy.’’ There may be some truth in these suggestions, but it is not likely. From the meagre facts hitherto published, it will of course be useless to argue any of these surmises; but as the Government doubtless will probe this matter to the bottom for the sake of preventing future simi- lar accidents, I would respectfully draw its attention to a third potent agent which seems to have been completely overlooked by these wise crit- ics, and which probably had more to do with this fearful disaster than the strength of the vessel or the lack of so called seamanship, and this third 1877.] 213 [Blasius. agent is the general and lamentable want of a knowledge of the true nature of a storm. The statements made to the reporter of the New York Herald by Rear Admiral Trenchard, commanding the North Atlantic Station, on board the flagship Powhatan, lying off Forfress Monroe, seems to throw the first two supposed causes almost out of the question. He says: ‘‘That on Thurs- day the vessel was thoroughly inspected by him and his staff, and found to be in first-class order,’’ as only would be expected from a first-class lately built war-vessel. ‘‘Captain Ryan,’’ he says, ‘‘ was a careful and experi- enced seaman, had surveyed the coast along which he was to pass, and was considered one of the best navigators in the service ;’’ this settles, it seems to me, these two points above all suspicion. As to the third agent, the storm, which by the general critic has been overlooked, but which the Admiral takes also into consideration, he SAYS : ‘He sailed at eleven o’clock in the morning, at which time the barometer was not indicating bad weather; was rather above, as shown by the official log.’ And the surviving officer, Master W. P. Conway, gives us the fol- lowing information : ‘‘At 8 Pp. M. there was a strong gale blowing, and the sea was running very high. The barometer stood at 30.04 for three hours. The jib-stay was carried away soon after 6 P. M.”’ The last statements of Admiral Trenchard and Master Conway have ref- erence to the storm and the theories about it, and furnish the key to un- ravel the cause of this mysterious and sad tragedy. The barometer, the only guide science hitherto has furnished the navigator for his safety was conscientiously consulted ; it stood ‘‘rather above’’ the mean, and there- fore ‘‘ did not indicate bad weather.’’ Captain Ryan, who unfortunately cannot speak any more for his own justification, but who was considered ‘‘one of the best navigators in the service, and a careful and experienced seaman,’’ had undoubtedly looked also to this same guide for advice before he started, and finding of course the same answer, was certainly justified in view of the present state of science and good seamanship to start on his voyage in spite of the warning signals flying, the more so as according to the papers these signals had been flying for weeks uselessly and had become, therefore, disregarded generally byseamen. From his high position and reputation, and the testimony Ad- miral Trenchard bears him, we can neither doubt for one moment that he was fully acquainted with the science of storms and the rules of navigation based on it, and that he had studied the writings of Capper, Thom, Pid- dington, Reid, Redfield, Dove and others whose views are adopted ofticial- ly in all navies. The accusation of bad seamanship seems, therefore, un- founded, unjust and cruel, because all these celebrated men of science up to the present time teach, that the storm consists in an area of low pres- sure, 7. é., an area where the barometer stands below 30 inches, and that the navigator, therefore, has to expect a storm or a so called cyclone only when the barometer falls below this mean, but when the barometer stands above he may look for fine and clear weather from the approach of an area Blasius. } 214 | Dec. 7, 1877. of high barometer or an anti-cyclone. Captain Ryan was, therefore, jus- tified in starting to sea in accordance with the present navigation rules de- duced from the generally accepted theory. In my work, ‘‘Storms, their Nature. Classification and Laws’’ (pub- lished two years ago), I think I have demonstrated that this old theory is wrong and worse than useless, that it is illusive and mischievous, and leads often into danger instead of out of it. I showed that the area of low pres- sure or low barometer is not the storm, but only the effect of the storm, and that the progressive storms (the equatorial and polar storms) of the temperate zone, with which we have principally to deal, consist of two areas of high barometer or rather of two erial currents of different direc- tion and temperature, which, so to speak, create the area of low barometer between them, by the obliquely upward flowing of the warmer current over the face of the colder. Whether the storm, 7. ¢., this system of two opposing currents of different temperature which displace each other, comes over us with falling or rising barometer depends entirely upon the kind of storm, the state of its development and the position we are in to- wards these three parts of the storm, facts about which the clouds and the direction of the wind give trustworthy information. The barometer is, therefore, unreliable. To illustrate this important matter I showed that the heaviest rains and most destructive storms had passed for two days during their earlier devel- opment in the form of high pressure through the jurisdiction of the Sig- nal Service Bureau without being recognized as storms, until arriving at the coast—as for instance, the Nova Scotia storm, 1873—they destroyed over a thousand vessels and six hundred lives in almost a single night. The fact that the barometer stood above the mean height is, therefore, an explanation of why the Huron sailed notwithstanding the Signal Service warnings, but why should she hug the coast? In the absence of the commander the most that can be offered is a plausible conjecture, but it seems probable that his action in this respect was in the belief that this was the safest course for him to take, a belief founded on the rules issued by the Navy Department for maneuvering in such cases. These ‘‘ Nautical Rules’’ instruct the navigator that in storms or cyclones the ‘‘manageable semicircle”’ is on the left side of the path of the centre, ?.é., in storms traveling up the Atlantic coast the ‘‘manageable semicircle”’ is on the coast side of the storm, and the ‘‘ dangerous semicircle’ out at sea. And therefore, according to these rules issued for his instruction and guidance, Commander Ryan did perfectly right to keep to the coast so as to be in the ‘‘manageable semicircle ’’ of the cyclone. He had to select between two evils—the ‘‘dangerous semicircle’’ and the coast. Had he gone out to sea he would have come in the ‘‘dangerous semicircle’’ and dis- obeyed these published rules of his department, although as the sequel shows he would have saved himself, crew and ship. These ‘‘ Nautical Rules’ are founded on the dicta of the most eminent meteorological au- thorities, and strictly in accordance with the science as it now stands, but Oct. 19, 1877. | 215 (Cresson. when several years ago I asked the accomplished Chief of the Hydro- graphic Office, Bureau of Navigation, how many vessels he supposed they had saved, he responded: ‘‘ Not many, I think.’’ It gives me pleasure to state that the same gentleman has lately recommended my work for use in the Navy, saying, ‘‘that his experience bears it out.’’ The fate of the Huron is but another of the many victims to the Moloch of erroneous meteorological theory ; it is too much to hope that it will be the last one, but let us trust that such terrible events will grow less and less frequent until the time comes when there may be none fairly charge- able to a lack of a knowledge of the true nature of storms. Bituminous Material from Pulaski County, Virginia, U.S. By Dr. CHARLES M. CRESSON. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, October 19, 1877.) The locality from which the sample was taken, is four and a half miles north of the Atlantic, Mississippi and Ohio Railroad property of W. T. Hart, said to be from a vein averaging 32 feet in thickness. Dip variable from 30° to 50° ; is covered by 2 feet of fire clay. Footwall, soft gray slate. Sample from 45 feet below water level. Results of laboratory examination as follows : COO OTe att Sh eo eee ha ae whe ole eat Prgrsle bla wie alen oes Black RSL CHG tererttsterc ai ort Se areswh oie huni wpe wien hi acekere lee coucterere Oheae te Brown SPU CHULC MET aoe eco wee eatcad Seine sets Lamellar and Friable PUPP Tibles Cy eR VNC VS «Sool Sets, fararct | sate) oPaiane aici ete et mbpsereim(elel ahah 1.566, Moisture'and Volatile Matter.:.:.............. 7.50 per cent. IDE de Canrpoleies cere e aetela ctactie oles cise or wel ole stsce 65.52 at INCAS Oko Sty AGO CHAR OD AG CLOCREe cn OCC EDL Beoerer 26.98 “ There was no clinker got in the laboratory experiments, although the ash was subjected to a high degree of heat. SUID INU eararseretc Seve lettua cheers Clelsievarsterers.eterciere lars 0.165 per cent. One pound of material burned in Oxygen evaporated 10.12 pounds of water from 212° Fahrenheit. After deducting the average losses, by heat absorbed by ash, products of combustion and radiation, there remains as the result of the combustion of one pound of fuel, 7.59 pounds of water evaporated, or about the same amount as is evaporated by burning one pound of the best coke from bitu- minous coals. Experimental trials made in locomotive and stationary tubular boilers, with samples supposed to represent an average of the vein, produced some- what different results from those obtained from the selected samples sent to the Laboratory for analysis. Upon the large scale, this fuel gave at first an exceeding hot and lively fire, but as soon as the bituminous matter was burned off, the fire became dull and required stirring. When the draft was insufficient to carry off the ash, there was gradually formed a spongy, lava- Smith.] 216 | Dec. 21, like cinder, which it was necessary to remove in order to obtain sufficient draft. It therefore appears, that although samples of this fuel can be selec- ted which will give favorable results upon the small scale, the mass of the vein can hardly be used for the general purposes to which anthracite is applicable, and that it requires some especial device for the removal of the voluminous ash, to enable the successful and coutinuous use of the fuel for ordinary purposes. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LABORATORY OF THE UNIVER- SITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. No. XII. A new method for the Decomposition of Chromic Iron. By Edgar F. Smith, Ph. D., Assistant in Analytical Chemistry, University of Pennsyloania. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 21, 1877.) Recently I was led to try the action of bromine and sodium hydrate upon pulverized chromic iron, and as the amount of chromium extracted in this manner was rather surprising, the following experiments were made, to ascertain what effect bromine alone in presence of water would have upon the same substance. I. Moderately fine chromic iron (.1500 Grm.) was placed in a tube of hard glass, and after adding dilute bromine water and sealing the tube, the latter was placed in an air-bath and heated for twelve hours at a tempera- ture of about 130° C.; when cool the tube was opened and its contents poured upon a filter. The insoluble residue was thoroughly washed by decantation, and upon the filter, with hot water. The filtrate after con- centration was treated with a slight excess of ammonium hydrate, causing the precipitation of aluminum hydrate, &c. The latter was filtered off and the yellow colored filtrate, then warmed with hydrogen sulphide to re- duce the chromic acid to oxide. The precipitate formed, after protracted digestion, was allowed to settle and the clear liquid filtered. After wash- ing the precipitate it was dissolved in a few drops of dilute hydrochloric acid and re-precipitated. This operation was repeated and the precipitate finally transferred to a filter washed, dried andignited. The amount of chro- mium oxide found corresponded to 15.50 per cent, of the substance taken. The amount of chromium remaining in the material not attacked by the bromine was not estimated. II. .2000 grms, substance, as finely pulverized as could be obtained by grinding the material in an agate mortar, were heated ina sealed tube with water saturated with bromine and a few drops of bromine. The tube was allowed to remain in the oven for four days, the temperature ranging from 175° — 190° C. Upon opening the tube its contents were poured into a | ard 1877.) 217 (Smith. beaker and evaporated ; water then added and the solution filtered. The residual, unattacked mineral powder after washing, drying and igniting, weighed .0820 grms. The filtrate from this was treated precisely as in (1) and the chromium oxide obtained from it amounted to 28.05 per cent. III. In this experiment only .1500 grms. substance were employed. The material was of the same fineness as in (II). Instead of using dilute bro- mine water as heretofore, an excess of bromine was poured over the sub- stance and but a very small quantity of water added. For three days the tube was exposed to a temperature varying from 150° - 175° C. At the ex- piration of this time the tube was examined, and as the substance appeared to be perfectly decomposed, the solution was removed from the tube and evaporated in a beaker glass to expel the large excess of bromine, upon the gradually disappearance of which a dark powder showed itself. The solu- tion was strongly diluted with water and filtered. The insoluble residue was thoroughly washed with hot water. Dried and ignited, this weighed _.0140 grms. The filtrate was mixed with an excess of ammonium hydrate and evapo- rated almost to dryness in a casserole. The solution was then diluted with water and filtered from the aluminum hydrate, &c., and treated as in (1). The percentage of chromium oxide extracted equaled 49.60 per cent. IV. From the preceding experiments it appeared very evident, that all that was lacking to render the decomposition complete was to have the chromic iron in an exceedingly fine condition. To this end the material that had been ground to an impalpable powder in an agate mortar was elutri- ated, then drted, and two separate portions of .1500 grms. each placed in good, hard glass tubes. To each portion was added a rather large quantity of bromine water and from 10-12 drops of bromine. Both tubes were heated for one day at 130° C. For two successive days the temperature. was maintained at 170° C. At the expiration of the third day, one of the tubes was removed from the oven and opened. Red oxide of iron had separated and undecomposed material was no longer visible. The whole was poured into a beaker and evaporated ; water added and filtered. The resi- due was thoroughly washed, dried and ignited, then transferred toa beaker glass and heated with dilute hydrochloric acid. The entire mass dissolved readily and without a residue. The decomposition was, therefore, com- plete. The filtrate from the ferric oxide was evaporated almost to dryness after the addition of an excess of ammonium hydrate, then diluted and filtered. The solution was reduced with hydrogen sulphide and the precipitate, after filtering and washing, dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid and re-precipi- tated with ammonium hydrate. This operation was repeated and the chro- mium oxide obtained was 62.66%. The second tube which was removed not long after the first, contained a large amount of separated ferric oxide. This, after filtering off the chro mium solution, also dissolved very readily in warm, dilute hydrochloric acid, leaving not the least trace of residue. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 100. 2B. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1878. Smith.] 218 [Dee. 21, The filtrate from this, after being similarly treated as above, yielded 62.83 per cent. chromium oxide. These results accord with those of Garrett, who analyzed the same ore from Texas, Pa., and obtained about 63. per cent. of chromium oxide. The ferric oxide that separates out in the tube during the decomposition will not contain any chromium whatever, if it is thoroughly washed with boiling water. In no instance was iron found in the solution containing the chromic acid. Several tubes containing the pulverized substance, potassium hydrate and bromine water, were heated at 125° C., but invariably exploded before the decomposition was completed, and therefore no further attempts were made to use the alkali to aid in the decomposition. All that is necessary to effect the complete decomposition of chromiciron by this method is that the substance be exceedingly fine, and that the same be exposed with bromine water to a temperature of 180° C., from two to three days. The addition of 10-12 drops of bromine hastens the decomposition very decidedly. In connection with the above, it may be well to mention that the in- soluble chromium oxide obtained by the ignition of the corresponding hy- drate, may be brought into solution again by digesting it together with bromine and sodium hydrate in a beaker. Precipitation of Copper with Sodium Carbonate. The precipitation of copper from its solutions by sodium hydrate, gives a precipitate that is worked with difficulty. Sodium carbonate, on the other hand, added to similar solutions, and these boiled, affords a dark brown, granular precipitate, that may be readily and completely washed with hot “water. Mr. Harry G. McCarter, student in the Laboratory of the University, made the following analyses, which show that the method yields as accu- rate results as could be desired. I. .2000 grms. CuSO, + 5H,O —dissolved in water and precipitated with sodium carbonate, gave .0630 grm., CuO = 25.15 per cent Cu. II. .2000 grms. Cu SO, + 5H,O treated as above, gave .0634 grm. CuO = 25.30 per cent Cu. The theoretical percentage of copper in the salt is 25.25 per cent. After the addition of sodium carbonate in slight excess to the copper salt solution, the latter was boiled for an hour, until all the carbon dioxide was expelled. The filtrates from the precipitates in every instance were evaporated, but not the slightest trace of copper discovered. An excess of acid in the solution from which it is desired to precipitate copper by an alkaline carbonate, should be avoided. The presence of rather large quantities of alkaline nitrates or sulphates will cause the solution of the precipitates first produced by the carbonates. Continued boiling will not remedy the matter. From such solutions, how- ever, the alkaline hydrates will not fail to precipitate the copper. Cc 1877.] 219 eeEe Descriptions of New Vertebrata from the Upper Tertiary Formutions of the West. By E. D. Core. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 21, 1877. PITHECISTES BREVIFACIES gen. et spec. nov. Char. gen. These are chiefly known from a mandible which supports the dentition of one side and part of the other. The dental formula is I. 1 ; C.1;Pm.3;M. 3. The single incisor of each side is weak and easily lost, and there is on one side only, a small alveolus for a minute second incisor. It is therefore probable that in some individuals the incisive formula is 2. The canine is not large, and closes in front of the superior canine in the usual manner. The first and second premolars are one-rooted, and their crowns are wider than long. That of the third premolar is robust, but longer. The molars increase rapidly in size, and are not prismatic, but are well rooted. They are worn in the specimen, but their structure is probably shallow selenodont. The last molar has a long heel or fifth lobe. Char. specif. The mandibular ramus is very deep posteriorly, and the incisive border is not prominent. The canine tooth is quite small, its trans- verse diameter being less than that of the first premolar, and equaling it antero-posteriorly. The exterior incisor is weak, and the crown expanded transversely, and obtuse. The crown of the first premolar is worn deeply by the superior canine. The transverse diameter at the base of the crown exceeds the antero-posterior. The crown of the second is wider than long, and of the third longer than wide. The molars increase rapidly in size posteriorly, so that the length of the third equals that of the three premolars plus the canine. The heel is long, and is connected with the remainder of the crown by a narrow plate, or in section, an isthmus. There are no cingula, but an accumulation at the bases of some of the teeth resembles the deposit of ‘‘tartar.’’ The symplysis is very robust, and its upper sur- face is marked on each side by a low longitudinal swelling. The opposite premolar series are slightly convergent. The form of the mandible of this animal, as well as the number and pro- portions of the teeth, curiously resemble that of the corresponding part of a monkey. The species was about the size of a red fox. Measurements. M. Length of ramus from heelof molar III................ .057 gc MM OlAMNGSSTICS lass) s\clavestereraftereiateswatst sleidld oersisa/s, GO48 ae WLEMOlAL SERIES: 224 /a)eveocie > ciciseiee so taiseaideis se OLD és SECON ILUE MOAT: ac. crepetels stele fetetelaictstserers ree O10 Width “s se sae araierstave’ srsia(t faveiee@asaretereuure ’si (200% hene thon lash mOlate. a. o. oe een ctemtty tasers) s).ic2 O18 Width of ee ERGO cobs COCO ICO COMA ORO OE TELUUL heneth of symphysis in fronti.sxisase. ees scccn'sret «0's +020 Depthroframus at tirsh premolateeccccle ccs scces> oes Ole < ne SOCOM Crug MOlAM ccc e cee eewenes «O25 Cope. | 220 [Dec. 21, BRACHYMERYX FELICEPS gen. et sp. nov. Char. gen. These are derived from the superior dental series. These are I.*; C.1; Pm.*; M.°. The true molars have the bases of the crowns little swollen, and the last two of the superior series are but shortly rooted ; the anterior ones have longer roots. The true molars are simply seleno- dont, with the anterior extremities of the external crescents forming promi- nent ribs. The last superior premolar consists of two columns posteriorly and a single trenchant one anteriorly, and the second (first of the series, ) is simple and trenchant. The worn posterior face of the canine shows that the first inferior premolar is the functional canine as in Oreodon. There is a very slight diastema in front of or behind the canine, the series being continuous, as in Oreodon. This genus differs from Pithecistes in its canine like first inferior premo- lar, and in the trenchant character of the anterior premolars. With Cyclo- pidius it enters the family group of the Oreodontidw, but approaches the suilline types still more nearly in its probably codssified symphysis man- dibuli. Char. specif. This ungulate was a little smaller than the species last described, and is represented in my collections by two nearly complete crania without mandibles. The head is depressed and the zygomata widely expanded ; the palate is wide, and the muzzle short. The infraorbital fora- men is double and issues above the adjacent parts of the second and third (last) premolars. Immediately in front of it the side of the face is concave. The projecting anterior angles of the external crescents of the molars are very prominent, forming strong vertical ribs. The external border of the last premolar is only interrupted by a little convexity. The anterior narrow portion of the second premolar is incurved. This tooth is two- rooted ; the first is one-rooted. The canine is smal] and strongly recurved. It is cylindric at the base, but beyond this is narrowed antero-posteriorly partially from the friction of the first inferior premolar. The anterior face is regularly convex. The first premolar has a very slight internal basal cingulum ; its cutting edge is directed obliquely to the long axis of the cranium. There are no cingula on the other teeth. The enamel of the true molars is smooth on the external side of the crown. There is no enamel on the inner walls of the central lakes. Measurements. M. Length of dental series to anterior border of canine..... 050 fs. “premolar! seriesnee cee ere Dishes .017 .. last rue: moans sasiae acerca oles cisleloretcy ots se Oll2 Width of a Ry 565.5 SOR Cees OF OCS .006 Length of first true molar .............-0: eis 007 Width of as FO Sw ec Rte aR P Mencia iol PalereleTens wee O06 ‘wWenothiofe first premolar:y. |. cl.taeee eo a « bls Gal adeatecter, be 006 Width of ae Sr) «ala sBotaly totater Seeks etbekene cates Beh hte .006 Length of canine tooth............ pcaobworlad dor False oy 3009 1877.] 221 {Cope. Measurements. M. Diameter of canine’ tooth (transverse)...............-- 004 Width of cranium between first premolars............-. .016 4 ‘i oe Tasty molanrsiq. c)-brts Sct sens cues 030 The cranium of this species is about the size of that of a large domestic cat. CYCLOPIDIUS sIMus. Gen. et. sp. nov. Char. gen. - Dental formula I. 3; C.4+; Pm. 4; M. 3. The superior canine is small and is separated from the first premolar by a very short diastema. First premolar simple, trenchant ; second premolar two rooted, with one principal cutting edge; third with an external crescent and a rudimental internal one, not united in front. Fourth premolar with the inner and outer crescents only, and these well developed. Last true molar without heel. Inferior canine with much wider crown than the incisors with which it is in close association. First premolar canine-like, but not very large; second premolar simple. Third and fourth premolar with the anterior portions trenchant, the .posterior with wide or double columns. Last true molar with large fifth crescent or column. True molars of both jaws prismatic. Symphysis mandibuli coéssified. Frontal bones much abbreviated in front by a large upwards-looking fossa on each side, which are separated by the very narrow and short nasal bones. There are lachrymal fosse anda huge foramen in front of them, which communicate with the maxillary sinus. There is a prominent trans- verse supraoccipital crest, and the otic bulls are greatly inflated. This genus is related to Leptauchenia, Leidy, but differs in having but two lower incisors below. That genus belongs to a lower horizon, the mi- ocene of White River, while the present form is its successor in the upper Miocene or Loup Fork beds. The remarkable character of the vacuities in the superior region of the front part of the cranium, reminds one of the existing genus Sega. Dr. Leidy partially described a similar structure in Leptauchenia. In this genus what are clearly nasal bones in Cyclopidius, he terms frontals, probably by error. Char. Specif. This animal is rather larger than either of those above described, and is represented in my collection by one nearly complete cra- nium, one entire left maxillary bone, and the under jaws of five, and prob- ably of several other individuals. The skull is wide and abbreviated in front. The maxillary bones are everted on each side of the external nares. The malar bone is very wide or deep, and sends upwards a strong postorbital process, which is broken off in part, but which probably completed the orbit. The superior facia! fossee reach backwards nearly as far as the middle of the orbit. They are longitudinal narrow ovals, open in front. The projecting supraorbital por- tions of the frontal bone with the nasals have a tripodal form. The lach- rymal fossa looks outwards, upwards and forwards, and the large maxillary foramen outwards. The infraorbital foramen is double, and issues above the contiguous portions of the third and fourth premolars. ¢ Cope.] 222 [ Dee. 21, The external crescents of the true molars present prominent anterior an- gles, which form strong vertical ribs. The first superior premolar has a weak, and the second premolar a very strong internal basal cingulum ; there are no other cingula. The diastema is as wide as the diameter of the canine. The first inferior premolar is one-rooted, and the second two-rooted, and both are longer than wide in horizontal diameter. The middle pairs of in- cisors are very small; the external one on each side is much larger, the diameter equaling half that of the canines. The first and second true mo- lars are subequal, and are together longer than the third, which does not quite equal in length the three premolars. The heel of the last molar is not so long anteroposteriorly as each of the other columns. Thesymphysis is steep, but is everted at the incisive region. Measurements. M. Length of ramus from heel of m. IIT.................., .060 es Of MOlANBETICS oop clase eae els lejasiere c olatersioe ou eis p HUOG us OL PTEMOMTABCTLES), coc eyelate ele ws cee ai eiota cole sinietae LO ae Of second Morite mol AT ge ccs c.s)s 0b 5s stas prises ei 1 UE Widthof “ Cpa lhe Mba man Mracsnegy Aaneetetacs (3 Length of third se ele ne Pra aeeh SOR MO LU Width Ole Rat WON: oe coe ss eo aioe re eee SOUS engthotsymphysis imiront. cc). Jcese.r ce ses cles merase ED Depth of ramus at first premolar................--..-.- 022 on a ECOG! TEU) MANORS Gannon oooGccoeo aus 025 Width between superior anterior premolars............ .014 CYCLOPIDIUS HETERODON sp. Nov. This species is represented by a portion of the right maxillary bone, which supports the last premolar, first true molar, and portions of other teeth. It isa smaller form than the B. simws, and differs in several import- ant respects. The infraorbital foramen is single and larger than those of the other species. The fourth premolar, while of the same constitution as that of M. simus, is relatively much smaller, not equalling in the extent of its grinding face one column of the first true molar. The latter is pris- matic, and of usual form. Its external crescents are not produced as in B. simus, so that there are no distinct vertical ribs. Measurements. M. anteroposterior........... .0050 LPATISWECTSC peritectic s OUD anteroposterior......... .0080 TLANS VERSE yeicl reading of his paper on Sylvi- culture. Mr. Blasius read a communication on the cause of the loss of the U. 8. ship Huron. See page 212. Mr. Blasius postponed the reading of another paper, enti- tled ‘“‘ Modern Meteorological Method ” to the next meeting. The Treasurer’s Annual Report was read. . Pending nominations Nos. 840 to 850 were read. The following Report of the Secretaries on Prof. Frazer’s Resolutions was read : “The Secretaries having considered the Resolution offered by Prof. Frazer, November 16, 1877, respectfully report that in their opinion the action of the Society at a recent meeting, ordering the Secretaries to cause the date of each paper published in the Proceedings to be printed at the foot of the page, is sufficient for all purposes respecting the right of prior- ity to authors of said papers and that no further action need be taken by the Society. In explanation of this report a letter from Dr. LeConte was read, referring to the printed Rules of Nomenclature adopted by the Entomological Club, Cambridge, July 8, 1877, and papers by Dr. LeConte published in the Canadian Entomelogist, October, 1874, and November, 1874, entitled “On some changes in the Nomenclature of North American Coleoptera,” &e., and “ On Entomological Nomenclature.” The consideration of the subject was, in Prof. Frazer’s absence, postponed to the next meeting. The following is the text of the letter: Illness prevents me from being present at the meeting of the Society this evening, and I must therefore write what I wish to say in favor of the re- port of the Secretaries upon the resolutions offered by Prof. Frazer, at the last meeting. The definition of what constituted a proper publication of a generic or 276 specific description of an organic form is a question which concerns natural-. ists alone (i. e. botanists and zoologists), and is not properly a subject to be dealt with by any other class of men of science. It is, moreover, a question to be determined in the interests and convenience of science alone, and in such manner as to promote its progress by investi- gators, without reference to the supposed honor of discovery, personal property in the name, or any other of the selfish generalities, under which bad and hasty work are too often covered, and subsequently excused. The subject has occupied the serious attention of the most eminent naturalists in all countries for many years, and there is likely to be with patience and mutual forbearance among the extremists, an accord of feeling, to be arrived at within a short time. To show the extremely cautious manner in which it has been approach- ed by societies and persons devoted exclusively to but a single branch of zoology I append the report of a committee of the entomologists of the United States and Canada upon nomenclature, which has progressed to its present form only after two years of active correspondence and consulta- tion. The Secretary will have the kindness to read the appropriate portion of the report. I send tooa copy of a short essay by myself, asking atten- tion to a marked passage on p. 205, as embodying in a condensed form my convictions of the motives with which every investigator in science should labor for the best interests of the department of knowledge he has chosen. ‘. 1 GRORGH 0. BARKER S.:..0... ‘+ 3909 Locust Street. J. PETBRALESLEY = :<. 20%: «< 4008 Clinton Street. f HeEcTor TYNDALE......... “‘‘ 1021 Clinton Street. Curators:' 4 CHARLES M.Cresson..... ‘ 417 Walnut Street. { DANIEL G. BRINTON...... “7th and Sansom Sts. TREASURER : J. SERGEANT PRICE..:... « 709 Walnut Street. ATER ED 1G. 2 WYN. ce ons ‘« 4422 Walnut Street. * Cee closs BENJAMIN H. Coares.... ‘ ‘th and Spruce Sts. Fig 33 BENJAMIN V.. MARSH..... «* 309 Market Street, ; | Grorcr H. Horn........ 874 N. 4th Street. TSANG EVA Seren ee siete ce «© 4525 Locust Street. Councrnors Rospertr E. ROGERS...... «4004 Walnut Street. ec a Henry C. CaREY........ “1102 Walnut Street. y pte ROBERT BRIDGES........- ‘ 119 §. 20th Street. ( DanteL R. GoopwIn. ...- «* 3919 Locust Street. oe | W.S. W. RuscHENBERGER ‘‘ 1932 Chestnut St. aaa 2: | HENRY WINSOR.......... ‘+ Pine Street Wharf. | We. A. InewaM......... ‘16th and Pine Sts. STANDING COMMITTEES. FINANCE. PUBLICATION. HALL. LIBRARY. Mr. Fraley, Dr. J. L. LeConte, Gen. Tyndale, Mr. E. K. Price, Mr. E. K. Price, Dr. Brinton, Mr. E. Hopper, Rev. Dr. Krauth, Mr. Marsh. Mr. W. M. Tilghman, Mr.S.W.Roberts. Dr. G. H. Horn, Dre Allen, Dr. Kenderdine, Dr. C. M. Cresson. : Prof. Houston. TABLE OF CONTENTS—ConrTiInvueED. Discovery of Oxygen in the Sun by Photography and a new Theory of the Solar Spectrum. By Heury Draper, M.D. (with a photo- EB TapPlt MIALO) aw csmcesed's oseyeretecn ateieiw cs levee opal whal ain) -Setal musta iclah eae SOD Note on the Exactitude of the French Normal Fork. By R. Konig. On a new Species of Adocide from the Tertiary of Georgia. By #. DD COBO! o ae xu Sage bs &: Lage ae edge alae spares tae ates Bie ean ee eefasets te eee Tenth Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical America. By #. DE COMEE Ro oligsae syoraneguieae Bien eis ni aie Parag ae, Se seo Further Illustrations of Central Force.’ By P. H. Chase...>......- On some Tellurium and Vanadium Minerals. By F&. A. Genth...... The Flow of Water Through an Opening in a Pierced Plate. By &. BPD DS Nae o ores wc rateoepanpare wr Injecte ars Se’ ays 0s parm ota Bur ezeh ore oe at anno Description of the Wilcox Spouting Water-well. By C. A. Ashburner Level Notes of Oil Pipe Line to Baltimore. By H. Hauwpt......... List of Elevations across Indiana County, Pa. By ©. Burrett, Jr... Obituary Notice of John C. Cresson By Frederick Fraley........- On Land Plants lately discovered in the Silurian Rocks of the United States. By ZL. Lesquereux (with a plate). ..........-. cece reece On a Species of Fungus Discovered in Coal Shales. By L.*Lesquereux On New Reptiles and Fishes of the Cretaceous No. 3 of Kansas. By Jip Oe COV a anmenccb> SoD ab Goa 1b SD USO GboUa UNS oSocDbe OF wie Description of Extinct Vertebrata from the Permian and Triassic of the United, States: (By se) D Cope. sa se nc.-0 cle eset a sore On Reptilian Remains from the Dakota Beds of Colorado. By £. D. Sylviculture: “By Blt 2 Price <3... ss scp o) 4 0 din olan Waser eae Ee On the Causes of the Huron Disaster. By W. Blastus...........-- On Bituminous Material from Pulaski County, Va. By Dr. @. M. GLEN ENE eR Ona ah ca Nec E | anano Meo qoLTAD USO oe On a New Method for the Decomposition of Chromic Iron. By Z. F. MUERTE 55 iowa plat ob 5 ia aw bat om i aN eae wae elo NE oP Ne a On Descriptions of New Vertebrata from the Upper Tertiary of the West. By E. D. Cope...cceseccce veces e cece cect ence ee en eet eneeaeens On some Saurians, found by Mr. Charles M. Wheatley in the Triassic of Pennsylvania. By H. D. Copeé......-cccee cece eceecstecesces On the Vertebrata of the Dakota Epoch of Colorado. By #. D. Cope. On the Paleozoic Rocks of Lehigh and Northampton Counties in Pennsylvania: “By. Prine, Joes se sion 0 ovale oie renee Remarksvon the Preceding: By aPs Hirdeery Jt eccrine eine setetexe stan On Crystallography in Sculpture. By P. Prager, Jr... .....0.ee.ees On a Series of Chemical Analyses of Magnesian Limestone Beds, made by Mr. Joseph Hartshorne, at Harrisburg, Pa. By J. P. TBMOY cd atabar eae se wae a0a.o 4 siphale. ele © are jars ni Gheierelagala sey eienye neve ete een PAGE. : ie a > “i PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCHELY, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Vou. XVII. JANUARY TO JUNE, 1878. No. 101. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE. Siated Meciing, January Aiviccvccw cca eacpecdepeeceessis ae The death of Marcus Bull, formerly of Philadelphia, and of Theodore Mommson, of Berlin, was also reported. Mr. Lesley read a letter from G. 8. Blake, an officer on the U.S. Frigate, Java, in 1830, dated Nov. 12. 1877 (?), to Dr. Hedge of Harvard College, containing two extracts from his Journal, July 15, 1830, Port Mahon, and July 30, 1830, Al- giers, respecting Dr. Timison, Surgeon U.S. N., on board the Java, the grandson of Red Jacket, and a pure Seneca In- dian, who was graduated at Schenectady, N. Y., and died when the Java touched at Algiers. At Port Mahon Dr. Jimison encountered a Kabyle chief, a prisoner, addressed him in the Seneca language, and reported to Mr. Blake that the Kabyle evidently comprehended him. The death of Jimison prevented further experiments with Kabyles on their arrival at Algiers. ‘LONG Woop, Saturday, 12th November. “My Drar Str:—A few days since, you expressed a wish that I would give you, in writing, the particulars of the incident which I related at the dinner at Mr. G. B. B’s, and which we both regard as one of consid- erable interest. I cannot do better, perhaps, than to give you an extract from my journal : ‘“««Frigate ‘“‘ Java,’’ Port Mahon, Island of Minorca, 15th July, 1830. ‘ 344.15 5 p, = 1069.62 ; p =1; the equation reduces to (‘ a “) 1.0029 ‘5 can a My U- =F Py p- 1 = 1049.24. Bessel’s estimate is 1048.88 ; the difference between the theoretical and the observed value being only 51, of 1 per cent. The velocity of light also appears as an important factor in the follow- ing equations, thus furnishing further evidence, both of the significance of Earth’s position, at the centre of the belt of greatest condensation, and of Jupiter’s influence : In these equations 7 / fr F a8 (m7) Vv fr ona ps ( i yi Kiacee Ay x 0 } ip om i, = ‘ x , => — ; A, Goi Bnd 7 (2) 92 (3) 98 (4) 1.061 days. (5) (6) = terrestrial dissociative velocity; »v. = 1878. ] 295 [Chase. mass of Earth; /\ = density of Earth in units of Sun’s density ; 2? — bole - 4 2 A c : time of revolution at 2 7; 2% = radius of revolution for 2¢; 6 — Earth’s mean distance from Sun ; ¢= time of oscillation through major-axis equiva- ent to Sun’s possible atmosphere, or to 4 of Earth’s radius vector ; 4, = time of Jupiter’s revolution ; ¢, = time of Earth’s revolution ; 1.061 = Jupiter's secular aphelion ; radius vector, mean Sarre: ‘ : ee ta ie : It is evident, from equation (6), that — ea might be substituted for 1 A +A TUF i in the exponent of equation (1). In the undulations which are generated by the two controlling masses, w and p,, we may naturally look for harmonic interferences, not only in the light spectrum, but also in cosmical aggregations and in elementary molecu- lar groupings. If we compare » and y», at Jupiter’s present perihelion, we find that the product of Jupiter’s radius vector by its mass is 1.0153 times the product of Sun’s radius by its mass. Representing 1.0153 by n, and 1 1 n+ a’ n+2a@ , etc., gives us the following nodal divisors and approximations, in taking a= 6 .0153 = .0918, the harmonic progression, nm+3a millionths of a millimetre, to wave-lengths of Fraunhofer lines : Denominators. Nodal Divisors. Quotients. Observed. 1 1.0000 761.20 A 761.20 m+a (f) 1.1071 687.56 B 687.49 [1.1530 660.19] C 656.67 n+ 2a 1.1989 634.92 mn+3ua (f) 1.2907 589.76 D 589 74 nm+4a 1.3825 550.60 [1.4487 527.26 ] E 527.38 n+5a 1.4748 516.31 6 817.70 we Ce Cf) 1.5661 486.05 F 486.52 n+Ta 1.6579 459.13 n+8a 1.7497 435.05 G 481.038 [1.7650 431.27] n+9a 1.8415 413.37 [1.9180 396.87] H 397.16 nm+10a (f) 1.9333 393.73 H! 393.59 The harmonic interferences indicated by the series marked (7) are the most interesting, both on account of the closeness between the theoretical quotients and the corresponding observed values, and because the succes- sive denominator increments, are figurate. Of the remaining six lines, three (A, 0, G,) approximate so closely to the Chase.] 296 |Jan. 18, corresponding harmonic quotients, the greatest deviation being less than one per cent., that they may be properly regarded as illustrations of second- ary interferences ; introducing two harmonic triplets, with a uniform de- nominator difference of 2 a, (n+2a4,4a,6a;n+ 6a, 8a, 10@). The bracketed divisors indicate tertiary harmonics, based on denominator differences of a/ = .0153: 1.1530 = 1+ 10a’; 1.4487 = 1 + 29a’; 1.7650 =1-+ 50a’; 1.9180 =1-+ 60 a. The greatest difference between the theoretical and observed values is less than 3 of one per cent.; the other differences range between ?; and ;, of one per cent. Among the subordinate spectral lines there are some as I have shown elsewhere,* which are closely represented by the denominators 7 + 2 a, nm+4an+5a,n+74a, n+8a, n+9a. But, on account of the great number of faint lines, such accordances are less satisfactory than those which can be found in the lines which are more widely separated and more prominent. In planetary aggregation the interference waves have manifested their influence most strikingly at luminous internodes. The denominators are exponential, indicating roots which are to be extracted, instead of divisions which are to be made. It will be noticed that the first six expo- nential denominators in the following table, are arithmetical means between the adjacent numbers in the primitive series of nodal divisors in the fore- going table, and that the others are formed by successive denominator in- crements of } a. Exponential Denominators. Roots. Observed. 1.0000 6453 64538 Neptune. 1.0536 4130 4122 Uranus. 1.1530 2015 2050 Saturn. 1.2448 1150 1118 Jupiter. 1.3366 708 728 Freia. 1.4284 465 473 Flora. 1.5202 321 32% Mars, 1.6350 214 215 Earth. 1.7497 150 155 Venus. 1,8644 ital 110 Ven.-Mer. 1.9792 : 84 83 Mercury. 2.0939 66 64 Mercury, s. p. 2.2089 53 538 Mercury, c. o. ” The ‘‘observec values are the mean planetary vector-radii, in units of Sun’s radius. ‘‘ Ven.-Mer.’’ is the arithmetical mean between Venus’s mean distance (155) and Mercury’s secular perihelion (64). ‘‘ Mercury, c. 0.’ is the centre of spherical oscillation (,/ .4 ) of a nebula extending to Mercury’s mean distance. The harmonic interferences in the spectra of chemical elements may probably be best studied, by beginning with those which contain few * Ante, p. 110. 29% 1878.] fChase, prominent lines. The wave-measurements, in all of the following com- parisons, are taken from the paper of Professor Wolcott Gibbs, in the Ameri- can Journal of Science, second series, vol. xlvii, pp. 198, seq. Kirchhoff’s lines are indicated by K; Huggins’s by H; Gibbs’s groupings of corres- ponding lines, in the observations of both Kirchhoff and Huggins, by K H ; the left-hand columns containing Kirchhoff’s estimates, and the right-hand columns those of Huggins : Mercury, K H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 568.47 568.55 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1 546.338 546.18 1.0407 1.0411 1.0406 1+ 6a 542.80 542.80 1.0473 1.0484 1.0474 1+7a Hap, KO: Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 561.29 561.46 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1 537.71 5387.85 1.0489 1.04389 1.0440 14+ 34a 439.07 488.938 1.2784 1.2792 1.2784 1+194 LiITHIuM, H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 610.73 1.0000 1.0000 1 479.48 1.2277 1.2214 1+ 2a 459.98 1.38279 1.3321 1+3 RUTHENIUM AND IrR1IpIvuM, K. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical 635.45 1.0000 1.0000 Ht 545.44 1.1650 1.1646 1+ 5a 530.52 1.1973 1.1975 1+ 6a CHROMIvuM, K. Wavye-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 541.35 1.0000 1,0000 1 521.20 1.0387 1.0887 1+ 1lla 520.98 1.0391 1.0391 1+ 1124 520.83 1.0394 1.0394 14 115 a CorpEr, K., Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 578.67 1.0000 1.0000 il 529.30 1.0933 1.0914 1+64a 522.24 1.1070 1.1066 1+7a 465.64 * 1.2428 1.2437 1+ 164 PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvilI. 101. 2K. PRINTED MARCH 27, 1878. Chase. | 998 (Jan. 18, ARSENIC, K H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 617.54 617.67 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 il 611.69 611.67 1.0096 1.0098 1.0093 1+ua 578.95 578.73 1.0667 1.0673 1.0650 1+ 7a 533.55 533.41 1.1566 1.1580 1.1579 14+ 17a Maanesivum, K. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 518.73 1.0000 1.0000 1 517.64 1.0021 1.0020 1+2a 517.17 1.00380 1.00380 1+3a 459.62 1.1286 1.1285 1+ 96 448.57 1.1564 448 .39 1.1569 1.1570 1+113d Tin, K H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 645.83 645.27 1.0000 1.0006 1.0000 1 615.59 1.0491 1.0530 1l+a 556.83 1.1598 1.1590 1+ 3a 556.59 1.1604 1.1620 1+ 206 510.55 510.40 1.2650 1.2642 1.2650 i+5a 459.47 1.4056 1.4050 1+ 53 453.41 1.4244 1.4240 1+ 84a Porasstum, H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 630.85 1.0000 1.0000 1 624.81 1.0097 1.0097 1+ida 613.25 1.0287 1.0291 lta 583.78 1.0806 1.0802 1+¢ 581.79 1.0845 1.0843 1+) 580.80 1.0862 1.0872 1+ 3a 551.96 1.1430 1.1454 1+ 54a 483.18 1.3360 1.33871 1+ 4) 438.96 1.4372 1.4862 1+ 154 431.16 1.4632 1.4653 1+ l6a 426.00 1.4809 1.4810 1+ 6¢ 418.77 1.5064 1.5057 1+ 60 SILveR, K H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 547.55 547.44 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1 546.96 546.63 1.0011 1.0015 1.00138 1l+a 521.32 521.34 1.05038 1.0501 1.0502 1+ 38a This cannot be regarded as a satisfactory accordance. 1878. ] 299 [Chase. Zinc, K H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. / 636.99 637.37 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1 610.64 610.89 1.0482 1.0442 1.0890 1+ua ‘589.90 589.90 1.0798 1.0805 1.0781 1424 472.25 471.98 1.8488 1.3504 1.35138 14+ 94 Capmium, K H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 647.22 647.08 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1 644,59 1.0041 1.0041 1+ a = 28 531.27 531.01 1.2182 1.2186 1.2300 14+ 2a 509.00 508.88 1.2715 1.2717 1.2727 1+56 480.56 480.27 1.3468 1.3473 1.3450 1+ 34 468.10 1.8826 1.3818 1+ 70) 441.94 441.81 1.4645 1.4646 1.4600 1+ 44 The quotient of Kirchhoff’s sixth wave-length by the seventh (468.10 + 441.94), is equal to the quotient of the fourth by the fifth (509 ~ 480.56 — 1.0592). The harmonic denominators, 1+ 7¢,1-+ 11¢,1+4 15 c—if ¢ = 311.6—give 1.2181, 1.3428, 1.4674 ; but this is not so satisfactory a representation, on the whole, as the one I have adopted. (24+ 3-+ 4) a = (5+ 2x7) d. LANTHANUM, K. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 538.56 1.0000 1.0000 1 538.43 ; 1.0003 1.0003 1 era 538.00 1.0011 1.0011 1+a 534.48 1.0077 1.0077 1+ 74a 520.80 1.0541 1.0340 1+ 3la 519.20 1.0373 1.0373 1+ 34a 518.69 1.0885 1.0384 1+ 35a 481.59 1.1188 1.1188 1+ 108 @ Soprum, H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 616.74 1.0000 1.0000 1 616.56 1.0002 590.04 1.0452 1.0455 1+6a 6=1-45) 589.435 1.0462 569.46 1.0830 1.0835 1+iladl=142~x 5) 568.90 1.0840 615.90 1.1954 515.37 1.1966 1.19738 1+ 26a (26=1+5 x 5) 498.87 1.2362 1.2862 1+ 31a (31=1-+6 ~x 5) Chase. } Wave-lengths. 630.84 613.50 598.41 591.61 589.76 564.54 597.19 546.61 471.10 630.49 613.78 598.72 591.45 589.76 564.41 557.18 546.53 471.03 Wave-lengths. 617.54 611.69 603.38 578.95 558.29 550.42 538.75 533.55 521.382 300 Antimony, K H. Quotients. 1.0000 1.0283 1.0542 1.0663 1.0697 1.1174 1.1822 1.1554 1.3391 ARSENIC, K. Quotients. 1.0000 1.0096 1.0235 1.0666 1.1063 alley, 1.1462 1.1574 1.1846 1.0000 1.0273 1.0531 1.0660 1.0691 1.1171 1.1316 1.1540 1.3385 Theoretical. 1.0000 1.0270 1.9540 1.0675 1.1165 1.1350 1.1553 1.3375 Theoretical. 1.0000 1.0093 1.0244 1.0653 1.1096 1.1217 1.1461 1.1585 1.1826 (Jan. 18, lta 1+25 1+7a 1+ 90 1+ 10d 1+ 120d 1+1%a 14 15d The sixth quotient is also very nearly 1.1212 = 1-4 13a; o0r1l3a= 1005. Wave-lengths. 650.24 611.75 603.08 597.05 585.51 582.88 578.51 553.95 552.40 493.78 490.20 650.44 612.15 602.70 597.58 585.67 582.77 578.00 554.06 552.06 493.57 490.28 Barium, K H. Quotients. 1.0000 1.0629 1.0782 1.0891 1.1106 1.1156 1.1240 1.1738 ipaby gal 1.3168 1.3265 1.0000 1.0625 1.0792 1.0885 1.1106 1.1161 1.1253 1.1740 1.1782 1.3178 1.3268 Theoretical. 1.0000 1.0634 1.0792 1.0890 1.1109 1.1159 1.1246 1.1739 1.1780 1.3168 1.8264 1 1+4a 1+5a 14 15¢ 1+ia 1+ 25 1+ 21le 143d 1+ 30¢ 1+ 20a 1+ 55¢ The eighth quotient is also very nearly 1 4+ 11 a=1.1742; or 118 = Bhi) Wave-lengths. 641.38 553.90 552.57 550.88 641.39 553.74 552.38 550.61 Strontium, K H. Quotients. 1.0000 1.1579 1.1607 1.1645 1.0000 1.1583 1.1614 1.1649 Theoretical. 1.0000 1.1592 1.1610 1.1647 1+d 1l+e 1+ aa 1878. ] 301 [Chase. Strontium, K. H.—Continued. Wave-lengths., Quotients. Theoretical. 549.11 549.78 1.1680 1.1666 1.1675 14-30 548.68 548.75 1.1689 1.1686 1.1691 1+3e 525.98 525.95 1.2194 1.2195 1.2195 1+t4a 524.18 524.26 1.2236 1.2234 1.2234 1+ 46 523.24 523.23 1.2258 1.2258 1.2255 1+4e 522.97 522.83 1.2264 1.2268 1.2266 1+pd 522.71 522.60 1.2270 1.2278 1.2272 jet as y ae) The ratio between the first and the ninth harmonic increment, » = 1.4232, is my theoretical value for the ratio between heat of constant pressure and heat of constant volume ;* the ratio between the second and the tenth har- monic increment, 1/ 2, is the ratio between dissociative- or wave-velocity, and stable- or circular-velocity. The geometric mean of 1.1645, 1.1680, 1.1689, is 1.1671 =1-+ 30/; (1.2194 x 1.2236 x 1.2258)3 — 1.2229 — 1 +406’. Huggins’s means are not so theoretically exact, but their devia- tion is far within the limits of probable error, for (1.1649 x 1.1666 x 1.1686) — 1.1668; (1.2195 x 1.2234 x 1.2858)3 — 1.2229;1 4+ 3B” = 1.1670; 1 + 4 6’ = 1.2227. Kirchhoff gives the following additional lines : (2) Strontium, K. Wave-lengths, Quotients. Theoretical. 650.68 9857 554.52 1.1566 461.69 1.3892 1.5893 1+ 4a’ 461.62 1.3894 1.3898 1+ 45d’ 431.38 1.4868 1.4867 1+ 5a’ 431.18 1.4875 1.4872 1+ 50! Puiatinum, K H. Wave-lengths. Quotients. Theoretical. 598.22 598.14 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 596.86 596.59 1.0023 1.0026 1.0026 1+ 3a 595.62 595.47 1.0044 1.0045 1.0044 1+ 54 548.07 547.95 1.0915 1.0916 1.0910 1+56 530.70 530.76 1.1272 1.1270 1.1275 1+ 75 523.10 523.08 1.1486 1.1485 1.1419 1+7e 506.43 506.32 1.1812 1.1813 1.1825 1+9¢ 456.19 454.92 1.3113 1.3148 1.3129 1+ 20d 450.77 449,72 1.8271 1.3300 1.38285 1+ 21d 445.65 444.45 1.3424 1.3455 1.3442 1+ 22d This is not given among the comparisons in Gibbs’s Table XI, but it embraces all the lines in which Huggins’s measurements (Table [V) and * Proc. Soc. Phil. Amer., xiv, 651. ¢ Chase. } 302 (Jan. 18, Kirchhoft’s (Table [X) differ by less than a unit. The groups may be con- nected by the equations, 2l1a=0,;10b=9c;6b=—74d. The foregoing investigations were undertaken in consequence of a sug- gestion by Professor Henry Draper, that I should test my theory of har- monic undulatory influence by an examination of spectral lines. Professor Asaph Hall led me to the discovery of further corroborative tests, by the query, ‘‘ Will the inner moon of Mars fall into harmony, or will it make a discord ?’’ * If we start from a point near the theoretical beginning of nebular con- densation for the outer satellite,+ and take 2 x 3 — 1 harmonic divisors, of the form div.n +1—3 div.n — div.1 =div.n + 32—1, we find the follow- ing accordances : Numerator. Divisors. Quotients. Observed, 13.7 Cia 13.700 13.692 = Nebular radius. d, = 3d,—d;= 2 6.850 6.846 = Deimus. t d, = 3d,—d,= 5 2.740 2.730 = Phobus.t d, = 3d,—d,=14 979 1.000 = ¢ semi-diam. d, = 3da,—d,= 41 884 .d33 = GC. of rad. ose. In a letter to the editors of the American Journal of Science and Arts (Oct., 1877, p. 327), Professor Kirkwood calls attention to the rapid motion of the inner satellite, and asks: ‘‘ How is this remarkable fact to be recon- ciled with the cosmogony of Laplace?’’ He suggests a partial explanation, based upon the motions of Saturn’s ring, and concludes with the remark : “Unless some such explanation as this can be given, the short period of the inner satellite will doubtless be regarded as a conclusive argument against the nebular hypothesis.’’ This is undoubtedly true, if we accept the nebular hypothesis in the form in which it is popularly taught, and in which Laplace is commonly sup- posed to have held it. But there are probably very few among the students who have given the subject much careful attention, who have supposed that all the planet-building has taken place at the ‘‘ limit of possible atmos- phere,’’ or the point of equal centripetal and centrifugal force. It may well be doubted whether the illustrious French Astromomer ever held such an opinion, and it is certain that Sir William Herschel never did, for he speculated on the ‘‘gradual subsidence and condensation’’ of nebulous matter ‘‘by the effect of its own gravity, into more or less regular spherical or spheroidal forms, denser (as they must in that case be) towards the centre.’’ § As necessary consequences of such subsidence, there would be an accelera- tion of velocity in all the nebular particles, the acceleration being more rapid in the nucleus, than near the outer surface of the nebula. Many in- *See Journal of the Franklin Institute, Noy., 1877. + Phil. Mag. Oct., 1877, p. 292. {These are the names proposed for the satellites by their discoverer, Prof. Asaph Hall. ? Herschel’s “Outlines of Astronomy,” 2 871. 1878. ] 303 (Chase. dications point to the simultaneous, or nearly simultaneous, initiation of numerous planetary centres, and it is very doubtful if either of the two- planet belts, except, perhaps, that of Neptune and Uranus, will be long re- garded as having been ‘‘ thrown off’’ by the mere increase of centrifugal velocity. At the very outset of my own investigations,* I was careful to limit my acceptance of the nebuar hypothesis to the qualified exposition of its origi- nator, as stated by Sir John Herschel: ‘‘ Neither is there any variety of aspect which nebule offer, which stands at allin contradiction to this view. Even though we should feel ourselves compelled to reject the idea of a gase- ous or vaporous ‘nebulous matter,’ it loses little or none of its force. Sub- sidence, and the central aggregation consequent on subsidence, may go on quite as well among a multitude of discrete bodies, under the influence of mutual attraction, and feeble or partially opposing projectile motions, as among the particles of a gaseous fluid.’’ + It matters not whether there is such a thing as a luminiferous ether, or whether the hypothesis of such an entity is merely a convenient assump- tion for the co-ordination of results which are due to the action of forces such as would exist in such a medium. The proper study of the forces, and of their mathematical consequences, is the great thing to be sought, and the numerous accordances which I have already found, show how prolific such studies may become. Those accordances, as it seems to me, are already sufficient to establish the Herschelian hypothesis as a true theory, beyond the reach of all possible controversy. That the elastic, or quasi- elastic, forces, which are continually operating throughout the solar system, should extend the harmonic laws to the satellites, as well as to the planets and to the spectral lines, is a necessary consequence of the simplicity and unity of design which underlie the manifold phenomena of the universe. In the case of our own moon, as we have only two terms, Earth’s semi- diameter and Moon’s orbital major-axis, the harmonic equation is indeter- minate ; its direct solution is, therefore, impossible. I have elsewhere, however, called attention to the fact that Earth is central, in the belt which is bounded by the secular perihelion of Mercury and the secular aphelion of Mars, and this fact, together with the nearly synchronous rotation of all the planets in the belt, may be regarded as indications of common forces, such as would be likely to lead to common harmonies. The sixth and seventh divisors of the Mars series represent, respectively, the ratio of Earth’s semi-diameter to Moon’s major-axis, and the ratio of Earth’s axial rotation to its orbital revolution, viz.: 3d,— d, = 122. 120.5331 = Moon’s major-axis. 3 dg — d, = 365. 365.2564 = Karth’s year. The harmonic series, of which Mars and its satellites form a part, seems to have been established before the ring of greatest nebular condensation— the ring of which Earth was the centre—was broken up. In the solar * Phil. Mag., April, 1876. + Loe. cit. in ll Il (ie Chase. ] 304 (Jan. 18, system, as well as in the group of densest planets, the number 3, which represents the uneven harmonics of an organ-pipe, as well as the oscilla- tory divisions of a linear pendulum, holdsa prominent place. For we find, at the outset, the following approximations to important nebular centres : 3° — 9? —— 6061 6518 = Neptune’s secular aphelion. 3° 2187 2222 Saturn’s secular aphelion. Soa os 729 735 Cybele. 3° 243 229 Earth’s secular aphelion. Sato: 81 83 Mercury. 3° 27 3H 9 3l 3 4 ay ty il 1 Sun’s semi-diameter. This accordance is the more significant, because Saturn’s secular aphelion is at the centre of the ring of secondary condensation, which extends from Sun’s surface to Uranus’s secular aphelion. ““Bode’s Law,’’ was based on successive differences of 2° x 3, 2! x 3, 2? x 38, ete. If we substract 1 from each of the theoretical Bode numbers, and divide the remainders by 3, the quotients are 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 17, ete., each of the quotients, except those for Venus and Neptune, being of the form dn +1= 2 dn —1 ; the dense-belt series being of the form dn +1 = 3 dn — 1. In the infinite series, } + 3—% +3—¢+14.,..38—-1-+4 394 3143? + ..., successive sums, in the neighborhood of unity, give the following accordances : Harmonic Sums. Divisors. Quotients. Observed. 4 = 4 27.38 27.00 = 8°. +-—o—eo =, ab 5 : ‘ : +3—4 45 26.40 26.20 Extreme major-axis. +3—8 3 24.64 24.39 Mean major-axis. +3—2 3 20.538 20.68 Extreme secondary radius. +3-1 1 13.69 13.69 Nebular radius. + 3° 2 6.85 6.85 Deimus. + 3! 5 2.74. 2.73 Phobus. + 3? 14 .98 1.00 Semi-diameter of Mars. + 33 41 89 .38 Oscillatory centre. + 3+ 122 120.56 Moon’s major-axis. + 3° 365 365.26 Terrestrial acceleration. + 3° 1094 1096.20 Jupiter’s semi-major-axis. The ‘‘ Extreme major-axis’’ is the major-axis of an ellipse, connecting the inner planets of the two outer two-planet belts at the secular aphelia of Uranus and Jupiter ; the ‘‘ Mean major-axis’’ is the sum of the mean dis- 1878. | 305 | Chase. tances of Uranus and Jupiter ; the ‘‘Extreme secondary radius ’’ is Uranus’s aphelion radius, or the semi-diameter of the ring of secondary condensa- tion ; the ‘‘ Nebular radius”’ not only represents the theoretical incipience of Mars’s nebular condensation, but it also corresponds, almost precisely, with the sum of the secular perihelia of Jupiter (4.886) and Saturn (8.784), in units of Earth’s semi-major-axis—the secular perihelion being the time of greatest orbital v7s viva; ‘‘ Moon’s major-axis’’ is also Earth’s ‘‘ Nebular radius ;’? the ‘‘ Terrestrial acceleration ’’ represents the theoretical in crease in the angular velocity of Earth’s rotation, since its rupture from the central nucleus, or the ratio of its day to its year ; ‘‘Jupiter’s semi-major- axis’’ is measured in units of Sun’s mean perihelion distance from the centre of gravity of Sun and Jupiter. The sum of the infinite series, to and including 3—®%, is 2, which repre- sents the ratio of o/s viva between undulatory velocity and the velocity of the particles of a medium constituted according to the Kinetic theory.* Alexander has shown the importance of that ratio in planeto-taxis,+ and I have shown that it represents ‘‘ centres of explosive oscillation,’’ or the centre of secondary oscillation between the primary centre of oscillation and the centre of gravity, in a homogeneous line of particles (3 — 2 of t = 3). Adding the next term of the series, we get 3, which represents the centre of linear oscillation. Neptune’s major-axis (60.06) is, within + of 1 per cent., (8 — 3° + 3? — 3! = 60) times Earth’s mean radius vector. These harmonies embrace orbital radii of the largest five planets of the solar system, of the inner planets, and of the asteroidal belt, together with nebular-, satellite-, and planetary-radii, for the outer and the middle planets in the theoretically primitive central belt, or the belt of greatest condensa- tion. Can any interpretation be rightly put upon such a chain of har- monies, which does not recognize the fundamental laws of harmonic oscil- lation and harmonic design ? Neither of Mars’s moons is of sufficient magnitude to cause any great per- turbations. To this fact, perhaps, as much as to the proximity of the den- sity-centre, we may attribute the regularity of the Mavortian system. In the solar system, as we have seen, t the preponderating mass of Jupiter sets up a new order of differences in the harmonic denominators ; and we may find probable indications of similar influence in some of the satellite systems, and in the elementary spectra. In the satellite system of Uranus, if we take the semi-major-axis of the outer satellite as the common numerator (22.75), we find the following harmony : - Satellites. Distances. Denominators. Theoretical. Oberon, 22.75 1.006 1.000 Titania, 17.01 1.337 1.348 =1+2a Umbriel, 10.37 2.194 2.199 =1+ 7a Ariel, 7.44 3.058 3.055 =1-+ 124 Semi-diameter, 1.00 22.750 22.750 ==1 + 1274 * Maxwell and Preston, Phil, Mag., June, 1877. +Smithsonian Contributions, 280. ® t Ante, xii, 4U3sqq. ; xiii, 237-9; ete. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 101. 2L. PRINTED MARCH 27, 1878. Chase. ] 306 (Jan. 18, In the Saturnian system there is a slight uncertainty in the satellite ele- ments, except in the case of Titan, whose orbit was well determined by Bessel. It will be seen that Titan’s great mass introduces a secondary harmony. The following harmonic denominators are based upon relative mean distances which would represent the orbital times, as furnished by Professor Hall : Satellites. Times. Denominators, Theoretical. Japetus, 79.38292d 1.000 1.000 Hyperion, 21.8113 2,402 22001 == Msg Titan, 15.9454 2.914 2.920 1+0 Rhea, 4.5175 6.756 6.760 1+ 3d Dione, 2.7369 9.436 9.384 14+ 64 Tethys, 1.8878 12.087 12 = One: Enceladus, 1.3702 14.966 14.974 14104 Mimas. 9425 19.206 19.166 1+ 1384 Semi-diameter, 64.359 64.360 1+ 33d It is well to notice that } (1.920) is very nearly the square of a@ (1.397). In the column of times, Japetus, divided by Titan, is nearly 5 ; Hyperion, by Rhea, 5; Dione, by Enceladus, 2; Tethys, by Mimas, 2; Titan, by Rhea, $; Rhea, by Dione, 3 ; Hyperion, by Titan, +; Hyperion, by Dione, 8; Hyperion, by Mimas, 4°; Titan, by Mimas, 17. The satellite system of Jupiter, our Sun’s ‘‘companion star,’’ exhibits harmonies of distance, time and mass. The mean distance of the outer satellite, Callisto, is 3° semi-diameters of its primary (26.9984). Using this as a common numerator, we find that the other satellites are phyllotacti- cally, as well as harmonically, arranged : Satellites. Distances. Denominators. Theoretical. Callisto, 26.9984 1.000 Ganymede, 15.3502 1.759 ioe Europa, 9.6235 2.807 2.769 8 a. To, 6.0485 4.464 4.500 13. a. Semi-diameter, 1.0000 26.998 26.998 78 a. The harmonies of time and mass are as follows : Satellites. Limes. Theoretical. Mass. Theoretical. Callisto, 16.6894 16.684 — 28 ¢ 4266 4408 = 4 m. Ganymede, 7.155 7.150 12 ¢ 8850 8806 1m Europa, 3.051 3.575 6 ¢ 2324 2202 im. To, 1.769 1.788 3 ¢ 1733 1761 im. The interesting and valuable communications of Professor Alexander, to the last semi-annual meeting of the National Academy, exhibit various har- monies in the several satellite systems, some of which are closer than my own, others are the same, and others are not so close. He recognizes the important influences of linear centres (3), centres of linear oscillation (3, 4), n centres of atmospheric dissociation (7), mean or extreme apsidal distances, mean eccentricities, and a resisting medium, to all of which I lard 1878. ] 307 [Chase. called attention five or six yearsago.* Hethus obtains a planetary series of great symmetry and beauty, but it is neither so close in its general approxi- mations, so broad in its indications, norso simple in its law, as my series of harmonic nodes, determined by the overshadowing influence of Jupiter. + His figures, however, in connection with my own, show that the law of simple harmonic interferences is universally operative, between adjacent planets and satellites, as well as in the systematic subordination of whole groups to more widely controlling masses. I quite agree with Professor Alexander, in thinking that the relations of the mean distances, detailed in his ‘‘ Harmonies,’’ { belong to a very ancient and probably formative state of the system ; while those of the ex- treme distances, as also Stockwell’s curious relations between the perihelia and nodes of the outer planets, § have been brought about by subsequent perturbations. According to the nebular hypothesis, we might naturally look, when rotation was first established, for arrangements determined by centres of spherical gravity, inertia and oscillation. But as soon as nucleal points appeared, corresponding linear centres began to be operative, and their influence must have become more and more prevalent as conden- sation went on, leading to the many consequences which I have already pointed out, as well as to many others, the discovery of which will doubt- less reward the labors of future investigators. Evidences of perturbative action originating since the establishment of the terrestrial nucleus, seem to be given by the following equations : N 0; he = tes (7) 0.2 1 (= Ca (8) 1 In these equations n, = the special coefficient of Jupiter's dissociative velocity (m, = 1/ fir) : ©, = Jupiter’s secular perihelion distance from the Sun ; 0, = Uranus’s mean distance from Sun ; Chirp? = limit of satellite- velocity at Jupiter. In view of the many pointings which we thus find towards the limiting velocity of light, it seems probable that the solar-dis- sociative velocity is still continually efficient, through the combined in- fluences of virtual fall and elasticity, in maintaining the gaseous structure of the Sun. Alexander’s relations between Saturn’s moons and belts indi- cate a similar gaseous structure in the belted planet; but even in the Saturnian system my harmonic series gives closer approximations to actual lunar distances, except in the cases of Titan and Tethys, than Alexander’s series, which represents centres of atmospheric dissociation, thus doubly con - firming the hypothesis that centres of spheroidal activity are first operative, and that afterwards, linear centres modify and extend the primitive har- monies. Titan is Saturn’s giant moon. The ratio of distance to planetary radius, for Tethys, is the same as the ratio between the limiting satellite- velocities of Jupiter and Earth. * Ante, vols. xii, 403-7, 412, 520; xiii, 146, 196 (11); xiv, 655, ete. +Ante, xiii, 196 (11); 237-9. {Smithsonian Contributions, 280. $Smithsonian Contributions, 232, p. xiv. 308 Stated Meeting, Feb. 1, 1878. Present, 11 members. Vice-President, Mr. E. K. Pric, in the Chair. Letters accepting membership were received from Mr. Asaph Hall, dated U. S. N. Obs., Washington, Jan. 22; Mr. John Price Wetherill, 480 Walnut street, Philadelphia, Jan. 23; Prof. I. C. White, Morgantown, W. Va., University, Jan. 24; and Mr. J. F. Mansfield, Cannelton, Beaver Co., Pa., Jan. 25, 1878. A letter of envoy was received from Dr. Lloyd, of Dublin, Treland. Donations to the Library were received from the Imp. Academy of Prussia; the Belgian Entomological Society ; the Revue Politique; London Nature ; Harvard College Ob- servatory ; Silliman’s Journal; the Coast Survey; Min. de Fomento, Mexico; and Dr. B. F. Gould, of Cordova. Applications and inquiries respecting the Coal Slack Premium were received and referred. A letter was received from Mr. Alex. Wilcocks, dated Donaldsonville, Louisiana, Jan. 24, 1878, giving an account of the shadows without penumbra cast by the planet Venus. A letter relating to a bust of John Vaughn was received from Jos. Fry Mogridge, dated Philadelphia, Jan. 26, 1878. On motion the use of the Hall was granted to the Ameri- can Institute of Mining Engineers, at 8 p. M., Feb. 26. Prof. Cope offered for publication in the Transactions a de- scription of fossil remains found in caves in the Island of Anguilla, and read the concluding pages. He proposed for it several lithographic plates, and said that this concluded and completed his previously published memoir on the sub- ject. On motion, the paper was referred to Dr. Horn, Mr. B. V. Marsh, of Philadelphia, and Dr. Daniel G. Brinton, as a committee to report. Dr. LeConte presented for publication in the Proceedings, as the first of a series, a paper entitled “ On the Coleoptera of Florida, by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, of Detroit,” which went 1878, | 309 [Briggs. by regular reference to the board of Secretaries, to be re- served until other papers of the series were received and pre- sented for publication at the convenience of the Society. Dr. Le Conte read a summary of the places where the col- lections were made. Mr. Briggs communicated his results in discussing the question where and how the heat generated by a gas burner disperses itself. In a recent investigation of the chemical and physical properties of ordi- nary coal gas and its products of combustion, which was made in preparing a statement exhibiting the various relations of chemical changes and heat effects, attendant upon gas lighting, the results of which were intended to be applicable to the heating and ventilation of habitable rooms, has given a value for the heat evolved by burning of coal gas, of so large amount, that it is difficult to account for the dispersal of this heat, at all in accordance with the common observation of the result of gas burning. No facts in physics are so positively established as the heat effects upon bodies, and the determi- nations of Favre and Silbermann and Regnault have been corroborated by numerous examiners, and are accepted by all physicists. The combustion of coal gas, as it is consumed in lighting, is so nearly a perfect one, with the products of H,O and CO, completely effected, that it must be asserted that the full equivalent of heat due to the chemical combination of the en- tire Hydrogen and Carbon or Carbonic oxide is produced by the burning. The coal gasitself may be taken as having a specific gravity of 0.426, which gives at 70° a weight of 0.0319 lbs. per cubic foot. Careful computation gives about 19,450 units of heat as the effect of burning one pound, or 622 units as the effect of one cubic foot, and it follows that a four foot gas bur- ner, that is such a burner as will burn four cubic feet in one hour, will produce 2488 units of heat. Taking an extreme case of lighting, a small bed-room which may be assumed to have a floor area of about 100 square feet (that is 8/12’ or 10’/x10/ on the floor) and to be 8 feet in height of walls, thus having a cubic capacity of 800 feet; this room would be ap- propriately lighted by a single gas burner, consuming four cubic feet per hour. If it could be imagined that the room was closed against the ad- mission of any fresh air whatever, and that the air at the commencement of the experiment was at 70° Fah. with 60 per cent. of humidity, and be- sides these conditions, that no loss of heat occurred from the enclosing sur- faces, floor, walls, ceiling, doors or windows, then at the end of an hour’s time the following changes.in the air would have occurred : 2.42 cubic feet of carbonic acid, and 0.253 pound, = 5.42 cubic feet of aqueous vapor would have been generated, while 4.91 cubic feet of oxygen would have been taken up ; and 2488 heat units would have been produced. The changes are as follows: 310 (Feb. I, Briggs. | Airat commence- Change during Air at end ofone ment, cu. ft. hour, cu. ft. hour, cu. ft. O 157.53 — 4.91 152.62 N 630.13 eine 630.138 CO, @ 4 to 10,000 0.32 ae ED) 2.74 H,O Ibs. 0.56 12.02 + 5.42 (0.253 lbs.) 17.44 800. Gas 4. 804. 803.03 Temperature 70° = 174.2° (2488 units) 244.2° !!! The figures for reduction of the 2488 units are as follows: 800 cubic feet of air at 0.075 lbs. per foot (weight at 70°) = 60 1bs. multipled by specific heat of air, 0.238 = 14.28 and 2488 = 174.2.° This result might be amended by computation of the relation of the pressure and temperature for the supposed constant volume of air in the room, but it is too preposterous to need further estimate. It might be argued that the condition of a closed, perfect heat-retaining room is not asupposable one, and I will proceed to compare the effect of this quantity of heat in similar room where the loss of heat is an ascertainable quantity, taking the same room of 800 cubic feet capacity. Such a room, with an outer wall exposure of not over one-sixth its enclosing surface (the one side of a cube), which outer wall has the usual proportion of window surface and presents a mean aspect to the points of the compass (W. or E. about), will be heated by currents of air coming from steam heated surfaces when one foot of surface is provided for each 80 cubic feet of contents. A temp- erature of 70° will be maintained within the room against an out-door temperature of zero with this ratio of surface. In performance of this warming the steam surface of ten square feet may derive its air from out of doors at zero, and there will be furnished in the room three cubic feet of air at the temperature of 100° (heated from zero) each minute for each square foot of steam surface, or 30 cubic feet of air in all, heated at 100,° will supply heat for this room. The room is taken at 70°, and consequently 30° of the heated air will have been expended each minute in heating it, or 900 air feet units—900 x 0.238 x 0.075 = 16 units of heat per minute x 60 = 960 units per hour. These figures are gross approximations of actual heat effects of steam heated surfaces, or of capacity to heat a room against losses from the walls, etc., but they are practical in representing what is sure to be accomplished in house warming and ven- tilation, and they exhibit conclusively that, unless some other laws of heat from gas lights exist than those which radiate or communicate to the air by convection, we must look for a considerable reduction in the heat-pro- ducing effect from what is deduced from rigorous application of the estab- lished laws of heat of combustion. It is certain that a four foot burner does not give out nearly three times as much heat as will heat a small room on the coldest day of winter. 1878.) 311 Prof. Cope exhibited a roughly mounted fossil under jaw of a large extinct mammal obtained by himself in Colorado, in 1878, and described its peculiarities and classical value, as well as the difficult circumstances in which it was secured. Pending nominations Nos. 852 and 853 were read, and the meeting was adjourned. Stated Meeting, Feb. 15, 1878. Present, 14 members. Vice-President, Mr. Fra.ery, in the Chair. Letters of acknowledgment were received from the R. So- ciety at Upsal, Oct. 15 (96, 98); Phys. Society, Berlin, June 3, “717 (92 to 95, and XV, ii); R. Ll. Academy, Vienna, Feb. 22, 717 (92 to 95 and 97); Nat. Hist. Society at Emden, Nov. 7, 717 (92, 92, 96 to 99); Royal Society, London (99). Letters of envoy were received from the Central Observa- tory at St. Petersburg, Jan., 1878; Royal Society at Upsal, Oct. 15, 1877; Physical Society, Berlin, June 3, 77; Royal Academy, Vienna, Aug. 7, "77; Swiss Society at Berne, Sept., "77; Meteorological Office, London, Jan., 1878; and the Office of the Chief of U.S. Engineers, Washington, D. C., Feb. 11, 1878. Donations for the library were received from the Academies at Vienna, Berlin and Brussels; the Royal Society of New South Wales ; Physical Observatory, at St. Petersburg; Royal Societies at Upsal, Copenhagen and London; M. Joachim Barrande of Prag; Dr. Giebel of Halle; Physical Society at Berlin; Societies at Emden, Gorlitz, Ulm, St. Gall, and Basel; M. Henri de Saussure ; the Geographical Society and Revue Politique, at Paris; the Commercial Geographical Society of Bordeaux; the Linnean and Astronomical Socie- ties, Victoria Institute, Society of Arts, and London Na- ture; the Royal Observatory at Greenwich ; the Lords of Admiralty ; Dr. Humphrey Lloyd; Nova Scotia Institute, at Halifax; Franklin Institute, Penn Monthly, College of Pharmacy, Medical News; Smithsonian Institution ; Chief 312 {Feb. 15, of U.S. Engineers ; Signal Service Office ; Librarian of Con- gress, and Dr. Geo. Engelmann, of St. Louis. Mr. Lesley communicated part of a letter from Mr. Leo. Lesquereux, of Columbus, Paleeobotanist of the Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, relating a discovery by Mr. Mans- field, in his coal mines near Darlington, Beaver Co. Pa. of the flowers and leaves attached to the stems of Cordaites. “Sternberg in 1835 first found a stem with leaves attached ; on which specimen, Corda in 1845 made his celebrated analysis of Mlabelaria borassifolia. One other specimen was found by Lesquereux, near Potts- ville, in 1858. Recently Grand’ Eury’s discoveries have enabled him to publish last fall his splendid monograph of the Cordaites in his Carbonifer- ous Flora. Mr. Mansfield has now obtained a splendid series of branches with leaves, and even with leaves and flowers, representing in well defined characters numerous species, and a new section of this family unknown toGrand’Eury ; so that we now have not only the types of the French au- thor, but other and some.new ones far more clearly illustrating the relation of this remarkable group.”’ Mr. Lesley proposed to read Mr. Lesquereux’s descriptions of his new forms (represented on nine plates, now being drawn on stone) at the next meeting. Mr. Lesley exhibited what appears to be an Orthoceras cast in a matrix of schist, lent for examination by Dr. Chas. H. Stubbs to Prof. Frazer, Assistant in charge of the Survey of Lancaster County, said to have been found at Frazer’s Point, on the Susquehanna one mile south of the Maryland State line. Dr Cresson exhibited specimens of large moths: 1. Samia Cecropia, native, feeding on oak leaves; 2. Samia cynthia, male and female, from China, feeding on Ailanthus leaves ; 3. Actia luna, green moth, feeding on the cucumber tree— with their cocoons—prepared by Dr. Samuel Chamberlain, who proposes to introduce the general culture of these moths for the purpose of establishing a home manufacture of silk. The minutes of the last meeting of the Board of Officers were read. Pending nominations 852 and 853 were read. Mr. Fraley reported the receipt of the last interest on the Michaux Legacy, due Jan. 1, 1878. And the Society was adjourned. 313 Stated Meeting, March 1, 1878. Present, 11 members. Secretary, Dr. LeContE, in the Chair. Letters accepting membership were received from Mr. C. H. F. Peters, dated Hamilton College, Clinton, N. Y., Jan. 28; Mr. F. A. March, dated Lafayette College, Easton, Pa., Feb. 4; Mr. Simon Newcomb, Washington, D. C., Feb. 5 ; and Mr. Elisha Gray, office of the Western Electric Manu- facturing Co., Chicago, Ill., Feb. 6, 1878. A cireular letter was received from the Bataviaash Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, dated Batavia, Dec. 16, 1877, announcing the celebration of the Centennial Anniversary of the foundation of the Society on the 24th of April, 1878, and extending an invitation to this Society to participate in the occasion. A letter of acknowledgment was received from the Royal Academy of Lisbon, dated Dec. 26, 1877 (97). A letter of envoy was received from the Department of the Interior, dated Washington, D. C., Feb. 16, 1878. Donations for the Library were received trom the Ed. Revue Politique, the Meteorological Office, London; Lord Lindsay, Aberdeen; Ed. Canadian Journal, Toronto; Ed. Boston Nat. Hist. Society; Managers of the Germantown Dispensary ; House of Refuge; Social Science Association ; Ed. Journal of Prison Discipline, Philadelphia; Department of State and Interior, and U. 8. Naval Observatory ; Acade- my of Sciences, St. Louis; and Min. de Fomento and C. Meteorological Observatory, Mexico. A medal of Mr. Peabody was received for the Cabinet from the officers of the U. S. Mint, ordered by the Peabody Education Fund, and given to the Society by Mr. Robert C. Winthrop, No. 90 Marlborough street, Boston, bearing the effigy of George Peabody, with the inscription, “ George Peabody, born the 18th of February, 1795, died 4th Novem- ber, 1869,” and on the reverse, “* Education, a debt due from PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc, XvII. 101. 2M. PRINTED MARCH 27, 1878. 314 [March 1, present to future generations.”” The trustees of the Peabody Education Fund.” The death of Henri Victor Regnault of Paris, Jan. 21, 1878, aged 68 years, was announced by the Secretary. The death of Paolo Angelo Secchi, at Rome, Feb. 26, 1878, was announced by the Secretary. Letters respecting inventions for utilizing coal slack were received from Mr. Frank Peppard, Basking Ridge, New Jersey, and from Mr. L. Rees, with specimens, Feb. 26, 1878. Referred to committee. A communication, entitled “On the Aerolitic Epoch of Nov. 12-138,” was read from Daniel Kirkwood. (Page 339.) The Secretary announced the reception of Prof. Les- quereux’s MSS. communication, mentioned at the last meeting. (See page 315.) The Secretary laid upon the table copies of No. 100, of the - Proceedings just published, with accompanying list of sur- viving members. Prof. Chase made a communication “ On Criteria of the Nebular Hypothesis.” Prof. Cope communicated a paper “ On the Columella and Stapes in North American Turtles,’ by Miss Sarah P. Monks, with two 8° plates. (See page 335.) Prof. Cope communicated a “ Notice of the discovery of the position of the crural processes in the genus Atrypa,”’ by Mr. Wm. Ginley. (See page 338.) Dr. McQuillen described a case of the extirpation of near- ly all of the cerebrum of a pigeon by himself, and desired to place on record the fact that the subject not only survived the operation 24 days, but gradually regaihed its usual powers and habits of flight and was able to feed itself and drink. Only one such case is on record. Se advocated the propriety and usefulness of such operations from the acknowl- edged existing uncertainties of the science. Pending nominations 852, 853 were read. And.the meeting was adjourned. 1878. ] 315 [Lesquereux, On the Cordaites and their related generic divisions, in the Carboniferous formation of the United States. By L. LESQUEREUX. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 1, 1878.) N@GGERATHI 2. This family of plants was established by Brongniart on a species of Sternberg, Neggerathia foliosa, described in Flora der Vorwelt, II, p. 28, Pl. XX, already in 1852. The species is represented by a slender stem or rachis, bearing obovate, alternate pinnules, attached to the rachis by a narrowed base, with simple, straight, dichotomous nerves, slightly pro- jecting at the borders. This plant whose relation was not recognized by Sternberg has not been found since. Gceppert, who received specimens from Sternberg, described and figured it again in his Gattungen, and con- sidered it as a fern related to Cyclopteris. Brongniart, however, com- paring it to species of Zama, he placed it between the Cicadw and the Conifers, a place which seems legitimate. The large number of species de- scribed since as Neggerathia are all of uncertain affinity, and apparently referable to the following generic division, that of the Cordattes ; at least, IT admit them into it. The leaves of Nwygerathia are two sided, those of the Cordaites are in spiral order ; we have none of the first. Brongniart in his Tableau des Genres, 1849, established, under the name Pychnophyllum, a second genus of the same family from another of Sternberg’s species, Mlabellaria borassifolia; while about at the same time Unger described it as Cordaites borassifolius, 1850. Sternberg had referred his plant to the Palms, but Corda, who in 1845, admirably defined its characters by microscopical analysis of its structure in his Beitriage, p. 44, Pl. XXIV and XXYV, separated it from the Palms, and found its affinity to Lomatofloios and Sigillarta, comparing it to species of Dracena of our time. The preservation of the name of Cordaites, in deference to the ad- mirable work of Corda, is indeed legitimate, and has been until now gen- erally preserved. GROUP OF CORDAITES. Perhaps no remains are more generally and abundantly found in the coal measures, from the Devonian to the Permian, than those of Cordaites. They are generally fragments of ribbon-like long leaves, most rarely found in connection with the stems ; for since Sternberg whose specimens were used by Corda for his illustration of stems and leaves, I do not know that until recently any specimens of Cordaites have been found anywhere with leaves connected to a stem, except one figured here which I discovered years ago in the upper anthracite Salem vein, near Pottsville, Pennsyl- vania. Even single leaves of Cordaites are rarely found entire, or in their whole length. In some coal beds of Illinois layers of shale one foot thick, or more, are composed, so to say, of those leaves heaped and pressed one Lesquereux.] 316 : [March 1, upon another without any other kind of vegetable remains. There, also, I could never obtain a fragment of stem nor any kind of fruits which could be used for completing in some way the description of the characters of the genus. Now from the specimens recently published in the splendid Coal Flora of Grand’Eury, and from those which are described and figured here, and which give, perhaps, still more evidence in regard to the relation of the Cordaites, the genus may be characterized as follows : CorpaltTEs Ung. Stems or branches with a large medular canal, marked outside by trans- verse narrow close ribs, sometimes joined by divisions, covered with double or triple layers of bark, recognized in the fossil state by two or more thin layers of coal, that of the surface being more or less distinctly marked by semi-lunar inflated scar of leaves, and bearing also, as seen from our speci- mens, oblique divisions or branchlets. The naked stems have been gen- erally described under the name of Artisia or Sternbergia, when found de- prived of the bark. Leaves in spiral order, more or less distant, sometimes imbricated, ribbon-like, of various lengths and width, mostly linear or gradually enlarging upwards, generally obtuse, sometimes undulate, and more or less deeply split at the top, curving to and somewhat inflated at the sessile or semi-embracing base, marked lengthwise with parallel pri- mary and secondary nerves or lines more or less distinct, generally more distant in the middle of the leaves, and somewhat inflated toward the base. According to the enlarging progress of the leaves towards the point, the nerves divide by splitting, a division which is rarely observable. The stems bear racemes of flowers, rarely found, however, going out of the axils of the leaves. Two kinds are figured here, seemingly bear- ing, one male, the other fertile flowers. They evidently represent, in part at least, the so-called Antholites, which until now have been separately considered without positive reference. The fruits of Cordaites are described by Grand’ Eury under the names of Cordaicarpus, Diplotesta, Carpolithes Grand Eurianus, C. avellanus, and C. Gutbier? ; none of which, except the two last species have been found in connection with the specimens published here, or in the same clayed cannel coal wherefrom they are derived. The more common species of fruits of this locality are figured here as future points of comparison. No silicified remains of these plants have as yet been found in the American coal measures, and therefore, anatomical and microscopical re- searches in regard to their internal structure are here impossible. The only analysis made from a silicified stem, is that by Corda, loc. cit. European authors, especially Goeppert, Weiss and Grand’Eury, have discussed at length the characters of the Cordaites and their relation. This con- sideration, pursued from different points of view, though very instructive and interesting, cannot find place here. We owe to the systematic researches of Mr. I. F. Mansfield, of Cannel- ton, the discovery of a large number of specimens of this genus which have 1873.]} S17 {Lesquereux. been mostly used for the figures and descriptions of the carboniferous flora. They supply a considerable amount of evidence on the relation of various forms which had been from fragments referred to different generic divis- ions or even to different families, and also on the peculiar mode of vege- tation of these plants. Certainly the vegetable paleontology of our coal is greatly indebted to this ardent, careful and very experienced collector. The American species of Cordaiies, as far as we know them up to the present time, are referable to different divisions which I have merely named in the margin. [CRASSIFOLIA. ] CORDAITES VALIDUS, sp. nov. Pl. XLVI, fig. 1, 2.* Leaves thick, very long, linear, as far as shown by the fragments, thirty- five centimeters long, half embracing the stem at the base, five to eight centimeters broad, slightly enlarged in turning to the inflated point of at- tachment whose scar is subcordate, narrowly, nearly equally and obscurely striate on the upper surface, where the veins, seven or eight per m#limeier, are immersed into the epidermis; more distinctly marked on the lower surface where they are obtuse or keeled, irregular in distance, three to five per millimeter, sometimes with an intermediate secondary vein, more generally with an obtuse furrow between them. The fragment of stem figured is more coarsely and irregularly striate than the leaves, the striz being here and there inflated, thus irregular in size, so that at first sight or without glass, the nerves do not appear continuous. They are so, however, two, sometimes three in one millimeter, even one millimeter apart. The coaly layer of the bark is about one millimeter thick, sometimes more. The same thickness of coal takes the place of the leaves upon the lower somewhat concave surface, under a coating which seems intermediate between the upper and lower faces of the leaves, and thus represents its thickness diminished by compression. The figure of the specimen seems to show the base of the leaf as decur- rent on one side. But the branch is broken, and presents the face oppo- site to the point of attachment, the apparent decurring base being merely the turning of the leaf to the point of attachment behind, and its lacera- tion from the broken stem. Fig. 2, represents the base of the leaves when detached from the stem, and flattened by compression. It is irregularly, deeply undulate-laciniate, with the base of the laciniz inflated, and the in- tervals corresponding with thick fascicles of nerves, dilated above. Fig. 2, shows the scar of a leaf upon a larger stem ; its form and width has no correspondent in any of those figured by Grand’ Eury in his Flare Carboni- fere for stems of Cordaites. This author, however, seems to have seen * The numbers of the plates are not definitive. They are indicated merely for reference to a few copies of the plates furnished, before lettering, to the Pro- ceedings of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia out of the edi- tion in preparation for publication in the yolume entitled ‘‘ Report of Progress of the Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania; Fossil Flora, &e¢.”’ Lesquereux. j 318 {March 1, leaves like the one described, for he says in a note on a sub-species of 0. borassifolius, under the sub-specific name of crassifolius, loc. cit., p. 216. “‘T do not know as yet if I can refer to the same type some more consistent thicker leaves of which one of the faces is anguloso-striate by stronger and alternate thinner veins, but of which the other is finely and equally stri- ate.’ This remark describes the nervation of our species. I should, there- fore, have preserved Grand’ Eury’s name, if the characters of these leaves, especially the mode of attachment, had not been so far different from that of the following section, and especially if the French author had given a description instead of a remark. Habitat. Cannelton, Beaver County, Pennsylvania, I. F. Mansfield. CORDAITES CRASSUS, Sp. NOV. Negyerathia crassa? Goepp. Foss. fl. der Ueberganzsgebirges, p. 220, Pl XL: _ The specimens appear rather to represent a large stem of the Neggerathia or of Cordiates than leaves. Fragments of the same character are found in the coal measures of Pennsylvania. Years ago I sent to Prof. Brongniart, among other specimens, a leaf or stem similar to that described by Geeppert, but with narrower striz. Its reference was not mentioned by that cele- brated author. These fragments vary in thickness, from two to five milli- meters, are coarsely but equally striate, resembling flattened stems of Cala- mites, without articulation, and with thinner strise-like fascicles of nerves inflated at some places, or buried into a thick epidermis. [GRANDIFOLIA. ] CORDAITES GRANDIFOLIUS, Sp. Nov. Pl. XL VII, fig. 1, 2, 2a. Leaves large, of a thick texture, gradually and rapidly enlarging up- yards and fan-like, from a narrow, semi-lunar base, thirty centimeters long or more, round-truncate or rounded and undulately lobed and split at the top ; nervation double ; primary nerves obtuse, three to four in one mil- limeter, dichotomous or splitting, inflated toward the base, with one often indistinct intermediate vein, becoming more marked near the base. Of this species I have not seen any stems, and all the leaves which I had for examination have the same truncate narrow base, one of them being cut at the point of attachment in the semi-lunar form of the leaves of Cor- daites. Among the fine specimens sent by Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, most of which are too large for illustration in our plates, the outspreading upwards is marked in different degrees. One of the leaves, for example, is thirty-eight centimeters long, gradually enlarging to the rounded top, where it is sixteen centimeters wide, undulate and split in short lacinis, like fig. 1. Another leaf with the base six millimeters broad, truncate, but con- cave as to a point of attachment, is thirty-two centimeters long, and fifteen centimeters broad at the top or there nearly half as broad as long. The only relation I find to this species is with Maggerathia obliqua and 1878. | 319 'Lesquereux. NV. Beinertiana Geepp., Gatt. liv. 5-6, p. 108, Pl. XII, fig. 2 and 3, repre- senting much smaller leaves whose description is insufficient. Of the first, comparing it to V. foliosa, the author says that the nerves are dichotomous, and more distinct ; of the other that they are very close (creberrimi), and dichotomous. The first is from the Devonian (grauwacken), the other from the Carboniferous. As far as seen from the figure and the descrip- tions, the characters of both do not agree with those of this species. Of the first, Schimper supposes that it may be a leaflet of a Macropterigium, of the second he says nothing. N. Beinertiana, described also by Geinitz, is said to have veins of equal thickness, wrinkled across, two characters at va- riance with the nervation of these leaves, where besides the unequality of the nerves, the cross wrinkles are less marked than in any other species of this genus, indeed undistinguishable even with a strong glass. Habitat. Pittston ; intra-conglomerate measures, R. D. Lacoe. [ COMMUNES. ] This section might be subdivided into two, one for the species with large leaves, more generally found in the middle coal measures ; the other for the narrow leaved species, which appear related to those described by Grand’ Eury, under the name of Poa-cordaites. I cannot, however, find, either in the nervations, or in the basilar form of the point of attachment of the leaves, any persistent characters which could enable me to dis- tinctly separate them. CoRDAITES BorRAssrFouius Ung. Pl. XL VII, fig. 3, 3a, 30. Leaves generally large from five to eight millimeters broad in the middle, where they appear the widest, gradually and slightly narrowing upward and downward, sublinear, obtuse or truncate, and generally more or less deeply split at the top, slightly contracted at the semi-lunar somewhat in- flated base. Nervation indistinct to the naked eyes, close, five to seven primary nerves in one millimeter, and generally one intermediate thin veinlet, surface marked by cross wrinkles, more distinct than in the former species. As figured by Corda, who has exactly marked the characters of nerva- tion, and of the areolation, the leaves are all obtuse and shorter than I have generally found them. The branch which the German author has figured, however, is a young one ; the leaves are merely those of the tops of the branches. I have seen in Kentucky, near Amanda furnace, a bed of clay composed mostly of remains of this species, where amongst an immense number of fragments, I found also some large top leaves five to six centi- meters broad, some very obtuse, half round, some also split into lacinise in the middle, others narrowed at the top, like that of our figure. The one figured here is cut in two, the middle part being left out for want of space. It measures in its whole, forty-five centimeters in length, and six centimeters width, in the middle; the lines 3° and 3¢ mark the diameter of the leaf. Lesquereux.] 320 [March 1, These leaves are found in most of the beds of our Carboniferous measures from the Millstone Grit to the Pittsburgh coal, where they are abundant. Not rare at Cannelton. CORDAITES COMMUNIS, sp. Noy. Leaves of various size, generally smaller than those of the former species, more evidently and generally attenuated to the base; the largest leaf seen of this species is twenty-two centimeters long, and thirty-seven millimeters wide at or near the top where it is broken ; fifteen millimeters broad just above the point of attachment, with border generally recurved. The upper surface is covered with a thick epidermis with distinct cross wrinkles. Primary nerves about three in two millimeters, obtuse and more obscure at the upper surface, distinct in the lower, with two to four intermediate veins. The nervation of these leaves is sufficient to separate them from the former species. One of the specimens represents a branch with leaves attached to it, and semilunar scars of those which have been destroyed. It bears also an un- folding branch, about in the same position as the one figured Pl. XLIX, fig. 2, but with shorter leaves, two centimeters long, more closely imbri- cated and more enlarged at the base, where they measure five to six milli- meters, and small cones (one only is distinct) with imbricated scales exactly like Cordianthus gemmifer, of Grand’ Eury, as figured Pl. XXV, for his illustration of the Cordaites. It is not possible to see the mode of attachment of the cone. Besides the character of the leaves the species differs from the former and from any of those described here by the thick bark covering its stem. It is nearly one millimeter thick, though the stems are flattened by compression. Habitat, Clinton, Missouri; found and communicated by Dr. J. H. Britts. CORDAITES DIVERSIFOLIUS, sp. nov. Pl. XLVI, fig. 3, 3a. Leaves narrow, linear, half embracing the stem at the point of attach- ment, twelve to fifteen millimeters broad, curved backward, except those of the top, which are closely imbricated, and in tuft. Surface distinctly marked by the nervation so that the primary nerves may be counted with- out glass. These are generally equal, obtuse, three to four in one milli- meter, with very thin scarcely perceptible intermediate vinelets. The specimen figured and mentioned above as the first found in this coun- try with leaves attached tothe stems, is from the Salem Vein, near Pottsville. The point of attachment is figured too large, the base being obscured or some- what covered by fragments of imbricated leaves. I have from this species separate leaves from Clinton, Missouri, one of which measures at the point of attachment seven millimeters, and is enlarged above it to eleven millimeters. CG: angustifolius, Lsqx. Ills. Rept., II, p. 413 (1866).* Name preoccupied by Dawson in Canadian Naturalist, 1861, p. 10. 1878. } d21 [Lesquereux. It farther and gradually increases in width to seventeen millimeters at the broken end, eleven centimeters from the base. Other leaves from the same locality are exactly linear, seventeen millimeters in diameter, while others still, fifteen millimeters above the point of attachment, gradually diminish in width upwards to fifteen millimeters I remark their dimen- sions to show the variety of size of leaves of this genus, not merely in com- parison with each other but in different parts of their length. I refer to this species leaves found in large numbers at the same locality as the specimen figured, some of which are flat and linear, others with borders curved inside or half cylindrical, others still true cylinders, not larger than a goose-quill, seemingly coming out of a pedicel or stem, as they are often found in bundles and enlarging upwards in proportion as the borders become more and more open and flattened. The nervation is of the same type, the epidermis thick ; they represent in their cross sec- tions an oval line, like figure 3 of Grand’ Eury, Pl. XVIII. Habitat. Upper coal measures of Pennsylvania, Lower coal measures of Missouri; middle and lower coal of Illinois, where it abounds, at Col- chester especially, St. John and Du Quoin. CORDAITES MANSFIELDI, sp. nov. Pl. XLIX, fig. 1, 1b, 2. Pl. XLVIL fig. 4, 40. Stem covered with a thin bark of polished coal, marked by numerous sears of the convex base of leaves, either imbrivated or more or less distant, disposed in spiral. Leaves long, erect, nearly exactly, linear, gradually diminishing toward the top to an obtuse point, averaging fifteen millime- ters in diameter, distinctly and distantly nerved ; primary nerves fifteen to eighteen in one centimeter, with two to four intermediate veins ; surface rugose across as in the former species ; branches oblique with imbricated leaves of proportionate size. Flowers composed of four sepaloid involu- cres, borne upon simple flexuous pedicels, to which they are attached by short peduneles. As seen from the splendid specimen figured here and from a number of others quite as remarkably well preserved, the species is characterized by its long, erect, linear leaves, whose surface is marked by a strong nerva- tion (12 enlarged double, 1” enlarged four times) rounded and narrowed to the point of attachment, reduced to half the diameter of the leaves, per- fectly entire and obtusely pointed. The stems are covered with a thin coating of coaly, shining bark, where the scars are distinctly marked, but no more so than upon the subcortical surface. The branches apparently form the axils of the leaves, one of which is seen, fig. 2, bears leaves pro- portionate to their length and their age, imbricated, linear-lanceolate, ob- tusely pointed, with a nervation of the same character, reduced, of course, to proportionate dimensions by the size of the leaves. Another specimen bears a branch two to three centimeters thick, diverging in the same degree as that of the figure, twelve centimeters long, with leaves propor- tionate in size, the largest already fifteen centimeters long, all imbricated, PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvil. 101. 2N. PRINTED MARCH 27, 1878. ‘ Lesquereux.] 322 {March 1, linear lanceolate, with the borders incurved, especially towards the top, which thus appear acuminate. The nervation has equally the character of the large leaves, the primary veins being one half to three-fourths of a millimeter distant, with two or three intermediate distinct vinelets. Under the name of Cordianthus simplex, I refer the stem bearing flow- ers, Pl. XLVIUI, fig. 4, 4%, to this species especially because the specimens were found in the same shale and in proximity to those bearing leaves, though not in connection with them. Of these stems one is entirely naked, without leaves or flowers; the other figured here shows some difference in its slightly thicker coaly surface and in the absence of distinct leaf scars. These, however, may have been obliterated by longer process of decom- position ; for the racemes of flowers are flattened by compression and irregularly flexuous, with their vascular filaments distinct, as if the branches had been in an advanced state of maceration. The flowers, which ap- pear to be male flowers and borne upon a short peduncle, are mostly turned downward and are composed, as seen fig. 12, of three or four in- volucral, thick, lanceolate, abruptly pointed sepals. The point of attach- ment of the elongated narrow racemes is round, inflated in the lower part, as seen fig. 4°, Their position in regard to the leaves is not possibly seen. Comparing these fructifications to those which have been figured by Grand’Eury, there is a marked difference in this, that all the flowers figured by this author either sterile or fertile are sessile upon the branch- lets. It is the same with those figured by Dawson under the name of Trigonocarpum racemosum in his Devonian Plants, Quat. Jour. Geol. Soc. vol. XVIII, Pl. XVI, fig. 47, which are referable to Cordianthus baccifer of Grand’Eury; those also of Weiss, Foss. flora, p.'195, fig. 1, repre- senting Cordianthus gemmifer. A point of likeness only is found for the form of the flowers attached to a short pedicel and the thick raceme in Sternb. Fl. der Vorw., Pl. XXVI, fig. 2. This figure, though described without reference as plantula debilis, p. 33, evidently represents flowering branches of Cordaites. Habitat. Cannelton. I. F. Mansfield. CORDAITES GRACILIS, Sp. NOV. Pl. XLVI, fig. 4-4. Stem slender, with a rugose somewhat thick bark; leaves sessile by a narrowed base, open or curved backward, distant, gradually enlarged from the base upwards, sublinear, obtusely truncate at the top; nervation indistinct in the upper corticated surface, which is somewhat rough, primary nerves variable in distance from one millimeter apart to three or four in two millimeters, with one or two, even four, intermediate, very thin veins. Closely allied to the former by its distinct and distant nervation, it is, however, far distant by the form, the size, the position of its leaves, and its thick, rough bark. The part of stem preserved is seventeen centimeters long, seven millimeters wide at its base, four millimeters at its top, flat- 1878. | 323 {Lesquereux, tened by compression. The leaves are either at right angles to the stem or curved backwards from their point of attachment, nine centimeters long, gradually enlarging from the base, five millimeters, to the top one centi- meter wide, where they are rounded and obliquely truncate, the point slightly curved inside or concave as marked in the figure. Fig. 4° shows the point of attachment of the leaves observed upon another specimen. Habitat. Morris, Illinois, lowest bed of coal above the Millstone Grit ; found by Mr. 8. 8. Strong. One specimen with broken leaves, but distinct scars, is from Cannelton, by Mr. I. F. Mansfield. [COSTATA. ] Stems or branches irregularly costate by the prolongation of the base of the protuberant leaf scars, whose upper surface is covered by a smooth shining coating of coaly bark. CORDAITES COSTATUS, sp. nov. Pl. LI, figs. 1-4. Stem irregularly costate, leaves narrow, nearly linear, five millimeters broad above the point of attachment, gradually enlarged to nearly one centimeter at the point where they are broken ten centimeters from the base ; nervation distinct ; primary nerves unequal in distance, three to five in two millimeters, with three or four intermediate vinelets especially distinct on the under surface of the leaves; surface cross wrinkled ; flowers narrowly ovate, composed of appressed, imbricated, narrow, linear-lanceo- late, acuminate scales, sessile, upon long decurring cylindrical racemes. The branch, one and a half centimeters broad, bears as basilar support of the leaves, tumescent, reniform scars, fig. 2, narrowed at the base into a linear inflated support, which, after the disruption of the leaves, form, when persistent, narrow, carinate, alternate ridges, becoming sharply keeled and distinct in the old stem, as seen in fig. 3; or when destroyed by maceration, leave a cavity of the same size with elevated borders. The leaves are in an acute angle of divergence from the stem, somewhat loosely imbricated in spiral. Sometimes as seen in a, they appear decurrent by a casual flexion of the lower part to the stem. The flower bearing peduncles are cylindrical, apparently of hard tex- ture, slightly inflated, or like articulate at the point of attachment of the flowers which are sessile or with a very short pedicel. The form of the flowers is very different from that of the ones described from specimens of C. Mansfieldi and of C. communis. Habitat. We have three specimens of this fine species found by Mr. I. F. Mansfield, at Cannelton. [SERPENTES. ] Stems narrow, flexuous or serpentine, abruptly terminating into a large, flat leaf. 3 2 Lesquereux. ] 324 |Mareh I, CORDAITES SERPENS, sp. Nov. Pl. L, fig. 1-4 Stems narrow, fifteen to twenty-five centimeters thick when compressed, covered with a thin coaly opaque layer of bark, marked by somewhat dis- tant semi-lunar scars of leaves. Leaves at right angles to the stem, sub- linear or slightly enlarging upwards, eight to ten millimeters broad, rounded in narrowing to the point of attachment, distinctly veined. Pri- mary nerves nearly at equal distance, effaced towards the borders, three or four in three millimeters, with three to five, more generally three, very thin intermediate secondary veins. Top of stems abruptly terminating int? a broad, flat leaf, as broad as the stem, covered with double coating of couly matter, the upper one somewhat thick, destroyed near the point of conjunction with the stem, but distinctly nerved like the lower one, thick also, whose nervation is of the same character as that of the leaves, the primary veins only a little closer, showing in relief on the under surface, thin, obtusely keeled careens. The specimens figured elucidate the species as far as it has been possible to see it. In fig. 1, representing the only specimen with leaves, those coming out of the stem, near its point of disruption, are narrower and di- vided in flexuous, linear-lanceolate, pointed laciniz, deeply marked by fas- ciles of veins. In fig. 2, the abrupt termination of the stem is clearly marked in conjunction with the terminal leaf. Fig. 3 has the upper part, the bark, destroyed by maceration. The stem is preserved in its cylindrical state, not compressed, and shows the transverse ribs of Artista perfectly distinct, obtuse. The depression in fig 3, which seems upon the figure as a corrodation or a destruction of the stem by maceration, is an abrupt ter- mination as in fig. 2; for the coating of coaly matter, nerved like that upon the terminal leaf, covers the declivity to the border of the cylinder. Professor Dawson has a branch of Sternbergia or Artisia* pith, which he says is probably of a Dadoxylon, which represents this abrupt termina- tion in a most remarkable manner, the pith being one and a half centimeter thick, terminating in acone ofsix or seven gradually smaller rings, the last one only half a centimeter in diameter. (Geol. Survey of Canada, 1871, PI. III, fig. 28). He supposes also referable to Dadowylon another fragment of the same character, bearing on one side a piece of thick bark as we see it bordering the stem of fig. 3. It is represented in Canadian Naturalist, May 1861, as Dadozylon Ouangondianum, and considered by the author as a conifer. Fig. 4, of our plate, reduced in size, represents a long stem of this species, flexuous, narrower per places, especially in the middle, somewhat inflated at both extremities ; it is fifty centimeters long, varying in width from twelve to twenty-four millimeters. covered with close, tumescent scars of leaves, which are obtusely rhomboidal, six millimeters in hori- *The names are synonymous, referring to those cross ribbed branches which Corda considered as stems of Lomatophloios. 1878. | 325 [Lesquereux, zontal direction, four millimeters in the vertical one, also covered with a thin layer of opaque coaly bark. This species seems to represent a floating rather than a creeping plant, for no traces of appendages like radicles or their scars can be observed upon any of the specimens. The prolongation of the stem into a broad, flat, thick leaf, seems to indicate that kind of growth in water, as it appears to serve as a support to the plants on the surface of the water. The cylindrical part of fig. 3, deprived of its thick bark, which is left on both borders, evidently shows, not merely the relation, but the identifica- tion of Cordaites with Artisia, an identification which is still more closely seen upon a number of other larger stems of Cordaites, one of them figured Pl. LIL, fig. 2. It shows a double layer of bark which, whenever it is de- stroyed, distinctly exposes the horizontal ribs of Artista. This fragment appears articulate, and marked on one side of the articulation by a large, protuberant scar of a branch, while on the other side it shows the semi-lunar scar of a leaf. No trace of articulation has been until now remarked upon stems of this kind, at least none is mentioned in the work of Grand’ Eury, who has so remarkably illustrated this genus. The specimen bears, just near the branch-scar, a bundle of narrow leaves of Tenitophyllunm con- textum. Pl. LIII, fig. 2,—but the bundle does not touch by its base the scar of the branch, nor does it appear to be in connection with it, and as the specimen, a large piece of shale, is covered with bundles of the same leaves, I do not consider them as related to this stem. Another specimen, a branch twenty-two centimeters long, three and a half centi- meters broad, convex or half flattened, whose surface is partly covered with the coaly layer and the distinct semi-lunar scars of leaves, six milli- meters broad, shows, where deprived of its bark, or upon more than the two- thirds of its surface, the distinctly marked cross ribs of Artista. These ribs are variable in width from one to two millimeters, parallel, sometimes slightly undulating in their borders, but traversing right across the tumes- cent obtuse scars of the leaves, without any deviations in their direction, nor any kind of branching which could indicate the passage of vessels of leaves into the subcortical cylinder. On one of the borders of the branch, the bark either flattened, or cut lengthwise like that of Pl. L, fig. 3, is half a centimeter thick. The surface coal layer, however, is not more than one-fourth or scarcely halfa millimeter thick. That therefore the Artisia, or at least most of the stems described under this name, are the woody cyl- inder of Cordaites is established beyond a doubt by these specimens. I cannot assert from the examination of my specimens that species of Ar- tisia may not be referable to Dadoxylon representing Conifers. But I have not seen as yet any branches of Artista which might be separated from the Cordaites ; andif Artis‘a species are found with the characters of the Conifers, the Artisia of Cordaites, or those described by the authors and referred to plants of different genera, should have the same characters. This has not been positively established. Grand’ Eury refers Dadoxylom and its Artisia stem to Vordmites. Corda Lesquereux.] 326 [March 1,. has, the first and most carefully, analyzed and described Artisia as the pith cylinder of Lepidophloios, a genus generally considered in intimate relation to Lepidodendron or Lycopodiacee by Grand’ Eury, Goldenberg, Shimper and others; therefore, the reference of Artista to any kind of Conifers is as yet, it seems, unauthorized. I have treated the subject with some more de- tails in considering the general characters of the Carboniferous flora. [FLOWERS AND FRUITS OF CORDAITES. ] Under the name of Cordianthus, Grand’Eury has considered as evi- dently referable to Cordaites, the flowering branches known formerly under the name of Antholithes. The racemes of flowers described here with Cordaites mansfieldi, C. communis, and C. costatus, evidently prove this relation. For, if they are more slender and less developed than those which have been found separated from the stem, as the Antholithes, the: characters of these’ organs are evidently identical. They represent either male flowers, buds covered with imbricated scales, containing merely a powder which may be the pollen; or fertile flowers in smal] oval or round ovules. Of these we have only the following species referable to male flowers : CoRDIANTHUS GEMMIFER, Gr. d’H. Pl. XLVI, figs. 5 and 6. Buds sessile, upon a thick, simple raceme, broadly oval; scales imbri- cated, oval, obtusely pointed. This species, represented by fig. 5, corresponds to that of fig. 4, Pl. XXVI, of Grand’Eury. The second with longer oval lanceolate, more acute scales of a narrower cone, as represented by fig. 6, corresponds to fig. 6 of the same plate of Grand’ Eury. Of the fertile flowers, Cordianthus baccifer, I have not found any. A branch described and figured in the Geological Report of Illinois, IV, p. 427, Pl. XI, fig. 6, under the name of Schutzia bracteatu, Lesqx., bears on one side of the raceme cones identical by their characters to Cordianthus gem- mifer, while it has on the other a elosed bud or a round tubercle, borne upon a short, inflated pedicel, which appears to represent the round tuber- cles of Cordianthus baccifer. This, therefore, would imply the monoicity of these flowers, while all the specimens published by Grand’ Eury and other authors, represent only racemes with either gemmifer or baccifer flowers, and therefore indicate the inflorescence as dieecious. My specimens are not good and distinct enough to authorize a definite conclusion, as the bacci- form bud may represent merely the top of a gemmiform one,* whose basi- lar scales have been destroyed and detached by maceration. The remain- ing top, however, is exactly globular. By detaching the scales of the gem- mifer cones, I found under them a transparent, yellowish membrane, formed of elongated, equilateral, small meshes or areole, inclosing or sup- *Grand ’Eury remarks with reason, that these flowers are generally so much altered by decomposition, that it is rarely possible to fix the sex which they represent. 1878. ] . 327 [Lesquereux. porting small granules of opaque brown matter. These granules, scarcely the hundreth part of a millimeter in diameter, are of a roundish, irregular polygonal form, agglomerated and separating with difficulty. Their size and irregularity of form prevent us from considering them as spores ; they look rather like grains of pollen. Most of the authors of works on vegetable paleontology have figured and described as Antholithes, under different specific namés, some of these organs. Already in 1854, Professor Newberry has a representation in the Annals of Science of Cleveland, of three branches, reproduced in the first volume of the Paleontology of the Geological Survey of Ohio. The one Pl. XLI, fig. 1, of this last work, Antholithes Pitcairnie, Lid. and Hutt, is like our fig. 6; the spikelets, however, being naked, or without the linear bracts generally found supporting the flowers of Cordaites. As my specimens show part of the flowers without these bracts, this difference is probably due to the degree of maceration to which the plants have been subjected. Fig. 2 is baccifer, the ovules being not only sustained by a leafy bractlet, but half inclosed at their base into an involucre. Nutlets of the same kind and form, but much larger, are represented attached to thick branches in fig. 4, as Cardiocarpon, while fig. 3, under the name of Antho- lithes priscus, Newby, represents a Cardianthus gemmifer, whose upper scales are mixed with leaves apparently originating from under the scales. All the forms described by the European authors are represented in the splendid plates of Grand’Eury, who has separated, as flowers of Poa Cor- daites the slender, flower bearing racemes which I have described with Cordaites mansfieldi and C. costatus. Of the fruits and nuts referable hypothectically to Cordaites the number is considerable. But except the nutlets figured by Newberry, Dawson and Grand’Eury, no larger fruit has been found positively attached to stems or branches of Cordattes, nor indeed of any other coal plants. I have figured, Pl. LIV, the fruits most commonly found at Cannelton in shale bearing Cordaites remains. They are described with the other kinds of fruits of the coal. These may be compared only to two species of Grand’Eury as remarked above. Of all the others referred as Cordaicarpus, Cardiocarpus, Carpolithes, to Cordattes or Neggerathia, there are scarcely any at Cannelton. Geinitz refers Rhabdocarpus species to Neggerathia. To Cordaites principalis he refers Carpolithes Cordai, as yet unknown in our coal measures, while the common fruits of Cannelton, figs. 8 to 11, are most like if not identical to Cardiocarpon Gutbiert, which Geinitz does not refer to Cordaites ; while Grand’Eury names the same species Cordaicarpus Gutbieri among the fruits of Cordattes. It has a distant likeness to our fig. 8, and therefore all these fruits, fig. 6 to 11, might be hypothetically considered fruits of Cor- daites, as by transition they seem to represent, either the same, or two closely allied species. It is the only trace of light we have on the subject. The two fruits, fig. 7, are of different type. They are attached to a broken pedi- cel, and were found also with the Cordaites of Cannelton. They are, like the others, described with the fruits of the Carboniferous measures. Lesquereux. ] 328 {March 1, CorDAISTROBUS, Lesqx. Strobile conical, tapering to a point, covered by transversely rhomboidal scars, placed in spiral, bearing narrow linear leaves, with the characters, form and nervation of leaves of Cordaites. The plant from which this genus is established might have been de- scribed perhaps as Cycadoidea or Mantellia, a genus established for the description of stems of Cycas, mostly globular, or conical obtuse, or nest form, all referable to a more recent formation, the Permian. As the leaves are of a different character, as also the reference of this cone to Cycadw is merely indicated and not positively ascertained, I think advisable and more rational to describe it under this new genus, which indicates its relation. CoRDAISTROBUS GRAND’ EURYI, sp. nov. PIE TE fige 3: Cone cylindrical from the base to the middle, narrowed npwards and acuminate, borne upon a somewhat thick pedicel or axis equally striate in the length; scars transversely rhomboidal, inflated in the lower part, bear- ing at the top another smaller rhomboidal scar point of attachment of linear leaves, marked by parallel distinct nerves. The leaves are short, mostly broken near the point, one only preserved in its whole on one side; of the other, four are left, close to each other, all evidently attached to the rhomboidal scars of the cone. The scars show the spiral disposition of the leaves. The nervation of the leaves seen in 3a, is exactly of the Cordaites character. The primary nerves are close, especially toward the borders, and separated by one or two intermediate veins. The axis of the cone, as far as it isseen upon the specimen, is covered by a comparatively thick coaly bark more than half a millimeter thick. It is deeply and regularly striate, the striz being also obscurely seen along the middle of the cone, even to its point, by compression of the scars, as represented upon the figure. I consider this cone as proving more than any other of the organs de- scribed, the relation of Cordaites to Cycade. By the leaves it is a true Cordaites ; by the scars and their disposition it represents a small stem of Oycas. It is, however, difficult to explain its true nature. It does not look like a fruiting cone, and all that is known until now of the stems of Cordaites is without relation to this branch. Dr. Newberry has repre- sented, loc. cit., as Antholithes priscus, a branch of Cordianthus, bearing small recurved gemmifer cones, to which are appended short leaves which seem as originating from under the scales. This is the only organism which might perhaps explain the nature of this strobile by supposing a kind of viviparous vegetation produced directly from the flowering cones of Cordaites. Though it may be, that its relation, as remarked above, is clearly marked as a point of connection between Oordaites and Cycade. Habitat. Cannelton. Mr. I. F. Mansfield. DICRANOPHYLLUM,? Grand’ Eury. The author has described under this name linear narrow leaves of vari- ous length, twice forking at the top, coriaceous, marked with a few thick 1878. ] 329 [Lesquereux. nerves and intermediate nervilles more or less immersed into the epidermis. These leaves are inserted around small branches upon tumescent small bolsters, whose disposition is in regular spiral, with a rhomboidal section recalling those of the Lepidodendron, but formed by the fleshy base of laterally decurring leaves like those of some Conifers. He adds that the leaves of one of his species, D. Gallicwm, do not seem to have been caducous, some remains of them are generally seen even upon the oldest branches, where they have not left any distinct scars. The coaly envelope of the branches is thick, the foliaceous bolsters are soon effaced upon it, as if the bark had increased in thickness in contact witha ligneous increas- ing body, as in the dicotyledonous. The description of the stems and of the rhomboidal scars placed in spiral and left upon the branches, and also the fig. 3, of a branch, in Pl. XIV of his flora, corresponds in part with the characters of the cone or branch described above. But the leaves of Dicranophyllum are of a different character from that of the Cordaites, and, therefore, the author has sepa- rated this genus from the order of the Cordaites. The organism, which from its leaves I consider as a Dicranophyllum, differs in many points of the above description, but some of its characters are so clearly corresponding that I do not find reason to separate them. It will be seen, however, that from our specimens, the relation of the specics is truly to the Cordaites, and that the genus cannot be separated from this order. DICRANOPHYLLUM DIMORPHUM, Sp. nov. Pl. LTV, fig. 1-2. Stems or branches small, the largest seen not quite two centimeters wide, when flattened ; apparently articulated at the point of divergence of the branches and there abruptly narrowed, covered with a coaly bark about half a millimeter thick; stem leaves in oblique or right angle to the branches, narrow, three millimeters broad near the inflated smooth base at the point of attachment, linear or slightly diminishing toward the upper part, where they are forking once or twice, covered with a thick epidermis wherein the veins are buried and obtuse ; nerves distinct under the epider- mis, four or five primary ones near the base. unequally distant, inter- mediate ones indistinct or not perceivable with the glass. The stem, fig. 2, is marked upon the bark by round, small, inflated bolsters, correspond- ing under it to small cavities of the same form and size, very irregular in their distribution, sometimes three placed directly in line, sometimes scattered. Ido not consider them as scars of leaves ; they are probably the re- mains of small mollusks like those which so profusely inhabit the substance of the leaves of Cordaites. The top of the same fig. 2 which is not fig- ured, bears a reniform scar like those of Cordaites costatus, but it is proba- bly that from a top leaf like those of fig. 1. The stem, fig. 1, seems like articulate by a depression across its whole diameter at the point of attachment of the branch 1a. The top of this PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 101. 20. PRINTED MARCH 27, 1878. s Lesquereux. | 330 | Mareh 1, branch terminates abruptly in an obtuse point, to which is attached a somewhat thick leaf of Cordaites character, or with parallel nervation. The top of the main stem bears a tuft of three leaves of the same character as that of a, flat, linear, one centimeter broad. The two on the left side are somewhat thick and the nervation immersed in the epidermis; that on the right side in 0 is decorticated or represented by the impression of its lower surface, with primary nerves distinct to the eye, three in one millimeter, with two or three distinct intermediate ones. The other leaves attached along the stem are those of Dicranophyllum, with nervation more or less obsolete by the thick epidermis, and are of the same character as those of fig. 2. We have here, therefore, in the abrupt termination of the branch a, and the large leaves at the top of the main branch, the evident characters of Cordaites, while the stem leaves are as evidently of Dicrano- phyllum. One of our specimens, fig. 3, represents a small fruit, oval and similar in form to the bulbilles, which Grand’ Eury has seen in the axils of the leaves of Dicranophyllum, Pl. XXX, fig. 8, of his flora, but somewhat larger, with flattened borders, and of a thick texture ; at least its surface is covered by a pellicle of coal as thick as that upon leaves of Dicranophyllum. From under it, or as in its axil, comes a Dicranophyllum leaf four milli- meters broad, soon splitting twice, and separating in three narrow branches, hamulose in their curve, and dividing again in filiform lacinie at their extremities. The character of nervation, four primary distinct nerves in one of the laciniz, as seen in a, where the thick epidermis is destroyed, are exactly the same as in the leaves of fig. 2. Hence I believe that we have here positive evidence of the relation of these organs to the genus established as Dicranophyllum by the celebrated French author and of that of this genus to the order or family of the Cordaités. [TaNIOPHYLLES. |] TaNroPpHYLLUM, Lesqx. Stems large, leaves crowGed, flat, thick, exactly linear, decurring at the base, surface smooth, opaque or shining. The plants referred to this division resemble those of the narrow-leaved Cordaites by the size of their leaves only. These are still narrower, more exactly linear, and their surface is not striate or marked by nerves, neither when corticated nor when deprived of their coaly epidermis. Seen with a strong glass, their surface appears lined lengthwise and crosswise by a very thin areolation composed of appressed square meshes resembling those of the finest tissue. The leaves are, as far as can be seen, very long. I have not been able to find one in its entire length in any of the specimens ex- amined. Their point of attachment still more than their smooth surface separates them from Cordaztes, this point being marked by a linear nar- row scar, rounded and slightly inflated at its lower end, generally pointed or acuminate upwards. The species referred to this group represents evi- dently a different generic division if not a separate family. . 1878. ] 53) VF { Lesquereux. T HNIOPHYLLUM DEFLEXUM, sp. nov. Pl. LIV, fig. 4. Stem or branch narrow, leaves closely imbricated, apparently decurrent, their base being covered by fragments of broken leaves decurving to and expanding in right angle from the stem, surface smooth. The part of a branch figured here is entirely covered with broken frag- ments of detached leaves and its surface is nowhere exposed. The leaves deflexed along the borders in right angle to the stem, seemingly from above the decurrent base, all flattened and parallel, their border generally contiguous, measure one centimeter in width and thirty-seven centimeters in length to the point where the specimen is broken. The coaly epider- mis is on the surface very thin and fragmentary, or spread here and there like powder by decomposition ; but the leaves taken altogether appear of a somewhat thick consistence. I have of this species only one specimen, a large piece of shale, of which a fragment only is figured. Seen with a very strong glass, the veins of the surface may be approximately counted at twenty in one millimeter space ; the cross wrinkles are also of the same size. From the flat position of the leaves, all paralleland in the same direction, they appear as expanded originally upon the surface of the water. The narrowness of the stem also compared with the numerous and long leaves seem to indicate a floating plant. The cross section of the leaves show both surfaces separated by a thin layer of shale or clay, as if the leaves had been in their original state, somewhat inflated or tubulose. Habitat. Cannelton. Mr. I. F. Mansfield. T ®NIOPHYLLUM DECURRENS, sp. nov. — Pl. LL, fig. 4. Pl. LU, fig. 1. Stem large ; leaves decurring, narrower than in the former species, ob- tuse, sublinear or very slightly enlarged from the base upwards, long and thick ; surface same as the former, more opaque. Both the figures represent the leaves decurring upon the stem by an elongated base, but in Pl. LI, the leaves preserve in their length, as far at least as it can be seen, the same diameter all along their decurring base, while Pl. LII, they are gradually narrowed downward from their point of attachment, forming, as appressed upon another or against each other, narrow basilar prominent ridges. The leaves also of fig. LI, are slightly broader and more distinctly enlarged upwards. As the trunk of this specimen is not decorticated, I could not compare the point of attach- ment ; and the characters of texture, facies and size of the leaves being the same, I consider them a variable form of a same species, perhaps even the variation is caused by a difference of compression and maceration of frag- ments of a same tree. The leaves average five to seven millimeters in width, crowded, forming by their imbricating and decurring long base a thick coatin of coaly bark, which, when destroyed, leaves the surface smooth Lesquereux. | 332 {Mareh ], or irregularly lined and wrinkled, marked by numerous leaf scars, some of them distinctly seen, some others destroyed or obscure, so that their relative position is not definitively recognizable. They are placed in spiral, but their place is not always indicated by the scars. These scars generally obtuse and inflated at the base, where they measure one milli- meter in diameter only, are gradually effaced and narrowed upwards, and therefore their character is far different from that of the Cordaztes scars of leaves. The bark of the stem also is much thicker, not merely a thin smooth pellicle of coal, but a coating of shaly carbonaceous matter one milli- meter thick or more. The divergence of the leaves from the stem is at a far less degree than in the former species ; the thickness of the leaves and their surface tissue are the same. Same Habitat as the former. Mr. I. F. Mansfield. T 2NIOPHYLLUM CONTEXTUM, Sp, nov. Pl. LIIL, fig. 2, 2a. Leaves narrow, linear, two millimeters broad, apparently very long, ob- tuse, twisted or interlaced together in tufts, and erect, diverging and curved in the upper part, surface opaque. The tissue of the epidermis is of the same character as in the former species, from which this one differs merely by the narrower leaves more compactly bound together in the lower part. They appear to have been originally fistulose and flattened by compression. Their substance is thick, the epidermis a coaly layer irregularly disrupted in minute elongated granules, as marked in fig. 2a. I have not seen any of these leaves in con- nection with a stem. Though I do not consider this species as the same as the former, the characters are very similar. By compression and flatten- ing an inflated border is here and there formed along some of the leaves, and by their superposition, it gives to the upper ones the appearance of a middle nerve. Ina few cases when the heavy coating of coaly matter is removed, the veins appear in fasciles similar to those of the leaves of Dicranophyllum. These leaves are of the same kind as those mentioned onp. , a bundle of whichseems connected toan Artisza in the description of Cordaites specimens. Habitat. Same asthe former. Mr. I. F. Mansfield. DESMIOPHYLLUM, Lesqx. Leaves narrow, sublinear, gradually enlarged from the base, where they * are joined three or four together and coming out from a common point of the stem. Surface irregularly ribbed lengthwise by prominent large bundles of nerves, buried under the epidermis, which is thick, irregularly granulose, by splitting of the coaly surface as in the species of Tenio- phylium. From this coincidence of characters in the surface of the leaves, I was inclined to consider this peculiar branch as referable to the same genus. It, however, greatly differs by the agglomeration at their base of some of . 1878.] 30 {iesquereux, the leaves coming out in bundles from a common point of the stems, which appears irregularly articulate. Some of these leaves seem separate and joined single by a semi-lunar base to the stem. But I have to remark that ihe points of attachment of the inferior leaves in @ are not perfectly dis- tinct, and appear rather truncate than semi-lunar and embracing. The point of attachment of the leaves in bundles is, however, distinct. There- fore I am in doubt if the lower leaves may not have been separated from a common point and scattered along the stem, where by compression they have merely the appearance of being joined to it. The round points showing scars of bundles of leaves, are seen all along the stem and at equal distance from each other, even to the very base, and, therefore, the sepa- rate distribution of the cthers along the stem seems anomalous. If the position of those scattered leaves and the point of attachment is right, as it can be seen upon the stone and as figured, this genus would partake of some of the characters of the leaves of Cordaites, by their semi- embracing base and the nervation buried into the substance of the leaves but recognized by the striz of the surface. The degree of relation to the former genus is marked as seen above by the character of the epidermis. The connection of a number of leaves from one and the same point and from an apparent articulation is peculiar and gives to the branch an ap- pearance comparable to that of the rhizomas of some Hquisetacee ; the characters of the leaves are, however, totally different from those of rootlets. DESMIOPHYLLUM GRACILE, sp. nov. Pl. LIU, fig. 1. The specific characters are the same as those of the genus. The figure is an exact representation of the specimen as far as it can be observed. The stem, a little more than one centimeter thick and flattened, seems to have been, if not fistulose, at least, soft and flexible. Its surface has the same appearance as that of the leaves, the epidermis having the same texture, and the bundles of nerves being also indistinctly discernible by the irregular ridges, or vertical, more or less obscure, and always ob- tuse wrinkles. The leaves appear long; none of them are preserved en- tire. They are sessile, two or three millimeters broad, only at their point of attachment, two to four together, to a circular scar, and gradually and equally enlarging upwards to about one centimeter at the point where they are broken. To the naked eye the leaves and stems appear smooth, rather shining, but with the glass the surface is seen minutely rugulose. I do not know of any plant of the coal measures to which this fossil or- ganism could be compared. The disposition of all the leaves of Cordaites is in spiral order, this species, therefore, can not be placed in the same division. Habitat. Same asthe former. Mr. I. F. Mansfield. ’ LEPIDOXYLON, Lesqx. Stems, or branches of large size. The fragment figured is six centi- meters broad, rapidly diminishing in its upper part to a conical point ; Lesquereux. } Jod4 |Mareh 1, bark thin, covered with leafy scales; leaves of various size, sub-linear, narrowed or enlarged to the point of attachment, forking or dividing upwards in two or more lacinive ; nervation distinct with the glass only ; primary nerves parallel, about three in two millimeters, buried in the epi- dermis, more distinct upon the decorticated face, generally inflated or half round, intermediate veinlets very thin. LEPIDOXYLON ANOMALUM, Lesqx. Pl. LIV, fig..5. Pl. LY, fig. 11a: Schizopteris anomula, Bret. Veget. Foss. p. 334, Pl. CX XXV. The character of the species is that of the genus. The bark is a thin coating of coaly matter covered with sparse, distinct, foliaceous, oblong, lanceolate-pointed or acuminate scales, marked near the base by a short inflation like a midrib. The lower surface of the stem where this thin bark is destroyed, shows round scars of various sizes from one to two millimeters in diameter, which represent either the base of the scale or that of small leaves. Short, small leaves narrowed to the base are attached upon the stem mixed with the scales. On the borders, the leaves are more enlarged at the base, some of them, however, narrowed ; others seemingly broken and compressed upon the stem; others still, enlarged as a mere diverging part of the stem. They vary in diameter from three to ten millimeters, dividing by an anomalous forking with an acute sinus, either from near the base or from above, marked in the length by parallel, equal and equally distant primary nerves, and very thin intermediate veins. I consider the species as identical with that of Brongniart, described in great detail, loc. cit., especially from the figures of Geinitz, Versteine- rungen der Steinkohlen Formation in Sachsen, P]. XXVI, fig. 2, which shows the divisions of the leaves of this species somewhat broader than those of Brongniart. In our specimens, as figured, the leaves are still broader.. I must say, however, that in another specimen in my posses- sion, which is like the top of Pl. LY, the stem, whose scars of scales are marked upon the bark in elevated round points, bears, mixed with these scales, linear leaves as narrow as those figured by Brongniart. Though there might be some doubt of this identity of species between the Ameri- can and the European plants, they evidently belong to the same group, and are referable to the same genus. Specimens of Schizopterts are very rare. After Brongniart none have been found, or at least described, but that of Geinitz. Brongniart in con- sidering his species admits it as probably referable to Ferns. Geinitz joins it to Aphlebia, Presl., Rocophyllum, Schp., a genus which as seen from the species described in this flora, is a compound of mixed types, whose affinity is unascertained, and which Schimper considers as representing primary fronds of ferns. From this genus this species is positively removed, not only by its peculiar stem, but by character of its ribbon equally nerved leaves. On the true relation of the plant to any of the present time, I can 1878. ] 335 {Monks, say nothing. Like Cordaites it has some analogy to the Cycade@, the Coni- fers and the Monocotyledonous, the Glumacex. But it is evident from the character of its leaves, some of which are narrowed to the point of attach- ment, that this species is in relation to the groups of the Tenophyllium, as also by its nervation to the Cordaites. There is in the stem a peculiar character, which should be remarked. It rather appears to have been soft than of hard texture. The bark is so thin that by erosion some of the scales and young leaves are left attached to the lower surface of the stem as seen in the upper part of Pl. LY, fig. 1. On another side large leaves, especially seen upon my specimens, are decur- ring at the base along the stem, and seen to join it by a division of its borders, or come to it ina more or less open angle of divergence without any diminution of their width, and without apparent division in their point of union, just as if they were part of the stem. The epidermis of the leaves is also thin, its surface reflects the largest nervation buried in the texture, which then appears obtuse, distant as in figure 2 of Brongniart, but under the epidermis, these primary veins are less discernible, sometimes totally unobservable, the intermediate very thin vinelets covering the whole surface. Habitat. These remarkable specimens, which if they do not throw light upon the relation of this plant to those of our time, give at least indication of their reference to the family of the Cordaites, have been found and communicated by Dr. J. H. Britts, from the Clinton coal of Missouri. The Columella and Stapes in some North American Turtles. By Sara P. Monks. (Read before the American Philosophical Society March 1, 1878.) The columella is a small bone found in most reptiles which extends from the parietal to the pterygoid, and helps to complete the lateral wall of the cranium.* In Lacertilia it is a distinct, slender rod ‘‘in close contact with the other cranial bones at its extremities only. In Testudinata on the other hand it is broad, short and scale-like, and closely articulated with other bones.+ It varies considerably in the different species and families, and in some seems to be wanting. In nearly all turtles there is a strongly marked ridge extending forward from the quadrate to the top of the skull, and another not so distinct from the pterygoid backward to the same point on the top of the skull. * See Professor Cope ‘“‘On the Homologies of some of the Cranial Bones of the Reptilia, and on the Systematic Arrangement of the Class.” + Proceedings of Association for the Advancement of Science, 1870, Vol. XIX, pp. 223, 224, and Professor Huxley’s Anatomy of Vertebrate Animals, 1872, p. 189. eo? Monks. ] 336 [March 1, The columella forms part of these ridges and occupies a space between them. Its primitive shape, as indicated by young specimens, and nearly adult sea forms, is an open triangle, or, perhaps, two rods of bone touching at one end, but wide apart at the base. (From young 7. carolina.) In some species the triangular form is lost, and in most it becomes very much flattened in adult age. Tt articulates above with the parietal, below w vith the pterygoids, in front with the parietal and sometimes the jugal, behind with the parietal and quadrate, and often forms part of the anterior margin of the foramen ovale. From the quadrate there extends a smal] osseous style to meet it, and in most cases there is a groove in the pterygoids anteriorly for its cartilagin- ous extension to reach the jugal The descending plate of the parietal generally articulates directly with the pterygoid in front, but the columella is between them at other points.* The columella in Chelonia mydas is triangular, with the front portion scale-like, but the back a flattened rod where it joins the quadrate. In young specimens it is small and slender, and is placed on the base of the parietal near the centre, in a deep groove. It does not touch the jugal nor extend to the foramen ovale in the young. In Aspidonictes spinifer it is thin, flat and scale-like, and either a con- tinuation of it or a separate bone, extends forward, and is interposed be- tween the parietal and pterygoid. It forms the margin of the foramen ovale, which, like all openings in the Trionyx skull is very large. Aromochelys odoratus makes a second exception to the general rule in specimens I have examined of the parietal reaching the pterygoids in front. In this case and in A. spinifer there are two bones to complete the lateral wall. Instead of curving upward, as in other species, they curve down- ward, and the anterior portion, or bone, if it proves to be separate, is firmly attached to the palate bone in adults. In one specimen this front part forms a complete column, whose hinder margin blends with the flat bone. The columella is flat even where it joins the quadrate and bounds the greater part of the front of the foramen ovale. In Chelydra serpentina it forms a flattened, concave triangle, and is joined to the quadrate, and often the jugal by two flattened rods. It is large, well marked, and bounds the foramen ovale. In Malacoclemmys palustris it is a narrow band, deeply concave, extend- ing from the inward process of the jugal to the quadrate, and forms part of the ridge in front of the foramen ovale. In Pseudemys scabra and Ps. concinna, it is much as in M. palustris, but in Chrysemys picta, Chelopus guttatus, Chelopus muhlenbergti, and tn- sculptus, and Cistudo clausa it is much smaller, and does not extend to the jugal. In all these emydes the posterior descending portion of the parietal forms the most of the ridge in front of the foramen ovale. * See Fig. 9, Ch. serpentine of Professor Cope’s articles on ‘‘ Homologies of Cranial Bones of Reptilia,”’ Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Phila. Vol. XVII. No. 101, p. 337, 1878 Plate 14, sl FROM ABOVE. POSTERIOR: POSTERIOR. CRURAL PROCESSES OF ATRYPA. Proc, Amer, Philos. Soc., Phila. Vol. XVII. No. 101, p. 33, 1878 Plate 16 Fig. 1. Cu. mypas. (Post-frontal, jugal, and quadrato-jugal removed.) P.—Parietal. Pt.—Pterygoid. F.0O.—Foramen Ovale. C.—Columella, Q.—Quadrate. S.—Opening for Stapes. (Letters alike for all figures.) Fic. 2. CH. MYDAS. (Young.) Fia. 3. A. SPINIFER. Fre. 4. CH. SERPENTINA. Proc, Amer. Philos. Soc,, Phila. Vol. XVI, No. 101, p. 336. 1878. Plate 17. Fic. 5. M. LACERTINA. (After Gray.) Fig. 9. GC. cLAUSA. (No zygomatic arch.) Fia. 6. A. ODORATUS. Fie. 10. T. CAROLINA. Fria. 7. M. PALUSTRIS. Fia. 11, T. CAROLINA. (Young.) Fig. 8. CH. INSCULPTUS. he ne 1878. ] 337 (Ginley. In Testudo carolina it is seale-like with the posterior a flattened rod, and the anterior portion far from the jugal. There is nothing peculiar in the adult, but in the young the columella is small and slender, and in position and shape resembles that of a half-grown Chelonia mydas. The stapes (sometimes called columella auris) in most birds, reptiles and amphibians, is a very slender rod with a disc at one end. The disc end is attached to the fenestra ovalis, while the external end is attached to the tympanic membrane.* The bone inclines forward at a decided angle. To reach the membrane it passes through a canal, or foramen, made by the folding in of the posterior part of the quadrate bone. The folding in is more complete in adult specimens, and the foramen near the front of the tympanic cavity. In Chelonia mydas the canal is unusually open, and the stapes on one side only protected by muscles. In A. spinifer, Ch. serpentina and Macrochelys lacertina, the stapes is completely surrounded by bone, the edges of the quadrate being sutured together, so as to form a foramen. The edges touch in H. odoratus, but do not form a suture. In UM. palustris the space is open, but the edges of the quadrate approach quite near each other. This isa common form in the emydes. The excep- tions are Ch. tnsculptus, where there is a suture, and Chrysemys picta and Chelopus guttata where the edges lap. The suture is strongly marked in 7%’. carolina. Notice of the Discovery of the position of the Crural Processes in the Genus Atrypa. By WILLIAM GINLEY. (Read before the American Philosophical Society March 1, 1878.) It is already well known that, in 1867, Professor R. P. Whitfield, palezeon- logist of Albany, New York, announced the discovery of ‘‘a loop connect- ing the spiral cones’’ in the genus Aftrypa. In the Twentieth Regent’s Report he describes in detail this loop with its position and affinities; accompanying his article is a plate showing various examples from different localities representing a wide geological distribution. * Cuvier Ossemens Fossiles IX, p. 355. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 101, 2P. PRINTED APRIL 29, 1878. Ginley.] 338 {March 1, From his article I will quote only those parts expressive of his investi- gations and views upon the crural processes or loop : “By carefully cutting and preparing favorable specimens, I have found that in place of the short crural processes so often figured, there is an entire and continuous loop connecting the spiral cones.”’ ‘‘From its origin in the posterior portion of the first volutions of the spires, the loop curves gently forward and upward ; the central or elevated portion lying between and behind the cones, and forming a more or less abrupt curve or prolonged into a point directed toward the dorsal valve.”’ In paleontological studies, it is of rare occurrence that the student ob- tains a specimen of the Brachiopoda in which the internal appendages are not coated with silica, calcite, or some other mineral, and not unfrequently it happens that we notice two or more parts connected by a deposit of this kind. After having examined Professor Whitefield’s Plate, and also many specimens from the localities cited by him, I am inclined to believe that his examples were, to a slight extent, coated as above described. In October 1877, I obtained, from the Devonian of Clarke County, Indiana, specimens of Alrypa* whose internal appendages were replaced by silica, and ap- peared to be free from the usual coating. It is hardly necessary to remark that these appendages are very fragile, and would hardly admit of the slightest touch, yet by careful cutting I was able to expose the posterior portion of the visceral cavity so as to permit of a close examination of the ‘‘loop connecting the spiral cones.’’ Several specimens were examined, each one of which shows the “‘ loop’’ to be com- posed of two long crural processes arising from the bifurcating of the pos- terior portion of the first volution of the cones. Following the convexity of the cones, they gently curve forward and upward, attaining a height of about one-third that of the cones. The extremities are separated by a space of about one sixty-fourth of an inch. The crural processes gradually twist until the lower surfaces present themselves successively to the anterior and top, abruptly expanding and curving posteriorly, the extremities pointing downward, the ends opposing each other with a rounded, semi-circular edge, the convexity being up- ward, the lower anterior edge being slightly developed beyond the upper edge so that, upon looking from above, the space between the edges ap- pears much wider in the middle. The specimens examined show the crural characters to be constant, and as above described. When we consider the slight space existing between the crural extremi- ties, and the frequency of their being coated, it is not to be wondered at that they should appear to be ‘‘ joined and continuous.”’ * A variety of A. reticularis L. 1878. | 309 | Kirkwood. On the Aerolitic Epoch of November 12th-13th. By DanieL Kirkwoop. (Reud before the American Philosophical Society, March 1, 1878). It is now well-known that clusters of small meteors—the so-called shoot- ing stars—move in elliptic orbits about the sun. Catalogues of fire-balls and meteoric stones indicate, moreover, that groups of lurger bodies, some- what widely dispersed, revolve in like manner about the centre of our ‘system ; their orbits in certain cases intersecting that of the earth. The 12th and 13th of November is one of these qerolitic epochs ; the date being nearly coincident with that of the great November shower of falling stars. The writer until recently supposed the meteorites of this epoch to revolve in the same orbit with the nebulous swarm which furnished the showers of 1833, 1866 and 1867.* Later study of the facts, however, has rendered the theory of this intimate relation extremely improbable. The principal phenomena of this epoch (not including star showers) are the following : (a.) 1582, meteoric phenomena at Zurich. (6.) 1765, an extraordinary meteor at Frankfort. (c.) ¢ 1820, a detonating meteor seen in Russia. (d.) ' 1822, fall of aerolites at Potsdam and Leipsig. (e.) 1828, a great meteor seen in full sunshine in France. (f.) 1835, a fall of aerolites in France. (g-) | 1849, a fall of aerolites at Tripoli. (h.) ©1849, a large meteor seen in Mecklenberg. (7.) 1856, a meteoric stone fell in Italy. Gj.) 1877, a brilliant meteor seen in Arkansas and another in Wisconsin. REMARKS. (a.) This so-called ‘ fall of fire from heaven”’ occurred on the 28th of October, O. S., or November 7th, N. 8. Making allowance for the preces- sion of the equinoxes, the date corresponds at present to the morning of November 12th. (b.) This bolide was observed November 11th, and is the only one in our list which occurred very near the epoch of the great star shower in No- vember. (c.) See Greg’s catalogue of fire-balls and meteoric stones; also Quete- let’s catalogue of shooting stars. (d.) Several aerolites fell at this date near Potsdam, and also at Taucha, near Leipsig, about 75 miles distant. (g.) See Quetelet’s catalogue. (f.) This fall of aerolites occurred on the evening of November 12th, in the department de l’Ain, France. The meteor was unconformable to the * A list of stone-falls, detonating meteors and large fire-balls which have ap- peared about this epoch is given in Meteorie Astronomy, pp. 58-60. Kirkwood. | 540 {(Mareh 1, radiant of the Leonids; its motion being from south-west to north-east. A fragment is in the collection of Prof. Shepard, of Amherst, Massachusetts. (g.) The meteoric phenomena of this date are thus described in the cata- logue of Mr. Greg: ‘‘Seen in the southern sky. Varied in color ; a bright cloud visible one and a half hours after; according to some a detonation heard fifteen minutes after bursting. Seen also like a stream of fire between Tunis and Tripoli, where a shower of stones fell; some of them in the town of Tripoli itself.’’ (h.) This fire-ball appeared on the same evening or night.—Greg’s cata- logue. (i.) This aerolite fell at Trezano. A fragment is in the collection of Pro- fessor Shepard. (j.) A large meteor was seen by Professor Robert C. Hindley, of Racine, Wisconsin, on Sunday evening, November 11th, at three minutes past six o'clock (Chicago time?). This meteor is thus described by Professor H. in the Scientific American for December 1, 1877: ‘‘ Direction N. N. E.; alti- tude at commencement of course about 30° ; length of course from 10° to 12°; time of falling about 8 seconds. It fell towards the west, making an angle in falling to the earth of about 65° with the vertical passing through the body. During the latter three-fourths of its course, its length, inclu- “ding the luminous trail, was about one-half of a degree. The nucleus was very brilliant ; its color at first a yellowish-white, then a light green, and lastly, a greenish-yellow. Could its color have been due to boron, thal- lium, &c.? I find no record in any of the numerous analyses of meteoric stones of the presence of elements likely to give the green color.”’ On the following evening, November 12th, at 6h. 36m. (Memphis time), Frank L. James, Ph. D., M. D., of Osceola, Arkansas, saw another meteor in the same part of the heavens, and in some respects so strikingly resem- bling that observed in Wisconsin, that he was disposed, on reading Prof. Hindley’s description, to think they had observed the same phenomenon, and that one or the other had mistaken the date. I have, however, corres- ponded with both the gentlemen, and have found that the meteors were seen on different evenings. ‘‘The date is fixed,’’ says Dr.James,’’ not only by my own ‘case-record’ but by that of a friend and brother physician who assisted me in an amputation on the previous day.’’ The following account of the Arkansas meteor is extracted from Dr. J’s communication in the Scientific American for December 29th, 1877: ‘‘I was startled by a sudden glare of light which seemed to come from right in front of me. Throwing up my eyes I saw a large and very brilliant meteor in the north- east, falling apparently nearly straight downward, with a slight deviation to the east. When I first saw the meteor it was about 30° in height, and judging from the length of time it took to travel the remainder of its course, it must already have fallen 3° or 4°. It fell through an arc of about 12° or 15° in all, and was about ten seconds in falling. When I first saw it it had a golden hue which suddenly changed to green, of that peculiar shade produced by burning chlorate of potash with nitrate of barium and \ 1878. ] 341 [Chase. sulphur. The light shed by it was pulsating and sufficiently powerful to light up the Tennessee shore and the sand bars, so as to show every log and stump.” PROBABLE INFERENCES. 1. The number of stone-falls and detonating meteors observed on the 11th, 12th, and 13th of November is more than double the average daily fall. Hence the periodic return of a cluster whose orbit intersects that of the earth is rendered highly probable. 2. None of the aerolites or meteors of the preceding list are known to have been conformable to the radiant in Leo, while those of November 13th, 1835 and November 12th, 1877, were certainly wn-conformable ; their heliocentric motion having been direct. This aerolitic group cannot there- fore be connected with the shooting stars of November 14th. 3. These facts, it must be confessed, are unfavorable to the hypothesis, formerly advocated by the writer, that ‘‘ meteoric stones are but the largest masses in the nebulous rings from which showers of shooting stars are de- rived.’’* It is true that in the great star showers of 1799, 1833 and 1866 a number of large fire-balls were seen which belonged undoubtedly to the cluster of Leonids ; but it is remarkable that among all this number no de- tonation was ever heard, and that no meteoric stones have ever fallen during these extraordinary star showers. A. The dates of the phenomena given above indicate a period of seven years. Several sporadic fire-balls, however, have appeared at this epoch, and no definite conclusion in regard to the period is possible without addi- tional data. Criteria of the Nebular Hypothesis. By Purny Earue CuHaset, LL.D., PROFESSOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN HAVERFORD COLLEGE. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 1, 1878.) The views of astronomers, respecting the mode of action in world-build- ing, have been various and vague. No one appears to have put upon te- cord any numerical calculations, undertaken with a view crucially to test the nebular hypothesis, or any suggestions as to the proper way to make such calculations. Statements have been made, at different times, by investigators who thought that observed velocities might be explained by the results of nebu- lar condensation, but no one, except Ennis,+ has given us any means of judging on what grounds the belief rested. It seems probable that they all regarded the formation of planetary rings as confined to the superficial * Meteoric Astronomy, p. 64. + “Origin of the Stars;” L., E. & D. Phil. Mag. April, 1877. 342 {March 1, Chase, | nebular layers ; that their studies were limited to the direct action of living forces; that they used no adequate criteria for distinguishing between nebular and meteoric influences ; and that their methods often, if not al- ways, virtually assumed the very principles which they sought to prove. Herschel,* somewhat obscurely, intimated the possibility that nuclei might be simultaneously formed, at different points within the body of the nebula, by the action of particles of different densities. Peirce, Alexander, Hill, Wright, Kirkwood, and myself, discovered various planetary har- monies which point, unmistakably, to such synchronous internal and ex- ternal activities. Yet no one seems to have thought of the likelihood that interior portions could acquire a greater angular velocity than the nebular surface, so that a planet might revolve in less time than its Sun rotated, or a satellite in less time than its primary, until I called attention to the fact that the time of nucleal rotation must vary as the 4 power of the time of superficial nebular revolution. The significance of this relation does not seem, even now, to be gene- rally understood. For, when Professor Hall found that the inner satellite of Mars actually revolved with such unprecedented rapidity, Kirkwood asked, in the American Journal of Science and Art, ‘‘ How is this remark- able fact to be reconciled with the cosmogony of Laplace?’ The same question has been asked by others, and variously answered. It may, therefore, be a fitting time to state, more explicitly, some obvious evi- dences of present nebular activity, such as are shown in the following comparative synopsis : M = n n? = — oo, 7 | xn = a ‘a zn? = IY, = 201) x mn = 63;=2hk3 | reW=d4 | a xin = 2Q, ORT si m= 93,—= 28; | . M = modulus of light at Sun’s surface = 2204.95 x Earth’s mean radius- vector, a quantity of which I have already shown the importance ; (1) by identifying the velocity of light with the limiting velocity toward which the mean solar centrifugal and centripetal forces both tend ; (2) by show- ing that the same harmonic progression is manifested in the Fraunhofer lines and in planetary distances ; (3) by tracing numerous harmonic ar- * Outlines of Astronomy, 2 871-2. 1878. ] 345 (Chase. rangements among spectral lines of chemical elements. M is the common dividend ; the combinations of various powers of z and 7 are divisors. ~ — ratio of circumference to diameter, and, as I have also shown, ratio between incipient and complete centrifugal dissociative force. n = Gummere’s criterion = 11.6569 Saas I give it this designa- tion, because I obtained it from a calculation which was suggested by a criti- cism of Samuel J. Gummere, late President of Haverford College, on En- nis’s theory. The criticism, together with Ennis’s rejoinder, may be found in Appendix II, to ‘‘ Origin of the Stars.’? Gummere says, of the relation 1: //2; ‘‘ This relation being essential to stability, must exist, whatever be the origin of the velocity. Hence it proves nothing as to the source of the orbital velocity, except that it is entirely compatible with the assump- tion that it is due to gravity.’’ This cautiousness of statement is like that which has enabled Herschel’s presentation of the nebular hypothesis to adapt itself to all the astronomical discoveries which have hitherto been made. f. — Sun’s present nebular radius, or the distance at which planetary r~' olution and solar rotation would be synchronous. The subscript figures denote apsidal positions: 1, secular perihelion ; 2, Mean perihelion ; 3, mean ; 4, mean aphelion ; 5, secular aphelion. The multiple, 2, denotes the primitive nebular radius which would give the vis viva of circular-orbital revolution, by simple condensation to the present planetary radius-vector. It should be noted that critical positions of all the planets, together with some asteroidal positions, are represented in the table; that all the sym- metrical combinations of z and m, which are embraced in the table, have planetary representatives ; that both rupturing factors seem to have been simultaneously operative ; that, after the first conversion of linear into cir cular motion, the exponential increments of z are figurate ; and that: ° relations have all been found, not by happy guessing, but by following indi- cations which are mathematically deducible from the necessary action of central forces. The following table shows the character of the accordances : Theoretical. Observed. Manian Meainem M =~ xn 60.210 2w, 60.668 4 1142 +. .142 eee 19.165 { Ge 19.184 == (i) — .019 2h, 19.078 + .087 +. .087 20) 5.168 — ,003 — .003 M — zn? 1.644 a 1.644 .000 = 1230) Min 1.942 2D, —«*1.932 + .010 — .058 iste § on 3) 2.408 Eiht 132 20, 1.396 — .004 find bigho ae 9, 723 + .007 + 097 28, 114 = hou Lig M = x‘n? .167 Op LB? .000 .000 *See ante, p. 99. Chase. ] 344. {March 1, Gummere’s criterion gives the following results of internal rupture, starting from the theoretical origin of Neptune’s present orbital v/s viva. In each instance, the theoretical angular velocity of revolution, for the dense inner planet, must have been (11.6569)? times as great as the angular velocity of the undisturbed portions of the gasiform rotating nebula : Theoretical. Observed. 20, 0 5.204 Ys, 5.203 U,+n 2.576 93) 2.077 64 1 1.760 o's 1.736 63-7 1.646 ) Pope 7 1.637 § Sail 2, n 931 @Q, 982 h. +” 179 OF tbe h, = 7 TAD OF 149 YY, + 7n ATS ome SOT Ys 2 446 %, .455 The great density of Jupiter, as compared with Neptune; the great density of the intra-asteroidal, as compared with the extra-asteroidal planets; the position of Earth, in the centre of the belt of greatest planet- ary condensation ; the connection (7) between the positions of Jupiter’s in- cipient and Earth’s complete condensation ; the fact that Jupiter is the largest extra-asteroidal, while Earth is the largest intra-asteroidal planet ; the further evidence of an intimate connection between Jupiter and Earth, which is furnished by the equivalence of their dissociative velocities ; the probability, so far as we can judge from Sun’s present nebular radius (,), that all the planets were formed when their orbital revolution was accom- plished in less time than the rotation of the solar nucleus ; all point to the increments of wave velocity and of centripetal velocity as a source of in- terior nebular rupture, giving a new meaning to Herschel’s doctrine of ‘«subsidence,’’ and making the inner moon of Mars a confirmation, rather than a formidable objection, to the nebular hypothesis. The tendency to synchronous oscillations under the action of central forces, which LaPlace, Peirce, and Kirkwood have so happily adduced in explanation of some of their planetary harmonies, is shown (1) in the synchronism of solar rotation with the time of passage of a light-wave through the major-axis of the Modulus-atmosphere ; (2) in the synchron- ism of planetary revolution at Sun with the time of passage of a light-wave through the major-axis of the Uranus-Earth ellipse ; Earth being the cen- tre of the belt of greatest condensation, and Uranus having a radius-vector ene j M which is a mean proportional between M and p,, as well as between — and 2 @,. n For readers who are inclined to test numerical coincidences by the cal- culus of probabilities, I have marked the errors, in the general table, both by their deviations from the nearest apsis and by the deviations from the 1878. | 545 [Chase, semi-axis major. The importance of my introduction of various apsides into the study of planetary harmonies, has been fully recognized by Alex- ander, the Nestor of harmonic astronomy ; but in order to avoid all possi- ble cavil, I assume the probability that each quotient of M by z%,/7 is of 2r +1 the form p + (r or less) = ; r being the maximum tabular error, and the unit of comparison being .001 of Earth’s semi-axis major. This gives a probability of more than 26(10)1° to 1 in favor of the assumed laws of planetary formation, a probability which is immeasurably increased by a consideration cf the various phyllotactic, teleologic, oscillatory, elastic, centrifugal, and centripetal influences, which have been pointed out. The three cardinal planetary centres, viz.: the centre of greatest annular condensation, (@); the centre of planetary inertia, (bh ); and the centre of incipient solar specialization, (WV); lend interest to the following table : Tr To Pp == Po p (0), E. ( 2.667 = 3¢ 000 2.637 = of O11 = o eee 2.614 — ae aby 020 | 2.780 — lpia == ae 043 Bt 3! 13.5007, 13.490 — 2? h, 001 43 4! 42.667, 42,474 = 27 W, 005 914.86—r, 214.86° 4608347, 46164.7 — 214.86? 002 2049.51 2049.515 932262r, 947511 = 2M 016 6453.06 6453.063 4302218r, 4263801 — 9M—[x*]-~2 .009 This table represents theoretical stages of nebular condensation, based upon forces which are now operating within the solar system. 7) = pre- sent solar nucleal radius ; 7 = past nucleal radius ; 7, — Earth’s semi-axis major ; ) — present nebular radius; » = past nebular radius ; O = ob- served positions ; E — ratio of error, found by dividing the difference be- tween O and p, by p; [>] = stellar distance, with parallax 0./’89, which is of the same order as the distance of g Centauri; the last three numbers in the left hand column represent, respectively, the semi-axes major of Earth, Saturn, and Neptune. It is further worthy of note, that Earth’s position is a mean proportional between the nebular radius when Sun’s nucleus reached the Earth, and Sun’s present surface ; that the nebular radius of the Jupiter-nucleal Sun was nearly M, (.89 M) ; that the nebular radius of the Uranus-nucleal Sun was nearly 5 M, (4.996 M) ; and that M, when Sun was expanded to the outer portions of the asteroidal belt, was coincident with [>], the origin of the incipient condensation of the nebular radius of the Neptune-nucleal Sun. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xviI. 101. 2Q. PRINTED APRIL 29, 1878. Sherwood. | 346 {March 15, Section of Devonian rocks made in the Catskill Mountain at Palenville; Kauterskill Creek, New York, by Mr. ANDREW SHERWOOD, for PRo- FESSOR JAMES HA, In 1874. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 15, 1878.) Feet. ROUND TOP OF THE CATSKILL MOUNTAIN. 440 SS. coarse, gray sandstone. (Specimen No. 152.) 48 Concealed. (151.) 16 | SS. coarse, gray. (150.) 130 | Concealed. (149.) 32 SS. coarse, gray. (148.) 53 Concealed. (147.) 200 SS. coarse, gray, with many pebbles scattered through it. (146.) 27 Shaly rock, Red. (145.) 37 Concealed. (144.) 23 | SS. coarse, gray ; scattered pebbles. (143.) 340 Concealed. (142.) 19 SS. coarse, gray. (141.) 20 Concealed, (140.) 50 Shaly rock, Red. (189.) 15 Concealed. (158. ) 33 | SS. coarse, gray. (137.) 14 Shaly rock, Red. (186.) 30 SS. coarse, gray. (135.) 2 | Shaly rock, Red (134.) 5 | SS. coarse, gray. (138.) 50 Concealed. (182.) 16 Conglomerate, coarse. (181.) 10 SS. reddish. (130.) abit Shaly rock, Red. (129.) 63 SS. coarse, gray. (128., 152 Conglomerate, coarse. (127.) 47 | Shaly rock, Red. (126.) 88 SS. coarse, gray; pebbles. (125.) 37 Shaly rock, Red. (124.) 38 SS. coarse, gray; scattered pebbles. (123.) 480 Concealed. (122.) 29 SS. coarse, gray. (121.) 219 Concealed. (120.) 15 SS. coarse, dark gray. (119.) 22 | Shaly rock, Red. (118.) 60 Concealed. (117.) 12 SS. coarse, dark gray. (116.) 140 Concealed. (115.) 40 SS. gray (Reddish towards the top). (114.) 103 SS. red and gray ; beds of Red shaly rock. (113.) 103 Shaly rock, Red. (112.) 8 SS. grav. FisH-BoneE bed 1 ft. near the bottom of the 103 ft.(111.) 4 Shale greenish and dark blue. (some Fish-bones.) (110. ) 20 SS. gray. (109.) 68 Shaly rock, Red. (108.) 4 FIsH-BONE bed, 6 to 8 in. (107.) 14.| Shaly rock, Red, mottled with green. (106.) 3 FIsH-BONE bed, 6 to 12 in. (105.) 2 Shaly rock, greenish. (104.) 6 SS. bluish-gray. (103. ) d4T 1878. | [Sherwood. 7 Shaly rock, Red, somewhat mottled green. (102.) 6 Shaly rock, greenish. (101.) 9 SS. bluish-gray. (100. ) 3 Shale, greenish-gray. (99.) 3 Shaly rock, 1ubbly, variegated, considerable per centage of per- oxide of Iron. (98.) 47 SS. bluish-gray. (97.) 6 Shales, Red and green. (96.) 10 Shaly rock, gray and greenish. (95.) 6 Shaly rock, Red and green. (94.) SS. bluish and gray ; of great thickness at ‘the village of Palen- ville.—Continued downwards in the following Section along Schoharie Creck in Schoharie County. N. Y., between Gil- boa and Middleburg, from the Catskill down to the Upper Helderberg, by Andrew and Clark Sharswood. Report to James Hall in the year 1873. Red shaly rock. (This is supposed to be the same bed No. 94 which bottoms the Catskill Section of 1874.) Top of Manor- kill Cataracts at Sawmill. (94.) Bluish-gray SS. (93.) Gray shaly rock. (92.) Gray SS. (91 ) Gray shale. (90.) Gray shale SS. (89.) Red shaly rock, with green bands. (88.) Thick bedded gray SS. (87.) Thin bedded gray SS. (86.) Thin bedded gray SS., with plants. (85.) Hard (false bedded some of it) gray SS. (84.) Gray SS. (83.) Unknown to foot of Cataracts. (82.) Gray SS. (81.) Dark sandy shale. (80.) Gray SS. (at Gilboa) stwmps, leaves, stems. (79.) Dark shale. (78.) Gray SS. (77.) Gray and bluish shale and shaly rock. (76.) Red and green mottled shale. (75.) Redish hard 8S. (74.) Gray 8S. (the top makes the Gilboa falls.) (73.) Gray SS. (72.) Unknown. (71.) Hard gray SS. (with sharp 8. W. dip.) (70.) Unknown. (69.) Gray SS. (68.) Unknown. (67.) Coarse flaky gray 8S. Gnakes top of Little Manorkill fall.) (66.) Unknown. (65.) Gray SS. (64.) Gray shaly rock, fossils in upper part. (63.) Gray shaly SS.; top is Cong., some fossils. (621) Unknown. (61.) Gray flaky SS., foss7¢l plants. (60.) Gray slate and SS. (49.) Gray SS. (58.) Unknown. (57.) Sherwood. ] 348 {March 15, Hard gray SS. (56.) Gray and bluish shale, a few fossils. (55.) Gray SS. (54.) Dark shale. (53.) Unknown. (52.) Gray SS. (51.) Unknown. (50.) Gray, greenish shale, shaly rock, few fossils. (49.) Gray SS. (48.) Greenish shale. (47.) Gray SS. (some false bedded.) (46.) Gray SS. and shaly rock. (45.) Greenish rubbly rock. (44.) Gray SS., false bedded (makes Pitchen Hollow rapids). (43.) Unknown. (42.) Massive gray SS., marked horizon. (41.) Dark shaly rock. (40.) Thin bed gray SS. (89.) Unknown. (38.) Coarse gray SS. (37°) Unknown. (36.) Gray SS. (part Concretionary.) (35.) Unknown. (34.) Dark, and gray shaly rock. (fossils, spirals towards top.) (83. ) Unknown. (82.) Gray SS., dark shale in the upper part of it (makes top of the Wanhaila), some fossils.. (81.) Dark shaly rock. (80.) Gray SS. (29.) Dark shaly SS., few fossils. (28.) Gray 8S. (27.) Dark shale. (26.) Bluish-gray 8S. (25.) Gray and dark sandy shaly rock. (24.) Unknown. (23.) Thin bed gray SS.; a little of it false bedded; some Concre- tionary. (22.) Gray sandy shaly rock. (21.) Thin bed gray SS. (20.) Gray concretionary rock. (19.) Gray shaly SS. (base of Wanhalla Mtn.) (18.) Bluish-gray SS. (17.) Gray and dark bluish-black Shale. (‘‘ Tow-path’”’ road.) (16.) Bluish-black and gray shaly rock. (15.) Unknown. (14.) Dark gray and blackish shaly rock, fossils lower part. (138.) Gray and dark-blue shaly SS. (lower end of Tow-path road). Probably part of bed at top of Vooman’s nose.) (12.) Gray ‘shaly SS.; top of Vooman’s nose, passes under water at lower end of Tow-path road. [Inclination 581 feet in 2 miles, making no allowance for fall of Schoharie Creek.] (11.) Blackish shale. (10.) Gray shale and shaly SS. (9.) Dark gray shale (Vooman’s nose), fossils most abundant in up- per part. (8.)’ Unknown up to ledge on YVooman’s nose. Surface covered with dark gray shale. 10 ft. of black shale is exposed by road cut half a mile west of Vooman’s nose; and supposed to come in this interval of 205 feet. (7.) 1878.] 3d49 | Platt. 100 Unknown in “Middleburg Village. (6.) 2 | Black shale. (5.) 21 (Black shale ? ) judging by the surface. (4.) 2 | Black slate. (3.) 15 Unknown. (2.) Helderburg Limestone. Half a mile below Middleburg, at grist mill. (Makes falls in the Schoharie.) (1.) Section of the Palezoie Rocks in Blair County, by Mr. Franklin Plati and Mr. R. H. Sanders, of the Second Geol. Surv. of Penna., in 1877. (Communicated to the American Philosophical Society, April 19, 1878.) The following section of the Palezoic rocks, exposed in Blair County, was made by compiling the sections taken from the following points: From the summit of the Allegheny Mountains at Bennington along the Pennsylvania Railroad to Altoona for XII, XI, X, [X, and VIII. At Franks- town for VII. At Hollidaysburg for VI. At McKee’s Gap for V. At Tyrone and Spruce Creek Gaps for IV, III. From Spruce Creek to Tyrone Forges for II. The measurements are based on the railroad lines and from the topographical survey of Blair County. From the Mahoning Sandstone to coal A is taken from report H H. XII to VIII was measured by plotting on the railroad map the various cuts and measuring the rocks in each cut, and then projecting them over onto a section line. The projection of the various cuts onto the section line was most likely accompanied by a few errors but they would not make any material difference in the thickness. The entire thickness of VIT could not be measured at Frankstown, where the best exposure could be seen. A good measurement of VI was obtained at the ‘‘Chimney Rocks”’ at Hollidaysburg. The measurement of V taken along the railroad cut at McKee’s Gap gives a good measurement except the lower part which is concealed, and which should have the horizon of the ‘‘ Frankstown”’ ore in it. Tbe Medina Sandstone shows best on the Pennsylvania Railroad, east of Spruce Beech Tunnel. The remainder of IV shows best in Tyrone Gap, but the rocks are crushed and the measurement is not reliable. III a complete section of these slates do not show anywhere in the county. II the thickness of these limestones and dolomites is taken from a care- fully measured section along the Little Juniata from Spruce Creek to Tyrone Forges. R. H. Sanders. 345/ 4/’ XTIT Lower Productive Coal Measures. 223/ 1’ XII Pottsville Conglomerate. 283/ XI Mauch Chunk Red Shale. 1,274’ 4/’ X Pocono Sandstone. 2,560/ IX Catskill Sandstone and Shale. 6,519’ 2// VIIT Chemung, Portage, Hamilton, Upper Helderburg 50/ VII Oriskany Sandstone. 900/ VI Lower Helderburg Limestones. 1,328’ 3’ V_ Clinton Red Shale. 2,565’ 10/7 IV Medina and Oneida Sandstone. 960/ III Hudson-River and Utica Slates. 6, 600/ Il and I (?) Trenton, Calciferous and perhaps Potitsdam 23,348’ Palezoic rocks exposed in Blair County. Platt. | 4! 6/ a1 Mahoning Sandstone. 8’’ Coal bed. Drab slates. Olive shales. Massive slates. Olive slates and shales. 6/’ Coal bed E. Impure fire clay. Sandstone and black slate. Limestone. Ferruginous slates and shales. Sandstone and sandy shales. Coal bed D!. Fire-clay. Sandstone, drab. Black slate. 10/7 Coal bed D. Drab slates holding ore balls. 7/’ Sandstone. Blue slates. Sandstone, massive, drab. 6/’ Slate. 6/’ Coal t] 6/’ Slate + Bed C. 8/’ Coal Fire-clay. Sandstone. 3// Slate. 4" Coal. Sandstone. 10’ Black slate, with calamites. 6// Coal bed B. Fire-clay. Shales. Black slate. 8’’ Coal bed Al. Slates. Sandstone, gray. Coal bed A. Fire-clay. Motel verre 345! 4// SS., coarse grained iron stained. 1/’ Coal. Fire-clay. Slaty sandstone. Fine grained grayish white SS. Massive white sandstone. Concealed. ANON; OU AE Gee 223! 1! Red shale. Gray slate. Red shale. Gray slate. Red slate. Fine grained sandstone. Red slate. Greenish gray slate. Red shale. Gray slate. 390 52/ 10/ 5/ 10/ 10/ 9/ 200’ 3/ 384! 20/ 266/ 15/ 20! 60/ [April 19, White and grayish-white coarse grained sandstone. Gray slate. Red slate. Gray sandstone. Red shale. Total RAS. ie. 283’ Gray shale. Gray sandstone. Red shale. Massive gray sandstone. Dark gray slates. Massive gray sandstone. Olive-gray sandstone. Red shale. Gray sandstone. Gray slate. Gray sandstone. Greenish-gray slate. Gray sandstone. Gray slate. Massive gray sandstone. Brown shale. Red shale and slate. Brown sandstone. Gray slate. Red shale and slate. ‘ Massive gray sandstone. Red shale. Gray sandstone. Gray slaty sandstone. Brown slaty sandstone. Red shale. Gray micaceous sandstone. Iron ore, greenish-gray. 13/’ Gray micaceous sandstone. 9/’ Tron ore, greenish-gray. Massive gray sandstone. Red slate. 6/’ Iron ore, greenish-gray. Gray micaceous thin bedded SS. Ferruginous sandstone. Gray sandstone, Gray slate. Red slate. Brown sandstone. Red slate. Gray slate. Gray sandstone. Red shale. Red slate. Gray sandstone. Mota Nera 1,274! 4” Red shale. Gray shale. Red shale. Brown sandstone. Red shale. Gray sandstone. 1878.] 25/ 196/ 167! 30/ 50/ 30! 30/ 10/ 30/ 37 207 + 264/ 6/ Red shale. Concealed. Red sandstone. Concealed. Brown shale. Brown sandstone. Red shale with three small layers of olive shale. Brownish-gray sandstone. Gray slaty sandstone. Reddish-brown sandstone. Red shale. Yellowish-gray sandstone. Concealed and reddish sand- stone and slate. Gray shale. 50/ Red shale and sandstone. 10/ 265/ 20/ 10’ 15/ 15/ 15/ 80’ 305/ 15/ Gray slaty sandstone. Red shale and sandstone. Red sandstone, Red shale. Red sandstone. Red shale and sandstone. Red sandstone. Red shale. Concealed. Gray shale. 14’ Red SS.. with some gray shale. 10/ Red shale. Red and gray shale. Gray shale. Red sandstone. Red slate with some gray SS. Gray shale. Red shale. Gray sandstone. Red shale. Reddish-brown sandstone. Red shale with layers of gray sandstone. Gray sandstone with red shale ; small layers of gray shale. Gray sandstone and slate. Concealed. Woual, exalts: 2560/ Red slate with gray sandstone, mostly sandstone. Gray slates. Gray sandstone. Gray slate. Gray sandstone. Gray slate. Gray sandstone and slate, with a slight reddish tinge. Gray sandstone and slate. Concealed. Gray slate. Gray sandstone. Light gray slate. 600/ [Platt. Gray sandstone. Dark gray slates. Gray sandstone. Dark gray slates and concealed. Dark gray slates. Gray sandstone. Gray slates. Gray sandstone. Gray slate. Gray sandstone. 2!’ gray slate. Gray sandstone. Gray slate. - Concealed. Gray slate. Slaty sandstone. Gray shale. Gray sandstone and slates, thin bedded. Concealed. Gray sandstone thin bedded with slate. Gray slate with thin layers of gray sandstone. Gray slate. Concealed. ; Gray slate with a few layers of gray sandstone. Gray slate, cleavage planes iron stained. Concealed, mostly gray slates. Olive and gray slates with 10/ red slates. Red slates. Gray slate and sandstone. Slaty sandstone and gray slate. Gray sandstone. Gray slates, some of the slates have ripple marks. Gray slaty sandstone, thin. 1365’ Gray and black slates, the 50/ 900/ 120’ 30! 60/ 5/ 14! 1/ black slates are the lowest thickness not known. Mota! OVE eee 6519! 2/7 -+_ Sandstone, coarse grained, some conglomerate. The thickness cannot be measured at any place in the county. otal evi... 50’. Limestone, not all exposed, mostly a dark blue massive limestone. MOtalam Vela ss 900/. Gray slaty limestone. Concealed. Gray slate with some limestone. Dark gray slate. Slaty limestone. Limestone. Platt.] Gray slate. Red shale. Gray slate. 10’ Limestone. Gray slate. 6’’ Green shale. Red shale. Gray shale. Red shale. Gray slate. Impure limestone. Dark brown slate. Olive gray slate. Red slate. Gray slate with some small layers of limestone. 9/’ Fossiliferous dark blue lime. 6/’ Gray slate. 6/’ Limestone. Grav slate. 2/’ Limestone. Olive slate. Limestone. Gray slate. Limestone. xray slate. Red shale. Olive shale. Red shale. Green shale. Red shale. Olive shale. Red shale. Gray shale. Gray slate and concealed. Concealed. Fossil ore. Gray slate. Concealed. Brown slate. Concealed. Frankstown fossil ore in this interval. Total V, 1328’ 3/’. 100 - White sandstone. 250/ 84’ {/ 87’ 0/ 10/ 5/ 5/ 5! Red sandstone with layers of red slate from 6/’ to 5/ thick. Massive red sandstone. 8/' Green slaty sandstone. Red sandstone with a few layers of red shale. 6’' Green slate. Red sandstone. Red shale. Green slate. Red sandstone. 5400’ Limestone, [April 19, 1878. Gray sandstone. Red shale. Gray sandstone. 6’’ Red shale. Red sandstone. Grayish-red sandstone. Red slate. 6’ Green slate. Gray sandstone. Gray slate. Brown sandstone. Gray slate. Brown sandstone. 6/’ Red shale. Reddish-brown sandstone. ‘Red slate. Red and gray sandstone. Red sandstone. Red shale, Red sandstone. ° Red slate. Green slate. Red slate. Green slate. Red sandstone. Red sandstone (some gray). Red sandstone. Gray slate. Red sandstone. 5!’ gray slate. Grayish-brown sandstone. 3/’ Red shale. Brown sandstone. 2/’ Green shale. Brown sandstone. Red shale. Brown and gray sandstone and concealed. Concealed and gray sandstone. Gray sandstone. Gray sandstone and slaty SS. MotalwiVee. oni 2365/ 10// Slates, gray and black, they do not show in any place in the county. Mota; Tulee eee 900/ dark blue, blue, and gray. 40’ + White sandstone, some of it iron-stained. 1160’ Limestone, towards the bot- tom comes in slates and SS. UOTE OES ENS coo 6600/ 1878. ] 353 (Schwarz. The Coleoptera of Florida. By E. A. ScHWARz.* (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Feb. 1, 1878.) The following list is founded upon matcrial collected during two expe- ditions to Florida. In the spring of 1875 collections were made at Haul- over near the northern end of Indian River from February 23d to March 20th, at Ft. Capron, on the same lagoon about a hundred miles south of Haulover, from March 26th to April 28th, at Enterprise on the upper St. Johns River from May 7th to 28th, at Cedar Keys, on the gulf coast, from June 2d to 9th. In the following year collections were made at Tampa from March 24th to April 30th, and again at Enterprise from May 15th to June 27th. On both trips smaller collections were made at various points : Fernan- dina April 16th, Palatka February 13th, Sand Point on the Indian River February 19th to 22d, Lake Harney on the upper St. Johns River in the beginning of May, at Baldwin on the Jacksonville and Mobile R. R. on June ist and June 10th, Lake Ashby in Volusia County and New Smyrna in the beginning of June. A number of interesting species were also ob- tained on the journey across the peninsula from Tampa to Enterprise dur- ing the first half of May. As the localities where the most extensive collections were made differ greatly in character, and as no points in north-western Florida, nor at the southern extremity of the peninsula were visited, I must abstain from drawing any conclusions concerning the local distribution of Coleoptera in Florida. The sandy plains at Haulover, covered with scrub-oak and saw- palmetto, were not found elsewhere ; the ocean and lagoon beaches of the eastern shore, especially at Capron, are rich in peculiar forms, and as the Gulf Stream here flows only six or eight miles off the coast, it is quite possible that many of these species are direct importations brought in the West Indian seeds and drift-wood constantly being thrown upon this low and sandy coast. The Coleoptera from Enterprise represent the fauna of the ‘“‘ hammocks,’’ a term applied in Florida to the dense hard-wood and palmetto forests, as distinguished from the open and sandy pine lands or cypress swamps. At Tampa special attention was paid to the fauna of the pine forests. In all districts covered with pine woods occur depressions, which in the dry sea- son become swampy meadows, with a fauna remarkably rich in species and in specimens, and nearly identical in character throughout the State. Notwithstanding the very uniform temperature during the entire year, the dry season, which corresponds with the winter months, causes a disappear- ance of insects in Florida almost as complete as in the north; in the beginning of March they appear suddenly with the first leaves of the oak, * With additional descriptions of new species by JoHN L. LECONTE, M.D. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. Soc. xviI. 101. 2R. PRINTED APRIL 17, 1878. Schwarz. } B04 [Feb. 1, but there is no spring flight of Coleoptera. The beginning of the rainy season about the end of May brings out the full summer fauna. Though far from-complete, the following enumeration of species is judged sufficiently extensive to give a tolerably clear idea of the character of the Floridian fauna. I desire to express my indebtedness to Dr. LeConte, without whose aid in the determination of species, this list could not have been prepared. The following abbreviations for localities are used in the List of Species. A.—Lake Ashby. K.—Cedar Keys. B.—Baldwin. L.—Lake Harney. C.—Ft. Capron. N. S.—New Smyrna. E.—Enterprise. P.—Palatka. F.—Fernandina. §$.—Sand Point. H.—Haulover. T.—Tampa. *—Species recorded from Florida not collected by myself. Descriptions of New Species. By E. A. ScHWARZ. 1. Lebia rhodopus, n. sp.—Head and thorax greenish or bluish black, subopaque ; the former large, wider than the thorax, finely aluta- ceous, sparsely and obsoletely punctulate ; antennze more than half the length of the body, outer joints stout, joint 3 and base of joint 4 testaceous ; palpi black. Thorax small, transverse, on the sides very little rounded and subsinuate before the hind angles, which are rectangular ; side margin less broadly reflexed than in JL. viridis ; finely alutaceous, indistinctly trans- versely rugose or obsoletely punctulate. Elytra blue or greenish blue, shining, very finely alutaceous, strive finer and more obsolete than in ZL. viridis, interstices subconvex. Beneath bluish black, legs, including the coxe, bright rufo-testaceous, tarsi blackish, claws pectinate. Length 4.5 mm. ; .17—.18 inch. Allied to L. viridis and pumila; from the former distin- guished by its larger head, which as well as the thorax, is hardly shining, and by the color of antenne and legs ; from the latter by its larger size and the coloration of the upper side and of the legs; from either species by the long and stout antennee. Two specimens from Tampa, found in April on the blos- soms of Chameerops serrulata. 2. Apemes angustata, n. sp.—Shining, head and thorax metallic green, elytra dark coppery ; beneath black, antennee, palpi and legs testa- ceous. Head a little narrower than the thorax, longitudinally strigose, 1878.] 309 (Schwarz, with some scattered punctures, clypeus alutaceous, minutely and sparsely punctulate. Thorax in front but little wider than long, at the sides less rounded and less narrowed behind than in A. lwetdula ; hind angles indi- cated by an interruption of the reflexed margin, transversely rugulose and sparsely punctulate, near the front margin more evidently punctate, punc- tures sometimes confluent in longitudinal rugosities. Elytra of a dark coppery color with an oblong yellow spot at the base of the 6th interval, finely but deeply striate, strive distinctly punctulate, interstices flat, aluta- ceous, sparsely and obsoletely punctured. Length 9.25 mm.; .37 inch. Of the same size as A. Jucidula, but narrower and with a different form of the thorax; the sculpture of head and thorax is finer, the elytra are darker colored with the scat- tered punctures on the interstices less evident. Enterprise; three specimens, apparently females. CYCLONOTUM. The four North American species before me may be dis- tinguished by the following table: I. Antenne with more or less solid club; prosternum carinated in front, prolonged behind between the cox and almost reaching the meso- sternum ; first ventral segment carinate; elytra with distinctly im- pressed sutural striz at apex : Antennal club solid, prosternum very short in front of the coxe : metasternum in the middle slightly but abruptly raised in an ob- long shining plate, which is narrowed in front. Size small, rows of punctures on the elytra very obsolete............... palmarum., Antennal club less solid, prosternum moderately long in front of the cox, metasternum with an oblong, not elevated, not pubes- cent, opaque spot. Size large, elytra with regular rows of punc- NNER, Pao ceondsET SDOe Neds Ap DODOOS OUD sono oene Siolela/siaigr-lofelaya CAG ul, II. Antennz with a loosely jointed club of three joints, prosternum feebly prolonged between the coxe; metasternum strongly longitudinally carinated, carina shining, more or less punctulate, but not sharply limited laterally ; first ventral segment not carinated ; elytra without sutural stria. Larger, rounded-oval, elytra moderately densely punctulate, legs pice- ous black, tibize distinctly punctulate..... BE Sue on Ge .. estriatum. Smaller, rounded, almost hemispherical, elytra less densely punctu- late, legs stouter, piceous red, tibiz smooth......... semiglobosum. 3. Cyclonotum palmarum, n. sp.—Rounded-oval, convex, above black, shining, anterior part of head, sides of thorax and tip of ely- tra sometimes red, beneath red, metasternum darker in the middle, anten- née, mouth and legs bright rufo-testaceous. Head very finely aciculate and Schwarz. ] 306 [Feb. 1, obsoletely remotely punctulate, antenne with the first joint elongated, but much less so than in @. cactd, 2d joint as thick as the first, longer than wide, 3d much narrower but also longer than wide, 4th very small sub- transverse, 5th and 6th very small strongly transverse ; the three last joints are absorbed in a large, elongate-oval, solid annulated club, which is al- most as long as the first joint and less compressed than in C. cact?. Mentum transverse, flat, subopaque, testaceous, not visibly punctured, broadly emar- ginate in front. Prothorax sculptured as the head, broadly emarginate in front, sides feebly rounded, base straight, anterior angles distinct, not rounded, hind angles obtuse. Scutellum shining, very finely sparsely punctulate. Elytra shining, not densely, finely punctured, with traces of rows of stronger punctures at the apex near the side margin ; sutural stria finely impressed and reaching almost to the middle. Prosternum in front of the coxe very short, linear, carina more prominent in front, intercoxal process long, almost reaching the mesosternum. Carina of mesosternum with the free angle almost rectangular, not mucronate. Metasternum on each side opaque, not visibly punctured, in the middle slightly but abruptly elevated in an oblong, shining plate, which is somewhat narrowed in front and finely remotely punctulate. Abdomen opaque, first segment carinated in the middle. Legs stout, femora punctulate, tibize smooth. Length 1.75 m3) 0% aneh: Enterprise; five specimens, found in May and June, on cut down palmetto trees feeding on the fermenting juice. C. semiglobosum Zimm. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 250), is in my opinion well distinguished from C. estriatum. It is always smaller, shorter and more convex, -the front margin of thorax distinctly produced in the middle, the punctation of head and thorax is much finer, that of the elytra less dense, fine in the scutellar region, stronger at apex and at the sides; the legs are stouter and less dark colored, the tibize smooth. 4. Sacium mollinum, u.sp.—Elongate-oval, shining, above pice- ous, thorax semicircular with the apex and sides pale, diaphanous anteri- orly, finely and moderately densely punctulate. Elytra minutely sparsely punctulate, pubescent, a humeral spot, a curved fascia at the apical third, and the side margin yellowish-testaceous. Beneath piceo-testaceous, ab- domen and legs pale, metasternum densely punctulate. The yellow side margin is connected with the humeral spot and with the fascia ; the latter is sometimes abbreviated at the sides or reduced to a spot on the disc. Length 1 mm, ; .04-.05 inch. Tampa and Enterprise, many specimens ; abundant on Pinus palustris in April and June. Shorter and more regularly oval than the other species and of different coloration. 1878. | 357 (Schwarz. 5. Sacium splendens, n. sp.—Elongate-elliptical, very shining, thorax semicircular, reddish with an indefinite dark spot in front of mid- dle, apex and sides pale, very finely sparsely punctulate. Elytra piceous- black with an indistinct reddish basal spot inside of the humerus and a common, broad, testaceous fascia behind the middle, exceedingly finely re- motely punctuJate, pubescence only visible under a very high power. Un- derside reddish-brown, shining, hardly visibly punctulate, abdomen paler at apex, legs yellowish-testaceous. Length 7 mm. ; .03-.04 inch Tampa; many specimens beaten from dead leaves of Pinus palustris in April. Varies with the fascia interrupted by the suture, or not reaching the side margin. The apparently unpubescent and very shining elytra with the very fine punc- tuation will easily distinguish this species. 6. Scydmazenus divisus, n. sp.—Fusiform, shining ; head and tho- rax brown, impunctate, with coarse, erect, moderately long, brownish pubescence. Head not immersed in the thorax, with a thick brush of hairs each side behind the eyes ; antenne red, stout, longer than head and thorax, intermediate joints as long as wide, club 4-jointed, 8th joint globu- lar twice as large as the preceding, joints 9 and 10 subtransverse, each very little larger than the 8th, terminal joint oval, shorter than the two preceding together ; maxillary palpi with the penultimate joint slender, clavate, last joint not visible. Thorax trapezoid, very little longer than wide at base, smooth, transverse basal impression feeble, interrupted at the middle. Elytra not forming an angle with the thorax, with sparse, long, erect, grayish pubesence, red, evidently punctate anteriorly and smooth behind the middle ; punctate part divided in an inner and outer portion by a broad smooth humeral band, inner portion more finely and sparsely, outer por- tion more coarsely and densely punctured; humeral callus moderately elevated ; two distinct basal foveze each side of almost equal size; suture not elevated. Beneath piceous, abdomen pale at tip, legs red, femora mode- rately clavate. Length 1.15 mm. ; 4.5 inch. Enterprise; two specimens. Belongs in the group of S. capillosulus and is easily distinguished by the peculiar sculp- ture of the elytra. 7. Languria marginipennis, n. sp.—Red; head, and small rounded discoidal spot on the thorax, scutellum, outer half of femora, the larger part of the tibiz and the tarsi blackish-green; antenne, metasternum, with the exception of the front margin, and the last ventral segment black; elytra greenish-blue or blue, margin and epipleure red. Head alutaceous, distinctly not densely punctured, antenne with joints 3-6 slender, 7-11 forming an abrupt club, joints 7-10 produced within. Thorax longer than wide, finely aciculate and distinctly not densely punctured, on the sides very little rounded and slightly sinuate before the hind angles; the . Schwarz. ] 308 [Feb. 1, more or less rounded spot in the centre and occupies usually the fourth part of the length of the thorax, but is in some specimens reduéed in size. Elytra shining, strongly striate-punctate, punctures finer towards the apex, interstices flat, finely alutaceous, obsoletely remotely punctulate ; the red color is usually confined to the thickened margin and to the epipleure, but in two specimens the last interstice also is indistinctly red in the middle. Prosternum sparsely punctured, almost smooth in front, mesosternum coarsely punctured, metasternum almost smooth, abdomen finely, remotely punctulate. The red and green colors on the tibiz are not sharply sepa- rated ; the base and the upper edge, however, are always dark and the largest part of the lower edge always red. Length 7-9 mm. ; .28-.35 inch. Ft. Capron, Tampa, and Enterprise; six specimens. This species resembles in form ZL. tedata, it is, however, a little more elongate with the thorax longer. 8. Tomarus hirtellus, n. sp.—Oblong-oval, convex, shining, fus- co-testaceous. Head and thorax finely, sparsely punctulate, sparsely pubes- cent ; antennee less slender than in 7. pulchellus. Thorax twice as wide as long, on the sides subsinuate before and slightly undulate behind the middle, base sinuated each side, basal impressions deep. LElytra with sparse, suberect, grayish pubescence, and with some scattered long erect hairs, strongly irregularly punctate in front, punctures becoming finer and obsolete towards the apex ; an indefinite, often abbreviated, fascia at the middle and another on the apical third black. Beneath finely, sparsely pubescent, pro- and metasternum evidently punctulate ; legs pale. Length 1.25-1.5 mm ; .05-.06 inch. Smaller and shorter than 7. pulchellus and easily distin- guished by its more evident pubescence and stronger punc- tuation on the elytra. The pubescence of 7. hirtellus and the form of the thorax, whose side margin has the tendency to become serrulate, bring the genus Zomarus still nearer to Paramecosoma. 9. Lathropus pictus, n. sp.—Opaque, head and thorax ferrugineo- testaceous, the former densely rugosely punctulate, emarginate in front, antenne ferrugineous, second joint and the club blackish, joints 83—8 very small, together hardly as long as the club. Thorax transverse, side mar- gins undulate, apical margin and base straight, anterior angles almost rectangular, hind angles prominent; finely and densely rugosely punctu- late, without any trace of impressions, lateral lines feeble. Scutellum small, transverse. Elytra much less elongate than in Z. vernalis, fusco- testaceous, finely punctate-striate, with numerous rows of exceedingly short, rigid, whitish hairs; a circumscutellar cloud and a common fascia, concave and dentate anteriorly, blackish. This fascia is formed of three indefinite spots on each elytron, the first at the suture a little behind the 1878.] 309 (Schwarz. middle, the second, oblong, in front and outside of the first, the third at the side margin. Metasternum and abdomen piceous, finely sparsely punctulate ; legs pale. Length .05 inch; 1.25 mm. Smaller and especially shorter than LZ. vernalis and dis- tinct by the dise of the thorax without impressions, by the sculpture and pubescence of the elytra and by the color. Haulover Canal, Volusia County; four specimens found under bark of a dead Quercus virens. 10. Lemophleeus Chamezropis, n. sp.—Less elongate, de- pressed, glabrous, shining, bright rufo-testaceous, elytra pale ochreous. Head large, transverse, flat, not impressed on the disc and without median line, finely and sparsely punctulate, marginal line close to the margin in front and at the sides, base not margined ; antennz with distinct 3-jointed club ; labrum large, transverse, truncate in front. Thorax finely, sparsely punctulate, with a single lateral line joining the basal marginal line and with an impressed puncture of moderate size each side in the middle out- side of the lateral line ; anterior angles not prominent in either sex. Scutel- lum transverse, triangular. Elytra at base very little wider than the tho- rax, slightly dilated behind the humeri, which are obtuse but not rounded ; each elytron with six fine striz : the humeral stria more distinct and im- punctate, 5th stria also more distinct, obsoletely punctulate, the inner striz less distinct and feebly punctulate, sutural striz at apex more impressed than in front. Interstices flat impunctate. Head beneath, pro- and meso- sternum impunctate, metasternum and abdomen finely sparsely, last ven- tral segment more densely punctulate. Length 1.5-2 mm. ; .06-.08 inch. 3' Head wider than the thorax, front produced, emargi- nate at middle, distinctly sinuate each side, with the teeth long and acuminate; antenne slender, more than half the length of the body, with all the joints longer than wide. Thorax strongly transverse, sides oblique, convergent towards the base and subsinuate before the hind angles, which are obtuse; lateral line oblique; elytra as long as head and thorax together. ° Head as wide as the thorax, front produced, emarginate in middle, hardly sinuate at the sides, teeth much less prom- inent ; antennee less slender, outer joints as long as wide. Thorax less transverse, sides sub-parallel, slightly arcuate and sinuate before the hind angles, which are rectangular, lateral line straight; elytra a little longer than head and thorax together. Schwarz.] 360 [Feb. 1, 11. Nemicelus marginipennis Lec.—The two sexes differ from each other most remarkably and might be easily mistaken for two distinct species. The form described by LeConte (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. 1854, p.79), I take to be the ¢’. The female differs chiefly by the following characters : Less elongate, opaque above, color of upper and underside darker. Head densely rugosely punctulate with an obtuse tooth behind the eyes, eyes smaller, less elongate and less oblique, more convex ; antenne with the first joint only one-half longer than wide, shorter than the two following to- gether. Thorax hardly longer than wide anteriorly, more dilated in front, not emarginate at apex, apical edge thickened, base much less lobed in the middle, surface densely rugosely punctulate. Elytra almost entirely covering the abdomen, less truncate at apex, distinctly pubescent, densely punctulate, strive less evident. Prosternum shining, punctate, process be- tween the front coxe hardly visible, propleure opaque, sculptured as the thorax; mesosternum much smaller, less broadly rounded in front, dilated behind, shining punctate; metasternum and abdomen opaque, the latter less elongate, last segment not longer than the preceding with a large shal- low impression. Hind tarsi 4-jointed as in the male. The genus Nemicelus was first described by Dr. LeConte, and is certainly distinct from Hemipeplus. 12. Nemicelus microphthalimus, 2 n.sp.—Linear, pale, yellow- testaceous. Head quadrate, subconvex, behind the eyes straight, then suddenly narrowed and forming a short neck, somewhat shining, sparsely and obsoletely rugose ; eyes small, round, convex, very coarsely granula- ted, mandibles deeply emarginate and black at tip; antenne a little longer than head and thorax, first joint stout one-half longer than wide, shorter than the two following together, joint 2 globular, the following 4 joints as long as wide, equal, 7 and 8 a little larger than the preceding, the three last joints abruptly larger, 9 and 10 hardly transverse, terminal joint oval acuminate. Thorax but little longer than wide anteriorly, feebly and broadly emarginate in front, sides oblique, convergent towards the base, subsinuate anteriorly and broadly sinuate before the hind angles ; base al- most straight, not lobed, apical edge thickened, anterior angles obtuse; rounded at tip, posterior angles obtuse ; surface somewhat shining, indis- tinctly, rugosely punctulate with a faint trace of an impressed median line, basal impressions large and deep. Scutellum opaque, subquadrate and a little broader behind, apical side rounded. Elytra almost covering the abdomen, subopaque, paler than the head and thorax, darker at the sides and with a short dark line on each elytron near the suture at the apical fourth, densely and equally rugosely punctulate with hardly any trace of striz. Pro- and mesosternum shining, sparsely punctulate, propleurse opaque, sculptured as the thorax, front coxze very narrowly separated, metasternum and abdo- men subopaque densely and finely punctulate, last ventral segment hardly longer than the preceding with a round impression, occupying nearly the whole surface. Length 3.25 mm. ; .18 inch. <\ Unknown to me, 1878.] 361 (Schwarz. A single specimen from Enterprise, found in May, attracted by the light, is before me, another specimen from Tampa is in the cabinet of Dr. LeConte. Smaller and narrower than the smallest females of V. marginipennis and very distinct, especially by the form of the head and by the small, round eyes. 13. Philothermus puberulus, n. sp.—Elongate-elliptical, trans- versely convex, dark chestnut-colored, shining, above with distinct, fine, erect pubescence and with some longer hairs at the sides. Head sparsely punctured, antenne shorter than in Ph. glabriculus, apparently 10-jointed, joints 2 and 3 slender, the following six joints small, 7-9 strongly trans- verse, joints 10 and 11 forming a solid club as in Cerylon. Thorax less transverse and less strongly margined than in Ph. glabrieulus, rounded on the sides, moderately sparsely punctured. Scutellum transverse, shining, with a few punctures. Elytra strongly striate-punctate, interstices finely, sparsely punctulate. Prosternum and propleure distinctly, not densely, metasternum and first ventral segment in the middle finely and sparsely, at the sides very coarsely punctured, segment 2-4 each with two trans- verse rows of strong punctures, last segment more finely punctulate ; legs testaceous. Length 2mm. ; .075 inch. Abundant in Florida under old bark of Pinus palustris. Smaller, narrower and more convex transversely than Ph. glabriculus, with the sculpture above and beneath stronger and at once distinguished by the much more evident pubescence and by the form of the antennal club. By this iast charac- ter Ph. puberulus forms a passage to Cerylon. Sexual charac- ters are not evident ; some specimens have the sides of thorax less rounded ; these are probably the males. 14. Olibrus princeps, n. sp—.Rounded-oval, pale rufo-testaceous, thorax with a large brownish discoidal spot. Elytra black each with a large, oval, bright orange-colored spot at the suture before the middle, outer half of the basal margin and the lateral margin narrowly, apex broader yellow ; very finely striate, strize minutely and remotely punctu- late, interstices obsoletely sparsely punctulate, punctures more distinct near the lateral margin. “The sutural stria alone is deeper impressed ; mes- osternum not protuberant. Length 2.5 mm.; .10 inch. One specimen in the collection of Mr. H. G. Hubbard from New Smyrna; another specimen found by me at En- terprise in May is in the cabinet of Dr. LeConte. A very striking species by its color, belonging in the group of O. apicalis. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvilI. 101. 28. PRINTED APRIL 17, 1878. . 76 _ Schwarz. | 362 | Feb. 1, 15. Brachyacantha querceti, n. sp. —Rounded, convex, shining, black ; head and thorax finely not densely, elytra somewhat more strongly punctured. Each elytron with a large, transverse humeral spot, which is obliquely truncate inside and leaves a very narrow basal margin black and with a smaller, rounded-oval spot at the outer apical angle not touching the margin, orange-red. Side pieces of metasternum and sides of abdo- men densely punctured, propleuree and legs yellow, femora infuscate at base. Length 2-2.75 mm. ; .08-.11 inch. 3 Head, front margin of thorax narrowly, anterior angles and side margins more broadly, epimera of mesosternum entirely whitish-yellow, @ Head black, or piceous in front, thorax black or with the front mar- gin and front angles narrowly piceous-testaceous, epimera black or piceous. var. g Humeral spot small and narrow. car. 3 Humeral spot interrupted at middle. Widely distributed in Florida ; abundant on oak shrubs. 16. Hyperaspis paludicola, n. sp.—Oblong-oval, less convex, black ; head subopaque, finely alutaceous, obsoletely sparsely punctulate; thorax opaque, sides yellow, sculptured as the head. Elytra shining, dis- tinctly moderately densely punctate, an oval discoidal spot, the side mar- gin and the apex yellow. The yellow side margin is throughout of equal width, following the undulation of the side margin of the elytra ; at the apex it turns inwards and becomes broader, but does not reach the suture. Mouth, antenne, epipleure, legs, sides and apex of abdomen, yellow. Length 1.35-2.25 mm. ; .07-.09 inch. 3 Head and front margin of thorax yellow. Very common in Florida on swampy meadows in the Pine lands. Resembles in coloration certain varieties of #7. undulata, but it is longer, less convex and also a little smaller, with the thorax opaque and less distinctly punctu- late; the yellow side margin is always of equal width and never broken into spots. 17. Strigoderma exigua, n. sp.—Oblong-oval, convex, shining, above glabrous and only at the sides fringed with a row of longer hairs. Head piceous with greenish reflection, transversely convex behind, flat- tened in front, moderately sparsely punctate and not rugose, vertex more remotely punctulate ; clypeus parabolical, not separated from the front, broadly rounded at apex and strongly reflexed ; antenne piceous. Thorax transversely convex, emarginate at apex, at the sides strongly rounded and narrowed in front of middle, not angulated in the middle, slightly nar- rowed towards the base, which is straight and not produced in the middle; hind angles obtuse, rounded; surface piceous with greenish reflexion, apex and sides pile ochreous, sparsely punctured without impressions. Elytra fusco-testaceous, punctate-striate, alternate intervals more elevated, con- | 1878.] 363 (Schwarz. vex, smooth, pale ochreous-yellow. Beneath piceous, with sparse long pubescence, legs testaceous, femora infuscate ; front tibiee not dentate, the apical tooth being a mere prolongation of the outer apical angle in the axis of the tibiz, upper edge therefore almost straight, only very slightly sinu- ate at the base of the apical process, outer side neither carinate nor sulcate, smooth with exception of a row of punctures along the upper edge ; first four tarsal joints short, claws strongly incurved at base Length 4-4.5 mm.; .16-.18 inch. Three specimens are before me which I found on oak shrubs on the sand hills east of Lake Altapopka in May. Easily distinguished from our two other species by its smaller size, more regularly oval, convex form, by the glab- rous upper surface, by the sculpture of head, thorax and elytra and by the formation of the front tibize. 18. Taphrocerus puncticollis, n. sp.—Elongate, above black- ish-blue, or black with faint «neous tinge, shining. Head less strongly excavate, very finely alutaceous, distinctly, moderately sparsely punctate, punctures deeper than in 7. gracilis. Thorax transverse, narrowed in front when viewed from above, sides sinuate before the hind angles, which are rectangular, base strongly lobed in the middle, lobe broadly emarginate; surface uneven with a distinct carina in front of the hind angles, very finely alutaceous, coarsely unequally punctured, each puncture bearing a very short scale-like hair. Scutellum transverse, shining. Elytra im- pressed at base, impressions on the disc not obvious, serrate at the outer apical angle; anteriorly moderately strongly striate-punctate, punctures obsolete towards the apex, each with a very fine, short hair, interstices on the dise unequal ; the striz therefore appear subgeminate ; humeral carina broadly interrupted at middle. Beneath bluish-black or black, metasternum coarsely punctured ; abdomen with sparse shallow punctures, last segment with a deep, semicircular marginal sulcus. Length 5 mm.; .20 inch. Enterprise and Cedar Keys; two specimens. More elon- gate than J. gracilis and distinguished by the deeper punc- tuation of head, thorax and metasternum and by the elytra less even, without patches of pubescence; from ZT! agriloides it differs chiefly by the form of the thorax, which in the lat- ter species is not narrowed in front when viewed from above. 19. Brachys fascifera, n. sp.—Similar to B. ovata, but shorter, broader in front and more attenuate behind, and easily distinguished by the broad white fascia on the elytra and by the formation of the prosternum. Head and thorax as in B. ovata, the former less strongly excavated. Ely- tra striate-punctate, punctures finer and obsolete towards the apex, ante- riorly with irregular lines and patches of fulvous and whitish pubescence. ne Schwarz.] 364 [Feb. 1, behind the middle with a broad fascia of dense whitish pubescence, with only a few fulvous hairs intermixed; behind this with two other undulated fascize composed of fulvous hairs bordered anteriorly with white ; humeral and marginal carina as in B. ovata. Fissure of prosternum not reaching the hind margin, but leaving a comparatively broad margin intact, apex of metasternum in the middle suddenly and deeply emarginate. Last ventral segment with the usual marginal sulcus, not emarginate in the male; broadly rounded in the 9, less broadly in the §‘; anus very finely pectinate. Length 4.5-5 mm.; .18-.20 inch. Widely distributed in Florida and not rare; lives on Quereus virens. In B. ovata and tesselata the undivided por- tion of the prosternum is very narrow and the metasternum is broadly triangularly emarginate in front. 20. Pachyscelus czeruleus, n. sp.—Short ovate, black, head and thorax bluish-black or black with eneous tinge, scutellum and elytra bright blue, shining. Head deeply channeled, alutaceous, obsoletely punctulate, thorax without lateral depression and with sparse shallow punctures almost obliterated on the disc, more obvious at the sides, finely alutaceous at the sides. Elytra with a deep impression at the sides before the middle, and with another obsolete one near the suture behind the middle, plainly punc- tured, with traces of regular rows on the disc. Length 2-3 mm.; .08-.12 inch. 3 Last ventral segment with an oblong impression at apex, apical mar- gin produced in the middle into two prominent processes each of which terminates in four small teeth. QO Last ventral segment not impressed, apical margin produced in the middle in an acute point. Very abundant everywhere in Florida. In form and size this species resembles P. /evigatus; the elytra are however less triangular and more rounded at the sides; it differs also by its color and by the thorax not being impressed at the sides. Very probably there will also be a difference in the sexual characters of the males but I have not seen the & of P. levigatus. In P. purpureus the last ventral segment of the & has a similar impression but the two processes are more separated from each other and each terminates in three teeth. 21. Temmnopsophus impressus n. sp.—Black, shining ; head pic- eous or piceous-red, finely alutaceous and sparsely punctulate with a fine median line on the vertex, antennz two-thirds as long the body, piceous- red at base. Thorax almost longer than wide in front, strongly convex, —- ? 1878. 369 (Schwarz. transversely depressed before the base, strongly rounded at apex and pro- duced in the middle, at the sides rounded anteriorly, towards the base narrowed and subsinuate; base distinctly emarginate and finely margined; surface piceous or piceous-red, smooth in the middle, finely alutaceous and obsoletely punctulate towards the sides. Scutellum semicircular, opaque. Elytra elongate-oval, widened behind, basal third strongly depressed and transversely impressed, apical two-thirds ventricose, convex, sides sinuate in front of middle ; color black with a large yellow marginal spot behind the humerus, base frequently piceous-red ; depressed part coarsely, densely, ventricose part sparsely punctured, each puncture bearing a short whitish hair. Legs piceous-black or piceous-red, hind tibize slender, slightly curved. Length 2-2.5 mm. ; .08-.10 inch. 3 Sides of head in front of eyes straight, convergent anteriorly, anten- ne with the first joint formed as in the ¢ of TZ. bimaculatus, elytra more elongate, less ventricose behind. 2 Sides of head rounded anteriorly, first joint of antenne not dilated, a little longer than the two following together, elytra strongly convex and ventricose behind. Eight specimens are before me, found on the meadows north of Lake Ashby, Volusia county, in June. The yellow humeral spot extends sometimes so as to nearly reach the suture. Easily known from 7: Brean by the form of the elytra. 22. Eupactus viticola, nu. sp.—Piceous or piceous-red, glabrous, shining. Head distinctly punctulate, frontal lines before the eyes, and transverse suture evident ; clypeus opaque, rugosely punctulate ; eyes not prominent, moderately coarsely granulated. Antenne piceous-red ; first joint large, shining, punctulate, strongly curved, narrowed towards the extremity ; second joint as wide as the first, as long as wide, not curved in- wards ; joint 3 as large as joint 2, triangular ; joints 4, 6 and 8 very small, strongly transverse ; joints 5 and 7 a little larger, strongly transverse, and produced inwards ; last three joints strongly compressed, the 9th twice as long as wide, as long as 2-8 together, and as long as 10 and 11 together, outer margin straight, inner margin convex, inner front angle somewhat produced, inner basal angle rounded ; joint 10 longer than wide, truncate at tip, outer margin straight, inner margin strongly sinuate at the basa! half; joint 11 closely applied to the 10th, as long as wide, rounded at tip : maxillary palpi with the last joint large, triangular. Thorax anteriorly a little wider than long in the middle, very convex transversely, apical margin slightly produced at middle, and feebly sinuate each side, sides straight, strongly convergent in front, base lobed at middle, feebly sinuate each side; front angles strongly deflexed, acute, but not prominent, hind angles obtuse, rounded; finely, sparsely punctulate, more densely towards the anterior angles, and with an impressed marginal line at the sides. Seu- Schwarz. | 566 ; [Febo; tellum acuminate at apex, sides rounded with a few fine punctures. Elytra with an indefinite longitudinal impression at the sides behind the middle, suture very feebly elevated behind the scutellum, very finely and sparsely punctulate, punctures on the disc hardly visible, and with a single, some- times obsolete, row of fine punctures not far from the suture on the basal half. Metasternum shining, very finely; remotely punctulate, coxal plates hardly widened externally, evidently punctate. First ventral segment finely and sparsely punctulate, excavated parts opaque, rugose, second seg- ment longer than the first, very finely and remotely punctulate ; third and fourth segments of equal length, each shorter than the second, and similarly punctulate, punctures denser and stronger at the sides; last segment as long as the second, moderately sparsely punctulate. Length 2-3 mm.; .08- -12 inch. ; Enterprise, many specimens beaten in June, from dead vines of a species of Vitis. 23. Metachroma maculipenne n. sp.—Oblong, convex, shining. Head testaceous with the ocular sulci strongly marked, meeting in the middle, and with a distinct median line; clypeus coarsely punctured, broadly emarginate anteriorly, front less coarsely and less densely punc- tured ; labrum trilobed, middle lobe triangular, lateral lobes broad, trun- cate. Thorax transverse, convex, at apex a little produced, at the sides strongly rounded and margined; anterior angles auriculate, posterior angles dentiform, prominent ; brownish-red with three indefinite spots often con- fluent in an M-like mark; coarsely, not densely punctured, on the disc finely, at the sides more distinctly alutaceous. Scutellum piceous, smooth, or with a few punctures. Elytra parallel at the sides, broadly rounded at apex, strongly, regularly striate-punctate, punctures fine at apex ; inter- stices very finely, remotely punctulate, eighth insterstice broad, including two striz; fusco-testaceous, suture infuscate, each elytron with three black spots: one at the margin behind the humerus, the second on the fifth in- terstice before the middle, the third between the sixth and eighth stria a little behind the middle. Epipleurz of thorax black, smooth; metasternum piceous, shining, sparsely rugose; abdomen reddish-testaceous, sub-opaque, alutaceous and obsoletely punctate ; legs pale. Length 3.5-4.25 mm.; .14 -.17 inch. Enterprise, many specimens found in June, mostly on Quercus virens. This species resembles very much certain varieties of Paria sexnotata. 24. Chrysomela Cephalanthi, n.sp.—Oval convex; head opaque; brown, almost smooth, maxillary palpi with the last joint a little longer than in (@.similis, but not dilated. Thorax short, emarginate at apex, straight at the sides, uniformly brown, opaque, with a few scattered punctures on the disc, sidé margin not thickened, coarsely punctured. Elytra yellow, shining, with three regular brown vitte not joining each other: one on. ar 1878.] 367 (Schwarz. the suture not abbreviated, but very little narrower at apex than in front and including two regular strive of moderately coarse punctures; the second and third abbreviated at base and apex, the former limited each side by a regular stria of punctures and including two short irregular striz be- hind the middle with a few punctures in front; the outer vitta is margined interiorly with a stria of punctures and includes two long almost regular striz ; the outer marginal stria is broadly interrupted at middle ; the yellow parts are impunctate with the exception of a humeral line of very fine punctures. Underside, including the epipleur, brown with scattered moderately fine punctures ; legs very coarsely punctured, claw joint not dentate, claws stout, distant. Length 6-7.25 mm.; .24-.29 inch. Ft. Capron and Lake Harney, two specimens; also found at Tampa; lives on the Button Bush. Belongs to Calli- grapha Er. and is to be placed near C. similis, from which it differs by its more elongate form, by the straight side margin and less punctured disc of the thorax, by the regular vittee and sculpture of the elytra and by the coarsely punc- tured legs. 25. Systena pallipes, n. sp.—-Elongate-elliptical, convex, shining, black; head and thorax often reddish-brown, base of antenne and legs pale testaceous. Head carinate in front, impressed median line fine, smooth anteriorly ; sculpture of posterior part variable, either finely, remotely punctulate or more coarsely punctate with indistinct transverse ruge. An- tenn pale, the last four or five joints black, second joint slender, twice as long as wide. Thorax as in S. frontalis, but much more convex trans- versely, sculpture variable, either shining, finely, sparsely punctate, or less shining, alutaceous, with the punctures coarser and less sparse. Scutellum smooth, shining. Elytra elongate, very little broader at base than the thorax, humeri rounded, shining, evidently not densely punctate, with traces of an impressed sutural line. Length 3-4 mm.; .12-.16 inch. Many specimens from different parts of Florida, abundant on the swampy meadows in May and June. More elongate, narrower and more convex than S. frontalis, with the elytra narrower at base, and easily distinguished by its pale legs. 26. Epitrix brevis, n. sp.—Short-ovate, black, shining, antenne, mouth and legs red, posterior femora infuscate. Head impunctate ; thorax shining, more finely punctulate than in #. ewcumeris, basal impression very feeble. Elytra with the strize on the disc hardly impressed, punctures finer than in HZ. cuewmeris, interstices on the disc flat, at the sides narrower and convex. Length 1-1.25 mm.; .04-.05 inch. Ft. Capron and Enterprise, seven specimens; occurs also in Ohio. Allied to EH, cucumeris, and of the same color and Of Schwarz. ] 368 [Feb. 1, with the thorax also shining, but smaller, much shorter, and with the basal impression of the thorax much less evident. 27. Chaetecnema crenulata, n. sp.—Broadly-oval, very convex, but little narrowed in front, elytra strongly and suddenly declivous behind, broadly rounded at apex ; head and thorax sub-opaque, dark brassy, elytra shining, dark seneous ; beneath black, antenne and tibisx testaceous, femora black. Head very little prominent, almost vertical, flat in front, very wide between the eyes, ocular sulci connected by a strongly curved line ; not pu- bescent in front, finely alutaceous, impunctate; eyes large, moderately convex, touching the thorax ; antenne slender, last joint infuscate at tip, labrum shining, impunctate, denticulate in front. Thorax twice as wide as long in the middle, at apex produced in the middle and slightly sinuate be- hind the eyes, at the sides almost straight, strongly margined, base broadly rounded, finely margined ; front angles rectangular, hind angles obtuse, rounded at tip; surface alutaceous, strongly, sparsely and unequally punc- tured. Scutellum shining, impunctate. Elytra regularly, coarsely punc- tate-striate, strize hardly impressed on the disc, scutellar stria not reaching the middle, interstices sub-convex on the disc, convex at the sides, finely and obsoletely punctulate. Pleurz of thorax and prosternum smooth, shining, the latter not margined between the coxee; mesoternum not visible, metasternum short, smooth, shining, strongly narrowed each side and emarginated by the middle and hind cox, anteriorly margined by a row of coarse punctures, posteriorly each side with an impressed, feebly punc- tured line, lateral marginal line impunctate, medial line very fine, side pieces opaque, impunctate. First and second ventral segment shining, sparsely punctate, the remaining segments less shining, alutaceous, punctu- late. Posterior femora strongly incrassate. Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 1873, 74. ‘ Sumter County, four specimens. Distinct by the form of the body, and by the characters of the underside mentioned above. 28. Cheetocnema quadricollis, n. sp.— Ovate, less convex, shining, above seneous, head and thorax often brassy ; antenne and legs bright testaceous-red, hind femora more or less infuscate. Head prominent oblique, deeply transversely impressed in front, not very wide between the eyes, ocular sulci connected by a transverse impression, which is fovei- form in the middle ; very finely alutaceous with a few scattered punctures ; eyes smaller, convex, labrum with a transverse row of punctures in front ; antennee slender, last joint infuscate at tip. Thorax large, less convex, twice as wide as long, a little wider in front than at base, on the sides slightly rounded and distinctly margined, base rounded, finely margined ; front angles moderately deflexed, thickened, hind angles distinct, obtuse ; surface more or less distinctly alutaceous, sparsely punctulate. Scutellum small, shining, impunctate. Elytra at base evidently wider than the thorax, not acuminate at apex, regularly, moderately coarsely punctate- 2] 1878. ] 369 [Schwarz. striate, scutellar stria not reaching the middle, interstices smooth, sub- convex. Beneath, black; epipleure of thorax shining, impunctate, pros- ternum coarsely punctate, sometimes with a smooth space in the middle, margined between the front cox, mesosternum visible, declivous, meta- sternum moderately long, smooth, shining, hind margin almost straight and not emarginated by the hind cox, marginal line feebly punctulate in front, simple behind and at the sides, side pieces opaque, abdomen often aluta- ceous, first and second segment shining, sparsely punctate, the remaining segments less shining, punctulate, Hind femora moderately incrassate, more or less infuscate, sometimes entirely testaceous. Length 1.50-1.75 mm.; .66—.075 inch. Enterprise and New Smyrna, many specimens, in May and June. This species has exactly the aspect of a small Crepi- dodera and is distinguished by its less convex form, by the quadrate thorax, which is much narrower at the base than the elytra, and by the form of the metasternum. The sculp- ture of head and thorax is subject to variations as in the other species; but the form and sculpture of the sterna ap- pear to offer more reliable characters. 29. Microrhopala floridama, n. sp—Elongate, parallel at the sides, moderately shining, uniformly blackish-blue. Head sculptured as in W. cyanea, second joint of antenne as long as wide, third joint a little longer. Thorax at base but little wider than long, narrowed in front, transversely convex, at the sides almost straight, base lobed in the middle and strongly sinuate each side, anterior angles acute, prominent, posterior angles obtuse ; very coarsely punctured and in some specimens with a fine, impressed median line. Elytra with eight regular rows of very coarse punctures, alternate interstices evidently carinate. Prosternum with coarse punctures, metasternum punctate at the sides, abdomen sub-opaque, indis- tinctly punctulate. Length 3.75-4.5 mm.; .15-.18 inch. Differs from M. cyanea by its narrower and more elongate form, less transverse thorax, and by the costate elytra. One specimen is almost pure black above. Sumter county, many specimens, also found in Tampa and Enterprise. 30. Strongylium anthrax, n. sp.—Sub-opaque, deep black, and only the last joint of antennz yellowish. Head formed as in S. tenuicolle, anteriorly sparsely and finely, posteriorly more strongly and densely punctu- late ; antennee slender. Thorax at base a little wider than long, at the sides slightly rounded anteriorly, parallel posteriorly, base feebly sinuate each side, front angles rounded, hind angles rectangular, not densely punctulate, and not grooved, basal margin less thickened than in S. tenuzcolle. Elytra PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 101. 27. PRINTED APRIL 19, 1878. : ivf Schwarz. | 3 ( 0 [Feb. 1, with eight rows of coarse punctures, the inner two strise sub-impressed, intcrstices hardly convex, impunctate. Length 13.50 mm.; .54 inch. One specimen from Enterprise; another from the same locality is in the cabinet of Dr. LeConte; lives on dead oak twigs. Of the size of S. tenuicolle, but less convex and easily distinguished by the sculpture of the elytra. 31. Hymenorus dorsalis Zimm., MS.—Elongate-oval, sub-im- pressed, above sub-opaque, with sparse, long, sub-erect pubescence, beneath shining, piceous-red, antenne and legs red, elytra black, broadly red at base. Head strongly and sparsely punctate, angulated each side in front of eyes, which are larger and more approximate than in any other species be- fore me, antenne stout, two-thirds as long as the body, outer joints more than twice as long as wide, last joint of maxillary palpi with the apical side decidedly longer than the external. Thorax at base almost twice as wide as long, semicircular, finely margined, base feebly lobed in the middle, hind angles rectangular, moderately strongly not densely punctured. Elytra punctate striate, strize hardly impressed with the punc- tures finer than those of the thorax and not closely placed, interstices flat, finely and sparsely punctulate ; the red color occupies not quite one- third of the length of the elytra. Tampa and Enterprise, two specimens, beaten from old palmetto leaves. Distinguished from the other sub-opaque species by the larger eyes, by the not dense punctuation of the thorax, by the sculpture of the elytra and by its color. 32. Isomira walida, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, piceous, less shining, with moderately dense sericeous pubescence; antenne, palpi, tibiz and tarsi dark red. Head densely punctured, eyes very large, coarsely ‘granulated, much less widely separated from each other than in J. 4-striata, antennee slender, more than half the length of the body, second joint not quite half as long as the third, the latter as long as each of the following joints, last joint of maxillary palpi less broadly triangular than in J. 4- striata, apical side shorter than the external, inner side straight. Thorax twice as wide as long, on the sides strongly rounded, and strongly narrowed from base to apex, base slightly sinuate each side, finely margined, hind — angles rectangular ; densely punctate, in front of the scutellum with a short smooth, impressed median line, basal impressions feeble. Elytra at base twice as wide as the thorax, and three and a half times as long, densely, less finely punctulate, punctures forming transyerse rugosities, obsoletely striate-punctate, the two inner stris impressed behind. Epipleure of thorax, pro- and mesosternum densely rugosely punctulate, metasternum strongly punctured, posteriorly smooth, shining; abdomen densely, finely punctulite. Length 6.75-7.50 mm.; .27-.30 inch Enterprise, four specimens, found in May, under old leaves. ms 1878.] 371 [Schwarz. Larger and broader than J. quadristriata, with the eyes much larger, the thorax wider, more arcuate on the sides, elytra denser and stronger punctate with the strie on the dise more evident, underside less shining, more densely punctate. The elytra are in fact regularly striate-punctate, but the strize are not impressed and the fine lines of punctures are confused by’ the equally strong punctuation of the inter- stices. d3. Kylophilus quercicola, n. sp.—More elongate than any other species before me, having the appearance of a small Anthicus. Head, with the eyes, a little wider than the thorax, convex behind, piceous, finely, not densely pubescent, minutely and sparsely punctulate, eyes widely sepa- rated, not oblique, antennz red, longer than head and thorax, with moder- ately long, soft pubescence, intermediate joints longer than wide, outer joints as long as wide, penultimate joints subtransverse, terminal joint black, larger than the preceding, ovate, acuminate. Thorax as long as wide, at the sides rounded anteriorly, a little narrowed behind, base straight, hind angles obtuse, disc moderately convex with an obsolete im- pression each side in the middle, without basal impression ; sub-opaque, finely pubescent, minutely, sparsely punctulate ; color variable, testaceous at base, more or less black in front, or entirely testaceous. Elytra at base almost twice as wide as the thorax, elongate, parallel on the sides ; on the disc anteriorly depressed, sub-opaque, alutaceous, moderately strongly, not densely punctate, smooth at apex ; whitish pubescent, testaceous, an in- definite circum-scutellar spot, a large spot each side behind the middle, the apex and sometimes the side margins black, the black color of the apex ascends along the suture. The pubescence is sparse on the black and dense on the testaceous parts. Beneath rufous, pubescent, sub-opaque, punctate, abdomen often blackish, impunctate ; legs testaceous. Length 1.75 mm.; -O7 inch. Tampa, seven specimens, on oak shrubs, in April. I do not perceive any sexual characters. 34. Xylophilus ptinoides, n. sp.—Piceous, sub-opaque, sparsely pubescent. Head, with the eyes, wider than the thorax, immersed in the thorax almost as far as the eyes. neck and hind margin of head, therefore, not visible ; front but little convex transversely ; finely and densely punc- tulate, eyes large, oblique; antenne slender, two-thirds as long as the body, with long, stiff pubescence, pale yellow, third and fourth joint more than twice as long as wide, the outer joints still longer ; last joint as long, and a little wider than the preceding, obtusely rounded at tip, infuscate. Thorax as long as wide, quadrate, very convex transversely, not rounded on the sides, front margin straight, base rounded, opaque, densely and finely punctured ; sparsely whitish pubescent, the margins and lateral vitta each side more densely pubescent, upper surface uneven with some shallow ls / Schwarz. ] 3 ‘ 2 {Feb. 1, jndefinite impressions, with no distinct basal impression ; color piceous, base and apex reddish. Elytra oblong, at base twice as wide as the thorax, parallel at the sides, somewhat shining, coarser and less densely punctured than the thorax ; near the base with a reddish, angulated, whitish, pubes- cent fascia, near the apex with several other whitish pubescent spots, which form two interrupted fasciz. Beneath piceous ; sterna opaque, finely pubes- cent, densely punctulate ; abdomen glabrous, shining, at base coarsely, at tip finely punctulate. Front legs and all the tibiz pale, intermediate femora infuscate at base, hind femora piceous. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. Enterprise and New Smyrna, two specimens, in which I do not see sexual characters. This species has the appear- ance of a small Pinus, and is distinguished at once from all species, except the X. ventricosus Lec., by the form of the head. The latter species has the head still more immersed in the thorax, the eyes touching the front margin of the thorax, but is otherwise quite distinct from YX. ptinoides. 2). Glipa hieroglyphica, n. sp.—Elongate, cuneiform, black, head anteriorly densely covered with yellowish cinereous pubescence, posteriorly more sparsely pubescent, hind margin fringed with cinereous pubescence ; antenne from the fourth joint broadly serrate ; maxillary palpi testaceous, upper edge black, last joint very broadly securiform, flat, apical edge not hollowed out. Thorax transverse, at apex produced in the middle, basal lobe rounded ; densely punctulate, cinereo-pubescent, with the usual black spots. Scutellum rounded triangular, densely whitish pubescent. Elytra opaque, densely punctured, grayish pubescent ; each with a narrowed angulated line, which begins at the scutellum and ends at the side margin a little before the middle, resembling rudely the figure . on the left, and on the right elytron the same figure reversed, and with a narrow oblique fascia at the apical third, cinero-pubescent. Beneath densely cinereo-pubescent ; anterior femora pale testaceous, black at tip, anal style long, carinate above, at the tip emarginate, and densely cinereo- pubescent, fifth ventral segment longitudinally excavated. Length 10.5- 11.25 mm.; .42—.45 inch. Enterprise, four specimens in May. In one specimen the penultimate joint of the maxillary palpi is fringed intern- ally with dense whitish pubescence; this is probably the &. I have not been able to compare this species with G‘. hilaris, which, according to the description given by Dr. LeConte (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phil., 1862, p. 46), has the last joint of the maxillary: palpi hollowed out, and which has different markings on the elytra.* *In four specimens of G. hilaris examined the 5th ventral segment is not lon- gitudinally impressed. Lec. 1878.) aa | LeConte. Additional Descriptions of New Species. By Joun L. LEContE, M. D. 1. Dyschirius falciger, n. sp.—Ratber slender, black, very shining, with a slight brown-metallic tinge ; palpi, antennee and legs ferruginous. Head smooth, convex, with the frontal and tranverse impressions deep ; front truncate, with small, acute lateral angles. Eyes convex, prom- inent, as usual. Prothorax about as wide as long, rounded on the sides, narrowed in front, lateral impressed line not continued to the base. Elytra with striz coarsely punctured at base, gradually becoming finer, obliter- ated at about three-fourths of the length ; tip with faint traces of striz, and a rather large, oblique impression, representing the end of the 7th stria. Front tibize with a small, acute tooth above the apical prolongation, which is straight and slender ; apical spur very long and strongly curved. Length 3 mm.; .12 inch. Tampa and Lake Harney; received also from Dr. Emil Brendel. This species is not as slender as D. terminatus, but is proportioned like D. analis, from which the characters given above easily distinguish it. D. curvispinus Putz., is described as having the apical spur of the front tibize curved, but it is otherwise quite distinct by the ferruginous color, and by the striz of the elytra not obliterated towards the tip. The preescutellar puncture in this species is large, and the dorsal punctures usually seen on the 3d interspace are not ‘apparent. 2. Onota trivittata, n. sp.—Elongate, depressed; bright rufo-tes- taceous, shining. Head narrowed and rounded behind the eyes, flat, with- out impressions ; edges larger and more prominent than usual. Prothorax not as wide as the head with the eyes, longer than wide, narrowed behind, sides rounded in front, then sinuate to the basal angles which are not rounded, and slightly divergent ; side margin reflexed, not very narrow, dorsal line fine, basal impressions small. Elytra wider than the prothorax, obleng, truncate at base, somewhat obliquely, broadly truncate at tip, flat, side margin reflexed, strise composed of very fine punctures ; ornamented with a common sutural black stripe, and a sub-marginal one, which ex- tends along the apical truncature to meet the sutural one ; the latter ex- tends to the 2d stria, and behind the middle is slightly dilated for one- fourth the length to reach the 4th stria. Beneath uniform rufo-testaceous. Length 5 mm.; .20 inch. Florida, collected by Mr. A. Bolter, of Chicago, to whom LeConte. | 374. [Feb. 1, I am indebted for two specimens. This beautiful species is easily recognized by the peculiar coloration. I have referred it to Onola Chaud.. because the 4th joint of the tarsi is broad, and deeply bilobed, and the claws are pectinate. The teeth of the claws are only four in number, and are much larger than in the other species. The tarsi are glabrous on the upper surface. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is eylin- drical, slightly oval, and more than twice as long as the pe- nultimate joint; the last joint of the labial palpi is oval, pointed and somewhat flattened. Mentum not toothed. It is by this last character that it mainly differs from Callida, with which it agrees in having two bristles near the tip of the ligula. 3. Platynus fleridanus, n. sp.—Dark-green, shining, siightly bronzed, antennie, legs and under surface piceous-black. Prothorax scarcely longer than wide, sides broadly rounded, and finely margined ; apex emarginate, front angles slightly rounded; base broadly sub-trun- cate, oblique towards the side angles, which are obtuse and almost rounded ; basal impressions rather long, not punctured ; dorsal line ex- tending to the posterior transverse impression, which is faint. Elytra one- third wider than the prothorax, emarginate at base, obsoletely sinuate at tip; strie fine, but well impressed, not punctured ; interspaces flat, 8d with usually 6 small dorsal punctures, the 1st and 2d adjacent to the 8d stria, 3d and 5th upon the interspace, 4th and 6th adjacent to the 2d stria. Hind tarsi with the 1st, 2d, and 3d joints broadly grooved on the outer side. Length 9.6 mm.; .85 inch. Capron and Lake Harney, abundant. This species is closely related to P. californicus, and differs only by the hind angles of the prothorax being much less distinctly de- fined; in fact, almost rounded. The size is usually larger, so that the smallest individuals of P. floridanus are equal to the largest of californicus, but this is a character of small im- portance. Closely allied to these two is the following: 4. Platynus texanus, n. sp.—Less shining, with a green-metallic reflection. Antenne black; under part of ist joint, palpi and legs testa- ceous ; knees, tarsi and tips of tibia blackish-piceous. Prothorax, as in P. floridanus, except that it is a little wider than long. Elytra simi- larly striate and punctured, but with the stris a little deeper ; epipleuree testaceous, under surface black. Groove of the outer side of the hind tarsi on the joints 1-3 deep Length 9-10 mm.; .35-.40 inch. 1878.] 375 {LeConte. Abundant in Texas. For a good set I am indebted to Mr. G. W. Belfrage, of Clifton, Bosque county. Several new species of Loxandrus were collected in Florida by Messrs. Schwarz and Hubbard, and full sets of previously known, but rare species were obtained. Under these cir- cumstances, though I cannot, without reference to types con- tained in Baron Chaudoir’s cabinet, prepare an exhaustive synopsis of the genus, the following table of the differences between the species I have examined may be found useful: Table of Species of LOXANDRUS. A. Side margin of prothorax explanate and reflexed towards the hind angles, which are entirely rounded into the base and sides ; antenne and palpi rufo-piceous, Jegs dark : (species large and middle sized). B. Side margin of prothorax not explanate towards the hind angles, which are not rectangular : (species large and small). C. Side margin of prothorax not explanate towards the hind angles, which are rectangular : (species small). fr Large species (length 13.3-10 mm.; .52-.40 inch)..................-. 2 Smaller species, with hind iets of prothorax less broadly rounded (lem Nn. IMs) wT ASI TiS) pec orocespmpoahoor CUUnoOnOtoSOOT 3. . Side margin of onto broader and more distinctly reflexed towards the base ; elytra with more finely punctulate strie, iridescent reflec- TOM SHESSE DAU G veces ers slevovera a arecieners ave eustun Seep sere 1. reflexus, 1. sp. Side margin of prothorax less definitely limited towards the base ; elytra with less finely punctured striz ; iridescent reflections very LOIMIERIITRS 8G Bob enS o.oo Sener OE OOMGEe 4t CGD ODOUR ODGGe 2. saphyrinus. 3. Prothorax regularly narrowed from base to tip, sides feebly explanate OMA OS UC MASE te 2 nc la spears ravelavaete a «oie leiateiela sloites 3. calathinus, n. sp. Prothorax but slightly narrowed in front; sides more distinctly ex- planatetowards the base... 00s. cc. de. dw enes oe 4. floridanus, n. sp. B. ihargerspecies Genoth) 13-933 mm. ;250—.37 inch). 3.30. - i e - clei 2 Smallspecies (length 7.75.8 mm. .82—.225) ineh)....-.-6.6 3025.66 4. Deo Nie ray alee peepe ans eer aes. 2 tana iaicta sie. EAM « Seasia, Aedes wiRCSo oles pines 3: Legs ferruginous, prothorax wider than long, hind angles obtuse, blunt OL FTOWNAE ARATE hare aparece nea cs erates male atelots stele, sisi eiche ol stele aiavars.< 5. rectus. 3. Prothorax wider than long, hind angles slightly obtuse, not at all TOUM CLE Hieverere) vahtereterareereth clatevayatele cicccretolatstere cyamet cals fatiet ho! 6. brevicollis. Prothorax very slightly wider than long, hind angles rounded at the ESRULEMIOMMP serrated slareta poe ciale cue munis ne tebe alos afeisinieiagie 7. minor. Proth. not wider than long, hind angles not rounded...... 8. erraticus. LeConte. } 376 {Feb. 1, 4. Legs dark, hind angles of prothorax not rounded ; elytra with a round Suturalred spot belnimeds tine pmavd dle sey. pyaer errteieeicrietiers 9. celer. Legs dark, hind angles of prothorax rounded at tip; varies with the legs brown-ferruginous, seems to pass insensibly to Z. velox. .10. agilis. Legs yellow, hind angles of prothorax rounded at tip........ 11. velox. ga. Prothorax rounded on the sides; not conspiculously wider than long ; velo. f. Prothorax rounded on the sides, conspicuously wider than long ; pusillus. y- Prothorax nearly square, less rounded on the sides; tentatus, pici- ventris. C. Legs dark, elytral strie feebly punctured.,......12. rectangulus, n. sp. Legs yellow, elytral striz coarsely punctured............. 13. crenatus. 5. Loxandrus reflexus, n. sp.—Black, very shining, with irides- cent reflection. Prothorax wider than long, feebly emarginate at apex, equally feebly rounded at base, sides and hind angles rounded ; side margin reflexed, narrow in front, becoming much, wider behind, so as to extend at the base to the basal impressions, which are linear and deep ; dorsal line very fine, transverse impressions obsolete. Elytra not wider than the pro- thorax, strive finely punctured in front, deeper and not punctured behind, antennee, palpiand tarsi piceous-brown. Length 10-183 mm.; .40-.50 inch. Tampa, not rare. This fine species has much resemblance to LL. saphyrinus, which occurs in Louisiana; but on com- parison, the iridescent reflection is less vivid, the prothorax is less rounded on the sides, the broad part of the reflexed side margin towards the base is much better defined, and finally the elytral striz are much more finely punctured from the base to the middle. . 6. Loxandrus calathimnus, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, black, very shining, slightly iridescent ; tarsi and antenn piceous, the latter with joints 1-3d, and palpi dark ferruginous. Prothorax wider than long, much narrower in front than behind, broadly rounded on the sides, which are broadly but not strongly explanate towards the base; hind angles dis- tinctly rounded at tip, basal impressions linear, as usual deep. Elytra with the strie finely but distinctly punctured. Length 8.8-10 mm.; .35-.40 inch. Tampa, Florida; not common. 7. Loxandrus floridanus, n. sp.—Black, very shining, irides- cent ; antennz and legs piceous or blackish, base of the former, palpi and tarsi ferruginous. Prothorax wider than long, scarcely narrower in front than at base, sides rounded, broadly but slightly explanate towards the base ; hind angles obtuse and more rounded at the tip than in LZ. calathinus, 1878.] 377 jLeConte. basal impressions linear, not very deep. Elytra with the striz feebly ana finely punctulate. Length 7.4-8.5 mm.; .29-.35 inch. } Capron and Enterprise; abundant. Varies in color accord- ing to maturity, so that the tibiz and sides of the thigns also become yellow-brown. In some specimens the sides of the prothorax are less distinctly explanate, and such, except by their larger size, are difficult to distinguish from L. agilis. 8. Loxandrus rectangulus, n. sp.—Black, very shining; slightly iridescent ; antennz and legs piceous, or blackish. Prothorax wider than long, slightly narrower at tip than at base, sides rounded, not sinuate behind, hind angles rectangular, not at all rounded; side margin more broadly reflexed towards the base, sides not explanate ; base with a few scattered punctures, impressions linear, deep. Elytra distinctly wider than the prothorax, striz not punctured. Length 6.5 mm.; .25 inch. Enterprise, May; rare. This species and crenatus, by hav- the elytra wider than the prothorax resemble in form certain Platyni and Bembidia. There are but two specimens before me; in the 2 the elytral strive are much deeper than in the &. 9. Selenophorus excisus, n. sp.—Oblong, neous, sub-depressed; legs and antenne piceous, first joint of antenne ferruginous. Prothorax nearly twice as wide as long, rounded on the sides, which are finely mar- gined, a little narrower at base than at tip ; hind angles rounded, basal im- pressions shallow, not punctured. Elytra deeply sinuate at tip; humeri rounded, striz fine, interspaces flat ; punctures of the three series rather large and conspicuous. Hind tarsi long and slender, Length 5.5 mm.; .22 inch, Southern Florida, Dr. Palmer, 3 specimens. Of the same size, form and characters as S. fatwus, from which it differs by the punctures of the three elytral series being much larger, and by the hind angles of the prothorax more obtuse and more rounded. The outer interspaces of the elytra are not all punctulate. 10. Hydroporus seminulum, n. sp.—Broadly ovate, obliquely attenuate behind, rounded in front, not very convex ; rufo-testaceous, shining. Prothorax scarcely perceptibly punctulate, with a fine short basal stria each side, which does not extend upon the elytra; the latter very finely, though distinctly punctulate. Beneath sparsely but strongly punctured. Length 1.3 mm.; .05 inch. Enterprise, one specimen. Of the same size as 1. granum, but very different by the body being strongly narrowed PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOc. XVII. 101. 2U. PRINTED APRIL 19, 1878. LeConte.] 378 [Feb. 1, behind the middle, and pointed at the posteriorend. Differs also from all previously known small species of the United States, by the thorax having a very short basal stria not con- tinued on the elytra. 11. Dineutes angustus, n. sp—Narrower, smaller and more con- vex than D. discolor, elongate-oval, slightly narrowed in front, bluish- black, with slight metallic gloss. Prothorax very little wider than the head, sides straight, slightly oblique, transversely very convex. Elytra sparsely, finely punctured. striz obliterated ; sides feebly and narrowly ex- planate, scarcely undulated near the apex, which is (2) obtusely pro- longed. Under surface and legs rufo-testaceous. Length 9.5 mm.; .3875 inch; breadth 4.5 mm.; .175 inch. Three females, collected by Dr. Palmer. The marginal line of the front margin of the prothorax is less interrupted in these specimens than in D. discolor, but I do not think this a character of any value. Table of Species of OCHTHERIUS. The number of species of Ochthebius in our fauna has increased to such an extent, that the recognition of the three new species collected by Mr. Schwarz would be facilitated by the description of those from other parts of the country. ~The following table contains those which I have been able to examine : vo Prothorax much wider than long, strongly rounded on the sides, disc strongly punctured and deeply channeled.............2.-eccceeeees 2; Prothorax much wider than long, dise lobed at the sides, discoidal im- pressions foveate, dorsalichanneldecepeeriecs seers se semeeec cs 5: Prothorax sub-quadrate, less rounded on the sides...........0..0085 8. Prothorax with deep discoidal impressions each side of dorsal channel ; pellucid margin suddenly dilated inwards at the base.............. 3. Prothorax with discoidal impressions faint or wanting ; pellucid margin slightly wider towardsithe DASE... 251s <0 c sieve = cvolare's- 4 seein 4. . Discoidal impressions united, forming a groove each side of the dorsal channel, sides of disc of prothorax curved............ 1. puncticollis. Discoidal impressions separate, sides of disc of prothorax curved....... 2. discretus, n. sp. Discoidal impressions separate, sides of disc of prothorax straight...... 3. rectus, nN. sp. . Lateral impressions large and broad, discoidal ones wanting.......... : 4. cribricollis. Lateral impressions smaller, discoidal small, faint....5. attritus, n. sp. Lateral impressions small, discoidal wanting......... 6. simplex, n. sp. 1878. } 319 {[LeConte. 5. Prothorax shining, elytral strize usually composed of distant punctures. 6. Prothorax less shining, elytral strive of small, less distant punctures. .7. 6. Elytra with striz of small, close-set punctures, not effaced behind...... . 7. tuberculatus, n. sp. Elytra with striz of large, distant punctures, effaced behind.8. nitidus. Elytra more convex and more oval, strix effaced. .9. leevipennis, n. sp. 7. Disc of prothorax lobed behind the front angles... .10. foveicollis, n. sp. Disc of prothorax not lobed behind the front angles.................. 11. benefossus, n. sp. 8. Prothorax with dorsal channel fine, interrupted, or obsolete......... 9. Prothorax with dorsal channel deep, entire...............ccesceee. 10. 9. Discoidal impressions of prothorax forming sinuate lines; dorsal line in- He MINI) GE Gearavaper ans ateyel ster rctiars) oot of ual oie = (elavalerstel ae ievsiore 12. sculptus, n. sp. Discoidal impressions vague, connected transversely ; dorsal line obso- GWE sees sSoptobuaudsod socoobnee dtd br doldecadose te 13. Holmbergi. Discoidal impressions forming fine, sinuate lines ; dorsal line fine, ab- re vawueduah ed Gly em Gls eters: clalere aac elie careyelsicia fave) ele tetss . Trimium puncticolle, n. sp.—Elongate, red-brown; head with an angulated line, ending behind ; in small fovee ; occiput broadly convex, not impressed. Prothorax convex, longer than wide, rounded on the sides in front, narrower behind; fovez large, connecting line deep, disc finely and distinctly punctured. Elytra oblong-ovate, wider behind ; basal fovere large, sutural stria deep, dorsal stria short. Length .9 mm. .085 inch. Arizona; many specimens were found in an ant’s nest by Dr. Horn. 26. Trimium simplex, n. sp.—Very small, pale, rufo-testaceous, less shining, finely pubescent. Head with a deep, angulated impression, ending each side behind in a large fovea. Prothorax convex, ionger than wide, with a large basal fovea on the declivity of the side, connecting trans- verse line obsolete. Elytra not very convex, bifoveate at base, sutural stria distinct, dorsal stria very short. Length .5 mm.; .02 inch. Tampa, one specimen. This is the smallest Pselaphide known to me, being smaller even than 7) americanum. Four other species of Zrimium in my collection, though not belonging to this zodlogical district may here be conve- niently described. 27. Trimium discolor, n. sp.—Elongate, chestnut-brown, slightly pubescent, abdomen darker. Head with two small fove, and an arcuated frontal impression ; vertex slightly punctulate, convex, faintly channeled or foveate behind. Prothorax longer than wide, convex, with a deep, an- gulated impression near the base, which terminates in a small, lateral fovea upon the deflexed part of the sides. Elytra bifoveate at base, outer fovea deeper than in the other species, sutural stria fine, dorsal one short. An- tenn and legs ferruginous. Palpi short, a little longer than the Ist and 2d joints of the antennz: the 9th and 10th joints of the latter are trans- verse. Length .9 mm.; .035 inch. One specimen, Louisiana, I have adopted the name pro- posed by Dr. Zimmermann. 28. Trimium foveicolle, n. sp.—Elongate, bright rufo-testaceous, very slightly pubescent. Head convex, smooth, with a fovea each side above the eyes, and a transverse angulated frontal impressed line. Pro- thorax longer than wide, convex, with three sub-basal fover, connected by a transverse impressed line ; the lateral fovezr are larger, and situated on the declivity of the sides. Elytra bifoveate at base, sutural stria deep, dorsal one short. Antenne with 9th and 10th joints transverse. Length .9 mm.; .035 inch. 1878.] 385 [LeConte. Cambridge, Massachusetts; Mus. of Comp. Zodlogy; one specimen, collected in December, by Mr. H. G. Hubbard. The palpi are rather short, with the last joint ovate-pointed as in the preceding, but it differs from that, as from all the others in our fauna, by the foveze of the head being much nearer the eyes. The eyes are more lateral and prominent, and have not a shallow groove and elevated margin above them. This margin, though not strongly marked, is seen in the other species, and separates the upper sib. of the cranium from the sides. Table of species of TRIMIUM. Eyes far down on the sides of the head, with a shallow groove, and slightly elevated margin above them ; fovez on upper surface distant Hie PMIRCR Ey Cate, cet stats eel ale ores Sees oa OTE alae here’ ha tinters one wetincte hang 2 Eyes lateral, more prominent, fovez not distant from them ; thoracic fovere deep, connected as usual by a transverse line.............. 1. foveicolle, n. sp. 2. Protherax less convex, wider than long............ Sehcieite wie evatersversete 3. HrOUOrAx mOoOreCcon vex. lOnPeED Tham WIde::...sssees ce cstceceee oan 4. 3. Head with deep arcuated impressions ending behind in large fove, front suddenly declivous ; elytra deeply foveate at base, dorsal stria SHOR rdacrts cists care cic ate aii peering Serg Pen weteaes 2. globiferum. Head with the anterior part of impression effaced or less deep, front ob- liquely declivous ; elytra with small basal fovez, dorsal stria fine, half threrencihroheiherelivtia stb s.leleeie sete eal ertectatoeteete 3. impunctatum. Head with an angulated impression ending behind in large fovee ; elytra with small basal fovez, dorsal stria fine, two-thirds the length GLEE MC liy MU Aimar topararscepoinslslegejeteleee = Siete Gite s15) weyers 4. californicum, n. sp. 4. Lateral fover of prothorax large, connecting transverse line deep....5. Moines taal tamer AONE He ects shan lehstw Chem aiden cw 2 afeiw belch dia See y area iethe gates 6. 5. Prothorax finely and distinctly punctured ; head with a large angulated impression, occiput convex, smooth ; elytra deeply foveate at base, sutural stria deep, dorsal stria very short........ 5. puncticolle, n. sp. Prothorax not punctulate, head scarcely punctulate, with an arcuate impression, and two small fovez ; occiput convex, slightly channeled ; colonidarkehesinillinerc:< oa aetiskiseasalsne)- 2s seis 6. discolor, n. sp. 6. Elytra oblong-ovate, as usual, moderately widened from the base..... t: Elytra strongly ovate, narrow at the base, gradually much wider [SSI Ee NSRnia eee om MObes Solin cement oh bela 4 ae anne 10. 7. Transverse line ofsprothorax very Geep: .ocjitaidas«bsse sss iste sscce 8. Transverse Wine OL proplorax: fainter seeseeicl ol sise aie Ales olde isle pratelarere 9. 8. Head scarcely punctulate, fovee large, frontal impression a fine trans- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvi. 101. 2v. PRINTED APRIL 20, 1878. LeConte. | 386 [Feb. 1, verse line ; occiput less convex, slightly impressed at the middle ; pro- thorax less elongate, more rounded on the sides......... 7. parvulum. Head smooth, with an angulated impression ending behind in fove ; occiput convex, finely CATIMAUC et oe ee noe 8. convexulum, nN. sp. 9. Head smooth, with a deep angulated impression, ending behind in fovex ; occiput convex not impressed. Size very small........... 9. simplex, n. sp. 10. Head very distinctly punctulate, foveze and impression broad not deep ; occiput not channeled ; (color pale rufo-testaceous)...... 10. dubium, Head smooth, with a deepangulated impression ending behind in fovee ; occiput with a shallow fovea ; transverse line of prothorax very deep ; elytra very convex, sutural stria faint....20.2 .. 5... 11. americanum. Norn.—In 7. foveicolle, globiferum, inpunctatum and californicum there are two fine short impressed lines at the base of the dorsal surface of the abdomen, as in many species of Bryavis. 29. Euplectus debilis, n. sp.—Elongate, somewhat depressed, brown ; antenne, palpi and legs paler. Head with a deep, acutely angulate impression ending behind in two fovez ; occiput elevated, not impressed. Prothorax with large lateral basal foveze, an angulated posterior impres- sion, and a deep, interrupted dorsal channel ; the basal part extending to the transverse impression, the discoidal part attaining neither the impres- sion nor the apicalmargin. Elytra with deep sutural stria, and short dorsal one ; basal foveze not large. Length .6 mm.; .026 inch. Tampa, May, one specimen. Not larger than EF. pumilus, but quite distinct by the more elongate and depressed form, and by the dorsal channel of the prothorax less deep, and more completely interrupted. 30. Euplectus tenuis, n. sp.—Elongate, less depressed, brown ; elytra darker, antenne, palpi, and legs paler. Head with a deep, arcuated impression ending behind in fove ; occiput convex, very feebly impressed. Prothorax with large, lateral fovex, and an angulated posterior impression, dorsal channel very fine, not extending to the apical margin, sub-inter- rupted near the transverse impression. Elytra with deep sutural stria ; dorsal stria fine, extending to the middle. Length .7 mm.; .028 inch. Capron, May, one specimen, Nearly related to H. debilis, but more pubescent, with the front more convex, the impres- sion curved rather than angulated, and the dorsal line of the prothorax finer. The following species, though not be- longing to the same district, is closely allied: 36. Euplectus imteger, n. sp.—EHlongate, dark brown, slightly pu- bescent, -antenne, palpi, and legs paler. Head with two large fovez, not connected by an impression ; front convex, but not prominent. Prothorax | ard 1878. ] 38% [LeConte. with deep Jateral fovezx ; posterior angulated impression deep, dorsal line wanting. Elytra with deep sutural stria, dorsal stria wanting, represented only by the small basal fovea. Length .7 mm.; .028 inch. Detroit, Michigan, one specimen; Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz. This species resembles in specific characters cer- tain Trimium (e. g. parvulum, convexulum)y, but is easily recognized by the less convex body, the more broadly mavr- gined abdomen, and smaller antennal club. 32, Euplectus cavicollis, ». sp.—Elongate, red-brown, finely pubescent. Head with a deep curved impression, ending behind in fovee ; front prominent, occiput moderately convex, not very shining. Prothorax more dilated on the sides than usual, with three very large posterior fover, not connected by a transverse line ; dorsal line very fine, abbreviated in front. Elytra with sutural stria deep, basal foveze small, dorsal strize want- ing. Length 1.2 mm.; .05 inch. Tampa, May; one specimen. Very distinct from the other species in my collection by the large, separate foveee of the prothorax. 33. Acylophorus densus, n. sp.—Black, shining; head and pro- thorax glabrous, of the same form and sculpture as in the other species. Elytra densely, not very finely punctured, sub-opaque, clothed with fine, dark pubescence. Abdomen slightly iridescent, pubescent, punctures be- coming more sparse behind ; ventral segments strongly iridescent. Legs (in- cluding front coxe) reddish-brown. Antenne piceous, black at base, joints 3-7 longer than wide, though not entirely equal either in length or breadth ; 3d joint a little shorter than the 2d. Length 5.5 mm.; .21 inch. Enterprise, May; one specimen. Larger than what I con- sider as A. pronus, equal to A. pratensis, but easily known by the punctures of the elytra more dense than in either. 34. Acylophorus flavipes, n. sp.—Shining black above, piceous beneath ; head and prothorax as usual. Elytra coarsely and not densely punctured, sparsely pubescent. Abdomen hairy, strongly, not densely punctured. Legs (including front cox) testaceous. Antenne not longer than the head and prothorax, piceous-black, base of 1st joint nearly testa- ceous ; joints 8-10 equal in length, gradually increasing in thickness, and closely approximated, outer ones transverse ; 2d joint fully as long as the od and 4th united. Length 4.5 mm.; .18 inch. Capron, May; one specimen. Smaller and more slender than A. pronus, with which it agrees in sculpture, but differs in the antenne and color of the legs. The species of this genus resemble each other very closely, LeConte. } 388 {Feb. 1, and except A. flavicollis, which has the prothorax yellow, are to be separated only by slight differences in the proportion of the joints of the antennee, and the punctuation of the elytra. Table of Species of ACYLOPHORUS. Antenne with 2d joint distinctly longer than 3d, nearly equal to 3d and Ath united ; prothorax more strongly narrowed in front........... 2. Antenne with 2d joint nearly or quite as long as 8d ....... .....-... 3. 2. Prothorax yellow, elytra densely, strongly punctured....1. flavicollis. Prothorax black, elytra less densely, but strongly punctured.2. pronus. 3. Antenne with joints 83-6 longer and more slender..............-.-.- 4. Antenne with joints 3-10 equal in length ; elytra strongly, not densely PUMCUUME M2. sare Gicsersinresceyees stokes ie Deverars ee seesya tees 5. flavipes, n. sp. Apulytra nme lye smOt Clensely; UMChUTeds cre peters otis aietet) =r- 3. pratensis. Elytra strongly and densely punctured............... 4. densus, ND. sp. A, gilensis Lee. does not seem sufficiently distinct from A. pronus Er. Mr. Fauvel (Faun. Gallo-Rhen. 111, 542) states that A. pra- tensis Lec. is the same with A. glabricollis of Europe. I have not compared specimens, but think that the finer punctua- tion of pratensis entitles it to distinct recognition, and that Mr. Fauvel’s remark will apply better to some of the black- legged varieties of what we consider A. -pronus. 35. Quedius ferox, n. sp.—Elongate, linear, black, very shining, antennze and legs blackish or piceous. Head oval, strongly narrowed be- hind, and constricted at the neck, which is not slender; sides before and behind the eyes sparsely punctured ; a series of five setigerous punctures each side above the eyes; nearer the middle, opposite the 5th one is a 6th. Eyes not prominent, occupying the middle third of the length of the head. Prothorax longer than wide, not narrowed in front, sides straight, parallel nearly to the apex, where they are moderately rounded, slightly sinuate near the base ; apex emarginate, base rounded ; there are 5 punc- tures each side on the apical margin, one near the margin, and one on the dise, about one-third the length ; there is also a large, lateral puncture near the margin, in front of the middle ; three small marginal ones behind the middle, and a few on the basal margin. Elytra smooth, with obsolete su- tural stria, and 8 small sub-sutural punctures; there is also a dorsal series of 4. very small punctures. Dorsal segments slightly iridescent, rather densely punctured and pubescent, with long, lateral and apical sete. Beneath blackish-piceous, strongly punctured, slightly iridescent. Length 8.5 mm.; .34 inch. Enterprise, May ; also found in Louisiana, Canada and 1878.] 389 {LeConte. Massachusetts. The last ventral segment in the o is broadly and feebly emarginated, and the front tarsi dilated. Another species of the same group of the genus, which has not been thus far represented in our fauna is: 36. Quedius vernix, n. sp.—Less elongate, narrower in front and behind ; black, very shining, antenne, palpi, and legs also black. Head oval, moderately constricted at base, neck rather thick, punctulate each side; space behind the eyes, and extending beneath to the lateral line finely punctured ; sub-ocular punctures two, supra-oculars also two; each side near the anterior one is one small puncture, and behind the posterior one, on the occipital declivity is another large one. Prothorax scarcely as long as the basal width, narrowed in front, sides rounded, apex emarginate, base strongly rounded ; apical punctures three on each side ; discoidal but one ; lateral one, large, situated near the margin, and one-fourth the length from the front angle; there are but two small basal punctures, in the margin itself, the outer one at the much rounded hind angle. Scutellum large, smooth. Elytra smooth, sutural stria deep, with a puncture in front of the middle; dorsal series of 4 or 5 large punctures. Dorsal segments very sparsely punctured and pubescent, sides and apex with long sete ; ventral segments equally, sparsely punctured. Length 12 mm.; .48 inch. Massachusetts, Michigan, Canada, rare. The front tarsi are dilated in both sexes; the last ventral segment is longer, and scarcely perceptibly emarginate in the &. 37. [5]. Cryptobium fioridamum, n. sp.—Shining, hairy, with erect pubescence, black, becoming brown towards the tip of the abdomen, antenne brown, legs paler. Head as long as the prothorax, and wider than it, oblong, somewhat narrower in front of the eyes, which are convex and moderately prominent ; base and hind angles rounded, surface strongly punctured, front nearly smooth. Prothorax one-half longer than wide, smooth dorsal stripe broad, sides strongly punctured, the punctures form- ing in places short irregular series. Elytra longer than the prothorax, strongly rather denscly punctured. Abdomen, dorsal surface finely and sparsely punctured ; ventral surface similarly punctured. Length 10.4 mm.; .41 inch. 2 Second and third ventral segments with a short transverse groove, bearing stiff setee. Enterprise, May; one specimen. This species is similar in form and seulpture to C. badium, but the color is different, and the 3d apparent ventral segment (2) has a transverse fold similar to that of the 2d. In C. carolinum the second ventral segment has (2) a transverse fold, with a row of stiff ‘ LeConte. | 390 {Feb. 1, bristles, but the 8d segment is foveate as in the & of the species of that group. The species of this genus have become so numerous in our fauna, that the following table will be found useful for their recognition : Table of Species of CRYPTOBIUM. Sides of head parallel, hind angles strongly rounded................. 2. Head gradually narrowed behind the @yes.c clic « «stole eames ee B: Head short and semicircularly rounded behind the eyes............. Cc. 2. Last joint of maxillary palpi conical, half as long as the 3d joint....A. Last joint of maxillary palpi small, acicular, one-third as long as the 3d joint, which is more thickened at the tip...... Pe iveusiatete ttoror siete ete terers D. Last joint of maxillary palpi very small, not conical, one-fourth as long as the 3d joint, which is tumid, much thickened at the tip. ........ E. A. §\ 3d ventral segment eee near the base and with a long and broad apical process, extending over the next segment, and furnished with long stiff black sete ; 2d segment with a short transverse fold at the middle ; 2 with 2d, or 2d and 3d ventral segments each with a trans- Verse Mold yOrslOwmeal « Netersmie schereles (ete alereisvare/oielstoiee tetecre mera aera toe ee S 6th ventral segment deeply and acutely emarginate, sometimes al- most to the base ; 9 ventral segments not impressed nor foveate...6. Uniform chestnut brown, feet testaceous yellow.............-----.- 3. Rufo-testaceous, head and abdomen, except last two segments black, or Cars ots, Sere esees, oS, Site cesarean ee rererHO! NAS OS Setar ane te eoneree ee 4. Black, last ventral segments brownish, antennze brown, legs testaceous.5. Q 2d ventral segment with a transverse fold at the middle...1. badium. © 2d ventral segment not impressed ; head less convex and more paral- lel than nr O50 G17 gn iery decries eee oteretateie eee asrays 2. pimerianum. © 2d ventral segment not impressed ; head with sides more gradually rounded behind ; last two abdominal segments paler.3. texanum, n.sp. 4. © with 2d ventral segment foveate ; head and abdomen black, last two vo oo San HOLM G oan boon Co Roda OO Oadoe aoduoMaeans. 4. bicolor. Q asabove, head only black (immature)......... g, Melanocephalum. 5. 2 2d and 3d ventral segments each with a short transverse fold at the ote OCN oa eaoen Ob comao oe mame cote Gna Saamerda aoe 5. floridanum. Q 2d ventral segment with a transverse fold, 3d foveate....6. carolinum. 6. Black, shining, antenne dark brown, legs testaceous............+--- Wh Black, shining, legs and elytra bright rufous; the latter with a broad black stripe extending from the base to the middle....... 7. sellatum. 7. Antenne brown ; punctures of prothorax finer........ a Sa seogomote 8. Prothorax strongly punctured ; antennz brown.8. californicum, n.sp. Prothorax strongly punctured ; antenne yellow..9. flavicorne, n. sp. 8. Sidesotehead parallel behind the eyessac. ocr. > -ccee sees eee eee ee EHexd widens elnundishhiereesie nities siierretee 12. tumidum, n. sp. 1878. ] * 391 [LeConte. ublvira not longer than prothorax. -)....l. «sc. ieee +e sek O, pallipes. Mlyira lon cen hans thOradmreticlatics . Amchastus fuscus, n. sp.—-Elongate, pubescent, dark fuscous above, red-brown beneath. Head coarsely punctured ; punctures umbili- cate, front broadly concave. Prothorax coarsely punctured, longer than wide, gradually narrowed in front, sides straight, hind angles unicarinate. Elytra with coarsely punctured strie, interspaces convex, sparsely and finely punctured. Antenne brown, half as long as the body, strongly serrate, 2d joint very small, 3d as large as the 4th. Length 7.5 mm.; .30 inch. Enteyprise, June; one specimen. 76. Amchastus asper, n. sp.—Smaller and more robust, dark brown, 1878.] 405 [LeConte. clothed with long pubescence, Head coarsely punctured, punctures not umbilicate, front fla tened, not concave. Prothorax not longer than wide, narrowed in front, sides straight, hind angles unicarinate ; disc strongly, sub-rugosely punctured. Elytra black, striz well-impressed, interspaces convex, rough with strongly marked, but not densely placed small eleva- tions. Antenne longer than the head and prothorax, strongly serrate, 2d joint small, 3d as large as the 4th. Length 4.7 mm.; .18 inch. Cedar Keys, June. 77. Athous debilis, n.sp.—Small, very elongate, rufo-testaceous, pubescent. Head punctured, front not concave, broadly rounded, or sub- truncate anteriorly. Prothorax (<') nearly twice as long as wide, slightly nar- rower in front, hind angles produced, acute, not carinate, not divaricate ; surface densely, rather finely punctured. Elytra with narrow sutural brown line, strive deep, interspaces flat, punctulate. Antenne not serrate, half as long as the body ; 2d and 3d joints equal, together a little longer than the 4th. Length 4.6 mm.; .18 inch. Lake Harney, May; one specimen. The 3d joint of the tarsi is very distinctly lobed. 78. Cyphon impressus, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, not convex, piceous, pubescent. Antenne and legs piceo-testaceous. Head, prothorax and elytra equally densely punctulate, the last without elevated lines ; about one-sixth from the base is a strong curved impression extending to the su- ture, and behind the middle a still deeper oblique one, not attaining the suture ; between these two pairs of impressions the suture is slightly ele- — vated. Antenne with the 3d joint slender, equal in length to the 2d, not shorter than the 4th. Length 2.3 mm.; .09 inch. Tampa, end of April. The impressions of the elytra and the suture behind the posterior one are paler and almost testaceous. . 79. Lucidota lLuteicollis, n. sp.—Elongate, black, pubescent. Prothorax bright yellowish-red, sub-triangular, apical angle rounded, basal angles sub-acute ; sides oblique, base broadly emarginate, side mar- gins depressed and reflexed, more widely towards the base, apex and sides scabrous, disc nearly smooth, finely channeled. Scutellum red. Elytra finely and densely scabrous, each with two obsolete elevated lines, side margin narrow. Antenne (,j') nearly two-thirds as long as the body, compressed, joints only slightly narrowed at the base, so that they are very fecbly serrate. Last two ventral segments rufo-testaceous. Length 8 mm.; -82 inch. Sumter County; two 3. Resembles the New Mexican Photinus collaris Lee. in form and color, but differs in the antenne being much longer and compressed, as in our other LeConte.]} 406 [Feb. 1, Lucidote. L. thoracica from Mexico has been considered as identical with P. collaris, but differs by more robust form, red scutellum, coarser sculpture, and by the reflexed margin of the elytra being much broader. The abdomen of both sexes is entirely without phosphorescent organs, and the an- tennze are more distinctly serrate than in L. luteicollis. 80. Photimus (Pyractomena) ecostatus, n. sp.—Elongate, head and prothorax pale ; the latter a little longer than wide, rounded on the sides, narrower in front, and less broadly rounded at apex, sides depressed, scarcely punctured, edge dusky for the greater part of the length ; disc finely carinate, with a dark stripe, narrow at the apex, broad at the base, which is bisinuate ; hind angles rectangular, blunt at tip. Scutellum dark. Elytra finely and densely scabrous, narrowly margined, without discoidal elevated lines, sutural, iateral and apical margin pale; a narrow discoidal vitta extends from near the humerus to bebind the middle. Antenne dark, shorter than the prothorax. Beneath pale, meso- and metathorax, and two series of large transverse ventral spots dark ; phosphorescent organs on 5th and 6th segments, as two pairs of oval slightly depressed spots of a honey yeliow color. Legs piceous, trochanters and proximal half of thighs pale. Length 14.5 mm.; .57 inch. Key West; one 2, Mr. Edw. Burgess. Allied to Ph. borealis, but differs by the elytra being more finely scabrous and entirely without elevated lines. 81. Photimus (Pyractosoma) nitidiventris, n. sp.—Very elon- gate, pale. Prothorax with sides broadly flattened, sparsely punctured, marked with an elongate lateral dusky spot, disc with a broad dark dorsal stripe. Elytra densely scabrous, without elevated lines, strongly margined ; sutural, apical and lateral margins pale; a narrow dorsal vitta runs from near the humerus to beyond the middle. Meso-and metathorax fuscous ; ab- domen pale; 2d and 3d segments with a quadrate spot each side half wav between the median line and the side ; 4th segment with a large transverse dark spot each side, remaining segments bright yellow, 5th and 6th each with a pair of pits connected with the phosphorescent organs, resembling Jarge spiracles. Antenne shorter than the prothorax, dark, base pale. Legs dark, trochanters and base of thighs testaceous. Length 14 mm.; .55 inch. Enterprise ; one S’ specimen. The scutellum is testaceous and the prothorax rather narrowly rounded at apex; in another specimen from Capron the scutellum is cloudy, and the apex of the prothorax is broadly rounded. Nearly allied to P. angustata, but in that species the sides of the prothorax are not dusky, while the head and the first four ventral seg- = 1878.] 40% [LeConte. ments are entirely dark. Also nearly allied, but different by the densely punctulate phosphorescent segments, is the fol- lowing species. 82. Photinus (Pyractosoma) punctiventris, n. sp.—Very elon- gate, of the same form, size and color as P. nitidiventris, with the sides of the prothorax fuscous ; the 1st-4th segments of abdomen are not spotted, but fuscous, a little paler at the edges. The phosphorescent segments are finely and densely punctulate. The discoidal elevated lines of the elytra are dis- tinct. Length 13 mm.; .50 inch. Texas; three ¢'; Austin, Mrs. V.O. King; Bosque Co., G. W. Belfrage. 82. Photinus (Pyractosoma) colkustrans, n. sp. — Elongate, fuscous. Prothorax yellow, tinged with orange at the middle, a little longer than wide, sides parallel behind, regularly rounded into the apex before the middle, margins widely reflexed, scabrous; disc sparsely punctulate, shining, finely channeled, between the middle and the apex is a transverse fuscous spot. Scutellum yellow. Elytra pubescent, coarsely scakrous, each with two faint elevated lines; sutural, apical and lateral margin narrowly bordered with yellow, side margin narrow, not reflexed. Beneath fusco-piceous, 5th and following ventral segments ((j') yellow, 5th and 6th phosphorescent, each with a pair of rounded impressions, having a pore at the bottom. Antenne fiscous, not longer than the prothorax. Legs fus- cous, anterior and middle more or less testaceous. Length 7.2 mm.; .285 inch. Tampa and Enterprise; two o. 84. Photinus (Pyractosoma) umbratus, n. sp.—Of the same size, form, color and sculpture as P. collustrans, but differs by the prothorax having an clongate black spot, extending from near the base to the anterior scabrous portion, this spot is wider in front than behind ; the elytra are more strongly margined at the side. The antenne are longer and more slender, extending beyond the base of the prothorax, and the 1st joint is pale. Length 7.5 mm.; .30 inch. oS 4th and following ventral segments yellow, 4th and 5th phosphores- cent, each with a pair of small pits with a pore at the bottom ; 5th broadly emarginate behind, 6th small, emarginate, 7th smail, rounded at tip. 2 The black spot of the prothorax extends to the apex ; the ventral seg- ments are black, and only the 4th has a transverse oval phosphorescent spot of pale yellow at the middle, the 5th segment is not emarginate, the 6th is flat, prominent and slightly notched at tip. Tampa, Baldwin, Capron; May and June. Two much smaller females seem to indicate other species, which with more material may be properly defined. It seems to me un- safe to propose names for them at present. LeConte. | 408 [Feb. 1, ist. Capron. 5.5 mm.; .22 inch. The prothoracic black stripe extends from the base to the tip ; the scutellum is dark, the 6th ventral segment has a small rounded pale yellow phosphorescent spot, besides the large one of the 4th segment. 2d. Cedar Keys. 3.8 mm.; ,15 inch. The prothoracic black stripe ex- tends from the base nearly to the tip ; the scatelium is dark, the epipleure are piceo-testaceous, and there is no phosphorescent spot on the 6th ventral. 8. Ozognathus floridanus, n. sp.—Black, shining, scarcely per- ceptibiy and thinly clothed with very short pubescence, punctulate, an- tenn and legs piceous. Prothorax twice as wide as long, convex, sides margined, very much rounded, hind angles very small, rectangular, slightly prominent. Length 1.4 mm.; .05 inch. Tampa ; two specimens, one of which was most kindly sent me by Mr. Schwarz. The sides of the prothorax are very much more rounded than in O. cornutus, and the pubescence is much shorter. The & is not known. This is an interesting addition to the genera common to Florida or the Antilles and California, 86. Hemiptychus debilis, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, red- brown, shining, clothed with very fine prostrate pubescence, almost imper- ceptibly punctulate. Prothorax short, rounded at base, slightly emargi- nate at apex, side angles deflexed, sub-acute when viewed laterally. Elytra with two deep striz extending from the middle nearly to the apex. Be- neath sparsely, finely punctured with sparse shallow punctures on the sides in front of the middle. Antennze and tarsi yellowish. Length 1.9 mm. ; .O75 inch. Enterprise ; one specimen. Resembles HH. ventralis, but the lateral strize of the elytra are longer, and the surface is sparsely covered with shallow punctures at the sides near the base ; the form is a little less elongate. Hemiptychus similis, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, less rounded in front than behind, blackish brown, less shining, finely densely punctu- late and finely pubescent. Prothorax more distinctly punctured towards the sides. Elytra with two deep striw extending from the middte to near the tip ; punctures more distinct at the sidesand in front. Beneath finely punctulate. Length 2.3mm.; .09 inch. Tampa ; one specimen. 87. Hemiptychus abbreviatus, n. sp.—Oval, convex, equally rounded before and behind, dark-brown, with a slight reddish tinge, im- perceptibly punctulate and very finely pubescent. Elytra sparsely, finely 1878. ] 409 [LeConte. punctulate, striz two, deep, beginning about one-fourth from the apex ; the outer one meets a very short trace of the sutural stria ; the inner one is shorter than the ou’ er one. Under surface scarcely perceptibly punctulate. Length 2.2 mm.; .085 inch. Capron; one specimen. Easily known by the short strize, and very fine pubescence. 88. Hemiptychus auctus, n. sp.—More elongate-oval, convex, equa'ly rounded before and behind, sub-opaque, indistinctly punctulate, reddish-brown, densely clothed with short, yellowish pubescence. Elytra with the outer stria beginning just behind the middle, joining a short rem- nant of the sutural stria ; 2d stria beginning farther back, and joining a trace of the sub-sutural stria inside of the 2d stria; beginning at the middle, and running backwards for a short distance is an indistinct 5d stria, in the direction of which is situated a large granule. Beneath indistinctly punc- tulate. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. Capron; one specimen. I do not observe anything similar to the granule, or elevated puncture above mentioned in any other species. It is situated about one-fifth from the apex. The species of Hemiptychus here described are to be inca- lated in the table (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1865, 239), between 7. ventralis and obsoletus. Several other species al- hed to HZ. gravis, are indicated in the collections of Dr. Horn and myself, but until larger series of specimens are obtained, I think it is undesirable to describe them. 89. Catorama punctulata, n. sp,—Elongate-oval, convex, black- ish-fuscous, rather shining, thinly clothed with fine, prostrate, very short pubescence, distinctly but finely punctured. Beneath similarly punctured, antenne and front tarsi yellow-brown. Length 2.5 mm.; .10 inch. Tampa; one specimen. The pubescence has a sericeous re- flection, where it is well preserved. 90. Catorama holosericea, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, fus- cous, densely clothed with short, gray, erect hair, producing a velvet sil- very lustre ; elytra each with a large, oblique spot about the middle, and a smaller round posterior one without lustre, and consequently appearing darker ; surface imperceptibly punctulate. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. Enterprise ; three specimens. 91. Catorama minuta, n. sp.—Oval, convex, fuscous brown, uni- formly finely punctulate, and thinly clothed with tine pubescence. Length 1.1 mm.; .045 inch. Enterprise ; two specimens. This species is slightly more ro- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XVII. 101. 2Y. PRINTED APRIL 20, 1878. LeConte.] 410 [Feb. 1, bust than the others, and is easily known by the very small size, and fine though not indistinct punctures. The following species from California and Texas may be conveniently described at the present time. 92. Catorama frontalis, n. sp.—Sub-cylindrical, rounded at each end, brown, somewhat shining, very finely and densely punctulate, clothed with fine, short, sericeous pubescence. Head with the curved fronta] im- pression deep, side margin of front stronger than in the other species, and narrowly reflexed. Prothorax with the hairs so arranged as to give the appearance of a slight elevation at the middle of the base. Length 4.2- 6 mm.; .17—.25 inch. . Santa Barbara; one specimen, collected by Mr. G. R. Crotch. ? 2) Of the same size, form, color and sculpture as C. simplex, but differs by the sericeous pubescence, and more strongly mar- gined front. On comparison, the sides of the elytra are seen to be more broadly and distinctly concave, but this differ- ence Js not very obvious. Catorama sectams, n.sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, blackish, clothed with extremely fine brown pubescence, distinctly punctulate. Elytra with the punctures towards the sides arranged somewhat in rows, and with in- distinct traces of two strize near the base. Beneath distinctly punctured, antenne yellow-brown. Length 3.3 mm.; .13 inch. Texas; Dr. Horn. Very like C. punctulata, but larger, with the fine punctures of the elytra arranged in rows near the sides and with slight traces of the two outer striz near the base, thus showing a tendency towards Hemiptychus. 93. Catorama obsoleta, 1. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, brown, © imperceptibly punctulate and finely pubescent. Elytra with some feeble traces of strie at the sides, especially near the base. Length 2.4-3.3 mm. ; -10-.138 inch. Southern part of California; one specimen collected by Mr. Hardy was kindly given me by Dr. D. Sharp. This specics is very similar to C. punctulata, but is of a browner color, and not distinetly punctulate. Table of Species of CavTORAMA. Larger sub-cylindrical, very finely and densely punctulate.......... 2. Smaller elongate-oval.. 1 .' ae semeeieetrear = aoa kale eeteeinets Mer aetna 3, 2. Front strongly margined at the sides, pubescence sericeous..........- : 1. frontalis, n. sp. Front as usual, finely margined at the sides, pubescence not se:iceous. . 2. simplex. 1878.] 411 [LeConte. 3. Pubescence coarse, sub-erect, velvety............ 3. holosericea, n. sp. ESE EN CORY C Tiygrill Caste ore tetera aie tala. ols ielsis oh icleactaxays onesie Pete) se disic) si0e 4, 4, Blackish, distinctly punctulate, elytra with rows of punctures towards UNeISICESEAMeraeetenaee Bs Seabee sees Wha! is oho a Dae 4. sectans, n. sp. Blackish, distinctly punctulate, elytra without rows of punctures...... 5. punctulata, n. sp. Red-brown, imperceptibly punctulate............. ..6. obsoleta, n. sp. Smaller, less elongate, finely punctulate........... ~«./, Minuta, n. Sp. 94. Dorcatoma granum, n. sp.—Sub-ovate, convex, blackish- brown, shining; pubescence sparse, fine, erect. Prothorax punctulate. Elytra sparsely, finely punctured, punctures arranged somewhat in rows ; two outer striz deep, and a short, less deep one at the margin near the base. Beneath brown, sparsely and finely punctured, metasternum truncate in front. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. Enterprise; two specimens. More robust than D. setulosum, and much smaller. 95. Dorcatoma tristriatum, n. sp.—Oval convex, less rounded in front, shining, black, thinly clothed with short, sub-erect gray pubescence. Hard and prothorax finely punctulate. Elytra finely, densely punctured, with three striz near the side; these strix begin in front of the middle, the outer two extend nearly to the tip, while the 3d is much shorter, ending about one-fourth from the tip. Beneath finely punctured (antenne net seen). Length 2.5 mm.; .10 inch. Bosque County, Texas; Mr. G. W. Belfrage, one specimen. 96. Ceenocara lateralis, n. sp —Broadly ovate, convex, black, shining, sparsely and finely punctured, pubescence gray, sparse, erect. Prothorax more densely punctured towards the sides. Elytra with 1st and 2d strive deep, entire ; the 3d extends from the base for one-third the length; the lateral lobe has a distinct marginal stria. Beneath strongly punctured. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. Enterprise; one specimen. ‘This species closely resembles the small form of C. oculata, in shape, color, and sculpture, but differs by the lateral lobe of the elytra, which has a distinct marginal stria. The eyes, as in C. oculata, are almost divided by a narrow acute emargination. The antenne are yellow-brown. 97. Caeenocara intermedia, hn. sp.—Ovate, convex, brownish- black, shining, tinely sparsely pubescent. Head finely punctulate, emar- gination of the eyes rounded at the end, less deep. Prothorax finely punc-- tulate. Elytra finely punctulate in rows; lateral lobe faintly striate ; outer stria entire, deep, 2d stria deep from the base for three-fourths the length, LeConte. | 412 [Feb. 1, where it is abbreviated; 3d stria wanting. Beneath finely sparsely punctured. Antenne and tarsi yellow-brown. Length 2mm.; .08 inch. North Carolina; Dr. Zimmermann, one specimen. This species resembles Dorcatoma in the sculpture, but the form is more robust, and the eyes emarginate to near the middle. 98. Caenocara californica, n. sp.—Broadly ovate, convex, black, shining, with fine sparse sub-erect hairs. Head and prothorax rather densely punctulate. Elytra less densely punctulate, with three striz near the sides; Ist and 2d entire, 3d beginning at the base and extending one- third the length; there is no marginal stria. Beneath finely punctured (antenne not seen). Eyes almost divided. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. California; one specimen received by Dr. Horn. Very similar to the small form of C. oculata, but differing by the more densely punctured prothorax, and more finely punc- tured under surface. Table of Species of CAxNOCARA. Broadly ovate ; eyes nearly divided by a deep narrow emargination ; Ist and 2d strie of elytra entire ; 3d extending one-third the length.2. Less broadly ovate, eyes emarginate only to the middle; 2d stria of elytra abbreviated behind, 3d obsolete..... .....5, intermedia, n. sp. 2. Hlytra sparsely finely punctured........... FE MRC Gin cve cael eee cee 3. Upper surface equally densely and finely punératedt lateral lobe of elytra WithOUb a, SUIS, cs 5 aec.te tisk sue chater somnsepnve ds serie 4. scymnoides. 3, Lateral lobetof elytra withoutestiia.2.,.,025-sacieee. J rete cee Rs cites Lateral lobe of elytra with a distinct marginal stria. Head and protho- TAX MMe lye UN CHUN leer ee Saenascieleiav Slatheh Gis ieioke 3. lateralis, n. sp. 4, Head, prothorax and elytra very sparsely punctulate........ 1. oculata. Prothorax more densely punctulate............... 2. californica, n. sp. BYRRHODES, nov. gen. (ANOBIINI. ) Body rounded, slightly oval, convex, pubescent with coarse hairs. Head inflexed, broad, mandibles resting against the metasternum in repose ; un- der surface . Antenne 10-jointed ; 1st joint large, auriculate, 2d nodose, rather large, attenuated at base, 3d slender, 4th and 7th subtransverse, gradually slightly wider (4th appears to be indistinctly impressed trans- versely); 8th triangular, as Jong as the whole stem, from the 2d to the 7th; about twice as wide as long, remaining joints broken. Palpi not seen. Eyes not convex, not emarginate, partly covered behind by the prothorax. Prosternum not seen, front coxse deeply sunk in the cavity, not seen. Mesosternum concealed by the metasternum, which is produced in front into a broad square process, the anterior margin of which is slightly rounded, and the front angles are acutely prominent laterally. The pos- 1878. | 413 [LeConte. terior part of the metasternum is large, sparsely punctured, with a median impressed line, each side of which is a shallow round impression. Legs slender, rather long, middle coxee separated by the metas‘ernal process ; middle legs received in transverse excavations, which extend on the epi- pleure ; hind legs received in excavations which occupy the whole of the length of the 1st ventral segment, and extend to, but. not upon, the edge of the elytra; tarsi broad, Ist joint not elongate, 5th not narrower nor longer than the 4th; claws small, divaricate, appendiculate, ventral seg- ments 5, as usual; Ist short, occupied by the excavations for the hind legs ; 2d, 3d and 4th equal, each about twice as long as the Ist; 5th nearly as long as the two preceding, broadly rounded ; the sutures are equally plain and straight, Elytra striate. This genus is allied to Dorcatoma and Cenocara, but differs from both by the elytra being striate, by the 2d joint of the antennz being larger, aud by the form of the metasternal process which is much narrowed at base in Dorcatoma, and very short in Cenocara. Having seen but one specimen, L am unwilling to risk it by an attempt to expose the pros- ternum, especially as the genus is very well characterized without reference to that part. 99. Byrrhodes setosus, n. sp.—Robust, oval, convex, obliquely nar- rowed in front, blackish-brown (somewhat shining where the hair is re- moved), densely clothed with coarse white curled hairs, very finely and densely punctulate. Head with a transverse frontal impressed line near the margin ; sides obliquely margined. Prothorax short, of the same form as in Cenocara, outline when viewed from above oblique. Scutellum flat, rounded. Elytra with well impressed striz, the two outer ones deeper be- hind the middle ; interspaces wide, flat, the outer ones slightly convex be- hind ; lateral edge finely margined from base to tip. Beneath nearly smooth, very sparsely punctulate, Sterna glabrous (by abrasion ?), abdo- men hairy. Length 3.5 mm.; .14 inch. Capron; one specimen. On superficial view, this insect might be readily mistaken for a small species of Byrrhus. 100. Elaphidium tectum, n. sp.—Elongate, slender, brown, clothed with short fine rather dense dirt colored pubescence, scarcely mottled on the elytra. Antenne (,j') as long as the body, joints 3-10 each with a spine at the inner apical margin; the spine of the 3d is about one-fourth as long as the 4th joint, the others diminish gradually in Jength ; the outer apical angle of the joints 5-7 is also armed with a small spine. Prothorax a little wider than long, moderately rounded on the sides, densely punc- tured, with a smooth dorsal line more distinct behind the middle, and a discoidal round callus each side in front of the middle; on the deflexed sides near the base are seen a few large round punctures or fovee. Elytra LeConte. | 414. [Feb. 1, coarsely not densely punctured, punctures smaller towards the tips, which are bispinous, the outer spine much longer than the sutural. Thighs of the hind legs with a short spine on the inner side. Length 15.6 mm.; .63 inch. Cedar Keys; two 3. This species is related to H. mucro- natum and incertum, but the antennee are not longer than the body, and the pubescence is more uniform ; the punctures of the elytra are also more distant. It seems to resemble H. la- natum Chevr. (Am. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1862, 260) from Cuba, and I should consider it as the other sex of the same species, ex- cept that the outer angle of the 3d and 4th joints is not armed with a spine. 101. Leptostylus transversatus Chevr. Ann. Ent. Soc. France, 1862, 248. Enterprise. The specimens agree perfectly with the de- scription given of this Cuban species, which was not previ- ously known in our fauna. 102. Leptostylus arcuatus, n. sp.—Fuscous, densely clothed with gray hair. Elytra flattened on the disc, hind third of surface smoky - brown, limited in front by a curved blackish line, concave forwards ; this line is angulated about the middle of the width, then again concave for- wards, and joins a lateral narrow black line, which is dilated behind the humerus ; asperities black, sparse, small, arranged in distant rows ; tips strongly and obliquely truncate, outer angle prominent ; punctures coarse, rather densely placed. Prothorax without discoidal inequalities, nearly twice as wide as long, sides oblique from apex to beyond the middle, where they are distinctly angulated, then narrowed to the base; there is a small black spot extending from the base to the lateral angle. Beneath brown, finely pubescent, not mottled, legs scarcely mottled ; antenne a little longer than the body, punctured and annulated. Length 8 mm.; .382 inch. Tampa; one specimen. A very distinct species. The Ist . joint of the hind tarsi is as long as the two following, and the lateral angle of the prothorax is obtuse, not rounded, but also not prominent, and is distinctly nearer the base than the apex, while in all the others in our fauna it is at the middle of the side, and obtusely rounded. It might be properly referred to Sternidius, but in that genus the lateral angle of the prothorax is more prominent. Until another revision of this division of Cerainbycide is made, I preter to place this species in Leptostylus, rather than to establish it as a separate genus. 1878.] 415 {LeConte, ZAPLOUWS, n. g. (CeERAMBYCID#, subf. LAMIID.£.) Body small, not very robust, clothed with prostrate, short pubescence. Head rather short, not channeled, support of labrum coriaceous, eyes rather coarsely granulated, deeply emarginate, upper part much smaller than the lower. Antenne a little shorter than the body, 11 jointed, with very few flying hairs on the lower edge; 1st joint long, slender, slightly clavate (very much asin Leptostylus, Liopus &e.); 2d joint cylindrical, nearly one third as Jong as the Ist ; 3d and 4th elongate, together equal to the remaining ones united, which gradually diminish in length, but not in thickness. Prothorax wider than Jong, not tuberculate, sides rounded, sometimes in- distinctly angulated ; front coxal cavities widely angulated. Elytra wider than the prothorax, parallel, humeri well rounded, tips rounded, not trun- cate. Front cox prominent, narrowly separated, middle coxee more widely separated, cavities open externally. Legs short, thighs stout, but not cla- vate ; front tibize with inner groove feeble; middle tibie with a slight but distinct tubercle on outer margin. Tarsi short, not slender, 1st joint scarcely longer than 2d ; last joint long, claws divaricate. The small insect which indicates this genus belongs to the tribe Pogonocherini (Lec. Class. Col. N. Am. 340), but does not fit well into any of the groups thus far known in our fauna.* 103 Zaplous Hubbardi, n. sp.—Brown, clothed with short, pros- trate yellowish-gray pubescence, somewhat mottled by unequal distribu- tion. Prothorax very densely, rather finely punctured. Elytra more strongly and less densely punctured. Antenne annulated with black, finely punctulate and pubescent, without mixture of large punctures. Length 3.3-5 mm.; .13-.20 inch. Enterprise; frequently beaten from old vines, in May. 104. Donacia rugosa, np. sp.—Coppery-bronze, not shining, rugose, rather robust, sub-depressed. Head channeled in front, line deeper behind, and ceasing between the eyes ; eyes convex, prominent, orbits wide. Pro- thorax quadrate, a little wider in front, where the angles are well-marked, sides not sinuate ; surface densely rugose and punctured, dorsal line widely impressed but vague, feebly, transversely impressed near the base. Elytra obliquely narrowed towards the tips, which are truncate ; discoidal impres- sions vague, the 1st small, near the scutellum ; the 2d large, in front of the middle ; the 3d small, near the suture, and behind the middle; striz com- posed of elongate punctures, interspaces densely, transversely rugose. Be- neath dark plumbeous, with fine, pruinose pubescence. Hind thighs ( 9 ) not toothed, antenne slender, three-fourths as long as the body, blackish. Length 9.2 mm.; .37 inch. Enterprise; May, one specimen. Allied to D. subtilis, but * Vide Horn, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. vii, 43; (Jan. 1878). LeConte. | 416 [Feb. 1, less shining, and more rugose, with the antennee longer and more slender. 105. Diabrotica vincta, n. sp.—Black, prothorax bright yellow, quadrate, smooth, with two large discoidal fovez, side margin narrowly reflexed. Elytra wider than prothorax, punctured somewhat in rows, with the lateral and apical border, and a narrow vitta from the base to the tip, occupying an elevated ridge parallel with the suture, pale yellow. Beneath yellow, meso- and metathorax, outer half of thighs, tibize and tarsi black. Antenne black, base brownish; 3d joint longer than 2d, united equal to the 4th. Length 4 mm.; .16 inch. Capron; April, one specimen. 106. G@Edionychis indigoptera, n. sp.—Dull ferruginous, anten- ne and legs piceous; elytra blne-black, strongly and densely punctured, narrowly margined. Head sparsely punctured, median line abbreviated in front, and interrupted at the vertex ; there are two small rounded fove between the eyes. Prothorax transverse, narrowed in front, sub sinuate, but scarcely rounded on the sides, which are broadly flattened ; front angles small, prominent ; disc smooth, not shining. Hind thighs very large, finely and sparsely punctured. Length 38 mm.; .12 inch. Tampa; one specimen. The 5th ventral seement is widely concave at the tip. This species is not closely allied to any other known to me in our fauna; the middle tibie are angu- late on the outer margin as in GY. thyamoides Crotch. 106. Argopistes scyrtoides. n. sp.—Circular, not very convex, rufous, extremity of hind thighs, and the upper surface black, shining. Head brown. Prothorax very short, deeply emarginate in front, rounded at base, finely punctulate ; a curved, transverse, rufous band extends from the base each side, near the hind angles; the sides are also rufous. Elytra scarcely perceptibly punctulate, marked with distant striz composed of extremely fine punctures; each with a large, triangular, rufous spot, with the apex in front, extending to the suture behind the middle. Length 3.4 mm.; .135 inch. Florida; two specimens given me by Mr. Ulke. The re- semblance of this insect to a small Hzochomus is marvellous. The genus is also remarkable for having occurred thus far only in north-eastern Asia. The mesosternum is entirely con- cealed between the pro- and metasternum, and the latter is very short. The hind thighs are immensely large in propor- tion to the size of the insect. Though the next species has not occurred as yet in Florida, its geographical distribution renders its appearance there very probable. 1878.] 41% [LeConte. 107. Sphzroderma opima, pn. sp.—Rounded, nearly circular, con- vex, piceous-black, shining ; antennee and legs (except hind femora) dark- brown. Head punctured, eyes not immersed in the prothorax. Prothorax short, sides oblique, front angles rounded ; surface finely punctulate. Elytra with irregular rows of sparse, coarse punctures, interspaces nearly smooth. Length 2.5 mm.; .10 inch. North Carolina and Texas. I have adopted the manuscript specific name given by Dr. Zimmermann. This is the first introduction of the genus into the literature of our fauna; Spheroderma insolita Mels. is the type of Cerataltica Crotch, and belongs in another group. 108. Chaetocnema pinguis, n. sp. —Sub-ovate, convex, more pointed behind ; coppery bronze, not very shining, base of antenne, tibiz and tarsi testaceous. Prothorax finely alutaceous, transverse, not narrowed in front, sides rounded near the front angles ; disc finely punctured. Elytra with fine punctured stria, interspaces flat, smooth. Sides of last ventral segment finely punctured. Length 2.2 mm.; .09 inch. Enterprise and New Smyrna, two specimens. Very like C. denticulata, but more pointed behind; the sculpture is much finer and the last ventral segment is not coarsely and sparsely punctured, but is nearly smooth at the middle and finely punctured towards the sides. 109. Cheetocnema protensa, n. sp.—Very elongate-oval, moder- ately convex, coppery bronze, not very shining ; antenne black bronzed, tibie and tarsi brown. Head strongly and sparsely, front more densely punctured. Prothorax transverse, not narrowed in front, rounded on the sides, punctured. Elytra with strise composed of large punctures, inter- spaces flat, smooth, ventral segments sparsely punctured. Length2.8mm.; -11 inch. Detroit, Michigan; one specimen; Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz. Much larger than C. elongatula Crotch, but of equally elongate form. 110. Cheetocnema cylindrica, n. sp.—Elongate, sub-cylindrical, convex, coppery bronze, not very shining : antenne and legs of the same color. Head and prothorax strongly, rather closely punctured, the latter transverse, not narrowed in front, rounded on the sides. Elytra a little wider than the prothorax, strize composed of deeply impressed punctures, interspaces smooth. Ventral segments rather finely punctured. Length 2 mm.; .08 inch. Detroit, Michigan ; Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz. Also found in Massachusetts. The punctures of the short scutel- PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvII. 101. 22. PRINTED APRIL 22, 1878. LeConte. | 418 [Feb. 1, lar stria,and the base of the sutural stria are somewhat confused. 111. Chetocnema opacula, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, convex, elytra wider than the prothorax, dark black bronzed. Head opaque, impunc- tured. Prothorax transverse, not narrowed in front, sides broadly rounded, front angles not truncate ; surface opaque, finely, densely punctured, base with an indistinct row of punctures. Elytra moderately shining, strie composed of punctures of moderate size, not closely set. outer strize im- pressed. Base of antenne brown, legs dark. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. California, Gilroy ; one specimen, Mr. G. R. Crotch. The antenne are broken and but two basal joints remain. 112. Cheetocnema flavicormis, n. sp.—Oval, convex, dark bronze, not very shining, antennze yellow, scarcely darker at the outer ex- tremity. Head smooth, with the usual impressions. Prothorax finely punctured, narrowed in front of the middle, post apical angle distinct ; there is also a basal puncture each side opposite the base of the 6th stria. Elytral strise composed of small, close-set punctures, mterspaces obsoletely punctulate. Length 1.4 mm.; .055 inch. Detroit, Michigan; one specimen. Easily known by the small size, robust form and yellow antenne. The legs are dark, and the ventral segments sparsely punctured. The obliquely cut front angles of the prothorax and the basal puncture indicate a tendency toward Crepidodera. 113. Chetocnema obesula, n. sp.—Still smaller, oval, convex, black bronzed, uot very shining, antenne and legs dark. Head smooth, with the usual impressions. Prothorax transverse, sides oblique, narrowed in front, surface alutaceous, obsoletely punctulate ; base finely margined with a transverse row of punctures. Elytral striz: composed of large strongly impressed punctures, interspaces slightly convex, smooth. Ab- domen nearly smooth, slightly punctured at the sides and tip. Length 1.2 mm.; .05 inch. Lake Ashby and Baldwin; two specimens. 114. Chetocnema decipiens, n. sp.—Narrower and less regu- larly oval, bronzed black, tibiz, tarsi and antennee testaceous, the last slightly brown at the extremity. Head smooth, with the usual impressions. Prothorax transverse, not narrowed in front, sides very slightly rounded ; post-apical angle somewhat distinct, with a very long seta; disc punctured. Elytra a little wider than the prothorax, striz impressed, punctured, inter- spaces convex, smooth. Abdomen nearly smooth. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. Kansas, one specimen. Of the same form as C, pulicaria 1878.] 419 [LeConte. Mels. (vide Crotch, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., 187 , 75), but easily distinguished by the strongly punctured pro- thorax. 115. Chaetocnema cribrata, n. sp—Oval, convex, bright bronze, tibize and tarsi rufo-testaceous, base of antenne brownish. Head deeply but not coarsely punctured. Prothorax transverse, gradually narrowed in front, slightly rounded on the sides, densely punctured. Elytra deeply and coarsely punctured, punctures forming striz only on the posterior declivity and at the sides. Abdomen strongly punctured. Length 2.1 mm.; .085 inch. Cambridge, Mass.; one specimen, collected by Mr. Schwarz in February, under moss. Table of species of CH ATOCNEMA. Ga CapoUMG HUE Cie pete aie yepctet aie’ c/etevee cel oisia cies’ cis wre el oeie ele -) sys 6s arelois e's ciel 2. PEM SEOUL OM CAGNYY Oger. csleta claves cro a sialtie creelelele etelolare sieve: 4. denticulata. Robust oval welytral Strice 11Mey +401 claeiie ea\cisicterelieleieles 5. pinguis, n. sp. Very elongate-oval, head more sparsely punctured. ...6. protensa, n. sp. Db Ovallionovater not very elommaters. ss). cr clon = 141 bhaebee eae oe ae 6. Very elongate-oval, shining, head sparsely punctulate....7.elongatula. 6. Prothorax strongly punctured, base finely margined................. ih Prothorax punctured, base with a row of punctures................. 8. Prothorax punctured, without basal row of punctures.............. 10. ETOUMOTAxTOOSOLEtE) vem MMst Ul ater ater ctl aortas stele ois < aselalotevsseloios = sleleiete dal. I . Greenish black, opaque, convex ; strixe strongly punctured. .8. alutacea. Blue-green, rather shining ; antenne and front legs brown, elytral strice ClOSeliype puma tame cen tavscts eve oe Sickie stats econ acta steve a cletatevete 9. subviridis. Greenish-black, shining, more elongate, less convex ; base of antennz pale ; elytral striz impressed, closely punctured. .10. decipiens, n. sp. Greenish-black, convex, elytra wider than prothorax ; antennv and legs, yellow ; prothorax straight on the sides....11. quadricollis Schwarz. 8. Less robust, elytra wider than prothorax, which is finely punctured. .9. Robust, ovate, prothorax strongly punctured............ 10. crenulata. 9. Bronzed, shining....... han oooHne sono CaooOC Joon iae 11. parcepunctata. Black bronzed, head and prothorax opaque......... 12. opacula, n. sp. Dark bronzed: shiminis=iless Convex. scisss « crctejs)s 6's o'elvie oe = 13. pulicaria. LeConte.] 420 [Feb. 1, 10. Ovate, convex, somewhat shining, prothorax with a basal puncture each side, antenn, tibiz# and tarsi testaceous....... 14, flavicornis, n. sp. Ovate, convex, less shining. prothorax without basal puncture, antenne, PIC AGATE! PESLACEOIUSE cbs snic “ana eee eee 15. confinis. 11. Robust, ovate, head and prothorax alutaceous, elytra more shining, with strie composed of very large punctures.......... 16. obesula, n. sp. 116. Blapstinus fortis, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, not convex, grayish- black, sparsely pubescent. ead strongly punctured. Prothorax one-half wider than long, narrower in front, sides slightly rounded, apex deeply emarginate, base bisinuate ; surface densely, strongly punctured, punctures towards the sides somewhat elongated. Elytra with coarsely punctured strie, interspaces moderately convex, punctured. Flanks of prothorax beneath coarsely punctured and aciculate, deeply concave and nearly smooth along the margin. Abdomen strongly punctured. Length7 mm. ; -28 inch. 3’. Joints 1-3 of front and middle tarsi dilated, spongy beneath. Soutbern Florida; one specimen, collected by Dr. Palmer. This species is closely allied to B. dilatatus, but the prothorax is much less rounded on the sides, and proportionally a little longer. 116. Blapstinus opacus, n. sp.—Elongate-oval, rather convex, black opaque witha silky lustre. Head and prothorax sparsely punctu- late, the latter nearly twice as wide as Jong, narrower in front, sides slightly rounded, finely margined ; apex strongly emarginate ; base strongly bisinuate, finely margined. Elytra with rows of small elongate punc- tures in place of strie ; 7th and 8th row as usual not attaining the base. Beneath nearly smooth, last ventral segment more distinctly punctured ; flanks of prothorax with a few rugosities, concave along the margin. Length 6.1 mm.; .24 inch. Southern Florida ; one specimen, collected by Dr. Palmer. The ~% tarsi are dilated as in the preceding species. 117. Blapstinus estriatus, n. sp.—Robust oval, very convex, black, not shining. Head and prothorax distinctly punctured, the latter nearly twice as wide as long, narrower in front, very slightly rounded on the sides and finely margined ; apex moderately emarginate, front angles less prominent than usual ; base bisinuate, finely margined ; margin obso- lete at the middle. Elytra more finely punctured than the prothorax, with obsolete traces of striz behind and at the sides. Beneath strongly and densely punctured. Length 4.3 mm.; .17 inch, Haulover and Capron; not rare. The tarsi are not dilated in any of the specimens examined. Should the sexes be alike in this respect, which may be known only by dissection, 1878.] 421 {LeConte. this character, added to the convex form of body, and the absence of elytral strize, would require the separation of this insect as a distinct genus. DIGNAMPTUS, n. g. TENEBRIONIDA ; HETEROTARSINI. Body elongate, resembling Stenochia. Head short, eyes large, trans- verse, coarsely granulated. Antenne as long as the head and prothorax, rather slender. 8d joint a little longer than the 4th; 8th, 9th and 10th wider and larger, scarcely as long as wide, 11th longer, oval. Palpi with the last joint strongly securiferm, mentum obovate, transverse, with two shallow impressions. Prothorax sub-cylindrical, slightly rounded and sub- sinuate on the sides, which are narrowly margined, hind angles small, acute, or rectangular. Elytra a little wider than the prothorax sub-cylindrical, humeri not prominent, striz composed of large close punctures, interspaces narrow. Epipleurz narrow, not reaching the tip, impinged upon by the 4th and 5th ventral segments, which are rounded at the sides. Legs long, slender ; tarsi with the 1-3 of the front and middle pair broad, and the ist and 2d of the hind pair less dilated, brush-like beneath ; penultimate joint small, last joint as long as the others united, claws large, simple. 118. Dignamptus stenochinus, n. sp.—Elongate, shining black, with a bluish gloss. Head densely punctured. Prothorax more strongly punctured, one-half longer than wide, sub-sinuate on the sides behind the middle ; hind angles small, acute, prominent. Elytra with strive of very coarse punctures; interspaces narrow, smooth. Flanks of prothorax coarsely, meso- and metasternum sparsely punctured. Abdomen sparsely finely punctured. Length 7. mm.;.28 inch. Enterprise ; June, beaten from dead vines; very rare. Has very much the appearance of a small Stenochia. 119. Dignamptus langurinus, n. sp.—Linear-elongate, black, with a slight metallic gloss. Antenne stouter, more strongly and more gradualiy thickened externally, the 6th and 7th joints being wider than the preceding, though not so wide as the following. Head finely punctured. Prothorax strongly punctured, one-half lenger than wide, slightly narrower behind, hind angles rectangular, not prominent. Elytra slightly wider than the prothorax, striz composed of oval punctures, in distance equal to their long diameters , interspaces wider than the strie, flat, smooth. Be- neath as in the preceding. Length 4 mm.; 16 inch. Enterprise; May, very rare. This species has much the appearance of a Languria, and the more thickened antenne tend to increase the resemblance. 120. Phaleria punctipes, n. sp.—Oval, convex, black, or piceous, sometimes testaceous above but without spots. Prothorax narrowed in front, rounded on the sides, especially near the apex, base finely margined, LeConte.] 422 {Feb. 1, with a large, basal puncture each side. Elytra finely striate, interspaces wide, flat, smooth. Under surface towards the sides very finely scabro- punctulate. Legs black, front thighs nearly smooth, middle and hind thighs coarsely and sparsely punctured ; tibiee densely punctured. Length 7 mm. 28 inch. Haulover; abundant on the ocean shore. Larger and stouter than P. testacea, and easily known by the black and coarsely punctured legs. In this respect it resembles P. pilifera from Lower California, from which it differs only by the epipleuree being smooth and glabrous, while in P. pilifera they are punc- tured and setose. 121. Platydema crenatum, pn. sp.—Oval, rather elongate, con- vex, black, shining. Head punctured in front, transverse impression faint. Prothorax sparsely, finely punctulate, base bisinuate, not margined, each side with a broad, shallow impression. Elytra with deep, very coarsely punctured striz. Beneath punctured, last two ventral segments nearly smooth. Antenne, palpi and tarsi brown ; prosternum convex be- tween the coxie, point inflexed, not prominent. Length 4.5 mm.; .18 inch. Haulover; one specimen. More convex than P. levipes, and very distinct by the coarsely punctured elytral stri. 122. Hypophleeus glaber, n. sp.—Cylindrical, red-brown, shining, with erect hairs. Head densely and finely punctured, transverse line well-impressed. Prothorax longer than wide, convex, finely punctured, sides nearly straight, finely margined, front angles not prominent, almost rounded. LElytra finely, rather densely punctured. Pygidium equally, densely, finely punctured. Abdomen less densely punctured, 5th ventral segment vague, impressed. Length 3 mm.; .12 inch. Tampa; two specimens, also found in Georgia, under pine bark. This species is smaller, narrower and more convex than H. parallelus, and differs by the front angles of the prothorax not being acute and prominent. It has the same form as. H. thoracicus and piliger, but differs by the elytra being more finely punctured, without erect hairs, and by the pygidium being not sparsely but densely punctured. I do not find mentioned in any work that the 3d, 4th and 5th ventral segments in this genus are longitudinally, deeply impressed near the sides, so that the margin appears to be thickened. 123. Wypophieeus piliger, uv. sp.—Slender, cylindrical, convex, red-brown, shining. Head punctured, transverse line obsolete, front with 1878.] 423 {LeConte. a shallow, rounded impression between the eyes. Prothorax longer than wide, sides slightly rounded, near the apex and base, hind angles rectangu- lar, rounded at the extreme tip, finely not densely punctured, with a few erect hairs towards the sides, base not margined. Elytra finely not densely punctured, punctures here and there, forming rows (but not indicating strie); there are some erect hairs, especially near the tip, and at the sides. Pygidium sparsely punctured. Beneath punctured, last ventral segment not impressed. Length 2.5 mm.; .10 inch. Florida, Georgia and South Carolina; under pine bark. I have adopted the name which it bears in the collection of Dr. Zimmermann. This species is more slender than H#. par- allelus, and difters by the sparse, erect hairs, by the punctures of the elytra being less fine and more distant, and by the pygidium being sparsely punctured. In these respects it agrees with /Z. thoracicus, but difters in color, and by having fewer erect hairs. Three new species remain in my collection, which may be described on the present occasion ; the subjoined table gives the essential characters of all the species in our fauna. 124. Hypophieeus substriatus, n. sp.—Very dark-brown, cylin- drical, Jess convex than the other species. Head punctured, transverse line well impressed, vertex with a faint, transverse impression, anterior to which the surface is more convex. Prothorax scarcely longer than wide, punctured, side margin stronger than in the other species, base margined, Elytra rather strengly punctured, punctures in rows except near the sides and tips, without hairs. Pygidium densely, finely punctured. Beneath punctured; last ventral segment broadly impressed, apical part convex. Length 4.2 mm.; .18 inch. Oregon ; collected by Lord Walsingham. Much larger than H. parallelus, and easily distinguished by the less con- vex form, more strongly margined prothorax, and by the elytral punctures being stronger, and placed in rows. 125. Hypophleeus opaculus, n. sp.—Cylindrical, convex, biack- ish, not shining. Head feebly punctulate, transverse line bounded behind by an obtuse, transverse ridge ; epistome convex. Prothorax a little wider than long, sides broadly rounded, apex not emarginate, sides very finely margined, base indistinctly margined, surface finely, rather densely punc- tured. Elytra finely punctured, punctures here and there in rows. Py- gidium densely, finely punctured. Beneath sparsely punctured ; 5th ven- tral with a small, apical tubercle. Length 3.2 mm.; .13 inch. Southern California; one specimen collected by Mr. Hardy, LeConte. | 424 {Feb. 1, kindly given me by Dr. D. Sharp. The convex transverse ridge of the head causes the clypeal impression to appear very deep. 126. Hypophiocus tenuis, n. sp.—Very slender, cylindrical, con- vex, red-brown, shining, antenne and legs ferruginous. Head sparsely punctulate, transverse impression deep. Prothorax one third longer than wide, front and hind angles rounded at the extreme tip ; apex not emargi- nate, sides very finely margined, base indistinctly margined, surface sparsely punctulate. Elytra punctured, with indications of strie behind the middle, and near the suture. Pygidium sparsely punctured. Beneath sparsely punctulate ; 5th ventral segment more strongly punctured, not im- pressed. Length 2.2 mm.; .09 inch. Lowell, Massachusetts ; collected by Mr. Frederick Blanch- ard, and kindly given to me by Dr. Horn. Table of the Species of HyPOPHLa@US. Shining, sides of prothorax finely margined........ ponoodgoDReORose 2. Shining sides of prothorax strongly margined, head with a faint inter- ocular transverse impression ; 5th ventral segment broadly impressed. 1. substriatus, n. sp. Opaque, sides of prothorax very finely margined, head with a transverse elevated ridge ; 5th ventral segment with a small, apical tubercle.... 8. opaculus, n. sp. Entirely glabrous, prothorax not impressed....... eon Go Oec BES SOC 3. Clothed with long, erect hairs, prothorax broadly concave in front ; 5th ventral segment not impressed...............-- Sue aon --..-a. CAVUS, With a few stiff, erect hairs; prothorax not impressed ; 5th ventral not impressed ; head with a shallow interocular impression...........- 4. 3. Prothorax emarginate in front, apical angles acute ; 5th ventral slightly impressed, pygidium densely punctured...............- 3. parallelus. Prothorax not emarginate in front, apical angles rounded; 5th ventral segment slightly impressed ; pygidium densely punctured........... 4. glaber, n. sp. Prothorax not emarginate in front, apical angles rounded ; 5th ventral segment not impressed, pygidium sparsely punctured..5. tenuis, n. sp. 4, Brown, elytra black, antenne and legs ferruginous...... 6. thoracicus. Uniform red-brown, erect hairs less numerous.........7. piliger, n. sp- vo 127. Strongylium simplicicolle.—Black, somewhat shining. Head sparsely punctured, vertex longitudinally impressed, epistome thick- ened, transversely impressed in front of the clypeal suture, foveate at the middle near the anterior margin. Prothorax quadrate, wider than long, slightly rounded on the sides in front, angles not rounded, sides not mar- gined, disc punctured, inflexed flanks sparsely and strongly punctured. Elytra with striz more finely punctured than in S. terminatum. Antenne 1878.] 425 [LeConte. with the 2d and 3d joints united equal to the 4th, but not so wide. Length 10.5 mm.; .42 inch. Enterprise; one mutilated specimen. Quite distinct by the prothorax being not margined at the sides, and by the od joint of the antennze being much shorter than the 4th, which is as broad as the following ones, and subtriangular in form. The eyes, as in our other black species, are widely separated. Table of the Species of STRONGYLIUM. Black ; eyes moderate, widely separated...) 62... .s00 cece ewes wees 2: Greenish-bronze, very coarsely sculptured, prothorax not margined, sides slightly toothed ; eyes large, nearly contiguous. ...5. crenatum. . Prothorax finely margined at the sides; 3d joint of antenne longer ri) tomerthickened! ingiromnita. osiaiciets o 4<1staeive ee oe 4. simplicicolle, n. sp. 3. Epistoma not thickened in front ; last joint of antenne yellowish....4. Epistoma thickened in front ; striz of elytra very coarsely punctured. . 3. anthrax Schwarz. 4. Thorax wider than long, feebly channeled............. 2. terminatum. Thorax longer than wide. ......:..... antclere day ehacuatencke ahaa 1. tenuicolle. 128. Xylophilus nubifer, np. sp.—Moderately elongate, black, densely and finely punctured, clothed with sub-erect pale pubescence. Head brownish in front, eyes large, coarsely granulated, hairy; front narrow. Antenne brown, longer than the head and prothorax, somewhat thickened externaliy ; 2d joint thicker and a little shorter than the 3d; 11th as long as the two preceding wider, obliquely truncate at tip, with the apical angle acute. Prothorax wider than long, vaguely impressed. Elytra dark piceo-testaceous, with a scutellar cloud, a rounded spot one-fourth from the base, and a broad, angulated band about the middle. blackish ; this band is extended along the lateral margin almost to the humeral cal- lus ; punctures strong, not very dense ; wider than the prothorax base trun- cate, sides parallel, rounded behind. Beneath finely, sparsely pubescent; palpi, front tibiz, and all the tarsi brown-testaceous. Length 2 mm.; .08 inch. Enterprise ; one specimen, probably aS. More allied to X. ater and fasciatus, than to any other species in my collec- tion. Table of Species of XYLOPHILUS. Byes dhalittyges eataa ora 1s Bega ap efi afe te eRe ais Sicha a's 'c 3\e:'s'is) 0 ots 2. Eyes glabrous, widely separated, not oblique.........--..esscseeees 6. 2. Hind angles of head rounded, not prominent; ¢\ antennée with the last jaint elonmPate ey linmricule elie samaca ake et icica sh. bieisle cia's ciety alate 3. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvi. 101. 3A. PRINTED APRIL 22, 1878. LeConte.|] 426 [Feb. 1, Hind angles of head prominent, rounded at tip...... wtsiki Sithst Weeetenern ae Hind angles of head dentiform, setose ; eyes oblique, coarsely granu- lated, deeply emarginate; <¢ antenne flabellate, eyes very large ; color dark, elytra with pale, angulated lines.........1. Melsheimeri. 3. Brownish-black, base of elytra oranye....................:.2. Dasalis. Grayish-black, elytra with an angulated, narrow band of gray pubes- cencejabout the middlec. 21.20.52 .tis. see scene ea. ssa) DebDlosts Ae Eves coarsel yaoi am ola Ged: telus set-farayahesets s/ofaie Gael eiemiet roils sts cree oor Eyes finely granulated, smaller, not oblique, widely distant; black, shining, antennee, legs and elytra yellow ; the last with the base, apex, lateral cloud, and large, cordate spot at the middle black. .9. notatus. Dy Hntirely: black; stronely- punctured. \.lee 1 » cleleee ese = cle ores see Aber Piceous, strongly punctured, antenne and legs testaceous ; elytra rufous, with a broad, picecous band occupying two-thirds of the surface, ex- tending along the suture to the base....................5. fasciatus. Piceous, strongly punctured ; elytra dull testaceous, with an ill-defined, oblique band and some anterior spots darker........6. nubifer, n. sp. Testaceous, strongly punctured; head, and two small spots on each elytron, forming a transverse band, dark............7. subfasciatus. Testaceous, strongly punctured ; elytra each with two small piceous spots arranged obliquely, the inner one being behind the mid@le, and theiouterione about. theimiddle.. (icc... sn. - cele eciies On SIEMattiCR GleHloneates likkefayslendlercA7i¢7er3) Wn LOT .1.)- tate istontiers tetorcete¥-) et ater ieee = Elytra large, ventricose, piceous, finely and very aeucely punctured, with numerous anastomosing lines of white pubescence ; 1st joint of ANLENM ee WVieLY, SHON el-ljolle eller) lecleleteateloieieletael ater One nitaCOstign (- Meadrand) prothoraxs finelyapumchilatee testers = telaitetteieisttvaletetala) ete Head and prothorax densely punctured ; elytra more strongly pune- tured with two narrow bands of white pubescence, the anterior one an- gulated, black; antenne and legs dull testaceous...... ............ 11. ptinoides Schwarz. 8. Prothorax quadrate, transversely impressed near the base, elytra ob- liquely impressed behind the base......... SOA Oe Lo aeseaaale ate ete Prothorax sub-ovate, not transversely impressed behind; form more elongate ; color variable....................12. quercicola Schwarz. 9. Fuscous, pruinose, elytra paler with an indistinct, darker band near the base ; prothoracic impressions not deep..........13. brunneipennis. Piceous, pruinose ; antennee and legs brown or testaceous...14. piceus. Piceous, sparsely and finely pubescent, prothoracic impression very deep ; antenne and legs paler..... Ryser as solace ocieeis OP aMpressaus: Norer.—By an error of writing I have stated on p. 265 of Classification of Coleoptera of North America that in this genus the penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobed ; the antepenultimate is meant. 129. Dircaea proma, n.sp.——Very elongate, narrower behind, sub- cuneiform, convex, brown, densely clothed with sericeous short pubescence. 1878. | 427 [LeConte. Head scabrous, bent perpendicularly downwards. Prothorax scabrous- punctate, very convex, a little longer than wide, subsinuate and broadly rounded in front, feebly rounded on the sides, truncate at base; at the sides, feebly emarginate at the middle ; front angles rounded, hind angles rectangular. Elytra with the basal margin elevated, finely scabrous near the base, roughness gradually becoming very fine and dense punctuation behind. Antennz slender; Ist, 3d and 4th joints equal in length, 2d shorter. Maxillary palpi with the 2d joint long, triangular, 3d shorter, triangular, not narrower, 4th not wider than 2d and 3d, elongate, cultri- form, three times as long as its width at the base. Length 12 mm.; .48 inch. ¢ Front tarsi with 4th joints broadly dilated, spongy beneath ; 4th joint not narrower, deeply pilobed. @ wanting. Enterprise; very rare in dead oaks. The prothorax is more prominent and convex in front than in D. liturata, and overhangs the head, almost as in Lymexylon sericeum. 130. Mordella fascifera, n. sp.—Piceous, pubescent, with cinereous hair. Prothorax with three large spots, extending from near the base to the middle, fuscous. Elytra with the anterior third (divided by a narrow sutural gray line), and a broad oblique band behind the middle fuscous ; the band forms at the suture an angle directed forwards. Beneath thinly pubescent ; base of an- tenn, palpi and legs piceo-testaceous. Length 2.8 mm.; .09 inch. Cedar Keys; one specimen. The form is somewhat ro- bust as in WM. triloba,and the anal process is long and slender. The length is given exclusive of the process. 151. Mordella angulata, n. sp.—Black, finely pubescent, elongate. HElytra with two cinereous somewhat oblique trans- verse spots, one at the anterior third, the other at the second third of the length ; these spots are each connected at the inner end with an oblique line running backwards to the suture. Anal process long and slender. Length 2.7 mm.; .11 inch. Lake Ashby; one specimen. Longer and narrower than the preceding, having the form of many Mordellistene, or of Mordella diseoidea. 132. Mordella triloba Say.—Specimens taken at Enterprise, in May, differ from Northern specimens by the elytral fasciz being much nar- rower ; and the anterior one is strongly angulated so that the basal spot becomes acutely triangular ; the humeral region is dull ferruginous. I am unwilling to describe it as distinct, but regard it rather as a well-marked variety. LeConte.] 428 [Feb. 1, Though not belonging to the same zodlogical province, the two following species may be conveniently described here: 133. Mordella jovialis, n. sp.—Black, pubescent, with the mar- gins of the prothorax cinereous pubescent. Elytra densely cinereous pub- escent with black markings as follows: two small spots near the base, the outer one elongate, the inner one round ; a transverse broad band at the middle, divided by a cinerous sutural line, the anterior outline of this band is nicked outside of the middle, and then runs obliquely forwards, almost to the side margin, which is cinereous ; the apical fourth is also black, divided almost to the tip by the cinereous sutural line. Beneath thinly clothed with pruinose cinereous pubescence, ventral transverse bands and hind coxe blackish. Length 4.7 mm.; .19 inch. Bosque County, Texas, G. W. Belfrage; one specimen. Of the same form and size as JM. oculata, to which it is allied. 134. Mordella obliqua, n. sp.—Black, pubescent. Head cinereous, prothorax with scattered cinereous hairs, and two indistinct vittee more densely cinereous. Elytra with a very narrow sutural line, and an oblique stripe from the humeri to beyond the middle, where it becomes obsolete, cinereous. Scu- tellum cinercous. Beneath black ; anal process long and slen- der. Length 4mm.; .16 inch. Maryland, Dr. Zimmermann; Detroit, Michigan, Mr. E. A. Schwarz. In form and size this species resembles J. marginata. It is possible that J. /unulata Helmuth (Proce. Ac. Nat. Se. Phila. 1865, 96), may have been a specimen of this species, with the elytral vitta partly effaced. The type has, I believe, been destroyed. 135. Conotrachelus ventralis, n. sp.—Not robust; elytra nar- rewed behind from the base, humeri not dentiform. Blackish-brown, thinly clothed, but scarcely mottled with coarse pale yellowish hairs. Beak half as long as the body, slender, brown, shining, sparsely punc- tured, striate each side for more than one-half the length. Antenne in- serted about one-third from the tip. Head strongly punctured, pubescent. Prothorax as long as wide, widest at the base, gradually narrowed and slightly rounded on the sides to the apex, near which it is feebly con- stricted ; very deeply, coarsely and densely punctured, elevated dorsal line very narrow, indistinct. Elytra at base about one-half wider than the prothorax, humeri rounded, acutely margined, prominent, sides ob- liquely converging behind ; fully one-half longer than the width at base, striate composed of large fovee, interspaces not costate at base, but the 3d and 5th become gradually acute behind the middle; 7th acute for the 1878. ] 429 [LeConte. whole length. united in front at a sharp angle with the 9th, which is also acute for its whole length, the two united then form the humeral margin. Beneath, inflexed flanks of prothorax densely, metathorax more coarscly but sparsely cribrate ; ventral segments very shining, with a few scattered large punctures, more numerous on the 5th. Legs long, thighs strongly unidentate, not annulat«. Length 6 mm.; .25 inch. Enterprise; one specimen. Quite different from any other in our fauna; it should be placed after C. crategi, (vide Lec. and Horn, Rhynch., 230), between 1-Ba and 1—-Bb. 136. Conotrachelus cognatus, n. sp.—Blackish ; elytra mottled with dull fulvous ; pubescence short, irregularly condensed. Head punc- tured, pubescent. Beak not half as long as the body, rather slender, very slightly curved, not shining, strongly striate. Antenne inserted less than one-fourth from the tip. Prothorax wider than long, sides strongly rounded in front, nearly straight near the base ; constricted near the apex ; very coarsely and densely cribrate, not carinate. Elytra one-half wider than the prothorax at the base, oblong, rounded behind, humeri rounded ; striz composed of large quadrate punctures, interspaces narrow, not flat, 3d, dth and 7th acutely but not strongly costate ; 9th acute from the middle to within a short distance from the tip; at the base of the 3d inter- space is a small spot of white scales. Beneath, mesosternum prominent, metasternum cribrate ; ventral segments sparsely, 5th more densely punc- tured, impressed near the tip. Legs leng, thighs unidentate, with a ring of gray pubescence. Length 4.3 mm.; .17 inch. Tampa; one specimen. This species has the mesosternum produced into a small process in front, as in C. posticatus, from which it differs chiefly by the prothorax being not earinated, and by the somewhat less robust form. 137. Conotrachelus pusillus, n. sp.—Similar to the preceding, but very much smaller, blackish-brown, with irregularly condensed pubescence ; elytra mottled with dull fulvous. Head punctured, yellow pubescent ; beak longer than head and prothorax, stout, curved, deeply striate. An- tenn inserted one-fourth from the end, brown. Prothorax wider than long, rounded on the sides, broadly constricted near the apex, densely and coarsely punctured, not carinate. Elytra nearly one-half wider than the prothorax at base, oblong-oval, humeri rounded ; strize composed of large punctures, interspaces not so narrow as in C. cognatus, 3d, 5th and 7th moderately carinate ; 9th carinate behind the middle. Beneath coarsely punc- tured; 5th ventral broadly impressed, mesosternum protuberant. Legs long, thighs unidentate, obsoletely annulated. Length 2.8 mm.; .10 inch. Enterprise; one specimen. This is one of our smallest species. LeConte. | 430 [Feb. 1, 138. Conotrachelus coronatus, n. sp.—Blackish, thinly clothed with very fine brownish-gray pubescence and scattered pale clavate bristles, with markings of dense fine white scales. Prothorax and elytra tubercu- late ; the former as long as wide, channeled, rough, with the sides straight, angulated and suddenly narrowed near the apex; there are four large apical tuberosities, and two discoidal ones, besides the lateral protuberance just mentioned ; the anterior constriction is very deep and there is also a transverse impression behind the lateral and discoidal tuberosities ; a narrow white vitta extends from apex to base each side mid-way between the dor- sal channel and the sides; these lines are connected with others on the base of the 3d elytral interspace. Elytrasub-triangular, humeri prominent, rounded. Strize composed of large punctures, interspaces wide, alternately interrupted with black tubercles bearing reclinate clavate bristles; at the base of the 3d interspace is a short white line ; a large marginal spot, pointed interiorly behind the humerus, is also clothed with dense small white scales ; behind the middle is a band composed of four small spots on the Ist to the 4th interspaces, and a small spot near the tip formed of pale scales. Legs long, thighs indistinctly annulated and sprinkled with white hairs, acutely unidentate. Under surface very coarsely punctured. Length 3 mm.; .12 inch. Enterprise; one specimen. The head is coarsely cribrate; the beak bent beyond the middle, not longer than the head and prothorax, thicker than in any other species known to me, with deep broad strize, and carinate along the median line. Antennee situated near the end. The mesosternum is protuberant. This species belongs to Division II, of my arrangement, and should be placed before C. tuberosus, (Lec. Rhynch., 233), to which (apart from coloration) it has little resemblance. The femoral denticle is obsolete, but the tooth is acute and prominent. 139. Acalles wentrosus, n. sp.—Very obese, blackish, clothed with appressed gray and brown scales with intermixed clavate bristles. Head with the occiput clothed with yellowish-gray scales. Prothorax deeply and broadly chanueled, twice as wide as long, rounded on the sides, uniform blackish brown. Elytra truncate at base, basal angles obtuse not rounded, sides obliquely widened, then rounded obliquely to the apex; there is a broad basal band occupying one-third the length of dirty gray scales, and some indistinct fasciate markings of the same color, behind the middle; the strie are deeply impressed, and the interspaces moderately convex. Mesosternum broadly emarginate, as in A. pectoralis (Lec. Rhynch., 244). Legs clothed with dirt-colored scales. Length 4.3 mm.; -17 inch. Enterprise; May, one specimen. More ventricose than 1878. | 431 {[LeConte. any other species in my collection, and easily known by the deeply and broadly suleate prothorax; the anterior trans- verse impression is broad and deep, and there is a broad dis- coidal impression each side near the base. 140. Acalles subhispidus, n. sp.—Blackish, densely clothed with dark scales, which are larger on the prothorax than on the elytra, where they are intermixed with short, reclinate bristles. Prothorax wide, strongly rounded on the sides in front, coarsely punctured, with a narrow, lateral line, and a few scattered scales pale dirt color; disc not carinate. Elytra but little wider than the prothorax, base truncate, basal angles obtuse, dis- tinct, sides broadly rounded, then obliquely narrowed to the apex; very little wider behind the base, strize coarsely punctured, interspaces slightly convex ; there are traces of two narrow undulated bands, composed of small spots of gray scales, one before the middle, curving backwards towards the sides, the other behind the middle, curving forwards. Mesos- ternum deeply emarginate. Length 3.7 inm.; .15 inch. Sumter County; May, one specimen. Easily known from our other species by the shorter reclinate bristles of the elytra. The prothorax is larger, and the elytra less rounded on the sides. 141. Cryptorhynchus helwus, n. sp.—Very similar to C. obliquus and differing only in the following characters: Scales pale yellow-brown, slightly variegated with darker; form of body a little narrower. Prothorax a little longer than wide, sides obliquely narrowed from the middle, where they are rounded to the apex, nearly parallel behind the middle. Elytra with the interspaces wide and flat. Thighs with one small acute tooth. Length 7.8 mm.; .31 inch. Enterprise ; May, one specimen. Except for the difference in the form of the prothorax, I should consider this as merely a variety of C. obliquus. The elytra are similarly im- pressed. 142. Barilepton bivittatum, n. sp.—Very elongate, black, shining, with a broad vitta of white scales each side, beginning at the front margin of the prothorax, and extending to the tip of the elytra. Head sparsely and finely punctured, beak curved, not as long as the prothorax, smooth. Prothorax wider than long, narrowed and rounded on the sides near the apex, where it is broadly and feebly constricted ; disc strongly, not densely punctured, with an indistinct, narrow, smooth median line. Elytra with impunctured striz, interspaces wide, flat, feebly and very finely punctulate. Beneath sparsely punctured ; there is a patch of white scales on the flanks of the prothorax ; the side pieces of the metasternum, and the sides of the ventral segments are also clothed with white scales ; LeConte. | 432 {Feb. 1, the 3d and 4th ventral segments are nearly smooth. Prosternum with a wide, shallow, pectoral groove ; tarsi brownish. Length 5 mm.; .20 inch. Georgia and Northern Florida. For a specimen of this very handsome species, [ am indebted to Dr. Horn. 143. Sphenophorus apicalis, n. sp. — Elongate, black, not shining. Prothorax with a narrow dorsal elevated line extending to the apex, where there is a large, oblong fovea on each side of it ; discoidal elevations not apparent ; punctures very large, shallow, irregularly scat- tered. Elytra with fine strive, upon which are placed large, distant, rounded punctures ; alternate interspaces slightly more convex near the base, which is deeply bifoveate, or trifoveate each side. Length 7 mm.; -23 inch. Enterprise; May, one specimen. Belongs to Dr. Horn’s Group V,(Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1878, 421), and may be placed in the table after S. Sayi, to which it is not allied. The proximal third of the beak is deeply and broadly exea- vated. The 3d joint of all the tarsi is narrow, and not spongy beneath. 144. Mesites rufipennmis, n. sp.—Elongate, cylindrical, shining black, glabrous, antennz and legs brown, elytra ferruginous. Head and dilated base of beak sparsely punctured, the former with a large, vertical fovea, the latter with a short, deep channel. Prothorax longer than wide, oblong, a little narrower in front, sides broadly rounded, more so at base and apex ; surface strongly but not densely punctured. Elytra with striz composed of approximate square punctures, interspaces not wider than the striz, sparsely punctulate, the small punctures generally forming an irregular series on each interspace. Beneath coarsely punctured, ventral segments 1-4 sparsely and less coarsely punctured. Length 5.38 mm.; .21 inch. 2 Beak slender, smooth ; antennze inserted just in front of the eyes. © unknown. New Smyrna; one specimen found on the ocean beach. This species is quite congeneric with I. subcylindricus, but differs by the red elytra, and more finely punctulate inter- spaces. The funiculus of the antennz is stout, 7-jointed, and the 2d joint is not elongated. I therefore infer that they belong to the genus Mesites as restricted by Mr. Wollas- ton, and heretofore known only from Europe. 145. Pityophthorus obliquus, n. sp.—Cylindrical, not slender, dark-brown, shining, thinly clothed with fine, long, erect pubescence ; an- tenn and legs ferruginous. Head flat, opaque, indistinctly punctulate. 1878. ] 433 {LeConte. Prothorax quadrate, scarcely longer than wide, broadly rounded at apex, anterior one-fourth covered with obtuse granules, not arranged in concen- tric lines, gradually changing behind into fine, rugose, sparse punctua- tion. Elytra finely punctured, punctures arranged in approximate rows, which in places are indistinct ; apical declivity flattened, feebly concave each side of the sutural stria, which is not very distinct ; there are also traces at the apex of two other strize. Front and middle tibiz not toothed ; hind tibiz with a marginal row of 7 or 8 small acute spines, and a fringe of stiff long hairs. Length 2 mm.; .08 inch. Enterprise; June, one specimen. This species may be placed after P. digestus Lec. (vide Rhynch. 352), but the flat- tened declivity of the elytra, only slightly concave near the suture, easily distinguishes it from all thus far described in our fauna. The punctures of the hinder part of the elytra are less fine than towards the base. The eyes are emargi- _ nate; the club of the antenne is nearly circular, and trans- versely annulated. 146. Pityophthorus seriatus, n. sp.— Elongate, cylindrical, brown, shining, nearly glabrous, with only a few scattered, erect hairs on the head, front of prothorax, and hind part of elytra Antenne and legs testaceous. Head flat, opaque, indistinctly punctulate, front feebly im- pressed, and indistinctly carinate. Prothorax quadrate, not longer than wide, rounded in front, anterior half with irregular, transverse, subconcen- tric rows of granules; sides and base sparsely but distinctly punctured. Elytra with striz composed of small punctures, interspaces wider than the striee, the alternate ones each with 4 or 5 distinct punctures of equal size with those of the striz ; declivity not flattened nor retuse, sutural stria slightly impressed. Length 1.5 mm.; .06 inch. Tampa; April, one specimen. This species is quite dis- tinct by the sculpture of the elytra, and may be placed be- fore P. comatus, in the arrangement already cited. The front and middle tibizw are not serrate, and the hind tibie have only 3 or 4 very indistinct traces of teeth, and no range of spines, or fringe of stiff hairs as in P. obliquus. This Species has a deceptive resemblance to Xyleborus pubescens, but the generic characters of the antennal club are quite different, and the specific characters abundantly distinct. 147. Cryphalus miles, »n. sp.—Very small, slender cylindrical, blackish, shining, clothed with short stout erect bristles. Prothorax a lit- tle longer than wide, apex produced into an acute spine; disc with a few acute reclinate granules in front, sparsely punctured behind. Elytra PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvir. 101. 3B. PRINTED MAY 4, 1878. Schwarz. | 434 [Feb. 1, strongly but not densely punctured, striz hardly to be traced. Legs and antenn piceous. Length .8 mm.; .035 inch. Tampa; two specimens. Smaller and more slender than C. rigidus Lee. (Rhynch. 362), with much shorter bristles. The apical spine of the prothorax is a prolongation of the margin itself, and not a horn arising from the disc. 148. Huxenus piceus, n. sp.—Oval, rather elongate, convex, piceous, shining. Prothorax sparsely punctulate. Elytra punctured, the punctures forming indistinct strie towards the sides; two outer striz distinct, the outermost extending from the base for one-third the length ; the inner one entire ; marginal stria entire. Length .6 mm.; .025 inch. Tampa, April 11th; one specimen. Differs from Hw. punctatus Lee. (Rhynch. 409), by the much smaller size, less distinctly punctured prothorax, and by the legs being not testaceous but dark, with only the tarsi yellowish. This in- sect has the appearance of a very minute Crytocephalus. List of Species by E. A. ScHwanrz. CICINDELID ©. Tetracha carolina Linn. E. K. common in May and June, also attracted by the light. virginica Linn. E. K. rare, with the preceding. Cicindela scutellaris Say, race unicolor Dej.* hirticollis Say, sea shore, as far as Key West. dorsalis Say, NS. C. common on the sea beach; first speci- men seen on April 4th; race Sauleyt; Key West, var. with elytra entirely white. hamata Br. K. common in June on the ocean beach. marginata Fabr. NS. C. K. common on the lagoon and ocean beach of the eastern coast ; rare in April, common in June. tortuosa Dej. common, first specimen seen on February 27th. punctulata Fabr. common, appears about the beginning of May. abdominalis Fabr. NS. E. K. common in the pine woods, ap- pears in June; race with strongly punctured elytra. striga Lec. L. E. very rare in May, nocturnal in its habits. hirtilabris Lec. E. K. rare, ia company with C. abdominalis. gratiosa Guér.* 1878. ] 435 (Schwarz. CARABID®. Omophron labiatum Fabr. common. Pasimachus strenuus Lec. H. E. T. very rare. sublevis Dej. rare. marginatus Fabr. not rare. subsulcatus Say, not rare. Scarites substriatus Hald. T. rare. subterraneus Fabr. common. californicus Lec. K. very rare on the sea beach. Dyschirius globulosus Say, C. H. T. not rare. erythrocerus Lec. C. H. E. not rare. filiformis Lec. C. H. rare. falciger Lec. n. sp. p. 373, T. rare on the banks of the Hills- boro River. Ardistomis obliquata Putz. not rare. Schaumii Lec. common. viridis Say, common. puncticollis Putz. very rare. Aspidoglossa subangulata Chd. not rare. Clivina dentipes Dej. not rare. rubicunda Lec. E. one specimen. rufa Lec. E. rare. americana Dej. not rare. picea Putz. E. T. two specimens. picipes Putz. E. L. K. very rare. Schizogenius ferrugineus Putz. F. two specimens on the sea beach. Sallei Putz. var. Lake Altapopka very rare. Brachynus fumans Fabr. quadripennis De}. cordicollis Dej. lateralis Dej. common. Panagzeus crucigerus Say, H. L. very rare. Morio monilicornis Latr. T. not rare, under old pine bark. Helluomorpha preeusta Dej. S. T. very rare, under old pine bark. Galerita Janus Fabr. F. one specimen. Lecontei Dej. C. S. E. not rare, found also on sugared trees. Diaphorus Lecontei Dej. E. T. very rare, also attracted by the light. Thalpius pygmeeus Dej. very rare. Casnonia ludoviciana Sallé, C. S. L. K. not rare. Leptotrachelus dorsalis Fabr. C. very rare. Ega Sallei Chevr. E. K. T. common. Lachnophorus pubescens Dej. common. Eucerus varicornis Lec. C. T. very rare. Plochionus amandus Newman.* timidus Hald. E. one specimen. Bonfilsii Dej. »a7. NS. one specimen. Schwarz. | 436 Loxopeza tricolor Say. T. rare. Lebia pulchella Dej. C. T. rare. marginicollis Dej. not rare. viridis Say, E. L. NS. not rare. rhodopus Schwarz, n. sp. p. 354, T. rare. viridipennis Dej. C. E. K. not rare. lobulata Lec. E. rare. collaris Dej. T. E. rare. fuscata Dej.* Dianchomena abdominalis Chd. E. one specimen. scapularis Dej. E. one specimen. Aphelogenia furcata Lec. T. rare. Nemotarsus elegans Lec.* Tetragonoderus intersectus Germ. C. E. K. not rare. Perigona nigriceps Dej. E. rare. Apenes angustata Schwarz, n. sp. p. 354, E. rare. opaca Lec. T. in the pine woods under sticks, rare. sinuata Say. E. rare. Pinacodera platicollis Say, var. fuscata Dej. H. E. rare. Callida viridipennis Say, H. E. rare. fulgida Dej. C. H. E. rare. decora Fabr. E. very rare. Onota trivittata Lec.* n. sp. p. 873, middle Florida. Coptodera signata Dej. E. T. rare. Platynus decorus Say, T. common. floridanus Lec. p. 374. Common. punctiformis Say, H. E. rare. octopunctatus Fab. T. one specimen. Loxandrus reflexus Lec. n. sp., p. 376, C. E. K. T. common. calathinus Lec. n. sp., p. 376, T. not rare. floridanus Lec. n. sp., p. 876, C. T. E. common. erraticus Dej. E. very rare. celer Dej. C. E. rare. agilis Dej. common. velox Dej. not rare. rectangulus Lec. n. sp., p. 377, E. two specimens. crenatus Lec. not rare. Evarthrus seximpressus Lec. E. K. rare. americanus Dej. one specimen, Polk county. obsoletus Say, T. in the pine woods under sticks rare. morio Dej. E. rare. faber Germ. T. very rare. Pterostichus acutangulus Chd. C. T. very rare. Lophoglossus tartaricus Say,* Northern Florida. Badister flavipes Lec. C. E. T. rare. micans Lec. C. L. T. not rare. [Feb. 1, 1878.] 437 {[Schwarz. Diplochila major Lec. common. Diczelus quadratus Lec. K. very rare. carinatus Dej. L. one specimen. alternans Dej. L. E. T. very rare. elongatus Dej. var.? E. very rare. Chleenius herbaceus Chevr. C. §. L. T. rare. erythropus Germ. not rare. fuscicornis Dej. S. T. rare. laticollis Say, common. eestivus Say, E. rare. augustus Newman*. prasinus Dej. E. common. nemoralis Say, rare. tricolor Dej. common. foridanus Horn, rare. pensylvanicus Say, T. E. rare. ci-cumcinctus Say, C. E. T. rare. maxillosus Horn, C. L. two specimens. niger Rand. C. two specimens. Anomoglossus emarginatus Say, T. one specimen. Lachnocrepis parallelus Say, C. H. rare. Anatrichis minuta Dej. C. K. T. rare. Oodes americanus Dej. S. C. very rare. amaroides Dej. C. E. T. not rare. 14-striatus Chd. rare. Lecontei Chd. C. E. T. common. cupreeus Chd. C. two specimens. Agonoderus infuscatus Dej. not rare. testaceus Dej. common. Anisodactylus merula Germ. not rare. Anisotarsus agilis Dej. H. rare. nitidipennis Lec. H. E. K. not rare. Gynandropus hylacis var. elongatus Lec. C. T. very rare. Selenophorus stigmosus E. not rare, frequently attracted by the light. subtinctus Lec. C. 8. very rare. fossulatus Dej. C. Polk county, rare. opa’inus Lec. E. rare. excisus Lec. n. sp. 377. ovalis Dej. T. very rare. Harpalus pensylvanicus DeG. not rare. nitidulus Chd. H. E. rare. Stenolophus spretus Dej. C. E. T. not rare. plebejus Dej. T. one specimen. ochropezus Say, E. rare. Bembidium versicolor Lec. T. not rare. contractum Say, common, especially on the sea beach. affine Say.* Schwarz.] 438 Tachys albipes Lec. C. 8. E. T. rare. ventricosus Lec. common. levis Say, common. pallidus Chd. H. T. very rare. columbiensis} Zimm. ms. common. nanus Gyll. common. flavicauda Say, common. zenescens Motsch. E. very rare. xanthopus Dej. common. incurvus Say, common. granarius Dej. C. very rare. carolinus} Zimm. ms. common. n. sp. E. very rare. HALIPLID &. Haliplus punctatus Aubé, L. K. not rare. Cnemidotus 12-punctatus Say, not rare. DYTISCIDZ. Celina angustata Aubé, C. E. very rare. grossula Lec. EH. very rare. Hydroporus exiguus Aubé, L. E. T. rare. granum Lec. T. rare. seminulum Lec. n. sp., p. 377, E. two specimens. granarius Aubé,* Northern Florida. affinis Say, var.? H. E. very rare. fuscatus Cr. common. inconspicuus Lec. not rare. undulatus Say, common. Hydrocanthus iricolor Say, L. T. not rare. Suphis bicolor Say, L. T. not rare. puncticollis Cr. E. two specimens. n. sp. E. one specimen. Colpius inflatus Lec. T. rare. Cybister Olivieri Cr. NS. T. K. very rare. Laccophilus proximus Say, common. Thermonectes basilaris Harr. C. A. T. not rare. Hydaticus bimarginatus Say, C. T. very rare. Coptotomus interrogatus Fab. common. Matus bicarinatus Say.* Copelatus glyphicus Say, common. Chevrolatii Aubé, C. T. rare. GYRINIDZ. Dineutes carolinus Lec. C. §. not rare. serrulatus Lec. S. E. A angustus Lec.* n. sp. p 378. [Feb. 1, 1878.] 439 [Schwarz, Gyrinus elevatus Lec. common. Rockinghamensis Lec.* HYDROPHILIDE. Hydrochus rugosus Muls. E. T. rare. callosus Lec.* inzequalis Lec. common. three unnamed species. Ochthebius attritus Lec. n. sp., p. 880, H. one specimen on the lagoon beach. simplex Lec. n. sp., p. 880, H. one specimen with the pre- ceding. foveicollis Lec. n. sp., p. 381, H. E. not rare. Hydreena marginicollis Kiesenw. rare. Tropisternus lateralis Fabr. common. 7 striolatus Lec. E. not rare. glaber Hbst. common. Hydrocharis castus Say, C. very rare. Berosus pugnax Lec. E. one specimen. aculeatus Lec. L. not rare. peregrinus Hbst.* exiguus Say, E. A. K. not rare. infuscatus Lec. L. E. not rare. striatus Say, C. T. rare. Chetarthria pallida Lec. C. S. E. not rare. Philhydrus nebulosus Say, common. bifidus Lec. E. Orange County, rare. ochraceus Melsh. common. consors Lec. C. P. T. rare. diffusus Lec. C. common. perplexus Lec. common. Hydrobius subcupreus Say, common. suturalis Lec. E. K. T. very rare. despectus Lec. H. rare. Cyclonotum palmarum Schwarz, n. sp. p. 355, E. rare. estriatum Say, common. semiglobosum Zimm. common. Cercyon preetextatum Say, common. ocellatum Say, C. E. not rare. sp. C. E. not rare. TRICHOPTERYGIDZE. Nossidium americanum Mots. T. under old leaves, rare. Ptenidium atomaroides Mots. common in salt marsh on the eastern coast. Ptilium three unnamed species. Nephanes leviusculus Matth. E. under old leaves rare. ? Smicrus two species. 440 [Feb. 1, Schwarz.] Trichoptery=x five unnamed species. Limulodes paradoxus Matth.* Ptinellodes Lecontei Matth. T. under pine bark, rare. Ptinella pini Lec. T. under pine bark, rare. nigrovittis Lec. T. under pine bark, very rare. STAPHYLINID®. Falagria cingulata Lec. EH. rare. partita Lec.* venustula Er. 8. two specimens. 4 other species apparently undescribed. Hoplandria pulchra Kraatz, shores of Indian Riv. common. two other species. Homalota plana Gyllh. T. under pine bark, not rare. about 30 other species. ? Stenusa two species under pine bark. Placusa despecta Er. T. beaten from dead pine leaves, rare. Philotermes n. sp: E. one specimen under old leaves. Aleochara brachyptera Fourc. E. not rare. nitida Grav. common. Oxypoda three or four species. Oligota four species. Gyropheena six unnamed species. Myllzena four unnamed species. Dinopsis myllznoides Kraatz, C. T. very rare. n. sp: 2: HST. very rare: A number of other Aleocharini. Anacyptus testaceus Lec. 8. NS. under old pine bark, very rare. Tachinus fumipennis Say.* Erchomus ventriculus Say, common, under bark. leevis Lec. common in wet places under old leaves. Conosoma crassum Grav. T. rare. basale Er. E. not rare. pubescens Payk. C. opicum Say, common. scriptum Horn, T. one specimen. Bryoporus rufescens Lec. common. var. testaceus Lec. common. Mycetoporus lepidus Er. T. rare. flavicollis Lec. common. Acylophorus pronus Er. E. T. not rare. densus Lec. n. sp. p. 387, E. two specimens. flavipes Lec. n. sp. p. 3887, C. very rare ; (occurs also in Ohio). Tanygnathus collaris Er. §. P. E. rare in very wet places. Quedius ferox Lec. n. sp. p. 388, E. one specimen ; (occurs also at Cam- bridge, Mass). 1878. 441 Creophilus villosus Grav. common. Staphylinus comes Lec. T. one specimen. tomentosus Grav. C. H. E. rare. cicatricosus Lec. one unnamed species T. Belonuchus formosus Grav. common. Philonthus hepaticus Er. E. common. micans Grav. HK. T. rare. peederoides Lec. common. bistriatus Er. NS. C. on the sea beach, very rare, and four unnamed species. Xantholinus emmesus Gray. 8. T. under bark, not rare. cephalus Say, T. under pine bark, rare. two unnamed species. Leptacinus flavipes Lec E. rare. n. sp. T. E. rare. nigripennis Lec. E. New Simyrna, rare. Diochus Schaumii Kraatz, var. common. Lathrobium puctulatum Lec. C. E. rare. dimidiatum Say, not rare. four unnamed species. Cryptobium bicolor Grav. common. floridanum Lec. n. sp. p. 389, E. one specimen. latebricola Nordm. K. T. rare. lugubre Lec. n. sp. p. 393, T. E. rare. obliquum Lec. n. sp. p. 394, T. not rare. parcum Lec. n. sp. p. 394, K. very rare. Stilicus angularis Er. E. not rare. Scopzeus opacus Lec. common. exiguus Er. N. 8. E. rare. two unnamed species. Echiaster Sallei} Fvl. E. Lithocharis corticina Grav. not rare. four unnamed species. Dacnochilus angularis Er. E. K. two specimens. Sunius monstrosus Lec. T. E. very rare. linearis Er. not rare. prolixus Er. common. binotatus Say, common. Stilicopsis paradoxa Sachse, H. E. very rare. Peederus littoreus Zimm. T. very rare. floridanus Austin, common. obliteratus Lec.* n. sp. p. 395, Southern Florida. Pinophilus picipes Er. H. very rare. latipes Er. T. two specimens. parcus Lec. S. E. rare. opacus Lec. not rare. [Schwarz, PROC. AMER, PHILOS. soc. xvilI. 101. 3c. PRINTED MAY 4, 1878. Schwarz. | 442 [Feb. 1, Palaminus flavipennis Lec. n. sp. p. 396, common. contortus Lec. n. sp. p. 397, T. E. S. common (occurs also in Michigan). cribratus Lec. n. sp. p. 397, very rare. pumilus Lec. n. sp. p. 398, T. E. rare. larvalis J.ec. very rare. Stenus colonus Er. not rare. : arculus Er. E. C. T. rare. callosus Er. 8. E. rare. and five undescribed species. Bueesthetus two undescribed species. Megalops celatus Grav. E. T. two specimens, lives on fungus which grows on the underside of old logs. Osorius politus Lec. Hilsboro Co. very rare in May and June. latipes Grav. C. E. T. not rare, frequently beaten from trees and shrubs. n. sp.? T. rare. Holotrochus minor Fauvel, E. K. very rare in June on flowers. Bledius mandibularis Er. §. one specimen. politus Er. T. one specimen. fumatus Lec. C. 8. two specimens. cognatus Lec. E. not rare, attracted by the light. semiferrugineus Lec. C. rare. basalis Lec. E. K. common. dimidiatus Lec. E. Lake Altapopka, rare. cordatus Say, abundant on sea shore. Oxytelus incolumis Er. 8. T. very rare. sculptus Gray.* convergens Lec. Sand Point, two specimens. insignitus Grav. common. exiguus Er. T. E. rare. Apocellus sphericollis Say, common. stilicoides Lec. F. E. very rare. Trogophloeus memnonius Er. (fide Fauvel) Sand point, C. common on the lagoon beach. fulvipes Er. common. six unnamed species. Glyptoma costale Er. E. rare. Anczeus rufescens Lec. F. E. very rare, lives in the galleries of Mallodon dasystomus. Lispinus tenuis Lec. T. under pine bark, rare. PSELAPHID ©. Tmesiphorus costalis Lec. P. one specimen. carinatus Say, T. under old pine bark, not rare. Ctenistes piceus Lec. not rare. Zimmermanni Lec. T. E. rare. 1878. ] 443 [Schwarz. Rhinoscepsis bistriata Lec. n. g. and sp. p. 382, T. E. under old leaves, rare. Tychus longipalpus Lec. T. E. rare. Bryaxis dentata Say, C. H. E. rare. floridana Brend. H. S. rare. puncticollis Lec. common. n. §p..C. Hi. H: rare: rubicunda Aub.? T. E. not rare. Decarthron abnorme Lec. E. one specimen. exsectum Brend. C. §. T. rare. formiceti Lec. rare. n. sp. T. rare. Eupsenius glaber Lec. E. T. rare. rufus Lec. T. one specimen. Arthmius globicollis Lec. common. Rhexius insculptus Lec. E. T. very rare. substriatus Lec. n. sp. p. 883. T. one specimen under old leaves. Trimium convexulum Lec. n. sp. p. 883, T. rare. simplex Lec. n. sp. p. 384, T. one specimen. Euplectus linearis Lec. F. two specimens. interruptus Lec. F. E. C. rare. debilis Lec.n. sp. p. 386, T. rare, on swampy meadows at sunset. tenuis Lec. n. sp. p. 386, C. one specimen. ruficeps Lec. T. rare. cavicollis Lec. n. sp. p. 387, T. rare. SILPHID ©. Necrophorus carolinus Linn. E. rare. orbicollis Say, common. Silpha inezequalis Fabr. common. americana Linn. common. Ptomaphagus oblitus Lec. E. very rare. consobrinus Lec. var. : Lecontei Murray, 8. E. very rare. Anogdus capitatus Lec.* Middle Florida. Cyrtusa blandissima Zimm. T. one specimen. Colenis impunctata Lec. E. T. not rare. Clambus gibbulus Lec. E. rare. SCYDM ENID #. Microstemma grossa Lec, H. E. T. rare. Motschulskii Lec. common. Scydmzenus magister Lec. common. fossiger Lec. C. rare. capillosulus Lec. common. basalis Lec. C. H. E. rare. divisus Schwarz, n. sp. p. 3097, E. rare. Schwarz. ] 444 [Feb. 1, Scydmeenus analis Lec. E. very rare. brevicornis Say, 8. E. very rare. pyramidalis Lec. H. E. two specimens. clavipes Say, C. H. E. not rare. fatuus Lec. E. rare. five undescribed species. Chevrolatia amoena Lec. T. one specimen under old leaves. CORYLOPHID®. Rhypobius marinus Lec. common under old leaves. Orthoperus glaber Lec. common on grasses and shrubs. Corylophus marginicollis Lec. common. Sericoderus subtilis Lec. common. Sacium lunatum Lec. E. very rare. mollinum Schwarz, n. sp. p. 356, T. E. common, lives on the yel- low pine. splendens Schwarz, n. sp. p. 358, not rare, lives on dead leaves of the yellow pine. SCAPHIDITID®. Cyparium flavipes Lec. E. T. two specimens. Scaphisoma convexum Say, E. T. very rare. punctulatum Lec. E. not rare. terminatum Mel]sh. E. common. pusillum Lec. E. T. not rare. n. sp. E. rare. Toxidium gammaroides Lec. E. rare. compressum Zimm.* LATHRIDIID ZX. Corticaria deleta Mann. common. pumila Mels. common. picta Lec. common. simplex Lec. T. very rare. three undescribed species. DERMESTID ©. Dermestes nubilus Say, common. elongatus Lec. H. one specimen. cadaverinus F'abr.* Southern Florida. maculatus DeG. E. T. rare. Cryptorhopalum ruficomme Lec. NS. E. rare. heemorrhoidale Lec.* Northern Florida. Orphilus glabratus Er. race ater Er. T. one specimen. ENDOMYCHID ®. Epipocus punctatus Lec. T. E. rare, lives under old pine bark. Stenotarsus hispidus Hbst. E. one specimen. 1878. ] 445 [Schwarz. Rhymbus Ulkei Cr. E. rare, liveson fungus, which grows on dead branches. Anamorphus pusillus} Zimm. ms. E. rare with the preceding.* MYCETOPHAGID ©. Litargus tetraspilotus Lec. NS. rare, beaten from pine trees. sexpunctatus Say, E. not rare. infulatus Lec. E. rare. nebulosus Lec. va7r.? common under old leaves. Typhea fumata Linn. common. SPHINDID ©. Sphindus americanus Lec. F. H. E. not rare. CIOID ®. Cis creberrinus Mell. E. rare. eight unnamed species. Ennearthron two unnamed species. EROTYLID ©. Languria discoidea Lec. not rare, lives on a species of Cardwus. marginipennis Schwarz, n. sp. p. 357, C. T. E. very rare. Megalodacne fasciata Fab. E. rare. heros Say, E. rare. Ischyrus 4-punctatus Oliv. E. not rare. nigrans Cr.* Cyrtotriplax angulata Say, B. E. not rare. unicolor Say, B. rare. affinis Lec. B. E. not rare. Triplax thoracica Say, E. common. CRYPTOPHAGID ®. Loberus impressus Lec. C. H. E. rare. Cryptophagus sp. T. one specimen. Tomarus hirtellus Schwarz, n. sp. p. 358, common under old leaves. Marginus rudis Lec. H. E. T. not rare under oak bark. Silvanus advena Waltl, common. surinamensis Linn. E. rare. bidentatus Fabr. common. rectus Lec. common under old leaves. quadricollis Guér. rare under oak bark. Nausibius dentatus Mels. L. rare under old oak bark. repandus Lec. T. very rare under oak bark. a ] have not described this genus, as its affinities are not yet clearly made out, It isasmall rounded testaceous hairy insect, haying somewhat the aspect of Rhymbus, but without prothoracic lines; the tarsi are not dilated. The speci- mensat my disposal are not sufficient fora thorough investigation. LzEc. Schwarz. | 446 [Feb. 1, CUCUJID®. Catogenus rufus Fabr. not rare. Lathropus pictus Schwarz, n. sp. p, 398, H. very rare, under old bark of Quercus virens. Leemophleeus biguttatus Say, H. E. T. rare. fasciatus Mels. E. T. not rare. chameeropis Schwarz, n. sp. p. 359, E. very rare. modestus Say, common. two unnamed species. Nemicelus marginipennis Lec. common on Chamerops palmetto, also at- tracted by the light. microphthalmus Schwarz, n. sp. p. 360, T. E. two specimens. COLYDIID®. Ditoma carinata Lec. T. E. two specimens. 4-guttata Say, common. Synchita granulata Say, common. nigripennis Lec. E. T. rare. Cicones lineaticollis Horn, n. sp. C. E. two specimens ; (will be described in a subsequent paper). Lasconotus pusillus Lec. P. T. common, under pine bark in the galleries of Scolytida. referendarius Zimm. T. not rare with the preceding. Aulonium ferrugineum Lec. T. rare under pine bark. Colydium lineola Say, C. H. E. rare under oak and hickory bark. Bulachus carinatus Lec. E. very rare in cut down palmetto trees. Nematidium mustela Pascoe, C. E. very rare under hickory bark. Sosylus costatus Lec. C. E. very rare with the preceding. Endectus hematodes Fab. common under old pine bark. reflexus Say, T. very rare with the preceding. Philothermus puberulus Schwarz, n. sp. p. 361, common under old pine bark. MONOTOMID ©. Bactridium striolatum Reitter, HE. T. very rare. Europs pallipennis Lec. E. T. very rare in rotten oranges. Monotoma producta Lec. K. very rare under pine bark. Monotoma americanum Aubé, E. rare under old leaves. Smicrips palmicola Lec. n.g. and sp. p. 399, common in fermenting juice of palmetto trees, in rotten oranges, &c.; found also at Savannah, Ga. TROGOSITID ©. Wemosoma cylindricum Lec. T. rare, beaten from dead pine leaves. Trogosita virescens Fabr. EK. T. not rare with the preceding. Alindria cylindrica Serv. 8. T. very rare under pine bark. Tenebrioides cucujiformis Horn C. rare. castanea Mels. E. T. not rare. semicylindrica Horn E. rare. 1878.] 447 {[Schwarz. NITIDULID#. Colastus maculatus Er. E. one specimen. morio Er. E. rare in the fermenting juice of palmetto trees. semitectus Say, E. one specimen. unicolor Say, T. not rare on pine trees. truncatus Rand. common. Conotelus obscurus Er. C. not rare in the blossoms of Convoloulus. Brachypeplus glaber Lec. n. sp. p. 398, E. two specimens. Carpophilus ferrugineus Murr. H. E. rare. pallipennis Say, common in the blossoms of Cactus. ferrugineus Murr. common. melanopterus Er.* on Yucca gloriosa. luridus Murr. E. T. not rare. Epureea labilis Er.? C. E. not rare. luteola Er. common. Prometopia 6-maculata Say, E. rare. Lobiopa undulata Say, L. rare. Omosita colon Linn. common. Stelidota geminata Say, C. E. rare. : 8-maculata Say, E. very rare. strigosa Schcenh. not rare. Amphicrossus ciliatus Ol. E. not rare. Pallodes silaceus Er. E. common in fungi. Cybocephalus nigritulus Lec. T. one specimen. Ips sanguinolentus O1.* PHALACRID &. Phalacrus politus Melsh. NS. E. T. rare. pumilio Lec.? E. one specimen. n. sp. common. Olibrus bicolor Gyllh. E. K. T. rare. rubens Lec. H. E. very rare. princeps Schwarz, n. sp. p. 361, NS. E. two specimens. consimilis Melsh. common. nitidus Melsh. common. pusillus Lec. common. several unnamed and undescribed species. Litochrus pulchellus Lec. rare on oak shrubs. COCCINELLID&®. Megilla maculata DeG. var common. Coccinella affinis Rand oar. T. very rare on willows. Cycloneda sanguinea Linn. common. Psyllobora nana Muls. common on oak shrubs. Chilocorus bivulnerus Muls. E. C. rare. Exochomus tripustulatus DeG. NS. E. rare. marginipennis Lec. E. common, lives on the cypress. contristatus Muls. common on oak shrubs. ! Schwarz. | 448 [Feb. 1, Brachyacantha dentipes Fab. T. rare. querceti Schwarz, n. sp. p. 362, common on oak shrubs. Hyperaspis fimbriolata Melsh. C. one specimen. proba Say, very rare. bigeminata Rand. H. E. not rare. paludicola Schwarz, n. sp. p. 362, common on swampy meadows. two undescribed species. Hyperaspidius militaris Lec. rare on oak shrubs. Scymunus balteatus Lec. n. sp. p. 399, 8. two specimens. quadriteeniatus Lec. n. sp. p. 400, E. C. rare on oak shrubs. bioculatus Muls. H. NS. very rare. xanthaspis Muls. NS. T. rare. terminatus Say, common. ochroderus Muls. not rare. cervicalis Muls. common. several undescribed species. Cephaloscymnus Zimmermanni Cr. E. very rare Pentilia misella Lec. n. sp. p. 400, T. rare. ovalis Lec. n. sp. p. 400, E. H. rare. CG&neis pallida Lec. n. sp. p. 400, Sand Point, rare. pusilla Lec. 5. very rare. BYRRHID#®. Limnichus obscurus Lec. E. common. ater Lec. E. common. nitidulus Lec. E. very rare. ovatus Lec. common. PARNIDE. Pelonomus obscurus Lec. E. common. Stenelmis bicarinatus Lec. T. one specimen. HETEROCERID ®. Heterocerus collaris Kw. E. not rare. two unnamed species. HISTERID ®. Hololepta quadridentata Fab. common, lives in Chemerops palmetto. Hister leevipes Germ. C. H. rare. ccenosus Er. Northern Florida, common. abbreviatus Fab. common. depurator Say, common. incertus Mars. E. T. very rare. indistinctus Say, H. one specimen. americanus Payk. E. T. common. subrotundus Say, K. one specimen. 1878. ] 449 [Schwarz. (Platysoma) carolinus Payk. common. parallelus Say, T. not rare. cylindricus Payk. T. under pine bark, not rare. attenuatus Lec. T. one specimen. Epierus regularis Beauv. P. E. 8. common under old leaves. pulicarius Er. common under bark. brunnipennis Mars. H. E. T. common under old leaves, Paromalus seminulum P. E. rare under pine bark. Tribalus americanus Lec. T. rare under old pine bark. Saprinus Floridz Horn, E. one specimen. pensylvanicus Payk. common. assimilis Payk. C. H. E. common. cubzecola Mars.* conformis Lec. E. one specimen. placidus Er. E. T. rare. neglectus Mars. H. K. one specimen. spheeroides Lec. E. one specimen. ferrugineus Mars. common. dentipes Mars.* vide p. 401, Southern Florida. brasiliensis Payk.* vide p. 401, Southern Florida. permixtus Lec. n. sp. p. 401, K. not rare on the sea beach. Plegaderus Barbelini Mars. P. T. rare. transversus Say, P. T. rare. Bacanius misellus Lec. P. E. rare. punctiformis Lec. common. Acritus exiguus Er. P. very rare. Floridze Mars. * salinus Lec. n. sp. p. 402, K. not rare on the sea beach. ABlet2s simplex Lec. E. rare in Chamerops palmetto. LUCANIDE. Passalus cornutus Fabr. common. SCARABAZIDA. Canthon nigricornis Say, not rare. probus Germ. E. one specimen. depressipennis Lec. T. rare. viridis Beauv. E. rare. hudsonias Forst. common, Deltachilum gibbosum Fabr. C. 8. E. rare. Cheeridium Lecontei Harold, C. E. not rare. Copris anaglypticus Say, common. minutus Drury, common. Phanzeus carnifex Linn. common. nigrocyaneus MchL. common. Onthophagus Hecate Panz. common. ° PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvil. 101. 8p. PRINTED MAY 13, 1878. Schwarz. ] 450 t Onthophagus Janus va. Orpheus Panz. E. one specimen. tuberculifrons Harold, common. pensylvanicus Harold, T. rare. Aphodius crassulus Horn.* ruricola Melsh. C. not rare. lividus Oliv. C. very rare. vestiarius Horn, common. rubeolus Beauv. common. one new species. * Atzenius imbricatus Melsh. common. sculptilis Harold, E. one specimen. alternatus Melsh. common. gracilis Melsh. common. ovatulus Horn, E. very rare. stercorator Fab. common. abditus Hald. C. H. E. not rare. cylindrus Horn, common. Euparia castanea Serv. F. one specimen among ants. Psammodius bidens Horn, C. NS. K. T. rare on the sea beach. Ochodeeus frontalis Lec. E. one specimen. Bradycinetus ferrugineus Beauv. E. two specimens. Bolboceras Lazarus Fabr. H. E. K. not rare, attracted by the light. Odonteeus filicornis Say, E. one specimen. [Feb. 1, Geotrupes splendidus Fabr. var.? E. only a fragment of one elytron found. chalybzeus Lec. n. sp. p. 402, T. one fragmentary specimen. Acanthocerus zeneus McLeay, E. rare, beaten from dead vines. Clceotus aphodioides II]. E. rare. globosus Say, E. rare. Trox scabrosus Beauy. not rare. suberosus F'abr. common. terrestris Say, not rare. Hoplia mucorea Germ. §. one specimen in February. Serica vespertina Schh. H. T. rare in February and April. Hypotrichia spissipes Lec.* Diplotaxis subcostata Blanch. K. one specimen in June. bidentata Lec. E. K. T. common in March and April. languida Lec. n. sp. p. 403, T. common in April, on oak trees, at night. Lachnosterna latifrons Lec. E. K. not rare in May and June. cerasina Lec. C. one specimen in April. glaberrima Lec. C. rare in April. micans Kn. T. common in April. fraterna Harr. EK. very rare in May. tristis Fabr. H. very rare in March. four undescribed species. Poly phyla occidentalis Linn. T. rare on young pine trees in April. 1878.] 451 [Schwarz. Anomala varians Fabr. common. minuta Burm. C. 8. E. rare. marginata Fabr. C. E. T. not rare in May and June. semilivida Lec. n. sp. p. 403, C. T. common in March and April in the pine woods; flies shortly before sunset. Strigoderma pygmea Fabr. T. common in April. exigua Schwarz, n. sp. p. 362, Sumter Co. very rare in May. Pelidnota punctata Linn. E. common in May. Cyclocephala immaculata Burm. common. puberula Lec. T. very rare. Chalepus trachypygus Burm. common. Ligyrus gibbosus DeG. C. common. Aphonus castaneus Melsh. C. E. rare. Polymecechus brevipes Lec. E. rare. Strategus Antzeus Fabr. not rare. splendens Beauv. T. very rare. Dynastes Tityus Linn. E. rare. Phileurus truncatus Beauv. E. one specimen in June. valgus Fabr. T. E. rare. Euryomia melancholica Gravy. common. inda Linn. rare. fulgida Fabr. var. E. common. Cremastochilus Harrisii Kby. C. L. T. rare. squamulosus Lec.* Gnorimus maculosus Kn. K. one specimen. Trichius piger Fabr. common. texanus Horn.* viridulus Fab. E. rare. delta Forst. E. NS. common. BUPRESTID&. Chalcophora virginiensis Drury, 8. T. rare. georgiana Lec.* Dicerca obscura Fab. common. Buprestis rufipes Ol. E. not rare in oak trees. lineata Fab. C. T. rare. Anthaxia viridicornis Say, var.? T. two specimens. quercata Fabr. T. one specimen. flavimana Gory, T. one specimen. Chrysobothris femorata Lec. common. floricola Gory, T. rare. dentipes Germ. common. chrysoela Il]. H. E. A. very rare. one unnamed species (femorata oa7.?) Actenodes auronotata Lap. C. one specimen in April. calcarata Chevr. E. very rare in June. 452 [Feb. 1, Schwarz. | Acmzodera pulchella Hbst. not rare. culta Web. T. rare. Rheeboscelis tenuis Lec. E. K. very rare. Agrilus ruficollis Fabr. C. T. not rare. vittaticollis Rand. E. one specimen. floridanus Cr. T. rare. imbellis Cr. T. NS. not rare. Taphrocerus puncticollis Schwarz, n. sp. p. 363, C. K. T. very rare. gracilis Say, common. agriloides Cr. H. very rare. leevicollis Lec. n. sp. p. 403, E. one specimen. Brachys ovata Web. common. fascifera Schwarz, n. sp. p. 368, not rare on Quercus virens. tesselata Fabr. T. very rare. Pachyscelus ceeruleus Schwarz, n. sp. p. 364, common. THROSCID &. Throscus constrictor Say, T. one specimen. punctatus Bony. T. rare. two undescribed species. Drapetes geminatus Say, E. very rare. 4-pustulatus Bonv. T. very rare under old pine bark. rubricollis Lec. E. NS. T. rare on blossoms of Chamerops pal- metto. ELATERID ©. Deltametopus amoenicornis Say, E. Fornax badius Mels. E. one specimen. bicolor Mels. E. one specimen. molestus Bouv. E. one specimen. Dromzolus striatus Lec. K. one specimen. Microrhagus mucidus Bonv. E. very rare. Nematodes punctatus Lec. n. sp. E. p. 404, E. one specimen. Anelastes Drurii Kby. common in the pine woods. Agrypnus Sallei Lec. L. T. rare. Adelocera marmorata Say, E. very rare. avita Say, E. very rare in decaying oak trees. Lacon rectangularis Say, common. Alaus oculatus Linn. common, myops Fabr. not rare. Hemirhipus fascicularis Fab. E. one specimen. Cardiophorus cardisce Say? NS. H. very rare on the sea beach. Dejeanii Lec. F. K. very rare. gagates Er. H. 8. not rare. Floride Cand. NS. E. very rare. one undescribed species. 1878.] 453 (Schwarz. Horistonotus Uhlerii Horn, NS. rare. Esthesopus bicolor Horn, E. very rare, lives in decaying oak logs. Elater fuscatus Melsh. E. T. very rare under pine bark. one unnamed species. Drasterius elegans Fabr. H. E. very rare. Megapenthes Sturmii Germ. E. one specimen. Anchastus longulus Lec. n. sp. p. 404, C. E. not rare. binus Say, E. very rare. fuscus Lec. n. sp. p. 404, E. very rare. asper Lec. n. sp. p. 404, E. not rare. Monocrepidius lividus DeG. common. suturalis Lec. EH. T. very rare. lepidus Lec. C. T. rare. vespertinus Fabr. C. NS. E. not rare. auritus Hbst. C. rare. bellus Say, common. blandulus Lec. C. S. T. rare. Dicrepidius ramicornis Beauv. T. one specimen under old pine bark. Orthostethus infuscatus Germ. E. rare. Crigmus hepaticus Germ. K. E. not rare on sugared trees and attracted by the light. Glyphonyx recticollis Say, common. testaceus Melsh. common. Melanotus clandestinus Er. common. communis Gyll. common. parumpunctatus Mels. not rare. dubius Lec. H. common. tenellus Er. H. T. rare. three unnamed species. Pityobius anguinus Lec. 8. E. two specimens. Athous debilis Lec. n. sp. p. 405, L. one specimen. cucullatus Say, common. Sericosomus silaceus Say, H. rare. Pyrophorus physoderus Germ. NS. E. K. not rare in June. Anachilus mandibularis Lec.* Middle Florida. Cebrio bicolor 8. E. Orange County, rare. \ RHIPICERIDX. Zenoa picea Beauv. E. very rare. Sandalus petrophya Kn. C. T. rare. DASCYLLID &. Cyphon punctatus Lec. A. rare. modestes Lec. common. impressus Lec. n. sp. p. 405, T. E. rare, on swampy meadows. Ptilodactyla serricollis Say, common. elaterina Guér. common. Schwarz. ] 454. [Feb. 1, LAMPYRIDZE. Lycus lateralis Mels. C. E. rare. Calopterum typicum Newm. E. T. rare. Czenia basalis Lec. E. rare. Eros trilineatus Mels. not rare. modestus Say, common. canaliculatus Say, common. two undetermined species. Lucidota atra Fabr. E. one specimen. luteicollis Lec. n. sp. p. 405, T. Sumter and Orange Cos., rare. Photinus minutus Lec. common. angulatus Say, C. T. rare. ecostatus Lec.* n. sp. 406, Key West. lucifer Melsh. H. C. rare. nitidiventris Lec. n. sp. p. 406, E. C. very rare. consanguineus Lec. common. lineellus Lec. common. collustrans Lec. n. sp. p. 407, T. E. one specimen. umbratus Lec. n. sp. p. 407, B. C. T. H. rare. Photuris pensylvanica DeG. common. frontalis Lec. H. not rare. Phengodes plumosa Oliv. H. very rare. TELEPHORID &. Chauliognathus marginatus Fabr. common. Podabrus rugosulus Lec. T. rare. Telephorus imbecillis Lec. var.? T. very rare. n. sp. E. rare. (Polemius) incisus Lec. C. E. not rare. two undescribed species. Lobetus abdominalis Lec. common on swampy meadows in June. Malthinus difficilis Lec. T. one specimen. MALACHIID ©. Collops nigriceps Say, common. Temnopsophus bimaculatus Horn, common. impressus Schwarz, n. sp. p. 364, A. rare in June. Pseudebezeus apicalis Say, E. T. very rare. Attalus morulus Lec. Baldwin, rare. circumscriptus Say, common. scincetus Say, rare. CLERID &. Priocera castanea Newm. C. T. rare under pine bark. Trichodes apivorus Germ. E. T. rare. 1878.] 455 {Schwarz. Clerus rosmarus Say, T. very rare. lunatus Spin. C. H. T. rare.’ ichneumoneus Fabr. H. very rare. thoracicus Oliv. H. T. rare. Hydnocera rufipes Newm. T. two specimens on oak shrubs. suturalis Klug. E. one specimen. zeera Newm. rare on swampy meadows. Chariessa pilosa Forst. C. E. T. rare. Cregya vetusta Spin. E. very rare. oculata Say, T. one specimen. Orthopleura damicornis Fabr. C. H. E. rare. Corynetes rufipes Fabr. H. E. rare. PTINID &. Mezium americanum Lap. T. one specimen. Emobius granulatus Lec. T. not rare on pine trees. Ozognathus floridanus Lec. n. sp. p. 408, T. two specimens. Nicobium hirtum [1]. A. one specimen. Trypopitys sericeus Say, E. one specimen. Petalium bistriatum Say, common. Eupactus viticola Schwarz, n. sp. p. 335, E. rare in June. Catorama punctulata Lec. n. sp. p. 409, T. very rare. holosericea Lec. n. sp. p. 409, E. rare, beaten from dead vines. minuta Lec. n. sp. p. 409, E. rare, beaten from dead vines. Hemiptychus gravis C. E. T. rare, on oak shrubs. debilis Lec. n. sp. p. 408, E. very rare on oak shrubs. similis Lec. n. sp. p. 408, T. rare on oak shrubs. puberulus Lec. n. sp. C. rare on oak shrubs. abbreviatus Lec. n. sp. p. 408, C. rare on oak shrubs. auctus Lec. n. sp. p. 409, C. rare on oak shrubs. ; nigritulus Lec. H. T. rare on oak shrubs. Dorcatoma granum Lec. n. sp. p. 411, E. very rare on old twigs. Czenocara oculata Say, common. lateralis Lec. n. sp. p. 411, E. two specimens. Byrrhodes setosus Lec. n. g. and sp. p. 413. C. one specimen. Tetrapriocera Schwarzi Horn, n. g. and sp. C. very rare, two specimens. Sinoxylon basilare Say, E. rare. Bostrychus bicornis Web. E. rare. Amphicerus bicaudatus Say, H. rare. Dinoderus porcatus Lec. T. rare on pine trees. SPONDYLID®. Scaphinus spheericollis Lec. Lake Altapopka, one specimen. CERAMBYCID&. Mallodon dasystomus Say, E. not rare. melanopus Linn. E. K. not rare in June, lives in the roots of oak shrubs. Schwarz.] 456 [Feb. 1, Sternodontes damicornis Linn.* Southern Florida. Derobrachus brevicollis Haid. Polk County, one specimen. Orthosoma brunneum Forst. E. one specimen. Prionus pocularis Dalm. common. imbricornis Linn. not rare. Elateropsis fuliginosus Fabr.* Southern Florida. Criocephalus nubilus Lec. T. very rare. Smodicum cucujiforme Say, E. under oak bark. Gime rigida Say, H. rare, attracted by the light. Chion cinctus Drury, H. C. not rare. Eburia 4-geminata Say, E. not rare in June on sugared trees. stigma Ol. C. one specimen. Hlaphidion simplicicolle Hald. E. very rare. atomarium Dr. C. E. not rare. irroratum Fab.* St. Augustine. mucronatum Fab. E. C. not rare. incertum Newm. E. C. rare. tectum Lec. n. sp. p. 413, NS.; K. two ' specimens beaten from dead palmetto leaves. inerme Newm. not rare. parallelum Newm. H. S. rare. pumilum Newm. H. one specimen. subpubescens Lec. T’. one specimen. unicolor Rand. E. very rare. meoestum Lec. E. very rare. Plectromerus dentipes Oliv. T. one specimen. Curius dentatus Newm. E. very rare. Phyton pallidum Say, E. very rare. Ancylocera bicolor Oliv.* Pteroplatus floridanus Lec. H. one specimen on oak shrubs. Callichroma melancholicum Chevr.* Southern Florida. Stenosphenus notatus Oliv. E. one specimen. Xylotrechus colonus Fab. E. not rare. Neoclytus scutellaris Oliv. E. very rare. luscus Fab. E. rare. Zagymnus clerinus Lec. H. E. T. very rare, lives in the stems of dry pal- metto leaves. Distenia undata Oliv. E. one specimen. Strangalia luteicornis Fabr. E. not rare. strigosa Newm. rare. Typocerus badius Newm.* velutinus Ol. var. E. rare. zebratus Fabr. C. §, rare. sinuatus Newm. H. T. rare. Euryptera lateralis Oliv. T. E. very rare. Monohammus titillator Oliv. E. T. rare. 1878. ] 457 [Schwarz. Dorcaschema alternatum Say, E. one specimen. Goes tigrina DeG. E. rare. Acanthoderes 4-gibbus Say, E. common. decipiens Hald. E. common. Leptostylus aculifer Say, E. rare. transversatus Chevr. C. E. not rare on He branches. arcuatus Lec. n. sp. p. 414, T. rare. biustus Lec. HE. rare. planidorsus Lec. E. rare. perplexus Hald. C. two specimens. collaris Hald. E. not rare. Sternidius cinereus Lec. K. one specimen. Liopus signatus Lec. E. rare. Lepturges symmetricus Hald. E. rare. Graphisurus fasciatus DeG. E. rare. Acanthocinus obsoletus Oliv. T. rare. nodosus Fabr. T. one specimen. Eupogonius tomentosus Hald. T. not rare on dead pine leaves. Zaplous Hubbardi Lec. n. g. and sp. p. 415. E. not rare on old vines. Lypsimena fuscata Lec. H. C. very rare. Ataxia crypta Say, C. rare. Hippopsis lemniscata Fabr. not rare. Spalacopsis stolata Newm. E. B. two specimens. suffusa Newm. A. not rare on swampy meadows in June. Mecas femoralis Haid. C. Sumpter County, rare. Oberea ocellata Hald. var. discoidea Lec. E. rare. gracilis Hald. T. one specimen. Tetraopes canteriator Drap. E. T. rare. Amphionycha ardens Lec. B. one specimen. Thia pusilla Newm. C. one specimen. BRUCHID &. Caryoborus arthriticus Fabr. not rare, lives on dead palmetto leaves; the larva in the seeds of the same tree. Bruchus scutellaris Fab. E. rare. 4-maculatus Fab. E. rare. cruentatus Horn, T. rare. Floridze Horn, E. not rare, lives in the pods of a vicia. alboscutellatus Horn, E. rare. distinguendus Horn, T. rare. musculus Say, Orange County, rare. seminulum Horn, common. one unnamed species. CHRYSOMELID &. Donacia lucida Lac. E. one specimen. piscatrix Lac. common. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. §o0c, XVII. 101. 3E. PRINTED MAY 13, 1878. Schwarz.] 458 Donacia rugosa Lec. n. sp. p. 415. E. rare. Lema cornuta Fabr. C. NS. rare. brunnicollis Lac. F. on a species of Carduus. maculicollis Lac. A. not rare. Solani Fabr. E. not rare on a species of Solanum. conjuncta Lac. E. rare. trilineata Oliv. C. E. A. rare. Anomeea laticlavia Forst. C. E. K. not rare on oak shrubs. Coscinoptera dominicana Fabr. H. T. very rare. Chlamys plicata Fabr. common. foveolata Kn. T. rare. Exema gibber Oliv. common. Monachus saponatus Fab. common. auritus Hald. C. H. E. rare. thoracicus Cr. K. T. very rare. Cryptocephalus formosus var. luteipennis Mels. H. T. rare. lituratus Fabr. common. oar. lativittis Germ. common. venustus Fabr. common. ornatus Fabr. common. guttulatus Oliv. C. very rare. badius Suffr. E. not rare. incertus Oliv. C. 8. A. T. rare. bivius Newm. E. T. very rare on oak shrubs. notatus va7. fulvipennis Hald. C. T. rare. distinctus Hald. H. C. T. rare. auratus Fabr. var.? H. C., not rare. atomus Suffr. common. pumilus Hald. not rare on willows. three undescribed species. Griburius larvatus Newm. not rare. Pachybrachys carbonarius Hald. NS. T. rare. trinotatus Melsh. not rare. atomarius Melsh. var.? C. H. E. not rare. tridens Mels. E. A. T. not rare. sobrinus Hald. E. rare. limbatus Newm. rare. litigiosus Suffr. B. one specimen. pallidipennis Suffr. T. common. hepaticus Mels. NS. K. T. rare. Heteraspis marcassita Germ. var.? H. NS. T. not rare. curtipennis Melsh. common. Myochrous denticollis Say, common. Paria sexnotata Say, and va7. common. aterrima Oliv. common. Metachroma maculipenne Schwarz, n. sp. p. 366, C. E. not rare. [Feb. 1, 1878.] 459 {[Schwarz. Metachroma quercatum Fabr. common. marginale Cr. common. floridanum Cr. C. NS. E. K. not rare. pallidum Say, E. L. rare. leevicolle Cr. E. A. two specimens. pellucidum Cr. common. Colaspis favosa Say, common. brunnea Fabr. common. var. costipennis Dej. not rare. preetexta Say, not rare. Chrysomela similis Rog. var. C. E. A. not rare. Cephalanthi Schwarz, n. sp. p. 366, C. L. T. very rare, lives on the button bush. multiguttis Stal. E. T. rare. Lina scripta Fabr. E. T. common on willows. viridis Mels. var.? E. T. rare. Cerotoma caminea Fabr. K. one specimen. Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv. not rare. vittata Fabr. E. rare. vineta Lec. n. sp. p. 416, C. T. Orange County, very rare. Galeruca americana Fabr. T. very rare. notulata Fabr. NS. T. not rare. notata Fabr. E. T. rare. integra Lec. common. Trirhabda tomentosa Linn. C. NS. T. common. brevicollis Lec. E. common. Hypolampsis pilosa Il]. T. very rare. Hamiletia dimidiaticornis Cr. A. one specimen in June. CGidionychis gibbitarsis Say, E. K. common. vians I]l, common. var. concinna Fabr. rare. thoracica Fabr. H. one specimen. fimbriata var. circumcincta Cr. K. T. rare. petaurista Fabr. T. very rare. miniata Fabr. common. 6-maculata Il. E. rare. quercata Fabr. var. B. E. common. var. suturalis Fabr. H. E. T. rare. scalaris Melsh. E. not rare. indigoptera Lec. n. sp. p. 416, T. two specimens. Disonycha punctigera Lec. not rare. pensylvanica I1]. common. abbreviata Melsh. C. A. E. rare. collaris Fabr. common. Graptodera chalybea III. E. T. rare. exapta Say, common. Schwarz. ] 460 [Feb. 1, Graptodera rufa Linn. common. two unnamed species. Longitarsus numerous unnamed species. Batophila spuria Lec. E. rare. cerina Lec. T. very rare. Aphthona picta Say, H. E. T. rare. Systena frontalis Fabr. E. L. K. not rare. pallipes Schwarz, n. sp. p. 867, common on swampy meadows in May and June. elongata Fabr. E. not rare. Haltica Burgessi Cr.* Key West. Crepidodera Helxines Linn. T. rare. atriventris Melsh. E. T. rare. Epitrix brevis Schwarz, n. sp. p. 367, C. E. rare. lobata Cr. NS. rare. hirtipennis Melsh. C. H. E. not rare. Mantura floridana Cr.* Cerataltica insolita Melsh. C. very rare. Cheetocnemis crenulata Crotch, (vide p. 368), Sumter County, very rare. pinguis Lec. n. sp. p. 417, NS. E. rare. denticulata Il]. E. K. rare. alutacea Cr. common on swampy meadows. parcepunctata Cr. common. confinis Cr. E. L. T. not rare. pulicaria Cr. E. A. not rare. quadricollis Schwarz, n. sp. 368, E. NS. common. obesula Lec. n. sp. p. 418, A. B. rare. Psylliodes lacustris Lec. H. E. K. rare. Argopistes scyrtoides Lec. n. sp. p. 416.* Blepharida rhois Forst. common. Stenispa metallica Fabr. E. T. not rare. Odontota scapularis Oliv. T. one specimen. notata Oliv. E. C. L. rare. bicolor Oliv. E. A. T. rare. rubra Web. H. E. T. rare. rosea Web. L. E. rare. Charistena nigrita Oliv.* Ariadne Newm. A. K. rare. Microrhopala floridana Schwarz, n. sp. p. 369, T. NS. E. Sumter Co. rare. Erebus Newm. common on Solidago. porcata Melsh. E. T. very rare. Porphyraspis cyanea Say, common on the leaves of Chamerops serrulata. Chelymorpha cassidea Fabr. H. K. T. rare. Coptocycla aurichalcea Fabr. not rare. guttata Oliv. K. rare. one undescribed? species. 1878. ] 461 {[Schwarz. TENEBRIONID®. Epitragus acutus Lec.* Southern Florida. tomentosus Lec. common on oak and pine trees. Scheenicus puberulus Lec. T. rare on oak trees at night time. Branchus floridanus Lec. Middle Florida on Atlantic seashore, very rare. Polypleurus perforatus Germ. E. Orange County, very rare. nitidus Lec. not rare west of the St. John River, in the pine woods. Nyctobates pensylvanica DeG. common. barbata Knoch. common. Haplandrus ater Lec. T. rare in decaying pine logs. Glyptotus cribratus Lec. H. K. E. rare under old bark. Xylopinus saperdioides Oliv. common. rufipes Say, L. very rare. Tenebrio tenebrioides Beauv. common. Sitophagus pallidus Say, T. one specimen under oak bark. Opatrinus notus Say, common. Blapstinus metallicus Fabr. common. fortis Lec. n. sp. p. 420,* Southern Florida. opacus Lec, n. sp. p. 420,* Southern Florida. ? estriatus Lec. n. sp. p. 420, H. C. not rare on the sea beach. Zophobas morio Fabr.* (Occurrence very doubtful, mentioned by Dr. Horn on specimens from the Bahamas. ) Crypticus obsoletus Say, common. Tribolium ferrugineum Fabr. rare. Dioedus punctatus Lec. P. T. not rare. Echocerus maxillosus Fabr. not rare. Evoplus ferrugineus Lec. E. rare in company with Bolitotherus bifurcus. Alphitobius piceus Oliv. E. rare. Tharsus seditiosus Lec. T. not rare under old pine bark. Uloma mentalis Horn, E. H. rare. punctulata Lec. common under pine bark. Anzedus brunneus Ziegl. C. E. T. not rare under old leaves. Paratenetus punctatus Sol. rare. Pratzus fusculus Lec. T. one specimen under old leaves. Dignamptus stenochinus Lec. n. g. and sp. p. 421, E. very rare, beaten from dead vines, one specimen. langurinus Lec. n. sp. p. 421, E., very rare. Phaleria punctipes Lec. n. sp. p. 421, H. rare on the ocean beach. longula Lec. H. C. K. common on the sea beach. picipes Say, C. common on the sea beach. Diaperis Hydni Fabr. rare. Hoplocephala viridipennis Fabr. common. Platydema excavatum Say, C. E. T. rare. cyanescens Lap. H. E. very rare. erythrocerum Lap. common. Schwarz. | 462 [Feb. 1, Platydema ruficorne Sturm. common. flavipes Fab. common. janus Fab. not rare. ellipticum Fabr. common. leevipes Hald. F. E. very rare. micans Zimm. C. H. E. rare, lives under sticks, etc., and not on fungi as the other species. subcostatum Lap. E. not rare. crenatum Lec. n. sp. p. 422, H. two specimens. Hypophlceus glaber Lec. n. sp. p. 422. T. rare. thoracicus Mels. T. very rare on dead pine leaves. piliger Lec. n. sp. p. 422.* Bolitotherus bifurcus Fabr. T. common. Rhipidandrus paradoxus Beauv. E. rare on fungi. Pyanisia opaca Solier, Southern Florida ; also in Texas and Mexico. Helops viridimicans Horn,* T. Strongylium anthrax Schwarz, n. sp. p. 369, E. very rare on dead oak branches. crenatum Maeklin, E. not rare on dead branches in May and June. simplicicolle Lec. n. sp. p. 424, E. one dead specimen. CISTELIDZ. Allecula punctuiata Melsh. E. rare. nigrans Melsh. E. T. rare. n. sp. common. Hymenorus obscurus Say, common. communis Lec. E. T. not rare. dorsalis Schwarz, nov. sp. p. 370, E. T. very rare beaten from dead palmetto leaves. densus Lec. K. NS. common on the blossoms of Yucca in June. one unnamed species. Jsomira valida Schwarz. n. sp. p. 3870, E. rare under old leaves. Cteniopus Murrayi Lec. H. T. rare. LAGRIIDZE. Statira croceicollis Macklin, E, T. very rare. gagatina Melsh. H. E. very rare. MONOMMID ZE. Hyporhagus punctulatus Thoms. H. E. T. rare, beaten from dead pine leaves. ANTHICID®. Notoxus Pilatei Laf. not rare. n. sp. C. Sumter County, rare. 1878. ] 463 [Schwarz. Mecynotarsus candidus Lec. NS., one specimen on the ocean beach in June. elegans Lec. NS. C. common on the ocean beach in April and June. Tomoderus interruptus Laf. common. Formicomus scitulus Lec. C. 8. T. common near salt water. Anthicus vicinus Laf. common. difficilis Lec. C. L. rare. fulvipes Laf. common. pallens Lec. NS. very rare on the sea beach. ictericus Laf. not rare. two undescribed species. Xylophilus Melsheimeri Lec. E. one specimen. fasciatus Melsh. E. one specimen. piceus Lec. E. one specimen. basalis Lec. E. very rare. ater Lec. H. 8. E. very rare. nubifer Lec. n. sp. p. 425. E. very rare. impressus Lec. K. T. rare, lives on dead pine leaves. subfasciatus Lec. E. T. very rare. quercicola Schwarz, n. sp. p. 371. E. T. not rare. ptinoides Schwarz, n. sp. p. 371. E. NS. very rare. ventricosus Lec. not rare. two undescribed species. MELANDRYIDE. Scraptia sericea Mels. T. one specimen. Allopoda lutea Hald. C. H. T. rare on oak shrubs. Synchroa punctata Newm. H. one specimen. Dirczea prona Lec. n. sp. p. 426. E. very rare, lives in dead oaks. Symphora rugosa Hald. E. not rare. Eustrophus confinis Lec. E. not rare. bicolor Say, common. MORDELLID ©. Anaspis rufa Say, K. one specimen. Tomoxia inclusa Lec. E. one specimen. Glipa hieroglyphica Schwarz, n. sp. p. 372. E. rare. Mordella melzena Germ. K. T. rare. scutellaris Fabr. common. irrorata Lec. not rare. inflammata Lec. T. E. NS. not rare, especially on palmetto blos- soms ; larva in decaying wood. marginata Melsh. not rare. lineata Melsh. T. rare. fascifera Lec. n. sp. p. 427. K. one specimen. Schwarz. | 464 [Feb. I, Mordella triloba Say, var.? p. 427. E. very rare. undulata Melsh. E. very rare. angulata Lec. n. sp. p. 427 A. one specimen. Glipodes helva Lec. E. T. rare, attracted by the light. Mordellistena bicinctella Lec. E. rare. lutea Melsh. C. E. T. not rare. trifasciata Say, E. rare. vapida Lec. E. one specimen. amica Lec. E. rare. grammica Lec. HE. rare. ustulata Lec. C. one specimen. nigricans Melsh. common. pustulata Melsh. common. ambusta Lec. E. A. not rare. fuscata Melsh. E. rare. two unnamed species. Rhipiphorus dimidiatus Fab.* 3-maculatus Gerst. T. Polk County, rare. pectinatus Fabr. and var. ventralis Fabr. H. T. rare. limbatus Fabr. K. Polk and Sumter Counties, rare. Myodites Walshii Lec. E. T. very rare. MELOIDZ. Macrobasis unicolor Kby. not rare. Epicauta strigosa Schh. common. Batesii Horn, common on swampy meadows in May and June. lemniscata Fabr. E. common in May. sanguinicollis Lec. Sumter County, not rare on Schrankia un- cinata. Zonitis longicornis Horn, T. very rare. Nemognatha piezata Fabr. E. K. not rare. nemorensis Hentz, T. very rare. a DEMERID ©. Xanthochroa lateralis var. signaticollis Hald. E. very rare. Oxacis thoracica Fabr. common on palmetto blossoms. notoxoides Fabr. not rare. dorsalis Melsh. NS. C. not rare on the sea beach. several unnamed species. Probosca pleuralis Lec. B. K. rare. RHYNCHITIDA. Auletes Cassandree Lec. C. one specimen, Bugnamptus striatus Lec. C. H. T. rare on oak shrubs in March and April. Rhynchites hirtus Oliv. H. E. T. not rare. zeratus Say, rare. Pterocolus ovatus Gyllh. H. T. rare. 1878. ] 465 [Schwarz, ATTELABID._E. Attelabus analis I]]. common. OTIORHYNCHID EE. Epiceerus formidolosus Boh. T. rare. Agraphus bellicus Say, T. K. rare. Neoptochus adspersus Boh. common on oak shrubs. Pachneus opalus Oliv.* Northern and Middle Florida, not rare. distans Horn, E. K. T. not rare on pine and oak trees. Tanymecus laceena Hbst. rare. Pandeletejus hilaris Hbst. E. common. Artipus floridanus Horn, C. H. NS. not rare. Lachnopus floridanus Horn,* Southern Florida. Eudiagogus pulcher Fahrieus. CURCULIONID#. Listronotus nebulosus Lec. T. E. common. setosus Lec. T. E. not rare. Macrops numerous unnamed species. Pachylobius picivorus Germ. T. on pines, common. Hylobius pales Boh. P. rare. Hilipus squamosus Lec.* Lixus sylvius Boh.? T. two specimens. fossus Lec. E. not rare. two undescribed species. Smicronyx sp. B. E. very rare. Phyllotrox ferrugineus Lec.* Endalus ovalis Lec. common. Brachybamus electus Germ. common. Onychylis nigrirostris Boh. common. Stenopelmus rufinasus Gyll. E. one specimen. Bagous mammillatus Say, B. E. K. rare. americanus Lec.* obliquus Lec. E. not rare. cavifrons Lec. E. T. rare. pusillus Lec. C. one specimen. bituberosus Lec. C. E. T. very rare. two undescribed species. Otidocephalus dichrous Lec. C. L. E. rare on dead paimetto leaves. myrmex Hbst. H. C. T. rare on oak shrubs. Anthonomus signatus Say, 8. rare. musculus Say, K. T. rare. sulcifrons Lec. B. one specimen. flavicornis Boh. T. E. common. pusillus Lec. NS. rare. elegans Lec. H. very rare on oak shrubs. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOc. XVII. 101. 8F. PRINTED MAY 18, 1878 Schwavrz. ] 466 [Feb. 1, Anthonomus Cratzegi Walsh, common. subfasciatus Lec. common. Piazorhinus pictus Lec. E. one specimen. Plocetes Ulmi Lec. E. one specimen. Miarus hispidulus Lec. B. very rare. Notolomus bicolor Lec. common on palmetto blossoms. basalis Lec. common with the preceding, but also on other plants. Myrice Lec. E. NS. very rare on a species of myrtle in June. Lzmosaccus plagiatus Fabr. T. rare. Conotrachelus retentus Say, H. one specimen. seniculus Lec. E. rare. affinis Boh. E. rare. elegans Boh. C. very rare. ventralis Lec. n. sp. p. 428, E. one specimen. posticatus Boh. 8. E. not rare. cognatus Lec. n. sp. p. 429, NS. very rare. pusillus Lec. n. sp. p. 429, E. one specimen. geminatus Lec. T. one specimen. infector Boh. C. T. very rare. coronatus Lec. n. sp. p. 4380, E. two specimens. anaglypticus Fahrs. H. one specimen. Micralcinus cribratus Lec. C. very rare. Rhyssematus palmacollis Say, E. rare. Chalcodermus spinifer Boh. Sumter County, One specimen. zneus Boh. NS. E. T. not rare. inzequicollis Horn, var.? C. one specimen. collaris Horn, E. K. T. not rare. Acamptus rigidus Lec. E. very rare. Acalles granosus Lec. H. 8. E. very rare. subhispidus Lec. p. 431. n. sp. Sumter County, one specimen. clavatus Say, common. crassulus Lec. common. longulus Lec. H. one specimen. nuchalis Lec, C. 58. E. rare. ventrosus Lec. n. sp. p. 480. E. T. two specimens. Pseudomus sedentarius Say, E. very rare on dead vines. Tyloderma foveolatum Say, not rare. longum Lec. H. E. two specimens. zereum Say, common. Cryptorhynchus bisignatus Say, H. E. rare. pumilus Boh. H. E. rare. obtentus Hbst. E. rare. helvus Lec. n. sp. p. 431. E. very rare on dead vines, fallax Lec. E. not rare. minutissimus Lec. E. not rare. 1878. ] 467 (Schwarz. Cryptorhynchus apiculatus Gy}]. H. E. very rare. oblongus Lec. E. rare. ferratus Say, C. H. E. common. Piazurus oculatus Say, E. rare. Copturus nanulus Lec. E. one specimen. Craponius inzequalis Say, E. T. very rare. Cceliodes asper Lec. A. one specimen. nebulosus Lec. C. E. T. not rare. Pelenomus squamosus Lec. IT. very rare. Ccelogaster obscurus Lec. not rare. Rhinoncus longulus Lec.* Aulobaris Ibis Lec. E. B. rare. Baris strenua Lec. K. T. very rare. nitida Lec. C. H. E. K. not rare. interstitialis Say, H. T. not rare on a white flowering thistle. zrea Boh. common. Pseudobaris pectoralis Lec. NS. one specimen. nigrina Say, NS. not rare. — anthracina Lec. A. K, not rare on swampy meadows. albilatus Lec. E. A. T. common on swampy meadows. T-signum Boh. common with the preceding. Madarus undulatus Boh. E. very rare. Pachybaris porosa Lec. NS. E. not rare, exclusively on palmetto blossoms. Stethobaris corpulenta Lec. A. T. rare. Microcholus striatus Lec. L. H. one specimen. puncticollis Lec. A. E. B. not rare on swampy meadows. leevicollis Lec.* Centrinus scutellum-album Say, not rare. penicellus Hbst.* picumnus Hbst. NS. E. T. not rare on palmetto blossoms. decipiens Lec. K. two specimens. calvus Lec. E. one specimen. canus Lec. E. one specimen. concinnus Lec. common on swampy meadows. confusus Boh. not rare with the preceding. Zygobaris nitens Lec.* Key West. conspersa Lec. E. (Found also in Illinois.) ? convexa Lec. T. E. two specimens. Barilepton bivittatum Lec. n. sp. p. 431,* Northern Florida. lineare Lec. A. Sumter County, very rare. cribricolle Lec. E. one specimen. Hormops abducens Lec. C. one specimen. BRENTHID ®. Eupsalis minuta Drury, E. very rare. 468 [Feb. 1, Schwarz. | CALANDRID ©. Rhynchophorus cruentatus Fabr. common, lives on Chumerops palmetto. Sphenophorus inzequalis Say, T. very rare. cariosus Oliv. C. A. Hi. rare. sculptilis Uhler, E. T. rare. placidus Say, not rare. apicalis Lec. n. sp. p. 432, T. one spec. on the sea beach. parvulus Gyll. F. T. rare on the the sea beach. retusus Gyll. S. one specimen. Germari Horn, T. rare. velutinus Lec.* Rhodobeenus 13-punctatus I]. E. not rare. var. 5-punctatus Say, F. not rare on a species of thistle. Calandra Oryzee Fabr. common in corn. Dryophthorus corticalis.* Northern Florida. Dryotribus mimeticus Horn, NS. rare under boards on the lagoon beach. Gononotus lutosus Lec. H. one specimen. Homaloxenus dentipes Woll.* Middle Florida. Cossonus corticola Say, common under pine bark. impressifrons Boh.* Macrancylus linearis Lec. C. not rare under boards on the ocean beach. Caulophilus latinasus Say, E. rare beaten from dead twigs. Mesites rufipennis Lec. n. sp. p. 4382, NS. one specimen on the beach. Wollastonia quercicola Boh. NS. E. very rare. Amaurorhinus nitens Horn, E. not rare on dead twigs. Stenoscelis brevis Boh.* SCOLYTID ©. Platypus flavicornis F. P. E. under pine bark, also attracted by the light. quadridentatus Oliv. E. one specimen. compositus Say, E. not rare. Monarthrum fasciatum Say, E. one specimen. mali Fitch, 8. E. rare. Pityophthorus materiarius Fitch. T. rare. pulicarius Zimm. K. T. not rare on pine trees. obliquus Lec. n. sp. p. 432, E. one specimen. seriatus Lec. n. sp. p. 433, T. one specimen on pine trees. Hypothenemus hispidulus Lec. H. E. rare. dissimilis Zimm. E. T. rare. Xyleborus fuscatus Hichh. E. 'T. common. biographus Lec. E. K. not rare. xylographus Zimm. E. one specimen. pubescens Zimm. common. celatus Zimm. K. T. common under pine bark. Cryphalus miles Lec. n. sp. p. 483, T. rare on dead pine leaves. AC 1878.] 469 [Schwarz. Tomicus calligraphus Germ. P. T. common. cacographus Lec. T. common. avulsus Eichh. E. K. T. not rare. Micracis nanula Lec. H. very rare. Cnesinus strigicollis Lec. E. one specimen. Dendroctonus terebrans Oliv. T. rare. Hylastes porculus Er. E. rare. tenuis Zimm. C. one specimen. exilis Chap. E. B. T. rare. ANTHRIBID®. Ischnocerus infuscatus Fahrs. E. rare on dead branches. Tropideres rectus Lec. 8. E. rare with the preceding. Toxotropis pusillus Lec. T. one specimen’. Pheenicobius Chameeropis Lec. C. H. E. common on fresh cut palmetto leaves. Piezocorynus mixtus Lec. E. T. rare. moestus Lec. E. rare on dead branches. Anthribus cornutus Say, H. E. not rare. lividus Lec. L. one specimen. Toxonotus fasciculatus Schh. E. one specimen. Cratoparis lunatus Fabr. H. E. common. lugubris Oliv. E. rare. Brachytarsus limbatus Say, A. K. rare on swampy meadows. tomentosus Say, C. K. rare. variegatus Say, C. H. E. not rare. Anthribulus rotundatus Lec. common on swampy meadows. Arzocerus fasciculatus DeG. F. T. not rare, raised from the pods of a large yellow flowering shrub belonging to the Mimosacezx. Euxenus piceus Lec. n. sp. p. 483. T. one specimen. APIONID ©. Apion metallicum Gerst.* nodirostre Gerst.* segnipes Say, T. common. several unnamed species. ERRATA. P. 488 in Hydroporus for fuscatus read n. sp. P. 438 for Suphis n. sp. read Laccophilus n. sp. P. 447 in Carpophilus for ferrugineus read tempestivus Er. P. 456, line 1, for Sternodontes read Stenodontes. LeConte.] 470 [Feb. I, Remarks on Geographical Distribution. By Joun L. LeConts, M.D. In now concluding this, the most complete faunal list of insects which has been prepared in the United States, it may be proper to make a few remarks on the subject of geographical distribution as exhibited by the Coleoptera above enumerated. Any observations now offered, must be very imperfect, and subject to large corrections when the faunal lists of the Cole- optera of other parts of the country have been prepared with equal care and industry. The total number of species contained in the list (exclusive of Aleocha- rini, not yet studied) is 1457. Of these the following are also found in the Antilles: .........(182), 17. Cicindela tortuosa (Mex., 8. Am., Dicrepidius ramicornis (8. Am.). Cala.). Tetrapriocera Schwayrzi. Dermestes cadaverinus (S. Am., Si- Stenodontes damicornis. beria). Elateropsis fuliginosa. Nemicelus marginipennis. Elaphidion irroratum. Carpophilus tempestivus. Curius dentatus. Epurea luteola. Leptostylus transversatus. Bothrideres geminatus. Thia pusilla. Actenodes auronotata. Homaloxenus dentipes. Megapenthes Sturmii. Zophobas morxio (doubtful). Common to Florida and Mexico and partly found in Texas are: ..... 8. Cicindela hamata. Actenodes calcarata. Epierus brunnipennis. Callichroma melancholicum., Saprinus dentipes. Pyanisia opaca. Common to Texas, Arizona and Southern California: ..........-... 4. Scarites californicus (C). Spalacopsis stolata (T.) Platynus floridanus [compare tex- Epitragus acutus. anus (T.) and californicus (C.) } I have excluded from this category those which are known to occur north of Florida, and are thus found continuously around the Gulf, in Alabama, Louisiana and Texas. Common to Florida and South America:.................. HG. Sic Geen Cybister Olivieri. Saprinus braziliensis. Tanygnathus collaris. Atzenius sculptilis. Nematidium mustela. Ilemirhipus fascicularis. Chalcodermus spinifer. Besides these, the anomalies in distribution worthy of being noticed in neighboring regions are : Sosylus dentiger Horn, Lower California and San Domingo. Dacoderus, one species in Arizona ; another in San Domingo. 1878. | 471 [LeConte. And also these relations with more distant regions : Argopistes ; Fiorida and North Eastern Asia. Onota ; Florida and South America. Brachypeplus (section); Florida and Africa. Mesites ; Florida, Delaware and Europe. Stenoscelis ; Southern States and Cape of Good Hope. A remarkable feature in the geographical distribution, as exhibited by this list of Coleoptera is the comparatively small number of species common to Florida and the Antilles. . lice = <0 e009 Width between prefrontal borders.................... .014 Depth or facial platevot maxillary... 20s. cic cer cmesies 007 i NAMUSHMAN CWA OLD clj\eriieecteiieaasas 0G ss se se MERIC ls Bb Seb ou meroseees ells Length. of short maxillary tooth: . 2.0002. 66.cceweee sees .0015 : oe long 48 Siemn -reveNeLoh ue isienvat-te aire deitcate OURO Width 4 ay Se Nca sya) fest Nala leacehe eke CED The skull of this species is about as large as that of the Heloderma sus- pectum. CLEPSYDROPS NATALIS. Sp. nov. This reptile is represented by numerous portions of the skeleton, includ- ing a cranium, and thus offers the best basis of information as to the char- acter of the genus Clepsydrops which has yet come into our hands. This furnishes numerous interesting characters, which as found in a single in- dividual furnish a basis of estimation for the entire group. Char. Gen., et cetera. There is no quadratojugal arch, but the zygo- matic and postorbital arches are present. The squamosal extremity of the zygomatic arch descends low on the quadrate as in turtles, preventing mobility of the latter. The quadrate is not prominent in the specimen, and appears to have been a thin bone, as in Hetocynodon. The nostril is large and latero-anterior. The symphysis of the mandible is short, and the premaxillary bones appear to be distinct; they are separated in the specimen by displacement, with the indication that the junction was sutural. The teeth were of different sizes, and the premaxillaries and canines are distinguished from the others by their proportions. All are sub-round in section, with more or less defined anterior and posterior cut- ting edges. The premaxillary teeth are larger anteriorly, diminish pos- teriorly, and are separated by a notched diastema from the large canine. The succeeding teeth are of medium proportions. The roots are sunk in deep alveoli. There is no surface sculpture of the cranial bones, which is the character distinguishing the genus Hetocynodon from Clepsydrops. Cope.] 510 [April 5, The vertebree have been described elsewhere, but important additions to our knowledge can now be made. There are mostly small intercentra througbout the dorsal and caudal series, in the latter prolonged into two processes below, constituting chevron bones. The transverse processes on the dorsal and lumbar vertebrez are undivided, and on some of the dorsals, the ribs articulate with the centrum as well. They are present on the anterior but wanting on the posterior caudal vertebre. In adults the neu- ral arch is coéssified with the centrum, and on the lumbar and sacral re- gion the neural spines are greatly elevated, indicating the presence of a fin like that of Bastliscus. In one of the allied species the diapophyses of three vertebre are vertically expanded for the attachment of the ilium, but the centra are not codssified. The humerus in this genus is of remarkable character. Its proximal ex- tremity is expanded and regularly convex, with the articular surface at right angles to the sides of the bone, and not developing a head. There is a strong deltoid ridge or tuberosity, not extending far from the head. The shaft is much contracted, and the distal end is more expanded than the proximal. It is flattened, and supports no condyle. Its outline is trans- verse at the middle and truncate at each lateral extremity. A large supra- condylar foramen pierces the basal part of the distal expansion near the in- ner border. The opposite edge is strongly grooved longitudinally, the groove being bounded in front by a prominent crest, which sinks just proximad of the distal border. The ilium is a flat bone which contracts downwards and forwards to the pubis. The latter is something like the ilium in form, widening in the op- posite direction, 7. e. downwards and forwards. Its form is something like that of the Crocodilia, and it is uncertain whether those of opposite sides unite below. The ischium is a remarkable bone. It is greatly produced anteriorly and posteriorly to the acetabulum, in forming with that of the opposite side, a keeled boat-shaped body, which at its superior middle por- tion includes the inferior part of the acetabulum. In @. natalis, the anterior apex is below the middle line of the pubes near their anterior border. In the same species there is an additional smal] element between the ilium and pubis on the superior side at their junction. The acetabulum is formed by the interrupted junction of the three elements. The femur possesses no third trochanter, and the head and great tro- chanter are not separated by a neck. The little trochanter is large, and the condyles are well defined. The head of the tibia is expanded, and the fibula is well developed at both extremities. The phalanges are mode- rately elongate, and are depressed. The claws are curved and compressed below. The various remains of this genus now in my possession, and especially the skeleton of CO. natalis, show that the determinations of various parts of the skeleton made from isolated fragments from Illinois, were correct. Of the general affinities of this genus it is only necessary now to state that my reference of it to the Rhynchocephalia is confirmed. It differs 1878.] 511 [Cope. from the recent species of the order in the absence of quadrato-jugal arch, and the remarkably developed ischia. On this account I refer to Clepsy- drops and its allies as a distinct suborder under the name of Pelycosauria. Char. Specif. The muzzle of this species is compressed and descends ob- tusely at the end as in Bolosaurus striatus. The nostril and orbit are quite large. The first premaxillary tooth is the largest and has a silky striation of the enamel; its crown is much less than that of the canine. The canine originates below a point a short distance posterior to the nostril. Measurements. M. Length of skull to posterior base of quadrate.......... 0.124 aS GED OF AMOSUELL. os ioe visio ars a sie'e 1 ways(m ated crs dtenle ames p OLD WePiUMOKAVCOMA A OTD. 025 aejncice cer etemecnnermccae ke Reneihiot crown, of canine toothy... /<.siee x2 acess san oOL6 Antero-posterior diameter of canine tooth............. .005 The centra of the lumbar vertebre are compressed, but not deeper than long, nor acute on the median line below. The diapophyses are wide, -.and descend towards the anterior articular border. The neural spines are com- pressed, and are very long. Their apices are slender and curved back- wards. The faces of the zygapophyses are oblique upwards and outwards. The caudal vertebre have subround articular extremities anteriorly, and become more compressed posteriorly. The diapophyses are median on the former, and gradually become smaller to extinction. The zygapophyses are strong, and the neural spines continue long for a considerable part of the length of the entire series.. The centrum is concave below the dia- pophyses, and has a median inferior rib. Measurements. M. Length of centrum of fourth from last lumbar vertebra. .018 Vertical diameter of ge ee ce 017 Transverse diameter of ‘‘ “9 . < 018 Elevation of neural arch and spine of last lumbar...... .087 Antero-posterior extent of ilium:............<......- Soo alt) pe «4 Se DUlbiSitay-cielsuerer porn see COO “s a Of COMM(C Mbt eA Oates Sone) e c SEY slit Oy Eee TN MIE sea tee sw cr Cacinccaitn alien) Sas aey Slo 9.610 Srercdevay eS OOO TCH SOT METERS 3 ore cac somatic niay= wi nleiein,b:leiede- fala sia sisiej.ays| siege sie LOO Long diameterof proximal ends. ccacsancscacan ssa sO4L Ae rho Gita erect arenas Seated coos wisteraeis, wieiwiaya aie, e Sam OOD Mranswerseawe Cul Ofsti las ates se. ctciets eicpciataias ce secieeningrs, 029 Length: of eleven, caudal Vertebree. < csi vec ceccseean ce cs, aLd2 ne ** fourth caudal “ Sears! at Srogshee ave eisionece UL O os eS CLO VETIEM SCALA: (ceo lect raiesoeiet al oeernr a ars c a6e Ae! TANS VeTSe GiamMerernoh caudwler eeu emetic cscs 5, OLS This species differs from the @. vinslovii in the more robust caudal ver- tebre. It is also.considerably larger, agreeing in this respect with the C. pedunculatu». Inthe latter the long transverse processes are decurved = Cope. | 512 [April 5, and narrowed at the extremities in a manner not seen in any of the known vertebrae of C. natalis. DIMETRODON INCISIVuS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. Dentition as in Clepsydrops in the superior series. Pubic bone not distinct from ischium. Humerus with trochlear condyles and a defined proximal] articular surface. The genus Dimetrodon embraces larger forms than the known species of Clepsydrops. It is probable that the species had the neural spines in the lumbar and dorsal regions elevated in thesame way. The humerus, while of the same general character as that of Clepsydrops, differs remarkably in its more perfect articular surfaces, indicating a terrestrial habit as distin- guished from a probably aquatic one in the former genus. The supracon- dylar foramen is present in this genus, and the proximal articular surface winds obliquely round the expanded extremity of the bone. The separate jaws of D. ¢tncisivuws show well the character of the den- tal insertions. A strong thickening of the inner wall of the maxillary bone is all that represents the palatine lamina. This enlargement does not extend to the level of the external alveolar margin, which thus forms a parapet. The roots of the teeth are long, and are contained in deep alveoli of the palatine thickening ; but the portion of them which projects beyond the alveoli is adherent to the external parapet by the side, and hence the teeth appear to be pleurodont. They are shed in after the ab- sorption of the root in consequence of the presence of the crown of the successional tooth. The process commences at the inner alveolar border, and extends inwards and upwards, invading the palatine wall of the maxil- lary bone. Dimetrodon is allied to Deuterosaurus Hichw. and Hurosaurus Fisch. as defined by Meyer, the former known from a portion of the cranium, the latter from bones of the skeleton. From the former it differs in the persist- ence of the sutures separating the elements of the jaws, supposing the fig- ure reproduced by Owen (Quar. Journ. Geol. Society, 1876, p. 858) to be correct in the omission of them. Apart from this, Deuterosawrus has much more elevated nostrils, more numerous incisor teeth, and wants the exten- sive diastema in front of the superior canine. Lycosaurus Ow. from the South African Trias resembles it much more nearly, but does not present the greatly enlarged anterior incisor teeth of Dimetrodon. Char. Specif. This saurian is established on the nearly complete pre- maxillary and maxillary bones of the right side with the left maxillary of the same individual. Associated with these are portions of the post-frontal, frontal and nasal bones of the right side of perhaps the same individual, but as the pieces are loose, this relation cannot be positively affirmed. Por- tions of the maxillary, premaxillary and other bones, with isolated teeth of numerous other individuals are in my possession. The first named specimens show that the mutual premaxillary and pre- maxillo maxillary sutures are distinct. There isa deep emargination of the border of the jaw at the latter suture, and the maxillary alveolar bor- 1878. ] 513 [Cope. ders is gently convex downwards. The nostril is large, and is directed for- wards as well as outwards; the premaxillary spines are narrow. The form of the muzzle and jaws when in normal relation was vertical and compressed iu front. The premaxillary border of the jaw is rounded and contracted behind the nostril ; the outline then expands backwards. There are but two incisor teeth, of which the anterior is much larger than the second. Its root is irregular in section owing to the presence of one or more shallow longitudinal grooves. The pulp cavity of some of the larger teeth is much contracted opposite these grooves by the corresponding inter- nal face, which is disproportionately convex. The anterior two teeth of the maxillary bone are larger than those that follow, the anterior exceeding even the first incisor. The other maxillaries are smaller and sub-equal, excepting the last two, which are the smallest. The crowns of the teeth are lenticular in transverse section, the external side being much more convex than the internal. The cutting edges are defined from the con- vexity of the latter by a shallow groove at the base of each. The edge is not crenate as in Lelaps and allied genera, but presents much the same ap- pearance owing to the presence of a transverse corrugation. There are fourteen teeth and empty alveoli in the maxillary bone. Measurements. M. Length of premaxillary axially, to middle of maxillary BUMUUME 2/27 fe ro: cire- tone etareleaier svar auercvs tana ) 1878.] 37 [Frazer. existence, yet it must be apparent to any one who has compared them to- gether that there are generally discrepancies between them. For instance, three authorities which should command the confidence of scientific men give the following values : Rankine. | Crookes.- | Eliot & Stover. Grains inva Grams 2... | 15.48235 | 15.488395 15.4346 Cubic metersin 1 cubic foot) 0.0283153 | 0.028314 |.............. Tonnes ipa ton s..<0. <1: +) 1.01605 | 1.015649 Maes walslauieias Kilos. per sq. centimeter in) | one pound per sq. inch. .| .0703095 | OU CA Ne etaver let acss ot aronens: Only three authorities are here quoted, but the number might be almost indefinitely increased. It is true that for most purposes these differences being less than one thousandth of one per cent., would not seriously affect the results ; but there are problems continually occurring where some rec- ognized equivalent is most desirable, and still a greater number where it is desirable that all the diverse terms employed should have been obtained from the same original unit and by the same methods. It would be far better that all the English speaking world should accept a wrong determination as the only Jegal one than that each person who employs such reciprocal values should take a different standard, even if one of the number could be absolutely right. In all questions relating to the value of lineal, superficial and cnbical equivalents of the English and Metric units, including those defined by law as a certain whole number and fraction of cubic inches or feet (e. g. the bushel, barrel, stone-perch, &c.), the determination of Kater has been taken, and squared, cubed, multiplied and divided until the expression for the desired derivative of the meter was obtained in terms of some deriva- tive of the inch, no decimals having been omitted until the final number was reached ; when the shorter approximative expression has been sub- stituted by an application of the well-known rules governing such cases. The number of decimal places given has been in proportion to the im- portance of the unit as a base from which to calculate other values. Thus the number of places in the Grain-Gram equivalents is eleven (as in the report of Mr. Upton, from which it was taken), whilst the Rood—Are being less frequently used and especially being of less importance as a base from which to derive other values, is given in five and six places respectively. This method of separate calculation from the fundamental Inch-Meter value has been employed for each of the above-mentioned kinds of dimen- sions, and the value of the metric unit in the Inch derivative has been con- verted into the reciprocal or Inch derivative unit by simply dividing the whole decimal into one and shortening as before. This is obviously to be preferred to taking the reciprocal of the legal value of the meter in inches, as the base of the calculation. Crookes’ (Select Method of Chemical Analysis) was drawn on for the PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvilI. 101. 80. PRINTED MAY 18, 1878. Frazer. ] 538 {April 5, 1878. form of expressing the Fahrenheit in the Centigrade degree. Rankine is responsible for the statement of the relation between English Heat Units and French Calories, but both have been verified. In weight the fundamental units (the value of the Gram. in Grains) is taken from the report of Mr. Upton (Chief Clerk of the Treasury) to Hon. John Sherman, Secretary, March 26, 1878, and from this value all the others were calculated. In fine, all the values here appended have been as carefully as possible reyised by the author, and, in addition, have had the benefit of the very valuable criticism and corrections of Professor Chase, of Haverford Col- lege, and of President Barnard, of Columbia College, the latter of whom has conferred greater security in verifying them by the calculating machine. In the case of lineal units, four of those most constantly recurring were selected, and the values of one up to nine times each unit are given in terms of the other. This method, which is employed in Crookes’ ‘‘ Select Methods of Chemical Analysis ’’ (London, 1871,) permits any decimal mul- tiple or fraction of one unit to be obtained with great accuracy in terms of the other, by a change of the decimal point and a simple addition. Thus, if it be required to find the number of inches in 348,4 centimeters, the fraction would first be written decimally, 348.16. The value in inches of three centimeters is 1.181124. INCHES. 300 centimeters would equal................. 118.1124 40 “ $ EG ameeiisce dese, losmtaooe 8 es “ Oe cee aa Kgddedooes, sulle litns 0.1 e ue Was elaters wie te ahetetor 0.03937079 0.06 es os Rr See Ae Ab GS Si hI ea 348.16 ms . 137.07337626 For area, capacity and weight, the value of only one unit of each is given in terms of the other, anda simple multiplication will give any num- ber of times such an unit. The value of the meter in inches is given by Mr. Upton, Chief Clerk of Treasury Department, in the report before mentioned, as 39.370482, and consequently the values here given do not agree with those for length, area, surface or capacity in that report. The same unit which he gives for the gram in grains is adopted here, so that the column of weights should accord. TABLES FOR THE INTERCONVERSION OF ENGLISH AND METRIC UNITS. BY Persifor Frazer, Jr., A.M., Presented to Am. Philosophical Society, April 5, 1878 AREA. SQ. INCH. ; 5Q CEN TIMETER sQ. FEET. SQ. METER, | | I = 6.451367 I = 0.09290 0.1550059 = I 101703893) —= I SQ. YARD. SQ. METER. sQ. YARDS. ARE. I = 0.8360972 I = 0.00836097 MSO RAI) Sy |119.603326 = I ROOD. ARE, | ACRE, HECTARE. I == LOMO 7S I = 0.404671 poste = = I | PATINA —— I THERMOMETER. Hear Units. Catorres. FAHRENHEIT CENTIGRADE I LB. WATER I KILOGRAM DEGREES. nor | 1° FAH. WATER 1° CEN. PHILADELPAIA. | I = 0.5555 3.96832 — I | 1.8 = I I = 0.251996 1 cubic inch water weighs == 252.7574 grains. | pe nF ie an? At max. dens., Bar. 30 in. Air 62° F.( Barnard.) | : SASRSE ME: eas 1 cubic foot water weighs == 62.3949696 Ibs. | eae tie eae | CURE ieee nee I cwt. (112 lbs.) = 50.80238 kilos. | ne eee 16.38617589 I Poree Poe aa (28 Ibs.) = tele an | 0.06102705152 = 1 '0.03531658—= I rachm == 1.77185 grams. LINEAL UNITS. CAPACITY. SGT. re Ree ear MEER | ‘CUBIC FT. CUBIC ee CUBIC YD. CUBIC e Re u 0.3937979 1 en egaayonsl WN age Ve Ble conte 22 645134 = s is APO 25.31 == 1.30 0215 = és Faia hast Hees Bee O saat oe ssacbes | MINIM. genes FLUID OZ. CUB.CENT.M. , re ae | I ==9.0016052 eo oes : on = ae 6. a eee ieeegnsa st 0.033815 == . = 3 = Saat 3 = 7.6199 Q. 8427 = = 3 | oe LITER. ee Se LITER. 1.574832 = 4 4 ==1.2191780 | I pen Cie = 3.7852067 4 =10.1598 | 13.1236= 4 | 2.1134908 = 0.264186 —= I "sti tari he dy Ae aca CE WINE BE” ENTER. | “Gan, (imp.) ATER = 12.699 16.4045 —= 5 | Gate als.) ; 72 2.362247 = 6 | 6 =1.8287669 | i ees I1g.23 34017), TAGS 543457 8 6 ap nage? | 19.6854 —= 6 0.00838686 —= See! 2.755955 = i 7) = 2.1335614 | u.s. BUSHEL. LITER. CORD. STERE. 7 SS. 7797 | 22.9663 = 7 (2150.42 c. I. x) Snes Meter.) 3.149663 — | 8 ~ —2.4383559 I 35-2371556| I 3-624360 8 == 20: 3106 e20:24772;— 8 0.028 379135 = = i! [ Oasont | B.5AI370 = 9 = 2.7431504 SOLID PERCH. (25 CUB. FT.) cupic M. (Stere.) uh ee 6h) \eensce Sir I = 0.7078828 7 22, ie i. 2 1.412663 = I LINEAL UNITS. 7 - a 7% WEIGHT. ¥ ; YARDS METERS. MILES. KILOMETERS. POUNDS TO KILOS TO | POUNDS TO KILOS TO SQ. r ogugsas | Gate aT edly [°F —“ctapopoo 1.09363 I | I = 1.6093 | 06719572 = 14.22282 i = =F 1.8287669 1.2428 = s a 86 GRAINS. GRAMS. _|POUNDS. ecar KILOGRAMS. 2.1873 = 2 2 oe a | — -~ = 0.06479895036 I = 0.453592653 3 = 2.7431504 | 1.8641 = A f 15.43234874—= I 22040212 —= I 2.280 = 3 = 4.6279 = = 4 ? = By eer [e405 5 — 4 OZ. (AV.) GRAMS. LBS. TROY. KILOGRAMS. 4.3745 = 4 4 = 6.4373 I = 28.3454! I ma ges 5 =A. S7LOt74 |) 5.1009 —— 15 0.035274 = U 2.679227 = A032) = 5 = $.0466 TONS. TONNES. (1000 kilos.) 6 = 5.4863009 | 3-7283— 6 Long (2240 lbs.) — 1.016047 5 65615) == 6 6 = 9.6559 Short (2000 Ibs.) = 0.9071853 7 = 6.4006845 | 4.3497—= 7 Long. 0.9842059 ) oh ; 7-554 = 7 As 7 eaters Short 1.1023106 faakts a Ea TSG) 70719) E aw ; ; Sr4gr = 8 .| 8 ==12.8745 | v.s.catton. renter, |rouNDs. 9 = 82294514 | 5.5924== @ a uf al I == 0.935263 e8427 = 9 9 =14.4838 —0.05841463 72gaTay: Ge yt Horn. | 540 [April 19, Revision of the Species of the Sub-family BostRicuip& of the United States. By GrorGE H. Horn, M.D. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 19th, 1878.) The species here treated of have never been the subject of a special paper, most of them having been described in separate memoirs many years apart and by the older authors in such a manner as to leave their descriptions of no value from the accumulation of new species. There is nothing to be added in their generic and tribal arrangement, to that already given by Dr, LeConte, in the Classification of the Coleoptera. of North America, I merely content myself with copying his tables. The three tribes indicated are as follows : Thorax with distinct and entire lateral margin...... .....-Endecatomini. Thorax without lateral margin. Head covered by the prothorax which is asperate in front. ...Bostrichini. Head free, thorax not roughened in front.....................-Fsoini. Tribe ENDECATOMINIE. The head is in great part covered by the prothorax, and is more decidedly retracted than the other genera of the sub-family, approaching in this respect the Anobiade, with which it also agrees in having the thorax com- pletely margined from base to tip. The antennz are eleven jointed, ter- minated by a rather loose tri-articulate club, the intermediate joints 3-8 are longer than wide and together much longer than the first two joints or the club. The anterior cox are contiguous. The tibiz are slender not dentate externally and terminated by spurs, those of the anterior tibiz stout and rather long. The tarsi are short, the first joint small but distinct in the males, connate with the second in the female, so that in the latter sex the tarsi are but four-jointed. The last joint of the tarsi is nearly as long as the preceding together. This tribe forms the connecting link between the Anobiade and Bostri- chide, with greater resemblance in its structure to the former than the latter, and contains but one genus. ENDECATOMUS Mellié. Two species occur in our fauna. E. reticulatus Herbst (Anobium) Kifer, v, p. 70, which has proba- bly been introduced from Europe, and E. rugosus Rand. (7riphyllus) Bost. Journ. II, p. 226; dorsalis Mellié, Ann. Fr. 1848, p. 218, Color dark brown opaque, surface sparsely pubescent. Head finely and densely granulate. Thorax densely and more coarsely granulate with pale brownish hairs arranged in sinuous lines. Elytra with small granules 1878. ] 541 (Horn. arranged in anastomosing lines, the spaces between them smooth, their summits with pale brownish pubescence. In these respects the two species agree. EB. reticulatus is somewhat more elongate, the under surface quite con- spicuously granulate and the male with two small frontal tubercles. Length 18 inch; 4.5 mm. Occurs in the Southern States. EF. rugosus is more robust and with the under surface obsoletely granu- late and the male without frontal tubercles. The upper surface is rather more conspicuously pubescent. Length .16 inch; 4 mm. Occurs everywhere in the region east of the Rocky Mountains. Tribe BOSTRICHINYE. The insects of this tribe are all of cylindrical form and of moderate or small size. The eyes are prominent and behind them the head is moder- ately prolonged. The thorax is prolonged over the head, completely con- cealing it from above, covered in front with asperities and often prolonged at its anterior margin in two unciform processes; the sides are not mar- gined. The antenne are short, terminated by a three-jointed loose club (four-jointed in Tetrapriccera), and may have nine, ten or eleven joints, ten being the normal number. The anterior coxe are contiguous, their cavities confluent. The genera are as follows : Intermediate joints of antennz shorter than the first and second. Tarsi long, slender, first joint very short. Amiennes wathvasthree-joOutedselulbye wera niscreer se ae eles Sinoxylon. Antenne with a four-jointed club ........... ........Tetrapriocera. Intermediate joints of antennze Jonger than the first and second. Tarsi as long as the tibi, slender, second joint long. KrontmMaRnmTeds atthe sides atleast esc somes tae oe « . -Bostrichus. Front not margined ...... Aor egs) eaeet state ekes oy aehv Leah tate palate Amphicerus. Tarsi short, second joint not elongated................505- -Dinoderus. SEINOAYWLON Dufts. The species of this genus are of a cylindrical form. The head is com- pletely concealed from above by the thorax, which is truncate in front, the apex covered with asperities, while posteriorly the surface is smooth and punctured. The elytra are cylindrical, obliquely truncate posteriorly, and in many of the species tuberculate or dentate, their sculpture varying with the species ; the surface is punctured with but a feeble attempt at a striate arrangement. Several of the species have a distinctly impressed sutural stria near the declivity. Our species divide themselves into two groups which might be considered genera. I do not think science would be materially benefited by a new name, and I therefore leave them as they have been. These groups are based on the number of the small joints of the antenne between the second Horn. ] 542 [April 19, joint and the club ; these may be either five or four, so that in one case the antenne are 10, in the other 9-jointed.* In the latter case the front has a semicircular row of erect hairs after the manner of Scolytus, while in those with 10-jointed antenne this structure does not exist. The arrangement of the tubercles is also different in the two groups, this is spoken of further on. Our species may be tabulated in the folowing manner : A. Antenne 10-jointed. Elytra with tubercles around the declivity. Last two joints of maxillary palpi equal. Larger species. Declivity of elytra coarsely punctured, on each side trituberculate. .. - basillare. Declivity impunctured, on each side bituberculate..... .....sericans. Last joint of maxillary palpi longer than the preceding. Smaller species. Declivity on each side trituberculate and with a few coarse punctures. Front of ) pearance 7. zebratus, but is at once recognized by the sparse punctuation of the prothorax and elytra. 46. Chiamys cribripennis. Sub-quadrate, coppery bronze, of the same form and color as (. assimilis, from which it differs by the prothorax more shining, finely strigose, impunctured, with the dorsal elevation only obsoletely divided at the highest part. The elytra have the elevations simi- larly placed, but smaller, and the interspaces are very coarsely, but not densely punctured. The pygidium is less opaque, in fact, somewhat shining, and more deeply punctured, and without the shallow rounded im- pressions seen in that species. Antennze fulvous, labrum black. Length 2.5 mm.; .10 inch. Detroit ; one specimen. 47. Phylotreta robusta. Less elongate than usual, black with a greenish bronze lustre. Head punctured, vertex with a short, fine, longitu- dinal impressed line. Prothorax twice as wide as long, strongly punctured, slightly narrowed in front, sides rounded, base truncate, not margined. Elytra oval, wider than the prothorax, rounded on the sides, similarly punctured; pale yellow, with a wide sutural stripe narrowed near the base, and rounded behind at about one-fifth from the tip, where it ends ; the side margin is blackish from the base nearly to the tip, and the color is a little - wider about the middle ; there are besides two spots on each elytron, one occupying the humeral callus, and attaining both the base and side 1878.] 615 {LeConte. margin, the other at the middle and near the blackish lateral margin, though separate from it. Antenne slender, more than one-half as long as the body, black, first three joints brown. Beneath black, tibiee and tarsi piceo-testaceous. Length 2 mm.; .08 inch. Detroit ; one specimen. Quite different from any other striped species in our fauna, and representing the European P. biguttata Foudras. Alt. 251. The adoption of the Kirbyan name Orchestris for this genus by Mr. Crotch (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1873, 65) in preference to Phyllotreta Foudras, seems to me inexpedient for the following reasons : Kirby (Faun. Proc. Am. IV, 217), characterizes a sub-genus Orchestris by a very brief formula, which is applicable to several groups of the old genus Haltica, to which generic names are now affixed. His sub-genus was evidently defined for the purpose of describing two striped species of large size now enrolled in Disonycha Chevr., but in order to make his volume (exclusively devoted to North American species), more intelligible to the English ene he casually observes that his sub-genus corresponds with section b. gine of Stephens, ‘“‘of which H. Nemvorum is the type.’ Now while unwilling to dispute that H. nemorwm is the type of Stephens’ unnamed British group, it is quite apparent that the remark of Mr. Kirby ‘indicates simply an error of judgment or observation in not perceiving the differences (if there be any), between his large American species, for which the sub-genus was established, and the small European species; and thus the sub-generic name belongs properly to the former group. The ndtme Orchestris, therefore, unless it is dropped entirely in conse- quence of its heterogeneous limitation, can be used only to supplant Dis- onycha Chevr, (1844),and the present group must be known as Phyllo- treta, under which name it was first characterized by Foudras in 1860 48. Cheetocnema rudis. Oval, convex, bronzed, not shining, Head finely punctured. Prothorax rather densely and strongly punctured, very little narrowed in front, sides slightly rounded, finely margined, base not margined. Elytra with rows of deep punctures, the inner ones slightly confused near the base ; space between the scutellar stria and the suture irregularly punctured. Beneath punctured, tibie and tarsi brown. Length 1.8 mm.; .07 inch Marquette, Lake Superior; one specimen. This species be- longs in the table (ante. p. 419), after eribrata, from which it differs by the much less confused elytral striz. 49. Mycetochares gracilis. Elongate, piceous-black, shining, finely and sparsely pubescent. Head punctured, front depressed, vaguely foveate. Antenne nearly half as long as the body, piceous, base brown ; 2d joint small, 3d a little longer than the 4th. Eyes convex, prominent. Prothorax wider than the head, wider than long, narrowed and much LeConte. | 616 [April 1s, rounded on the sides in front ; strongly punctured, disc broadly longitudi- nally impressed behind, flattened and explanate at the hind angles, which are rectangular; impressed each side at the base, which is truncate and not margined. Elytra a little wider than the prothorax, parallel, striz punctured, scarcely impressed ; interspaces transversely sparsely rugose and finely punctured. Beneath shining, trunk finely punctured. Ab- domen sparsely punctulate. Front cox separated by the prosternum, which is narrow and punctured. Length 5.5 mm.; .22 inch. Marquette, Lake Superior; one specimen. This species is related to I. bicolor, but is quite different in the less deeply striate elytra, the more strongly punctured prothorax and the dark antenne and legs. For the pupose of more clearly defining several new species, my table (New Sp. Col. Smiths. 8vo., 188) may be expanded as follows : Table of species of MYCETOCHARES. 1. Front coxe separated by the prostermum. ..- <<. co. «cies cue elnioie Ze Front cox contiguous, cavities confluent.................0- shefelarahe tots 9. 2. Prothorax as wide as the elytra, or nearly SO........---.20s.ceeeees 3. Prothorax at base narrower than the elytra..........ccceceesseeeee 6. 3. Pubescence long, rather dense, prosternum very narrow............- 4. Pubescence very fine, or wanting ; elytra with red humeral spot not striate ; antennz palpi and legs more or less yellow........+...++-- 3: 4, Dull ferruginous beneath, piceous above, prothorax strongly densely PI MINC TUM retevere reverence lrerclerorelceereteloteterstclerertevenntoastenlerelska tals iia 1. rufipes. Black or piceous, prothorax finely punctured...... 2. pubipennis 0. sp. 5. Prothorax very wide, sparsely punctulate........... 3. laticollis n. sp. Narrower, prothorax sparsely punctulate, elytra more strongly punc- tured, two inner strise perceptible............-. ......4. Haldemani. Wider, prothorax less finely punctured, elytra strongly punctured, indis- (MAGIA MHA poo oposcnndoageadocdoooads popdooused .....5. fraterna. 6. Elytra with red humeral spot...........2seeeceser cree eres ses seese th Elytra black, without spot........... SRPRS Pena aes oSuO toa booKt Goose 8. 7%. Prothorax with three basal fovee........... ars! Sisieyeterar 2» 50, t0veata. ProthoraxiwathatwoubasaltOvecerrt- ceiiale eis olel-tateleleliieieeer tetotete 7. tenuis. 8. Elytral strive deep, legs yellow. ..........cserececeeceeneee 8. bicolor. Elytral striz less impressed, legsdark......... «0200069. LTacilis Nn. Sp. 9. Elytra black, without spots.........0cccecesececeecccreesercesees 10. Elytra with red humeral spot ; antenne stouter and legs black...... abt 10. Antenne, legs and under surface ferruginous, last two ventral segments piceous ; prothoracic margin not flattened...........- 10. analis n. sp. Antenne, legs and under surface piceous ; prothoracic margin narrowly but strongly explanate................ atelererecetererers 11. lugubris n. sp. 1878.] 6 17 [LeConte. 11. Prothorax with margin not explanate............. DA CIStROOE CODE 12. Prothorax as wide as the elytra, strongly punctured, sides narrowly DUtsStromelysce xpla wee sais sielctetereyatolsl ete wih ah sls = lore 12. marginata, n. sp. 12. Prothorax wide, strongly punctured, much rounded on the sides, which are motwexplana temas.) ose ett EO OMO DEOL DHS SoU Ope 13. binotata. Prothorax slightly narrower than the elytra, strongly punctured, sides MO He MplamMAles i ravers tvcremen = Seer oale ayale stereos eapelateres 14. longula, n. sp. In the Munich Catalogue Mycetophila Gyll. (1810), which antedates My- cetochares Latr. (1825), is adopted for this genus ; the former name was, however, pre-occupied by Meigen (1803), for a genus of Diptera, as is very properly mentioned by Lacordaire (Gen. Col. V., 507, note). M. basillaris (Say) remains unknown. When found, it will be easily recognized by the scarcely punctured prothorax, with three posterior im- pressions, and the striate elytra having an oblique red spot like the species o—) of the table. 50. Mycetochares pubipennis. Dark brown, shining, rather densely clothed, especially on the elytra, with long brown pubescence. Head punctured, eyes more transverse and less prominent than in the other species; antenne paler brown, rather stout, about half as long as the body. Prothorax one-half wider than long, scarcely narrowed in front, not dense- ly nor strongly punctured, broadly longitudinally impressed at the middle of the base, and obliquely near the hind angles; sides moderately rounded, not explanate, base not margined. LElytra not wider than the prothorax, punctured ; strize punctured not impressed, nearly obliterated at the sides and behind. Beneath punctulate and finely pubescent, legs piceo-rufous ; prosternum extremely narrow between the front cox. Length 4.8 mm. ; .19 inch. ? California, at Tejon and San Diego. Easily known by the more transverse and scarcely prominent eyes, and very nar- row prosternum. 51. Mycetochares laticollis. Elongate-oval, not convex, above black, shining, elytra each with an oblique red spot near the base ; sparsely pubescent. Head and prothorax sparsely punctulate, the latter fully twice as wide as long, widest at the middle, very much rounded on the sides, which are slightly explanate near the hind angles ; base extremely finely margined, with three broad shallow impressions, of which the middle one is nearly obsolete. Elytraa little narrower than the prothorax, not densely punctured, with very faint traces of strive near the suture. Antenne rather stout, under surface and legs testaceous-red ; palpi and large gular spot yellow. Length 6.3 mm.; .25 inch. Pennsylvania; under bark ot Populus dilatata in June ; one specimen, Prof. 8. 8S. Haldeman. I confounded this species formerly with M. fraterna, from which it differs by PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XviI. 101. 8Y. PRINTED JUNE 11, 1878. LeConte.] 618 [April 18, the much more finely and sparsely punctured head and pro- thorax. 52. Mycetochares analis. Elongate, black, shining, pubescent. Antenne brown, slender, one-half as long as the body. Head and pro- thorax strongly rather densely punctured, the latter twice as wide aslong, narrowed in front, rounded on the sides, which are not explanate ; base scarcely impressed, indistinctly margined near the hind angles. Elytra very little wider than the prothorax, punctured, striz punctured, slightly impressed, nearly obliterated at the sides and behind. Beneath finely punctured, dull ferruginous, 4th and 5th ventral segments dark piceous. Front cox contiguous. Length 7.5 mm.; .30 inch. Detroit; one specimen. Of the same size, form and sculp- ture as IM. binotata, but differing by the absence of the hu- meral spot, and the different color of the antennee, legs and under surface. 53. Mycetochares lugubris. More elongate, black, shining, pu- bescent. Antenne dark brown, rather stout, one half as long as the body. Head and prothorax strongly punctured, the latter twice as wide as long, sides rounded, especially in front, side margin narrowly but strongly ex- planate behind the middle, depression extending some distance along the base, which is indistinctly margined ; there are three vague shallow basal impressions. Elytra a little wider than the prothorax, punctured, striae rather strongly impressed. Beneath shining, sparsely finely punctured. Legs piceous. Front coxze contiguous. Length 6.4 mm.; .25 inch. Detroit ; one specimen. A similar one collected in Kan- sas by Prof. Snow, is slightly immature ; the color is brown, with the base of the antennze and legs testaceous. 54. Mycetochares margimata. Elongate, of the same form as M. binotata but smaller, black, shining, pubescent. Antenne rather stout, black. Head and prothorax strongly rather densely: punctured ; the latter twice as wide as long, much rounded on the sides, especially in front, sides behind the middle narrowly but strongly flattened ; base with three very faint shallow impressions. Elytra very little wider than the pro- thorax, punctured, striz punctured, scarcely impressed, marked with a red humeral rounded spot. Beneath shining, sparsely punctulate, tarsi pi- ceous ; front coxe contiguous. Length 5.2 mm.; .21 inch. Marquette, Lake Superior ; one specimen. 55. Mycetochares longuia. More elongate, of the same form and size as W. gracilis, black, shining, pubescent. Antenne stout, black, half as long as the body. Head and prothorax strongly, somewhat rugosely punctured, the latter about one-half wider than long, narrowed in front, rounded on the sides, which are not explanate, with three faint shallow basal 1878.] 619 {LeConte. impressions. Elytraa little wider than the prothorax, punctured, strice punctured, slightly impressed, obsolete towards the sides ; marked with a small rounded humeral spot. Beneath shining, finely punctured, legs entirely black; front coxze contiguous. Length 6 mm.; .23 inch. Detroit ; June ; one specimen. 56. Canifa pallipennis. Elongate, rugosely punctured, finely pubescent. Head and prothorax black, the latter more than twice as wide as long, hind angles nearly rectangular, basal impressions broad, distinct. Elytra pale testaceous. Beneath and legs testaceous, abdomen and anten- ne Garker; second and third joints of the latter small, united shorter than the fourth. Length 2.7 mm.; .10 inch. . Marquette, Lake Superior. Similar to C. pusilla, but with the head and prothorax darker, and the elytra pale. ov. Dircza fusca. Elongate, fuscous brown, densely rugosely punctured, and clothed with short sericeous brown pubescence. Head perpendicular, more strongly punctured. Antenne and palpi ferruginous, the former with third joint not longer than the fourth, following joints scarcely diminishing in length, longer than wide, eleventh longer. Pro- thorax a little longer than wide, apex rounded into the sides; hind angles obtuse, rounded at tip. Elytra with faint traces of three elevated lines. Beneath densely punctulate. Length 8.7 mm.; .34 inch. Marquette, Lake Superior, Virginia and North Carolina. Larger than D. concolor, and easily known by the antenrice being ferruginous, and more slender, with the joints longer than wide. 58. Hallomenus serricornis. Elongate, rounded at each end, not convex, blackish, shining, finely densely punctured and pubescent. Antenne scarcely longer than the head and prothorax, strongly serrate. Prothorax twice as wide as long, narrowed in front, strongly rounded on the sides, which are very finely margined ; base slightly bisinuate, margined near the hind angles, basal impressions broad well-marked. Elytra faintly striate, but the striz are not indicated by rows of punctures. Beneath finely and densely punctulate. Length 6.8 mm.; .25 inch. Marquette ; twospecimens. Larger than our other species, and of uniform dark piceous, nearly black color, with strongly serrate antenne. Table of the species of HALLOMENUS. Antenne not serrate, joints sub-quadrates. 05 0. iccteds sess ss des a Antenne strongly serrate, joints triangular......... 1. serricornis n sp. 3. Minely oud. dimbetiv gancimreds ao ames semen: Gocclas civic cc 'eteds GLE 3. Very finely punctured, yellowish brown, elytra in front and legs Pooled sceahs vistelc cis seemless eter taste are soocdene 2. punctulatus. 3. Piceous, antenne, legs and base of elytra testaceous......3. scapularis. Pale brown, head fuscous, much smaller (8 mm.).......... 4. debilis. LeConte.] 620 [April 18, 59. Proctorus armatus Lec. Rhynch. 212. Several specimens of this curious insect were found at Marquette, and among them are o'o' in which the two pro- cesses of the apical edge of the last ventral segment are very short, and scarcely apparent, though the anterior tubercle or spine and the large excavation are as well developed as in the other specimens. 60. Proctorus decipiens Lec. ibid. 213, (Hncalus.) 3 Apical part of last ventral segment suddenly transversely depressed, with a short erect spine each side. Marquette. The differences in the rostrum upon which I separated Hncalus from Proctorus, are only sexual; and the peculiar ventral armature of the ~ shows that they consti- tute but one genus. 61. Orchestes canus Horn,* n. sp. Black, sparsely clothed with grayish pubescence. Antenne -testaceous, funicle six-jointed. Thorax broader than long, apex one-third narrower than base, sides arcuate, disc coarsely punctured. Elytra oval, gradually narrowed posteriorly, disc con- vex, deeply and rather broadly striate, strize with coarse, deep and closely placed punctures, intervals irregularly biseriately punctured, the punc- tures bearing short grayish hairs. Body beneath and legs black. Length 3mm.; .12 inch. The posterior femora are strongly thickened. This species cannot be con- founded with any other than pallicornis, from which the deeply striate elytra, and very evident grayish pubescence will distinguish it. Specimens are before me from Isle Royale and Escanaba, Michigan, and from San Juan, Colorado. 62. Orchestes minutus Horn, n. sp. Black, sparsely clothed with grayish pubescence. Antenne piceous, scape and first joint of funicle paler, the funicle 6-jointed. Thorax broader than long, apex scarcely narrower than base, sides arcuate, surface coarsely punctured. Elytra oval, broadest at middle, dise slightly flattened, deeply striate, strive with indistinct dis- tant punctures, intervals wrinkled, irregularly, finely, biseriately punctu- late. Body beneath and legs black. Posterior femora feebly thickened. Length 2 mm.; .08 inch. This species resembles rufipes, but is somewhat smaller, dise of elytra flatter and with entirely black legs, and with the thorax much more arcuate at middle. , Four specimens, California, from Mr. James Behrens, col- lected probably near Sauzalito. * Dr. Horn has kindly prepared the table of this genus and the descriptions of the two new species. 1878. ] 621 [LeConte. Table of Species of ORCHESTES. vi . Funiculus of antennz 6-jointed. Posterior femora much stouter than the middle. Legs entirely yellow. Pubescence of surface fulvous and conspicuous.......... puberulus. Legs black, tarsi sometimes pale. : Elytra feebly striate, pubescence scarcely evident....... pallicornis. Elytra deeply striate, pubescence grayish, persistent. ..canus, n. sp. Posterior femora scarcely stouter than the middle. Elytra deeply striate; species very small. ERR CAIBNEG LyF WaGIes ; ie Ms TH 5 . those bag A (7 yi See pos =i y) a | \ wy %} ww wi. iS 5 ® DQ & BOE o Be Pd : a4 "¥ ~ \ on J Nye Be VM ogn ra Hv Ne, - Sey, ; \ H.G Hubbard, del. Micromalthus debilis Lec. and larva. Plate XV. 669 1878. ] [LeConte. Index of Species Described. Dyschirius brevispinus........ 593 Hadrobregmus linearis Lec..... 612 Badister \abtustiew: 3. s120-).\i¢ 594 Xyletinus lugubris........... . 612 Bembidium arcuatum.......... 594 pubescens, Texas..... 618 versutum..... oeteicte 594 Micromalthus debilis.......... 613 Hydroporus fuscatus, Crotch... 595 Phymatodes maculicollis....... 614 laccophilinus...... 595 Typocerus sparsus........ AESCE 614 Suphis semipunctatus........-. 595 Chlamys cribripennis.......... 614 Laccophilus pumilio, Fla....... 596 Phyllotreta robusta............ 614 Gaurodytes leptapsis. ......0.« << 596 Cheetocnema rudis...... 615 IGETIGES -Geten Boot 596 Mycetochares gracilis.......... 615 Hydrobius feminalis........... 597 pubipennis, Cal... 617 castaneus, Cal...... 597 laticollis, Penna.. 617 cuspidatus, Cal..... 597 ENDS Bs ome ec. 618 Habrocerus magnus............ 598 TAU DTS aids «noe 618 Agathidium globatile......... . 598 marginata...... . 618 PAEV UUM cles 598 Lone lai. etait 618 Staphylinus czesareus Cederh..... 598 Canifa pallipennis............. 619 Batrisus simplex..... 6oqdeunse Oca ECHA, TUSCR = «678 omnis. sialon = ase 619 Orthoperus scutellaris.......... 599 Hallomenus serricornis........ 619 Suiralign veils «esr 599 Proctorus armatus Lec. var..:. 620 elongatus, Fla..... 599 decipiens) mec pe ra: 620 Lathridius opaculus............ GOO: Orchestes cans. a... 6.1 slserrce 620 TAC ULHUS arse = eet loe 600 NUNS He one aacor 620 duplicatus..... ..-- 601 EHlleschus bipunctatus, Linn.... 621 HETUTCORMIS- se 5 core, 601 Acalyptus Carpini, Host........ 621 IeinOlice Se oooeenoac 601 Zygobaris subcalva........ -. 622 Stephostethus liratus.......... 601 Pityophthorus annectens, Fla. . 622 Odontosphindus denticollis..... 601 Gonsumilis’ ise 622 Eurysphindus hirtus........... 602 LMMEHKHEIS Goneoe 623 Mycetophagus californicus, Cal. 604 PUSLON see Herne 623 tenuifasciatus.... 604 OVACulUsm eras 623 confusus, Col.... 605 plagiatus, Zec.... 623 Diploceelus angusticollis........ 606 sparsus, Lec..... 624 IGITAEOUSTS Dieta cre sore seueraraccre+ 606 Xyleborus punctipennis........ 624 Rhizophagus brunneus......... 608 Xylocleptes decipiens.. ........ 62 * Pedilophorus subcanus........ 609 'Tomicus balsameus, N. Y...... 625 IParomealus) TEnese “sete ore rrre GOSS Macracisiopacicollliss s22....-6.. 625 Hetzrins Blanchardi, Mass.... 609 ASMSCWMUSe srsiss oe cc oe 626 FVaSeACHUE) TUNE nis Aad pene SA SOGe 610 Scolytus unispinosus, Lec....... 626 lenny onab yal Ole eames orae 611 rugulosus, Ratzeb. .... 626 BDISSUPES s/eliiersieise tates 611 Choragus Harrisii... 626 IPH aUsiS eID AGCENSA 1. rrcicioeie1-)-tetaie 611 Chance. ] 670 [May 3, Hyner’s Station Oil Well Section, included in a Detailed Section of the Rocks Between the Lower Productive Coal Measures (XIII), and the Dark Slates of the Devoniun (VIIL) in the Vicinity of Renovo, Clinton Co., Pennsyloania. By H. M. CHAncs. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 3d, 1878. The order of the Coal Rocks of the section was determined by Mr. C. A. Ashburner, by a survey made near Renovo, in 1875. The lower part of the section is taken from a record (kept by Mr. Jas. David) of a well drilled for. oil near Hyner Station on the P. & E. R. R. The remainder of the section is supplied by several intermediate sections of the surface ex- posures between Renovo and Hyner. The total thickness of measures described amounts to 3460 feet, grouped as follows : Lower Productive Coal Measures; Sandstone shale, fire-clays, etc., with tour (4)iworkable bedsof colts. s2ccccice ccs seein cert 212/ Massive Sandstones, parted by shale, and thin bedded sandstones. The sandstones of this group are white to yellowish-gray in color, massive, hard, and coarse grained, causing prominent topographical features. The whole mass in all of its features resembles the Conglomerate (No. X//).............. nog ed6.oni 245/ Greenish-gray thin bedded Sandstones, generally fine grained, with some brownish mottled sandstones, and some micaceous beds separated by softer measures—shales and slates—with an occa- STOMA TEC MOM. creveterciere sysral ete ein ie) avers is tehvoae eisie esevatsiaetere misterre tenets «a9 Greenish-gray Sandstones, laminated and fine grained, with an occa- sional band of red sandstone, and a large percentage of micaceous beds alternating with red and olive-gray shales. Red is very prominent down! to the mouth of the wellesc seyacees cles l= <1 630/ Red Sandstone and shale with occasional bands of gray sandstone andashaler(aowier @atts kill ky) seacectlterieteeremchteisreisiete cya irr 796/ Slates and Shales, bluish in color, with some sandy bands to the ottomuvon the wellt@C Ine rms: 4) Prayers rereteyetetelelel stelle ctelelelelerelieerer tetetene 1187’ Total thickness of rocks described in section...............se0.s0 3460! Detailed Section. Comcealled ern cer: ceye ciel ceree re ener ick tereaere. stels akan = cis tnerstovenenceet rae 15/ Coal (5) of Mr. Ashburner’s provisional numbers..... iiaibeyevehore ersesenats 4! WoOnceal ed sein, os, stewie ees COPIES ACE ley «lo nic Se elerereleioiere sia ererere 92/ Coal (4) (3 feet 2 amches measured) ier mcyee- isc. « -ralelepeiestelaeiereiserners 5 3! Bine-clay, with Kidney OL: o..).)s- c/s -<10 ois ie HOC oaannoDoD CONGO OdaS< 10’ Plea le sand (Stray iS. 1S gs seccee cue oie lenges apes = aie Base ore) Avseeol cio ele meine eee 15/ ish GOMsenieibOls, oomeuecobosocndg so akoan Old daca dsbcodd ane 26/ Wom Cee Mee eis yo sar eve ace oveys-s chalets) suckarelepe aiaiene(oicic otevetal eter eetaeeea ers 4’ Celie Gi A ah Ce ee TRG AM PeeeeN a eS ee 4! (Gone a] Ces erere opcic) os e216 25 jain us yom ehepe aro esyo =e STON orsicierel tebe enaeinerete 26/ eRe SiC o.c ctor nom Ono ven aie: aye atalat eve je gst oem aieveleianet e eiSelet stan eae rete ee 10/ Coal’ ()n(siteet emmchies measure) erento tokeleyerenel level tteteter eerie 3/ 1878.] 671 (Chance. 8. S., gray, hard, ‘‘upper part 8. S., lower part shale.’’............ 33/ Moule Nene ee ome eee ee ene nee CEES ce Wie ok ois 1! PRON PIOMICTALC! Jere sacs sini ssa sea gls Sas tz ane ass hae IS LS ltl pie'aiv 20! Concealed. Mr. Ashburner states that some red shale has been FOUIALNERG ero none tai d mts crams smn ee sean ream eed vis 41! So. ard, ora Course nainell, . 7 sc .care oe oe peat ees eee ures 25/ S. S. white and gray, thin bedded, with some shale...... hc hentia iS is 40/ oS. Nar avietyn Ganle, PTA. v5 sts a s's's ass assent teens cae aes eat 20/ ra ere ae Een oly Sieh ope 5t oir) Al bs) We, Hb oes Bael.6. Pectoral) spinejireach= ing end of ventral spine; dorsal spine not branched at extremity, rather stout, nearly as long as the pectoral, its base 4 mm. nearer end of muzzle than base of caudal fin. Head very flat, quite wide, its width behind orbits about one-fourth the length to the base of the caudal fin ; its length to the superior angle of the gill opening, 3.8 times into the same. The spine sup- porting the adipose fin, stands on the anterior border of the fourth dorso- lateral seute counting from the base of the first superior caudal fulcrum. Some scuta between this point and the last dorsal ray. Each border of the muzzle supports a wide band of segments, within which a narrower band of segments bounds the median wedge-shaped area on each side. Inferior border of end of muzzle prickly ; eye with some inferior range. Scuta of head above, and those below as far as vent, finely granular; the others smooth. Color olive brown, each scute of the body, and the three nuchal ones with a pale border within the edge. Caudal with the rays brown, except a wide margin, and a vertical line beyond base, which are pale. The dorsal fin is deep brown at the base, and has some dark spots on its middle. Length M. .105; to base of pectoral fin .028 ; to base of anal .052 ; eleva- tion of dorsal spine .021. Coll. of 1877. ‘ 27. CHANOTHORAX BICARINATUS. Gen. et sp. nov. Char. Gen. Callichthyiform fishes with osseous dorsal and pectoral spines, a produced occipital shield, and 9-11 soft rays in the dorsal fin. Cope. | 680 [May 17, The coracoid shields are lateral, and do not cover the abdomino-thoracic region. This genus is similar to Gastrodermus m. excepting in the increased number of dorsal radii, in which it is identical with Brochis. It might be called Brochis without coracoid breast shield. A synopsis of the species of this group is given below. Char. Specif.. Radiiz D, 1. 117A, TL. 65, Vio6;,P 1. Fo Dhecdorsal and pectoral spines are of sub-equal length and serrate behind only ; their length equals the distance from the pupil of the eye to the end of the muz- zle. The profile is rather steep ; the head is compressed, and the muzzle is produced. The diameter of the eye is a little more than one-fourth the length of the head, is one-half the length of the muzzle, and half the inter- orbital space measured over the convexity. There are two azygous bones between the supra-occipital crest and the first dorsal spine. There are twenty three vertical scuta between the supra-temporal, and the base of the caudal fin ; no dorsal or ventral azygous scuta. The postcoracoid plates are nearly smooth and sub-vertical, projecting downwards so as to form an ob- tuse keel on each side of the belly. Inferior bridge of scapular arch cov- ered with soft skin. Maxillary beard nearly attaining gill fissure ; inferior lip broadly reverted, produced into a short barbel on each side. Facial ossification extending one-third the distance to the maxillary ; half way to the end of the muzzle, and not enclosing nares. Color olivaceous ; top of head darker; fins immaculate. Length M. .059; of head .014; do. to base of ventral fin (axial) .022; to base of anal .035. Length of dorsal spine O11. Coll. 1877. A second species of this genus is the (. semiscutatus (Corydoras Cope, 1872). The species and genera of this group are the following : Brocuts Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1871. Coracoid shields cover- ing the breast ; dorsal soft rays 9-11. The Callichthys tatiosh Cast. prob- ably belongs to this genus. B. ceruleus Cope, loc. cit. 1872, p. 277. B. dipterus Cope, loc. cit. 1872, p. 278. CHA&NOTHORAX Cope, supra. Coracoid shield not enclosing the breast and belly ; dorsal soft rays 9-11. C. bicarinatus Cope, supra. C. semiscutatus Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, p. 280. This species differs from the (@. bicarinatus in the horizontally extended coracoid shields, the greater development of the facial ossification, the shorter muzzle, larger eye, and greater relative thickness of the head. Coryporas Lacep. Bleeker; Hoplisoma Sws. Coracoid shields enclos- ing ventral region ; dorsal soft rays 6-7. C. punctatus Lac. Giinther, Catal. v. 229. C. eneus Gill. Giinther, 1. ec. C. eques Steind. Sitzungsberichte Wien Akademie, 1876 (Juls), p. 92, Pl. XII, fig. 3. 1873. ] 681 [Cope. GASTRODERMUs Cope. Coracoids not enclosing the ventral region, which is covered with soft skin ; dorsal soft rays 6-7. . ambiacus Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, 280. . trilineatus Cope, 1. c. 281, Pl. VI, fig. 2. . acutus Cope, 1. c. 281. . amphibelus Cope, 1. ¢. 282. . armatus Giinth. Proceed. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, 230, cut. . agassizit Steind. loc cit. sup. 90, Pl. XII, f. 2. . elegans Steind. 1. c. 93. . natterert Steind. |. c. 95, Pl. XI, f. 1. RAWRVWAkRWAR 28. GASTRODERMUS ARMATUS Gthr. Coll. 1878. 29. GASTRODERMUS AMBIACUS Cope. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 30. CALLICHTHYS ASPER Quoy. Gainn. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 31. HoPpLOSTERNUM LONGIFILIS Cuv. Val. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 32. LoRICARIA CATAPHRACTA L. Coll. 1873. The Marafion. 33. LORICARIA ROSTRATA Spix. Coll. 1873. 34. LIPOSARCUS JEANESIANUS Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila., 1874, p. 135. Coll. 1878. Nauta. 35. LIPOSARCUS SCROPHUS Cope, l. c. p. 136. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 36. PLECOSTOMUS VIRESCENS Cope, l. c. 137. Coll. 1873. 37. ARGES SABALO Cuv. Val. Rio Urubamba ; altitude 10,090 feet. 38. TRICHOMYCTERUS DISPAR Tsch. Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1877, p, 30. Sources of the Ucayale at Urubamba, 10,000 feet, and Tinta, 11,400 feet. 39. TRICHOMYCTERUS GRACILIS (?) Cuv. Val., Cope, loc. cit. p. 30. Tinta, 11,400 feet. ASPREDINID &. 40. BUNOCEPHALUS MELAS Cope, loc. cit. 1872, p. 182. Coll. 1873. Nauta. 41. DysICHTHYS CORACOIDEUS Cope, I. c. p. 133. Coll. 1873. Nauta. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xviI. 101. 4G. PRINTED JUNE 27, 1878. Cope] 682 [May 17, PLECTOSPONDYLI. STERNOPYGIDA. 42, CARAPUS FASCIATUS Pallas. Coll. 18738-1877. 43. STERNARCHUS BONAPARTII Castelnau. Coll. 1877. 44, STERNARCHUS ALBIFRONS Linn. Coll. 1877. 45. STERNARCHUS SCHOTTI Steindachner. Coll. 1877. 46. STERNARCHUS BALAINOPS, sp. NOV. Profile oblique, with a depression between the orbits; snout short, and much narrowed. Lower jaw large, projecting beyond the upper both an- teriorly and laterally, enclosing the latter somewhat as in a whalebone whale. The fissure of the mouth is short, only reaching the vertical line from the anterior nostril. Eyes small, without free border, much nearer the snout than the gill opening, one-twelfth the length of the head, which latter enters the length without caudal fin, 8.5 times. The depth at the base of the dorsal thong is equal to the length of the head. Anal radii 171. Scales very large, in only nine longitudinal rows at the base of the dorsal thong. Color olivaceous, with a pale dorsal band which reaches the dorsal thong, and a pale narrow band on each side near the dorsal band. Length M. .165; length to origin of anal .020; length to base of dorsal thong .096. This species resembles remotely the S. seHottii of Steindachner, but differs from it and from all the other species in the much enlarged mandible and the large scales. Coll. 1877. 47. RHAMPHOSTERNARCHUS MACROSTOMA Gthr., Catal. Brit. Mus. VIII, p. 4. Coll. 1877. 48. RHAMPHICHTHYS PANTHERINUS Castelnau. Coll. 1877. 49, STHRNOPYGUS VIRESCENS Valenc. Coll. 1878-1877. 50. STERNOPYGUS TROSCHELIL Kaup. Coll. 1877. 51 STERNOPYGUS MACRURUS BI. Schn. Coll. 1877. CHARACINID A. 52. ANODUS MELANOPOGON, sp. nov. Char. Gen. Jaws edentulous ; abdomen not serrate. Branchial fissures very extensive. Branchial arches furnished with long rakers, which are present on the fifth arch as well as the others. 1878.] 633 [Cope. This genus is Curimatus with a clupeiform branchial apparatus. In both the species the rakers on the anterior four arches are bristle-like, while those on the fifth resemble somewhat the pharyngeal teeth of Catos- tomide, although flexible. This genus has never been distinguished from Curimatus until the present time: It is not unlikely that the second species included by Spix in Anodus (An. latior) is a Curimatus, but the A. elongatus must ‘be regarded as the type of the genus. Cuvier established Curimatus on the C. cypri- notdes (Salmo edentulus Bl. fide Gthr.) but included in it erroneously the Anodus elongatus, in which he is followed by Giinther. Since the above was written I learn that Professor Gill has described this genus under the name of Hlopomorphus, in a recent number of a popular journal. Char. Specif. General form slender, head elongate, and with acuminate muzzle, with the mandible projecting, beyond the premaxillary border. Length of head entering total without caudal fin, three and two-thirds times ; depth of body at dorsal fin, less than one-sixth of the same. Eye large, one sixth of length of head entering one and one-fourth times into length of muzzle and interorbital space, which are thus equal. Opercular bone as long as deep; interoperculum large ; extremity of maxillary ex- tending a little beyond vertical line from anterior rim of orbit. Radii; D.110; A. 1,10; V.11; P.19: Base of first dorsal ray 3 mm. nearer end of muzzle than base of dorsal fin, pectoral fin reaching half way to ventrals, and ventrals half way to anal. The scales are small, in about 128 transverse rows, and at the origin of the anal fin in 23 longitudinal rows. The origin of the ventrals is below the middle of the dorsal fin. Total length M. .075. Color blackish above and one-third way down the side ; sides and abdo- men, with sides of head silvery. Dorsal and caudal fins dusky and with- out spots. End of mandible black. Coll. of 1873 ; numerous specimens. 53. ANODUS STEATOPS, sp. nov. While the preceding species has rather clupeiform character, the present one looks like a Hemiodus, and particularly the H. microlepis, with which it was found associated in the collection. It differs much from the H. me- lunopogon in the even lips, and the extensive adipose membrane which closes the eye to an even greater degree than is found in the H. microlepis, reducing it to a vertical fissure. Radial formula D. I. 10; C. 3419+ 3; A. I. 11; V. 12; P. 19, reaching half way to ventrals; ventrals reaching half way to vent. The ventrals originate below the middle of the dorsal fin, which originates exactly half way between the end of the muzzle, and 13-14 the base of the superior caudal fulcra. Scales small, 3 . The general 10 form is slender, the depth entering the length less the caudal fin 5.5 times ; and the length of the head entering the same 3.6 times. The diame - Cope.] 6384 [May 17, ter of the eye as seen through its adipose covering is a little less than one-fifth the length of the head; and is one-half the interorbital width measured over the strong convexity of the frontal bone. The maxillary bone makes an angle with the premaxillary, and extends as far as the line of the anterior border of the orbit ; the greater part of its length passes be- neath the edge of the preorbital bone. The opercalar apparatus is elon- gate, but the operculum is deeper than long. Total length M. 205 ; length of head .047; length to origin of dorsal fin (axial) .082; do. of ventral .090; do. of anal fin .134. Color in spirits steel blue, paler below ; base of the caudal fin extensively black ; other fins unspotted. Sides of head golden ; chin and top of head black ; a golden speculum above the orbit. Coll. of 1877. 54. CURIMATUS ALTAMAZONICUS, sp. nov. This is a robust species with small scales. The form is elongate-oval, and the head wide. The pectoral region is not flattened nor covered with roughened scales, while the ventral line from the ventral fins to the vent is keeled, but not serrate. The dorsal fin is elevated, its anterior rays being four-fifths as long as the head. Radii; D. I. 10; A. I. 12; V.9; P.13. The pectorals do not reach the ventrals, nor the latter the vent. The ventrals originate below the fifth dorsal spine. First dorsal ray much nearer the end of the muzzle than the base of the caudal fin. Scales 25-94-22. Depth at first dorsal ray entering length minus caudal fin 2.7 times. Length of head in the same three and two-fifth times. The eye enters the leagth of the head four and four-fifth times, and twice in the moderately convex interorbital width. Lips equal, the inferior closing within the superior. Maxillary bone short, not extend- ing behind the line of the nares. Color silvery without spots on the body or fins. Total length M. .200; length of head .049 ; do. to origin of dorsal fin (axial) .070; do. to origin of ventrals .080 ; to origin of anal fin . 124. This species appears to be nearest the CO. latior Spix. judging from de- scriptions. In that fish the anal rays are said to be 14-15, and the dorsals 12. Coll. 1873. 55. CuRIMATUS SPILURUS, Giinth. Steind. Coll. 1873. 56. CURIMATUS TRACHYSTETHUS, Sp. Nov. This is a moderately elongate species with the preventral region flat- tened, and covered with large, thick striate and dentate scales ; and with the postventral region also flattened, and without distinct median keel. Radial formula D. I. 10; C.2+19+2; A. I. 8; V.9; P. 16. The pec- torals nearly reach the ventrals, which originate below the middle of the dorsal fin, and reach to the vent. The anal fin has a short basis which is equal to its distance from the vent ; folded backwards it reaches the base of the caudal fin. The elevation of the dorsal fin exceeds the length of the head. The depth at the front of the dorsal fin is one-third the length of the caudal; the length of the head is one-fourth the same. 1878. ] 685 [Cope. The eye is large, entering the length of the head 3.25 times and the flat interorbital space 1.5 times. The muzzle is flat and projects a little beyond the lower lip. The mouth does not extend to the line of the orbit. The inferior suborbital hone is much longer than the others. Total length M. .128; length of head .026; to base of dorsal .040; of ventral .047; of anal 080. Scales 8-48-6. Color silver, with bluish reflections above ; a bright line along the middle of each row of scales. Fins immaculate except a round spot on the dorsal fin below its middle. This species is allied to the @. asper of Giinther, but that fish has smaller scales, more anal rays and other characters. (See Proceed. Zool. Soc. Lon., 1868.) Coll, of 1877. 57. POTAMORHINA PRISTIGASTER: Curimatus pristigaster Steindachner, Sitzungsberichte Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1876, July (separata p. 25), Pl. VI. This species, well described and figured by my friend Dr. Steindachner, is too distinct from the species of Curimatus to remain in that genus, in my opinion. It presents between the ventral and anal fins not only a keel, as in many species of the genus named, but the keel is surmounted by a series of acute recurved spiniform scales, quite unlike the normally formed ones which bound it in the keeled species of Curimatus. I therefore pro- pose for it the generic name above written. The spinous processes are stronger in my specimens than in the figure given by Dr. Steindachner. Coll. 1873. 58. PROCHILODUS ORTONIANUS, Sp. Ov. Radial formula D. I. 10; C. 3-19-2 ; A. IIL. 8; V.9; P. 14. Scales 9-44~7. Depth of body at dorsal fin entering the length less the caudal fin 3,4 times; Length of head entering the same 3.7 times. Diameter of eye entering head 4.5 times, or one and a half times in the muzzle and two and a half times in the interorbital width. From these figures it is evident that this isa moderately elongate species, with rather elongate and wide head. The frontal region is convex, and the upper lip does not project beyond the lower as in P. harttii Steind. The pectoral fins reach the ventrals, but the latter full far short of the anus. The belly between the latter and the base of the ventral is keeled, but not serrate. The dorsal fin is situated a little in advance of the ventrals, and is quite elevated, equaling the length of the head. Caudal fin rather short and robust. Total length M. .200 ; length of head .046 ; do. to base of dorsal (axial) .072 ; do. to ventral (axial) .083 ; to base of anal .134; depth of caudal peduncle .020. Color silvery, above shaded with blackish ; the scales at the base of the anal fin inserted in a blackish skin. Dorsal fin with six or seven cross- rows of blackish dots, which only mark the rays. Caudal fin with four cross-bands of rather obscure character, which follow the posterior contour of the fin, except the posterior, which cross the apices. A large specimen, measuring M. .350, is uniform silvery everywhere. From Nauta, Peru, coll. 1875. Cope. | 686 [May 17, This species is dedicated to the memory of my late friend, Prof. James Orton, asa slight expression of my respect for him as a man, and of my admiration for his fearlessness and energy as an explorer. 59. PROCHILODUS CEPHALOTES, Sp. NOV. There are several points of affinity to the P. argenteus to be observed in the small specimen referred to this species. Radii D. I. 10; A. Ti. 10; scales 10—? 41—? depth entering length without caudal fin 2.7 times ; length of head three times. The head is wide, the interorbital width being half the length, and nearly twice the diameter of the eye. The latter is rather less than the length of the muzzle. The pectoral fins are small, not reach- ing the ventrals, which in turn do not reach the vent. Dorsal fin with three or four transverse rows of brown spots. General color plumbous ; above blackish. Total length .071; length of head .021; to dorsal fin (axial) .024; to ventral fin .029 ; to anal fin .046. The much larger head and the spotted fins distinguish this fish from the P. argenteus, which it resembles in scale and fin formula, and depth of body. Coll. of 1873. 60. EMIODUS MICROLEPIS Kner. Coll. 1873-1877. 61. RasBorpes MyERsII Gill, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1870, p. 92. Radii; D. I. 10; A. I. 48: scales 24—80+5—23. Head entering total length less caudal fin, 2.32 times, and head entering the same, 3.6 times. Coll. of 1877. 62. ANACYRTUS SANGUINEUS Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, 266, Pl. 9, fig. 1. Coll. 1878. 63. ANACRYTUS LIMHSQUAMIS, sp. nov. A species of robust proportions, distinguished by its small rough scales. The body is rather deep, and the head wide with very convex interorbital region. The depth enters the length less the caudal fin 2.8 times, and the head enters the same 3.7 times. The eye enters the head five times, and the interorbital region over its convexity 2.5 times. Scales 27-112-28 ; the exposed surfaces covered with minute prickles. Radii D. I. 10; A. I. 41; V. 7; P. 16, reaching beyond the base of the ventrals, which nearly reach the vent. The first anal ray commences below the seventh dorsal ray. The top of the head is concave in profile, and the jaws are equal. There are two rows of premaxillary teeth, of which the inner consists of very few teeth. Oneseries of mandibular teeth including three canines, of which the middle one is the largest. Two canines in the premaxillary bone, the an- terior much the larger. Maxillary teeth numerous. Maxillary bone ex- tending considerably beyond the posterior border of the orbit. Opercular bones narrow. Color gray, with a broad golden lateral band above the lateral line. In 1878. ] 687 [Cope. the anterior part of the latter is a large black spot which is situated nearer the opercular fissure than the line of the first dorsal ray. An indistinct black spot at the base of the caudal fin. Total length M. .220; of head -025 ; to base of ventral fin (axial) .075 ; do. of dorsal fin (axial) .088 ; do. to origin of anal .115. Coll. 1877. 64. XIPHORHAMPHUS ABBREVIATUS, sp. nov. Form stout and robust, the depth of the ventral fin entering the length minus the caudal fin three and a half times. Length of head entering the same about three times. The muzzle is relatively short, being only one and a half times the length of the long orbit. This enters the head 4.75 times, and the flat interorbital space 1.5 times, which there- fore equals the length of the muzzle. There are two distant large ca- nines on the anterior part of the maxillary bone and four smaller ones ; the maxillary teeth are minute. There are two distant canines on the premax- illary, and four large ones on the dentary, with a terminal tooth of small size. The maxillary is covered for its entire length by the preorbital, and extends to a half orbits diameter behind the posterior border of the orbit. Radial formula D. I. 10; A. IT. 21; V. 8; P. 16, reaching base of ven- trals, which reach vent. Dorsal fin elevated, equaling length of head with- out muzzle, originating behind line of ventrals, and terminating just in front of line of first anal ray. Scales 25-90 + 3-10, smooth, those of the lateral line not longer than the others. Breast below shoulder girdle, keeled. Color silvery bluish, with a wide paler shade along the side; a black humeral and basal caudal spot. Fins immaculate, pectorals and ventrals dusky. Total length M. .212; of head .038; to origin of ventrals (axial) .090; do of dorsal .109 ; do. of anal .130. Coll. 1878-1877. 65. XIPHORHAMPHUS HETEROLEPIS, sp. nov. An elongate species in which the depth enters the length with the caudal fin six times, and the head enters the same three and six-tenth times, or three and three-tenth times without the caudal fin. The muzzie is nar- rowed and convex above, and is not so long as from the anterior border of the orbit to the preopercular border. The dorsal fin is in the posterior part of the second third of the length (without caudal fin). Formula; D. I. 10; A. IL. 25; V. 8; P. 15, reaching more than half way to ventrals, which extend half way to vent. Scales very small, those of the lateral line larger than the others, and crossed by a vertical ridge beyond their middle : formula 38—121-+8—23. The diameter of the bony orbit enters the head 5 times, and the inter- orbital space 1.25 times. The front and ethmoid region exhibit a few longitudinal ridges, and there is no rugosity on the epiotics. here are two foramina for the accommodation of two inferior canine teeth on each side. Total length M. .360. The first suborbital bone behind the preor- bital, is narrow. Color silvery, on the side golden; a basal caudal, no humeral spot. Several specimens: colls. of 1873-77. Cope.] 6388 [May 17, This species appears to be allied to the X. falcatus, from Guiana, as de- fined by Giinther, but this author does not allude to some of its prominent characters. According to his description, that is a stouter species having the depth one-fifth the length, and the head smaller, or one-fourth the same. It has also a humeral spot. All my specimens have 25 anal rays, not 28-30 as given by Dr. Giintber. 66. XIPHORHAMPHUS FALCIROSTRIS Cuv., Gunther. This species, of which I have two specimens, differs from the last as fol- lows: Anal radii (soft) only 21; dorsal fin in the posterior third of the length minus caudal fin ; scales equal, 86—151+8—15. Head and muzzle wider, the latter without ridges above, and with only one foramen for the inferior canines. First suborbital bone wider. It differs from Giinther’s description in having the muzzle considerably shorter than the distance from the anterior border of the orbit to the preopercular border. I add that the supraoccipital crest is short, and the epiotic region rugose. Depth one- sixth length without caudal fin; length of head in same 3.7 in the same. There is a caudal but no humeral spot. Total length M. .285. Coll. 1878-77. 67. HypROLYCUS PECTORALIS Gunther, Ann. Magaz. Nat. Hist., 1866. Coll. 1873-77. Nauta. 68. RAPHIODON VULPINUS Spix., Agass. Coll. 1873-77. 69. RAPHIODON GIBBUS Spix., A. 75. Coll. 1873. 70. XipHosTOMA TaDO Cope, Proceed. Acad. Philada., 1872, p. 267, PI. XIII, fig. 2. Specimens of this species in better preservation than the types, show that the belly is black, and that there is a large black spot on the inferior side of the caudal peduncle at the base of the caudai fin. They also show that all but the anterior portion of the lateral line is wanting. These characters indicate that this is a distinct species from the X. maculutwm with which it is united by Steindachner. At least they are not found in author’s figures _ and descriptions of the latter. 71. CHARACIDIUM STEINDACHNERI, sp. nov. This, the third species of the genus, is of more slender form than either of the two known hitherto, and has a smaller number of longitudinal rows of scales. The number of transverse rows is as in C. fasciatum the type, and larger than in C. etheostoma. The fin rays are less numerous than in C. fasciatum. Radii; D. 9; A. 7; V.9; the first ray a little behind the origin of the dorsal fin, and the produced apex of the fin nearly reaching the anal. The pectoral fin is also prolonged, attaining the base of the ventral. The length of the head is greater than the depth of the body entering the length less the caudal fin, 4.33 times. The greatest depth enters the same 6.5 times. Scales 4-87—2 or 1}; 5} rows on the stout caudal peduncle. Lateral line complete. 1878. ] 689 [Cope. The muzzle is acuminate and the mouth very small. The orbit is large, its diameter exceeding the muzzle, and entering the head four times, and exceeds the interorbital width by nearly its half. The color is plain, with the row of scales bearing the lateral line silvery and without dark borders. There are nine narrow rather weak vertical blackish bars, between the caudal. fin and the occiput. Inferior fins un- spotted ; caudal with a dark shade at the base, and one at the extremity. Total length M. .029; of head, .006; to line of dorsal fin .010; to do, of anal, .018; to basis of caudal .026. This species is dedicated to my friend Doctor Franz Steindachner, of Vienna, the distinguished zodlogist, who has added much to our knowl- edge of the fishes of the Amazon. I have derived much instruction in this department from his very full diagnostic analyses. Coll. of 1873. 72. APHYOCHARAX PUSILLUS Ginth. Coll. 1873. 73. SCHIZODON FASCIATUS Spix. Coll. of 1877 74. ee SAGITTARIUS, sp. Nov. This species is more elongate and slender than any of the known repre - sentatives of the genus ; the vertical diameters of both head and body being reduced. The extension of length is in the post dorsal region. Length of head into the total, less the caudal fin, a little more than five times ; depth of body into ite same nearly six aos hence less than length of head. Radii, D. I. 11; C.2+ 1942; A.I.9; V.9; P. 16. Dorsal fin origin- ating anterior to ot point marking two-fifths the distance from the end of the muzzle, to the base of the caudal fin ; its elevation equal to the length of the head. Pectoral fin not reaching the ventral, which does not reach half way to the vent, and originates below the fourth dorsal ray. Orbit enter- ing the length of the head 4.2 times, and the interorbital width twice ; the inferior range of vision is a little greater than the superior. Mouth terminal, the mandible a little longer than the premaxillary, and armed with six teeth. These are smooth externally, and have two principal cusps. The superior are denticulate, the denticles arranged into three cuspidate groups. In both jaws the median teeth are larger than the lateral. Total leugth, M. .165; length of head .027; length to origin of the dorsal fin .051 ; do. to origin of ventrals .057; do. line of origin of anal fin .110. Above dusky to second row of scales below the lateral line; below this point silvery. Fins unspotted except the caudal, which has a dark longitu- dinal shade along the middle of each lobe. This species is probably allied to the Rhytidodus argenteofuscus of Kner, but in that species according to Kuer, the superior teeth have but one point, those of both jaws are keeled externally, and the depth of the body exceeds a little the length of the head. The inferior tooth figured by Kner is entirely unlike those of this fish. Coll. 1877. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. xvII. 101. 4H. PRINTED JULY 1, 1878. 690 [May 17, Cope.] 75. SCHIZODON TRIMACULATUS Kner. Coll. 1877. %6. LEPORINUS VITTATUS Cuv. Val. Coll. 1877. 77. LEPORINUS FREDERICI Bloch. Coll. 1877. 78. LEPORINUS HYPSELONOTUS Gunth. Proceed. Zool. Soc. London, 1868, p. 244. Coll. 1877. 79. LEPORINUS HOLOSTICTUS, Sp. Nov. This handsome species is distinguished by the continuation of the very distinct brown cross bands on to the head, the first one covering the end of the muzzle. The depth of the body is about equal to the length of the head, entering the length less the caudal fin four and a quarter times. The orbit is large, its diameter entering the length of the head four times, and the interorbital width one and five-sixth times. Scales 6—41-5. Radii D. I. 11; A. 1.9; V.10; P. 14, reaching half way to ventrals, which originate below the fourth dorsal ray. There are eight teeth in each jaw ; those of the man- dible are small, excepting the median pair, which are much prolonged, and acute. The coloris silvery, darker shaded above, crossed by seven black cross bars on the body, one additional on the nape, and’*two on the head. Those on the head are on the muzzle, and between the orbits ; the five behind the ventral fins pass entirely round the body. There is in addition a dusky shade at the emargination of the dorsal fin. Fins otherwise unspotted. Length M. "107; of head .026; to line of dorsal fin .049 ; to base of anal .082 ; to base of caudal .104. Coll. 1877. 80. LEPORINUS MULTIFASCIATUS, Sp. NOV. Depth of body and length of head sub-equal, and entering the length less the caudal fin 3.66 times. The eye is large, its diameter being a little less than one-third the length of the head, and five-eighths of the interor- bital diameter. The length of the muzzle is five-sixths the length of the head posterior to the orbit. Scales 4-36-5. Radii; D. I. 11; A. I. 10. Ventral fin below the fourth dorsal ray ; pectoral reaching half way to ventral. Color brown, with fourteen vertical darker brown bands, the first at the nape, the last near the base of the caudal fin, with its middle interrupted, the interruption being followed by a dark spot. Fins unspotted. Total length M. .065 ; of head .015; to line of dorsal fin .024; of anal .044: to basis of caudal .055. No other species presents the numerous cross bands of this one. 81. HEMIGRAMMUS ROBUSTULUS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1870, p. 561. Coll. 1873. 1878, ] 691 [Cope. 82. TETRAGONOPTERUS HAUXWELLIANUS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos, Soc. 1870, p. 560. Coll. 1873. 85. Te PRAGONOPTERUS CHALCEUS Agass. Coll. 1877, from the Marafion. 84. TETRAGONOPTERUS ORTONII Gill. Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1870, p. 92. Coll, 1873. 85. TETRAGONOPTERUS AGASSIZII Steindachner, Sitzungsber., K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1876 (July) 41, Pl. VIII, fig. 2. Two specimens from near Pebas resemble the species above named in all points excepting in the more elongate body, so that I suspect them to repre- sent a local race. There are 1.24 anal radii, and the longitudinal rows of scales are 5—1+3-4. The total length without caudal fin is M. .034; depth .013 ; length of head .0105. The caudal spot is very large, covering the basal half of the fin, while the humeral spot is obsolete. 86. TETRAGONOPTERUS LONGIOR, sp. nov. One of the more elongate forms of the genus. Radii D. I. 10; A. I. 24. Longitudinal series of scales twelve. The greatest depth enters the length less the caudal fin 4.7 times, and the length of the head the same 4.2 times. The diameter of the orbit enters the length of the head 3.5 times, and the interorbital width 1.33 times. The maxillary bone is toothless, and rather wide, and extends little beyond the line of the anterior border of the orbit. The origin of the dorsal fin is behind the line of that of the ventrals, and is nearer the origin of the caudal fin than the end of the muzzle by the length of the latter. There is a broad silvery lateral stripe, on which is a strong black hume- ral spot. There is no distinct basal caudal spot. Total length .095. Coll. of 1874, from Moyabamba. 87. TETRAGONOPTERUS, sp. indet. Coll. of 1873. 88. TETRAGONOPTERUS, sp. indet. Coll. of 1873. 89. TETRAGONOPTERUS DIAPHANUS, Sp. NOV. An elongate species distinguished by the small number of its anal rays. D. 1.9; A. I. 18; V. 7, originating a little anterior to line of dorsal, and not reaching anal: P. 15, not reaching ventrals. Dorsal fin nearly equi-dis- tant between end of muzzle and base of caudal fin. Anterior rays of dorsal and anal fins markedly longer than the posterior. Depth entering length less caudal fin three and one-seventh times ; length of head into the same, four and two-fifth times. Scales 4-35-3.5 ; lateral line complete. Maxillary bone toothless, extending near tothe line of the anterior border of the orbit. The latter enters the length of the head 2 and 3-4th times, equal- ing the interorbital space. Total length M. .052; of head .011; to line of ventral fin .020; to line of Cope. | 692 [May 17, anal .028. Color silvery, with a broad bright silver lateral band, and no bright spots. Coll. 1874. 90. TETRAGONOPTERUS IPANQUIANUS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1877, p. 28. Urubamba River ; elevation 11,500 feet. Coll. of 1877. 91. STETHAPRION CHRYSEUM Cope, Proceed. Academy, Phila. 1872, p. 261. Jol. 1877. 92. CHALCINUS CULTER Cope, 1. c. 265. Jou. 1878. 93. TRIPORTHEUS NEMATURUS Kner. Colle asires 94. SERRASALIMO IMMACULATUS Sp. nov. This species belongs to the restricted genus Serrasuliv. There are six pre- maxillary teeth, of which the third is much smaller than the others. Each tooth has a denticle at its posterior base, which in the case of the external tooth is longer horizontally than the principal cusp, and is not apiculate. There are seven in the lower jaw, of sub-equal size, each with a posterior basal denticle, except the anterior, which has two basal denticles. The form is discoid, the depth entering the length less the caudal fin 1.8 times, and the length of the head entering the same three times. The dorsal and ventral outlines are equally convex, but the steeper slopes are opposite the anterior above, and the posterior below. Scales small 34-100- 33. Radii; D.17; A. I. 32; V. 7, not reaching vent ; P. 15, reaching base of ventrals. Spines 33-4. Gill rakers of first ar¢h short, and with short apices. Diameter of eye entering length of head (including chin) five times; and nearly twice in the interorbital space measured over its con- vexity. The origin of the dorsal fin is above the ventral, and equi-distant between the base of the superior marginal ray of the caudal fin and the pos- terior border of the orbit. The superior caudal rays are not so long as the inferior. Second sub-orbital bone as high as long. Muzzle a little longer than diameter of orbit. The color is silvery without distinct spots ; in cer- tain lights numerous small lead-colored spots may be detected on the dorsal region, extending half way down to the lateral line. Caudal and anal fin broadly black bordered ; no yellow band. Total length M. .190; of head 055; to line of dorsal fin .090; to line of anal .116 ; to basis of marginal caudal rays .161. This species is near the S. wsopus Cope, but is readily distinguished by the much more numerous scales, and the longer muzzle. Coll. of 1877. 95. METYNNIS LUNA, gen. et. sp. noy. Char. Gen. This is Myletes with an external horizontal cultriform spine at the base of the dorsal fin as in Serrasulmo and Stethuprion. The premaxillary teeth are in two series, and have an oblique, more or less in 1878.] 693 {[Cope. conspicuous cutting edge, as in Myletes. Two conical teeth behind the man - dibular series. The belly is armed with spiniferous ? interhemal bones. This form is related to Myletes precisely as Stethaprion is to Tetragonop- terus. But one species is known to me, Char. Specif. Form orbicular, the dorsal region very convex ; the ab- dominal outline still more so. The depth is eleven-twelfths of the length less the caudal fin, and the length of the head enters the latter three and two- tenth times. The depth of the head from the superior border of the post- temporal bone equals the length. The eye is large, entering the length of the head three and one-sixth times, and the convex interorbital space one and one-half times. The chin projects a little beyond the premaxillary border, and the end of the toothless maxillary bone is immediately below the proximal extremity and below the nostrils. Radii; D. I. 17; A. 39; V. 7; P. 14. The ventral fins are very small, and their base is contracted, so that the spines are arranged nearly in a circle, the inner and outer being of equal length. The pectorals are small, marking only the third of the distance to the line of the ventrals. The base of the anal makes an angle of only 25° with the vertical ; its anterior rays are little prolonged. The base of the dorsal is oblique downwards and back- wards, and the first ray marks a point at .4, the distance between the bases of the pectoral and ventral fins. The length of the base of the adipose dorsal is two thirds that of the rayed dorsal. Ventral spines 25, the anterior re- curved and simple, the posterior more or less bifurcate. The head of the predorsal spine is anvil-shaped. The suborbital bones are narrow ; the an- terior is the widest, and is triangular with the long apex superior. Scales between the lateral line and the ventral fins, 39-40, those of the lateral line (in front) larger than the others. Total length, M. .075; of head, .020 ; to line of ventral fin, .033; of anal, .046; of caudal fin, 060. First dorsal ray equidistant between base of caudal marginal ray and end of muzzle, measured in straight lines. Color golden, excepting the su- perior half of the region above the lateral line, which is dove-color in spirits. No spots of any kind. Coll. of 1877. 956. MYLETES HERNIARIUS Cope, Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, p. 268. Coll. of 1873. The specimen here recorded differs slightly from the type in some de- tails. Dorsal radii in both, 17; anal in type, 32; in new specimen, 35 ; spines in type 46; in new specimen 51. There is a faint eye-like spot on the side in the new specimen, not seen in the type, and some indistinct ver- tical shades. Coll. of 1873. 97. MYLETES NIGRIPINNIS, sp. Nov. Premaxillary teeth in two series, which are in close contict. The an- terior series is curved, and consists of ten teeth with a space as wide as a tooth in the centre ; the posterior series is uninterrupted, and consists of Cope. ] 694. [May 17, four teeth. The mandibular series is uninterrupted, and consists of seven teeth on each side, the posterior four being much smaller than the others. The two posterior mandibulars are incontact with the median pair of the anterior series, and are separated by a narrow interspace from each other. The general form is broadly rhombic. (The depth is one-half the length with the caudal fin, and the length of the head enters the same three and one-half times. Radii; D. I. 15; A. 23; V.8;P.16. The inferior paired fins are very short; the others are well developed. The adipose fin is furnished in its superior part with jointed rays, the inferior portion is scaly. The base of the anal fin is covered with minute scales. The origin of the first dorsal ray is a little behind that of the ventral fin, and the anal begins under the last third of the former. Ventral spines 46, all simple and recurved. Scales 26—65+-6—21 ; the lateral line con- siderably decurved behind the head. The head -is wide and depressed above the orbits. The latter enter the length of the head 4.5 times ; the inter-orbital space 2.5 times, and the muzzle once, axially measured. The frontal region is moderately convex in cross section. The mandibu- lar teeth close within the premaxillaries, and the upper jaw projects be- yond the mandible. The lips are equal, however, in consequence of the thickness of the lower, which fills the space. Its superior surface is pap- pillose, and at the points where it comes in contact with the maxillaries it is continued as a free beard on each side, reaching to below the centre of the nares when extended. The maxillary is folded under the preorbital, but its posterior border cannot reach the line of the anterior border of the orbit. Total length. M. .130; of head, .040 ; to line of dorsal fin, .055 ; to line of anal, .079 ; to base of caudal fin, .103. Color silvery, plumbeous above ; the sides marked with rather large round plumbeous spots. A silver band on each side of the ventral spines. Anal fin, caudal, except superior and in- ferior border, and terminal halves of paired fins, black. Dorsal dusky. In a larger specimen, probably from Nauta (230 mm.), the scales are finely ctenoid, those at the bases of the median fins coarsely so. The head is fur- nished with minute rugosities, and there are no labial beards nor color spots. Coll. 1873-1877. 98. MyLETES BIDENS Spix. Coll. 1873. 99. MACRODON TRAHIRA Spix. Coll. 1873-77. 100. ERYTHRINUS SALMONEUS Gron. Coll. 1873-77. 101. ERYTHRINUS BREVICAUDA Gthr. Coll. 1873. 102. PyRRHULINA ARGYROPS, sp. nov. Radii; D. I. 9; A. I, 9. Scales in seven longitudinal, and about twenty- 1878.] 695 [Cope. five transverse series. The scales are lost from the anterior part of the body in two specimens, so that the number given is not absolutely certain, but very probable. Origin of dorsal fin immediately above that of ventral, and exactly half way between the base of the superior marginal ray of the caudal fin and the anterior border of the orbit. Pectoralsnot reaching the rather large ventrals, which fall considerably short of the anal. Head in total length less caudal fin, four and one-sixth times, and equal depth of body at dorsal fin. Eye large, its diameter entering length of head three times, exceeding muzzle by nearly half, and entering interorbital space 1-5 times. Suborbital bones reaching pre- and interoperculum. The mandi- ble projects, and the maxillaries are very short and subdiscoid, closing into an external concavity at the base of eachramus. Color olivaceous, except a silver spot at the center of each scale. Fins unspotted, except the dor- sal, which has a large black spot over its middle portion, no black band on head, which is silvery on the sides. Coll. 1877. ISOSPONDYLI. OSTEOGLOSSID 2. 108. OsTEOGLOSSUM BICIRRHOSUM Vand. Coll. 1873. 104. ARAP4MA GIGAS Cuv. Probably Nauta, 1873. HAPLOMI. CYPRINODONTID& 105. RivuLus MIcROPUS Stein., Gthr. Coll. 1873. SYNENTOGNATHI. BELONID2®. The genus Belone must be placed in a family group distinct from that which includes the genus Hvocetus and its allies. I have already pointed out the fact that it possesses a distinct coronoid bone ; in addition to this, the vertebre display zygapophyses, a character unusual among fishes. On these two characters I propose the family Belonide. Professor Gill has already created this name, but he did not define the group to which he ap- plied it. 106. BELONE T#NIATA Giinther. Coll. 1873-77. PLECTOGNATHI. TETRODONTID®. 107. TrETRODON PsITTaAcus Bl. Schn. Coll. 1873. PERCOMORPHI. CHROMIDID &#. 108. Heros AuTOCHTHON Gthr. This species is stated by Dr. Steindachner to be confined to the coast © Cope. ] 696 [May 17, rivers of Brazil, and not to occur in the valley of the Amazon. I cannot distinguish my Peruvian specimens from the descriptions furnished by him and by Dr. Giinther. Coll. 1877. 109. Heros BIMACULATUS Linn. Cope; Acara Gthr. Coll. 1873-77. 110. AcARA FLAVILABRIS Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1870, p. 570. Proceed. Acad. Phila. 1872, PI. XI, fig. 4. Dr. Steindachner in the Sitzungsberichte of the Vienna Academy for 1875, p. 6 (separata), expresses the opinion that this species is the A. fetra- merus Heck., basing it on a presumed error on my part in the counting of the scales on the cheek. He finds my figure above cited to disagree with my last description, in possession of three rows of cheek scales while I have stated that only two exist. An examination of numerous specimens addi- tional to those already in my possession, shows that they only exhibit two rows of cheek scales as I have described. Dr. Steindachner has evidently misunderstood my figure, for there are but two rows of cheek scales repre- sented on it as described. The third row belongs to the inferior limb of the peroperculum. The figure only is defective in the dark shading of the in- ferior lip, which is yellow in life. Coll. 1873. 111. Acara sysprius Cope, Proceed. Ac. Phila. 1872, p. 255, Pl. XI, fig. 3. In a larger specimen of this species than the type, the body is relatively deeper, and the eye a little smaller, and the vertical bands are less decided. Coll. 1877. 112. ACARA SUBOCULARIS, sp. nov. Radii D. XIII, 11; A. III, 8; V. I. 5, nearly reaching vent, and origi- nating below the fourth dorsal spine. . Scales 8—30-2—8-9 ; on cheek five rows. Form rather elongate; head not robust, its length entering the total less the caudal fin 3.4 times. The depth at the ventral fin enters the same 2.75 times. The preorbital bone is as wide antero-posteriorly as the orbit, and exceed the interorbital space by 1 mm. The orbit is thus behind the middle of the head, into whose length it enters 3.6 times. Its superior rim is in the frontal plane. The fourth and longest dorsal spine is as long as the cranium from the superior extremity of the branchial fissure to the anterior border of the orbit. The profile descends from the supra-occipital crest in a nearly straight line, with a slight concavity at the front of the orbit. Color light brown, with a narrow vertical black spot just below the lat- eral line opposite the middle of the ventral fin. A black spot on the upper anterior portion of the spinous dorsal fin. A vertical black band from the eye to the inferior edge of the preoperculum. Total length M. .075; of head .017; to basis of ventrals (axial) .022; to basis of anal .039 ; of caudal .058 ; depth .021. This species resembles the Geophagus cupido. Coll. of 1877. 1878. ] 697 . [Cope. 113. ACARA HYPOSTICTA, sp. NOV. Radii; D. XTIT 19; A IIL 153. Scales 6—30-3—17-8 ; six rows on cheek. The ventral fins commence under the third dorsal spine. The longest (fourth) dorsal spine is equal to the diameter of the bony orbit, which nearly equals the flat interorbital space. The preorbital bone is as long antero-posteriorly as one-third the diameter of the orbit, which is one-third the length of the head, exceeding a little the length of the muzzle. The extremity of the maxillary bone extends a little beyond the line of the an- terior border of the orbit. The form is a moderately wide oval, with the profile from the base of the dorsal fin a perfectly straight line to the end of the muzzle. The depth at the ventral fins enters the length less the caudal 2.1 times, and the length of the head enters the same 2.6times. Total length M. :095 ; of head, .027 ; to origin ventrals, .031 ; of anal, .049 ; of caudal, .070. The single specimen in my possession is in rather bad condition. It is of a light brown color, the dorsal, caudal and anal fins with brown spots. The ventrals are cross-banded with deep brown; and anterior to them, five similar bands, separated by silvery interspaces, cross the inferior sur- face, the anterior three of which rise to the superior border of the inferior ramus of the preoperculum. A brown horizontal line extends posteriorly from the mouth. The soft radii of the median fins are more numerous in this than in any of the described species. This character, with the peculiar coloration, will distinguish it from all of them. Coll. of 1873. 114. ACARA OCELLATA Agass. (Steind.) Hygrogonus Gthr. Coll. 1877. 115. GroPpHAGUS CUPIDO Heck. 116. GEOPHAGUS TASNIATUS Gthr. Two specimens ; one of which exhibits a deep brown band along the middle line of the abdomen, which is wanting in the other. A third species from Pebas, the Geophagus badiipinnis Cope, is thought by Dr. Steindachner to be a Chetobranchus. It has, however, the branch- ial structure of the genus to which I referred it. 117. CIcHLA OCELLARIS Bl. Probably Nauta 1873. 118. CRENICICHLA PROTEUS Cope, Proceed. Acad., Phila. 1872, p. 252. Coll. 1877. 119. CRENICICHLA LucIus Cope, Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1870, p. 570. Coll. 1873. From the Cachyiacu, an affluent of the Huallaga, near Moyabamba. 120. CRENICICHLA JOANNA Heck. Coll. 1877. PROC. AMER. PHILOS. soc. xvit. 101. 41. PRINTED JULY 1, 1878. Cope.] ‘s 698 [May 17, GENERAL OBSERVATION. The 121 species enumerated in the preceding pages are distributed among the following natural families. SHAOGO RAN aon Sap oucar aso cco On icidG Sone SL Re ELypopluthal midees 2. ise Be lo AE aided ed alee attelayeterc cusses esa Siluride...... Els foee ote tabet eta tee) a= ites eh fa) ae she lta a fete ete Ae eich eee ee a AS PLECINIG:..; «i sicivevete isha Peele Shetees oleig ANT bees teois tals Atta ctw ches Ream Sternopygide..... seman senos em daperetue sons ssitoreyetslovs Greate ta: slacttiehithe hee) Characinide...... ree eer ay HATS oes ae OUI Ae ne Me Tatra Sereecr cay Osteoglosside. -%/- 1s. sk e Otsbaheiaraiaieie he elocal Wheto Nee peiere terest ches evelele Cheha te aan Cy prin odonbidles 6/2). 2/01 holiest be che de's/atae nie eslsll= San areleaieenee siante eel Belonideseeame ctv inteese eke co seisr Sintec d Shittu sa. tee cca MetrodontiGee spec rise siae oe btostio nd anOC OU aD Gate AAO. Bi Sisteve ions ae al Chromuidideesrrtctetsmereiel er cia SieiSeiaterdisetont oe Me ofe aie bcleis letevan Sicks Soe melee 121 The preceding families have all been known heretofore as occurring in the fresh waters of South America, so that an analysis of the contents of this catalogue must relate chiefly to the genera and species. In so doing I first point out two genera whichare characteristically marine, which have been shown by Giinther and Steindachner to inhabit the Brazilian Amazon. Ihave proven that their distribution extends even to the Pe- ruvian Amazon, 2500 miles from the sea. They are : I. Belone L. Tetrodon L., represented by one species each. I next enumerate four species which are confined to the Alpine waters of the Amazon, having been brought by Prof. Orton from the elevations of from 10,000 to 11,400 feet. These are : II. Arges sabalo, C. V. Trichomycterus dispar Tsch. Trichomycterus gracilis C. V. etragonopterus tpanquianus Cope. These represent the two families of Siluride and Characinide, which are distributed everywhere in the neotropical realm. Of the Characi- nide, Tetragonopterus is universally distributed. Of the Siluride, Arges is Alpine, but whether found in the waters of the Pacific Slope as well as the Atlantic, I am not informed. The other genus, Trichomycterus, is Alpine and West Coast, occurring from Equador to Southern Chili. The two species enumerated above are the only ones from Atlantic waters yet known. This is one of the few cases where a West Coast form crosses the great water-shed. It is well known that many genera are common to the waters of both coasts, and even, according to Giinther, the species Mucrodon trahira. I next note the genera which have so far not been found on the lower or middle Amazon, and which may be regarded as characteristic of the Peru- 1878.] 699 [Cope, vian portion of its course. This list is obviously only provisional, as explo- ration of the Amazonian basin has not progressed sufficiently to enable us to assert the restricted distribution of any type. Thus the genus Otocin- clus Cope, first obtained from the Peruvian Amazon, has been ascertained by Steindachner to occur near Rio Janeiro. Zathorax and Triportheus first determined from western species, occur on the Lower Amazon. The genera remaining are : ; Ill. Siluride ; Brochis Cope; Chenothorax Cope; Physopyxis Cope ; Agamyxis Cope ; Pariolius Cope. Characinide ; Aphyocharux Gthr.; Iguanodectes Cope; Stethaprion Cope. Finally, the species which have not yet been found below the Peruvian boundaries are as follows.: I include species previously described by myself from Pebas, in the essay on The Fishes of the Ambyiacu River,* also those described by Gill from Orton’s first collection, and by Giinther from those of Bartlett, EV SUULUIT CB =<. oc. sco, 3 meter #4 Vanaewrius Gthr... 2. ..-- 26 5 Psendorhamdtay Biikysye scape -- i) xiphorhamphus MoT. 2. tase Rimrelodus ae: (so cesagee see Ale vOrolyeny Mie T. ..2 5.0. sos kas oe 1 IBUAMeMNUS WTS Ws. ccye otse os ois 1 Xiphostoma DURE crac, Se svereieeres 1 Hpapterus Copesacsns see 6 ) fet Mee Seechin Paolo Ame elosjisr. de cies) te 314 GrinnmellPovyimew Ely sieve re) 0: wore 710 Stromeyer, WOuise .e. s.tewep seen nee Hallowell Beng. ty. < ceote ss. « s, 200 | Strong MMCO. geese sp) oaeres bears 710 FELON T YA JOSPDD a) sees: heey sve 722 | Swift, Jos. Gitaiede Serene ae 710 IVE ESR OIG DIAM Isidio 6 ag lobo oe c 13 | Tholuck, Frederick August.. Obituary Notice Read of John C. Cresson, by Frederick Fraley...... FEY So EB Ac CIC COMEEE BOTT 149 Photographs of Members Received from Barcena,) Mariano 5. oo). 16 Geto VaAIMes ee Wek cece ee ca: ve 10 Barnard Harkaike ies fies 676 Claeys ISknucyot saci) GL) Na er eee 709 Bellyaiaovwtiiiants sie ai ecaleus Meena Mes Aero cste = 260.24 8M 715 @anielly Wes Gis eee RE 8 sade sucks lon se Re uenis Owbtenhte rk tcl cle! te tee tesla 709 Choeynlienrns Mena ike eis oe 726 } Porter, Thos. Conrad. < ..:/...): 715 Dawsons JOD Wires, a. ne) MeQuillen, Je EL pMooresiG.ck. «5 6 ae te BiG Oo ceed eo eo JESUIT SiO} Oe SRG a Rice einen Ey, GuARaMSmcMOnGeE IG: SiG nts ort nos a Shorea, ane! c EDU Ss Vs ses ve. ome visi ey SY sd tense e Sew, veh) sunsge Gy wou 'sy tng) te, LaPeN ich sete ae eu Mion SHerwOOd,) AMO se aia secre mates: ect sites ey sl SP os) ter lobes Mol Mate Pie create nic mobi eats 5 Reyes, EL, Rs: Gt ez geits cine. weawtle’ sis) ie Gaius) B06) US LONGO os gs Mca pee CC ee 721 G30 UO GEG rae. eae the a ete ek. come hia Ie SHES ee ee Dosey BBD. sc Madani bakit SMe ee MORLEY da telos to ee Oe ee 12, 14, 268 BAO CM eee, a canoe tras se TALC Ts fe oD i gine in nae OY 14, 268, 271 SAS TONED ee eek eens ee eh bree sh el he Se at 271, 273, 280, 293 5 Sete RO CP ie RL A ne eae SOC SSCA Sh 9 48 280, 293, 314 Saat caked as fe 5 ee ey CCAS LM yo ae ate ea ees 293, 312, 314, 710, 720 EBT Fie Scieatog tate: thes Sort et = RAIS OR aah err a ara . 312, 314, 710, 713, 720 Saito Saees ste) Bll eet ee Bee me. 5, nit Uae OOO Rn tame 713, 715, 720 BermOaseed Materia te els et eet One DTT CPR eee 720, 725, 728 864 to 869....... PAE OOG¢ Sas gaa Or ier ost atte RRA OSS eo are Socteties Placed on the List of Correspondents. Dresden.) Kesh wNkademies <.. 2 = er generics SMO Roch LIMON oiec 902 02s 5 Davenport, Iowa. Academy of Sciences. ......... ORS sucech ciis S01! -A 9 Hanover Natural Eistonys SOcleiy sue weks © lepoleshan tte te neice eee) coment ai 10, 11 Halle an derSaale. Verein fur Erdkunde........ grates ils'sdbs, eine net eeTe. Topeka. Kansas State Historical Society....... ARC ORCL eS 709 \ Committees on Papers for Transactions. Corr, E. D. MOssibremains in wAnr wiley Fee va teibete ens ie Asha atts hale . 308, 713, 720, 725 HALpEMaAN, S. 8. ChicqguestAMPIGUITIES: v1 eure & ek coreiiee coisas shits ect ieee a Ra agi ASHBURNER, C. A. AWirG keto pe JS) oxouy bare CNN Ga me A Cla ceoy dedi Cos ¢ Sd ouao 46 sic plea bey BARKER, G. F. Koniesmormial fork. (2 474 crite < uss) clio st aise eae Ho MctmOL ) tomo venr-i Ren 6 On the Pretended Inyentions of Mr. Hughes, of London. ....... 725 BARRETT, O., JR. Pipe Tine Levels in Indiana\County,...). <<. 2 6. ee =) sue spun 14, 145 BLAKE, G. §. KabyleChietsilaneuace srstctss «lo debe uel nike) oh oils Matneie atime BP 201 Buastus, . W. Causesiof the Huron Disasteriz . yc sees oye eke Ae eee . . . « 212, 275 Modern Meteorological Methods... ........-+.-+-- tice 275, 218 ©) Buiopeett, L. Page. OM Silver OLesmromEeLUlrncead ce ciei ct cf neice MOM TEES be, 6.4) ate tctee Je 728 Briees, R. Deviatineonorees Otearuuly-WihCCloasu mete erie, sei eIeCINES «ose: «| he 126 HMiOw oh Wiaber thorough an OPGMINE ca = ens sus) ses, © os 6s a. » 9, 124 IDISCUSSTOMLONE HERA COX WiCllic creme se tan sc cemenCMESISS & 5) cls 11, 133 Diffusion of Heat Generated by a Gas-burner.. ..... 6 ee 309 Britton, B. Forms in which Carbon Exists in Iron and Steel............. 712 CARITe dh fle EVES EST OR OE Wel SUT VCVSeretaltss iat leet circu © c/s) 1” cigs hot SARC ecentem ets 17 CuHANcE, H. M. Sectionitronn Lock Haven to ReENOVae. <=. 6 5 << « = a « «feel ce eee 716 ERY NeM SS eubLOH OL OWiGlL SCCULOD .iaeme Meltctts/tclis)chcl ts) (site silo) ta ea omens 670 CuHasz, P. E. MUDASie PULON NOmOeN HLA BIOLCC cr se AY Asai ? ‘ sul elses ghia aes vite Sap Whe vs ©. pene”) SCOR” ROL map Od Tred ee * Alter at a % i ‘ LP t rd 4 . = = et : ‘ we . 7 pew 9 a ‘ i . 5 . ‘ 5 ‘ . i 7 : r a hy 4“) d TABLE OF CONTENTS—Conrinvep. . PAGE. Section of the Paleozoic Rocks in Blair County. By Mr. Franklin Platt and Mr. R. H, Sanders, of the Second Geol. Survey of Pa. HO UGA oe Skagts «oo a obese o Fate ae voleek > See eee «aon ee 349 The Coleoptera of Florida.’ By #. A. Schware....... 00.0. 008. sae 303 Additional Descriptions of New Species. By John as LeConte Poe 373 List of-Species: By Ax Schiaee.s (ees ae a ce eet .. 434 Remarks on Geographical Distribution. By John L. LeConte...... 470 On the Calculation of Results in’ Gas Analye By Samuel P. LOOT aes’ s' = ore Salm ahaa c ABE bee meth at elce amea cae ean ee ae 473 A Study of some of the Derivations of Mono- and Di-chior- salicylic Acids, ‘By Mr. John. Marsal: 2 ico dot. .ken oe ee A76 - The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatsohet. ale ayia ec eeer ee sree 490 Descriptions of Extinct Batrachia and Reptilia from the Permian Jormation. of Texas. By ahh, Di Cape. cs aetna ts setsiy sie occa ie 505 Some Microscopical Observations of the Phonograph record. By Be LOT SL OTE LEO Tes Loar weg eet ens hr ae aa eee TN el EC St 531 Some Tables for the Interconversion of Metric and English Units. BY Parner ory Peer mat ee Ne tchn pols tease mediate Ste Ree 2S oe eRe 536 Revision of the Species of the Sub-family-Bostrichidee of the United Sidtes. “By George: H. Horii: MiDalo: iden ss concn opens 540 Synopsis of the Colydiide of the United States. By George H. SEL DISA RENED a2 oie cia iid asa io ocala se eae, Cok aS ae aie ee ae 555 The Coleoptera of Michigan. By H. G. Hubbard and EH. A. Schwarz. 1. Descriptions of New Species. By John L. LeConte. 2. List of Coleoptera found in the Lake Superior Region. By H. G. Hubbard and #. A. Schwarz. 38. Contribution to a list.of the Coleoptera of 593 the Lower Peninsula of Michigan. By H. G. Hubbardand #. A. 627 Schwarz. 4. Description of the Larva of Micromalthus debilis 643 Beti" By He-G;. Hubba Geom. sms. Sech a ae aires eee ee eee 665 Wyner’s Station Oil Well Section, included in a detailed ‘Sectian of the Rocks between the Lower Productive Coal Measures (XII) , and the Dark Slates of the Devonian (VIII) in the Vicinity of Renova,-Pa.. By... Me -Chancet<: pha wssepceceme oes eae aee 670 Synopsis of the Fishes of the Peruvian Amazon, obtained by Prof. Orione: BYE, D.Cope in ofs. aise ccemtecmee ike ts oUt tee re 5 Stes 673 Radiation and Rotation. By P. H. Chase, UL.D......6..... ss eeees TOL Letter of Dr. Alexander Wilcocks on Shadows without. Penumbra... 705 I. A new Monochlordinitrophenol and an Aniline derivative of a Monochlordinitrophenol. II. Beryllium Borate. By Edgar F. SINAN 0 BF a ne wie Relea ck OW ee pireehis boca any 706 rae ee. , st HK $A ho 8 a ‘ Te ae BLA sf 3 44 Hs: (bia vt Ea = atin ie r am, 4 Na a ih Pit Z ay Vale) tal. ™ a m pasar anrhAarA Aa eS! ’ re ze os 5 ee aman Pana nna® An nnaan AAAAS AS aasaaA vans aie Seanennan: stam regen ona een sana ) Puna meaaoaeen. Fr. Par. Ba asaant : 7 . aannenGan narenann A ASAAAAR i nan cA ae aM p AY. AAR AB«é clan Py ama Prahrenaa, a’ VAS : ~ 2 . AAP a -~ ARR An PL PYaer LT els ee median. AAR eae RAB ana ic Sfp awe. Sa 6 a AAA”, : ApR pare pe ere cae aaah yt 7 Age Ba: nan. en taaiess* enanvan® AS. A’ an RASA a! e rN A 3 : Aan’ ABSA KARAS AS A aaA= cca ANAM AAaga® ale ieite THAT ear ata tne ela! i fe a} : ’ Fa] ana? a” « AaRe aan." a” | cana AMA aaWAASas caghAd, ne moee fac ococtht2 ~ \ pas a, AAR 4 a ala Me Nae nnaRAP ar asatn.? nnar sepincontt Geees al ROtES 6 pecrcs? + @@aa AYIA 1 rt AY | ; ‘at apna in AAAI NT PY narnasalbiat Ae emaAlaa mi eee Hirer react Alan ek \ - | rn ar” a ar . Drann” r + paabah gi anAnnn Pe nanan a eAAa aaah AAA, aah ca ARAIH ANT CS oan Aaas P rEEET > Oper AAAaA Be ne RACES RA A | eae ann’ aaa 5 anal” AN . Adulte oan ayant ash at | ante f~ ARP Pr fo . ao AR A ~ mi Basaks aA 3 jAanazer tear e, HAA a AAA RAAAAA AAA f a An AAA & | Ae RARE CREA: a Veal A RAYON ~~ o ‘ a N A J “4 ~~ Pee 2 a va fe r yan An seein ara. ale Re paAAsAAn’” An. ae eat . ot | 44h “Ana aan? nnnane r Baia iia arwsttann RAH AAAA ARMA ol aan At AnAAAA ee ArT aa aancaasanaAAsuanseeee AMA ® a MAA DMD adr. ANAK rY VN Nm sar A tate prensa i OO OS AARAAR fa rf NARA VAR AIA A sa aanarne® aan lnavata fynn Th ARP mR e & ARAAMAAAM Aa nr eemereeeren VT a aa) aa AAPA RA Aa Aare’ f i ' , ) SMNTHBONIAN TEESSS LIBRARIES | ee NINN Hilts 3 9088 01301 0277